Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 
 
 in 2007 witii funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 littp://www.arcliive.org/details/firstgreekbookOOglearicli 
 
THE 
 
 FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 BY 
 
 CLARENCE W. GLEASON, A.M. 
 
 Master in the Eoxbcry Latin School 
 
 CAROLINE STONE ATHERTON, A.M. 
 
 Late of the Eoxbcry Latin School 
 
 WITH AN INTRODUCTION 
 By WILLIAM C. COLLAR, A.M. 
 
 MHAEN AFAN 
 
 NEW YORK •:• CINCINNATI •:• CHICAGO 
 AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 
 
Copyright, 1895, by 
 AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY. 
 
 FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
AUTHORS' PREFACE 
 
 The First Greek Book is an attempt to make, within 
 proper limits, a book which shall appeal to both teacher 
 and pupil, from its logical sequence of subjects, from its 
 directness of statement, and its conciseness and freedom 
 from unnecessary details which hamper and confuse the 
 learner. 
 
 We have intentionally departed from the beaten path 
 in several important particulars. The second aorist, a 
 tense constantly used, is introduced early in the book. 
 Contract nouns and adjectives, always a stumbling-block, 
 are postponed to a more natural position than is usually 
 given them. The dual has been removed to its proper 
 place, the appendix. For the purpose of increased 
 interest and freshness, as well as to introduce the learner 
 early to practice in the translation of a continuous text, 
 dialogues, fables, and reading exercises are given as early 
 as possible and continued through the book. It has 
 seemed to us more sensible to begin the study of forms 
 with the verb, followed by the 0-declension of nouns, as 
 pupils find it easier to learn adjectives in the order of 
 their declension, than to learn first the feminine, and later 
 the masculine and neuter. 
 
 ill 
 
iv THE FIRST GREEK BOOK \ 
 
 . ! 
 
 The English-Greek exercises have been made subordi-| 
 nate to the sentences to be translated into English, as that | 
 will be the pupil's main work in the study of Greek. It 1 
 is assumed that the student is familiar with the commoner ; 
 principles of Latin syntax ; accordingly the more common \ 
 points of grammar, where the Greek usage is identicals 
 with the Latin, are omitted or merely referred to in- 
 passing. An effort has been made to give continuity to ' 
 the exercises for translation, and at the same time to fixj 
 meanings and constructions by frequent repetition and; 
 occasional review lessons. 
 
 Paragraphs and lessons marked with an asterisk may be '■ 
 omitted if the teacher wishes, or may be used for reference 
 only ; but with an average class the book may well occupy 
 two terms, or at most two thirds of the school year. ■ 
 
 We desire to express our deep sense of obligation to; 
 Mr. William C. Collar for careful reading of the entire i 
 book in manuscript and proof, and for many most help- 
 ful suggestions. We are greatly indebted also to Mr. ^ 
 D. O. S. Lowell, of the Roxbury Latin School, and to^ 
 the editors of the American Book Company, for kindly, 
 assistance in reading and revising the book in proof. 
 
 c. w. a : 
 
 C. S. A. \ 
 Roxbury, May 1st, 1895. \ 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 Lessox Page •' 
 
 Grammatical Introductiox 1-6 
 
 L Verbs, Introductory ; Present, Imperfect, and Future In- " 
 
 dicative Active 7-9 ) 
 
 II. Nouns, Introductory ; The 0-Declension — Agreement of j 
 
 Adjectives 9-11 ■ 
 
 III. A-Declension Nouns — Adjectives in os, t], ov 12-13 ] 
 
 IV. A-Declensiox Nouns Masculine — Accusative of Extent. ] 
 
 Dialogue 14-16 
 
 V. Proclitics and Enclitics — Present and Imperfect of elfiC 16-19 ; 
 
 VI. Reduplication — Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indicative 
 
 Active 19-21 i 
 
 VII. Review of Nouns and Verbs — Accusative of Specifica- 
 tion. Fable (Aesop) 21-24 ' 
 
 VIII. Personal Endings — Indicative Middle. Dialogue. . . 24-27 
 
 IX. Perfect Middle and Passive — Agent 27-29 
 
 X. Palatal and Labial Stems of the Consonant Declen- | 
 
 siON — Genitive with Nouns. Dialogue (Aesop) . . .30-33 \ 
 
 XL LiNGUALs OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION — Genitive of ; 
 
 Separation 34-36 ; 
 
 XIL First Aorist and Future Passive — Present and Past 
 
 Particular Conditions. Dialogue (Lucian) .... 36-40 ; 
 
 XIII. Subjunctive Mood — Vivid Future Conditions. Reading j 
 
 liXercise (Anabasis) 40-43 ■ 
 
 V ] 
 
VI THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 Lesson Page i 
 
 XIV. Optative IMood — Vague Future Conditions. Final \ 
 
 Clauses 44-46 '■ 
 
 XV. Liquid and Syncopated Nouns op the Consonant | 
 
 Declension. Dialogue 47-49 \ 
 
 XVI. Consonant Declension: Stems in s — Genitive with \ 
 
 Verbs. Dialogue (Aristophanes) 50-53 ^ 
 
 XVII. Optative Middle and Passive — Object Clauses . . 53-56 i 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 XVIII. Second Aorist Active and Middle — Conditions Con- \ 
 
 trary to Fact. Fable (Aesop) 56-59 ' 
 
 j 
 
 XIX. Adjectives OF the Consonant AND A-Declensions — \ 
 
 Irregular Adjectives 60-62 , 
 
 XX, Comparison of Adjectives — Genitive of Comparison . 
 
 Review Exercise 63-66 
 
 XXI. Adverbs — Dative of Resemblance. Dative with Com- 
 pounds 67-70 
 
 XXII. Imperative Mood — Commands and Prohibitions. 
 
 Dialogue 70-73 , 
 
 XXIII. Consonant Declension: Nouns in I, Y, EY — Two . 
 
 Accusatives 73-75 \ 
 
 XXIV. Infinitives — Uses not in Indirect Discourse . . . . 76-79 
 
 XXV. VxnTicivi.^^— Genitive Absolute 80-83 
 
 XXVI. Contract Verbs in i<a — Avtos. Reading Exercise 
 
 (Hellenica) 84-87 i 
 
 *XXVII. Contract Nouns and Adjectives — Time .... 88-90 ; 
 
 XXVIII. DiGAMMA Nouns of the Consonant Declension — 
 Dative of Cause and Means. Reading Exeicise 
 
 (Euripides and Lysias) 91-94 ; 
 
 XXIX. Indirect Discourse— The Verb <j>TjnC . • 95-97 \ 
 
 XXX. Indirect' Discourse, continued 98-100 ' 
 
CONTENTS Vll 
 
 Lesson Page 
 XXXI. Contract Verbs IN d« — Potential Optative. Read- 
 ing Exercise (Cyropaedia) 101-105 
 
 *XXXIL Review of the Active Verb 105-107 
 
 ♦XXXIII. Review of the Middle and Passive Verb. Per- 
 fect Passive of Consonant Stems 107-110 
 
 XXXIV. Review of the Consonant Declension — Bulesfor 
 
 Gender. Dialogue 110-112 
 
 XXXV. Liquid Verbs— Wishes 113-115 
 
 XXXVI. Second Passive System — General Conditions. 
 
 Reading Exercise (Aesop) 115-118 
 
 *XXXVII. Irregular Nouns. Reading Exercise (Pau- 
 
 sanias) 119-121 
 
 XXXVIII. The Interrogative tis, Indefinite tIs, and oo-tis 
 
 — Questions. Fable (Aesop) 122-125 
 
 XXXIX. Review of Conditions. Reading Exercise 
 
 (Anabasis) 126-129 
 
 *XL. Formation of Words 129-133 
 
 XLI. MI Verbs : Wtthii and cTrpidfiT^v. Reading Ex- 
 ercise (Anabasis) 134-137 
 
 XLII. MI Verbs : tLQi\\i.i — Relative and Temporal 
 
 Clauses 137-139 
 
 *XLIII. Review of 'i<rri\^\. and ti8t]p.i, Reading Exercise 
 
 (Lysias) 140-142 
 
 *XLIV. Verbals. Personal Pronouns 143-145 
 
 XLV. MI Verbs : 8£8ci)|ii. Constructions with 2ws . . . 145-147 
 
 XLVI. MI Verbs: ScCkw^jli and eSvv — Constructions with 
 
 Sum. Reading Exercise (Cyropaedia) . , . 148-151 
 
 XLVII. Second Aorists of the MI Form — irp(v. Read- 
 ing Exercise (Cyropaedia) 151-154 
 
 XLVIII. MI Verbs: ctfii — Review of cI|jlC and <|>t||ji£. Accu- 
 sative Absolute. Reading Exercise (Doric Song) 155-158 
 
VIU THE FIRST GREEK BOOK \ 
 
 i^ESSOx Page ] 
 
 XLIX. MI Verbs: ol8o — Participial Indirect Discourse . . 158-161 j 
 
 L. MI "Verbs: iftint — Double Negatives. Reading Exer- i 
 
 cise (Lucillius) 161-164 j 
 
 Reading Lesson : The Battle of Cunaza (Anabasis) . . . 165-169 ] 
 
 Reading Lesson : The Peace of Antalcidas (Hellenica) . . 169-172 ; 
 
 Reading Lesson : Gobryas before C3mis (Cyropaedia) . . 172-176 \ 
 
 Reading Lesson : The Choice of Heracles (Memorabilia) . . 176-182 I 
 
 Appendix : Tables of Declension and Conjugation 183-230 I 
 
 Special Vocabularies 231-247 1 
 
 Greek-English Vocabulary 249-268 ! 
 
 English-Greek Vocabulary 269-276 | 
 
 GraxMmatical Index 277-281 i 
 
 Greek Index 283-285 j 
 
INTEODUCTION 
 
 Is Greek likely to hold its place in secondary education, 
 or will an increasing number turn rather to modern lan- 
 guages and to science studies ? 
 
 The answer depends partly upon the future attitude of 
 the colleges. Will they continue to require Greek for 
 admission, or, if they do not require it, will they directly 
 or indirectly encourage it ? It is no longer required, as is 
 well known, for entrance to Harvard; but Harvard may 
 be said still to encourage the study of Greek in the schools 
 by making entrance more difficult for those who do not 
 offer Greek. Most Eastern colleges maintain the Greek 
 requirement, and it seems probable, for several reasons, 
 that if Greek is by degrees dropped from admission re- 
 quirements, it will continue to be fostered and favored by 
 the colleges, at least unofficially and indirectly. That 
 students well prepared in Greek will be particularly wel- 
 comed, there can be no doubt. For the Greek department 
 to decline permanently in importance and dignity would 
 be regretted even by the men of science in almost any 
 college. 
 
 But perhaps the influence of schoolmasters will count 
 for more in the schools than college prescriptions.. In 
 fact, it seems probable that college prescriptions will in 
 the future be shaped and determined as much by the heads 
 
 ix 
 
X THE FIRST GREEK BOOK \ 
 
 of secondary schools as by the colleges themselves. Since ! 
 President Eliot, twenty years ago, took the unheard-of i 
 step of calling upon the principals of a number of impor- ; 
 tant schools, feeders of Harvard, to consult with himself j 
 and others of the Faculty on requirements for admission ' 
 to Harvard, other college presidents have done the same, ] 
 and associations have been formed for the express purpose | 
 of stated, formal consultation. 
 
 The head of a school can, if he chooses, exert a potent i 
 and often decisive influence on the choice of studies in his ] 
 classes; he is the best qualified person to advise, he is \ 
 most frequently consulted. The principals of most high ; 
 schools and academies and of private schools that rank \ 
 with them are classically trained men ; a large proportion • 
 of them teach Greek, enjoy Greek, and would sooner lose ■ 
 any other branch of their school, unless it be Latin. { 
 Greek is a kind of mystery; it has a kind of social dig- ) 
 nity; it is in the common view distinctly the study of a • 
 )f- scholar. Heads of schools may be counted on as cham- j 
 pions of Greek. \ 
 
 But they see a certain tendency and drift away from ; 
 Greek. They are embarrassed when they are called upon ■ 
 to account for the beggarly fruits of three or four years' : 
 study of Greek in the schools. They say that time enough -j 
 is not allowed. But instead of more they must be content i 
 with less. In a word, better results must be shown than 
 ever before, — and that with reduced time, — or the Philis- 1 
 tines will be upon us. I 
 
 The problem to be solved is difficult, but not hopeless. I 
 The aim in Greek is changing, and it must change still 3 
 more. Greek composition must go. Will some one " rise ] 
 and explain " why students who have had a good course j 
 
INTRODUCTION XI \ 
 
 in Latin composition need to add Greek composition? \ 
 
 Does not the Avriting of Latin afford sufficient scope for ; 
 
 that particular kind of discipline ? What can Greek \ 
 
 add? How can it yield a training different, or more \ 
 
 varied, or more strenuous? In linguistic training no ' 
 
 gymnastic has yet been discovered superior to Latin , 
 
 I composition, none that calls in an equal degree for a com- ; 
 
 ' bination of alert and vigilant observation, concentrated It 
 
 attention, ingenuity, memory, imitation, and induction. ; 
 
 But in Greek we cannot afford to attempt more for our \ 
 
 pupils than to open to them Greek literature — and that \ 
 
 is coming to be recognized as the distinctive and proper \ 
 
 aim of Greek study in the schools. And we must find ; 
 
 j the shortest way. I repeat, Greek composition must go. j 
 
 I In what other ways can time be saved? Partly by re- ; 
 
 i moving unnecessary obstacles, partly by laying firm hold ; 
 
 I of essentials and essentials only. Our business is not to ! 
 
 ' train future professors of Greek. We must train our ' 
 
 ; boys and girls to read — to read Xenophon and Thucyd- ^ 
 
 I ides and Herodotus and Homer. To this end reading ; 
 
 must be begun at the earliest moment, even when only a j 
 
 , few paradigms have been learned. The simplest material j 
 
 I must be used, and the teacher must lead the way, trans- I 
 
 lating and explaining first when needful. 
 
 To this end also Greek syntax as an object per se, or \ 
 even as an intellectual whetstone, must go. It must be \ 
 made from the beginning auxiliary to an understanding ; 
 of Greek texts. What is exceptional or rare has no place 
 in an introductory manual. What is like English calls \ 
 for nothing more than mention. Even on important con- ■ 
 structions practice need not be carried farther than to 1 
 give the learner a clear comprehension. For example, he \ 
 
xii THE FIRST GREEK BOOK \ 
 
 must know how to translate the different forms of condi-j 
 tional sentences. But to keep him hammering at exercises^ 
 till he can turn a variety of English conditions into Greek; 
 without error, involves in the end a great waste of time J 
 Unfailing accuracy in the application of knowledge comes] 
 with time and reading. : 
 
 The authors of "The First Greek Book" seem to me! 
 to have appreciated the position that Greek occupies, as; 
 briefly outlined above, and they seem to have forecast! 
 intelligently its probable future. They see that in the^ 
 interests of Greek study it is mischievous to make ex-1 
 orbitant demands ; that hitherto the mistake has been: 
 made in elementary Greek books of not recognizing thej 
 changed and changing aims of Greek study in secondary^ 
 schools ; that accordingly the beginner has been be-i 
 wildered, delayed, and disheartened by the needless^ 
 multiplicity and mass of .details with which he is con-- 
 fronted in his first study from a false idea of thorough-] 
 ness. I admire accordingly the wise restraint shown j 
 in every part of this little book. After a careful read-? 
 ing of it in manuscript I do not know what it contains; 
 that could be spared, nor what I should wish to see ini 
 such a manual that is not embraced within its scope. \ 
 The plan of limiting the exercises for translation into' 
 Greek to about half the number of sentences given to^ 
 be translated into English seems to me most sensible, j 
 Brevity, which was evidently a constant aim in the; 
 selection, statement, and illustration of principles andi 
 facts, proves not unfrequently almost irreconcilable with ; 
 clearness and simplicity ; but here they will be found ■ 
 successfully and happily united. ] 
 
 Does the book illustrate with sufficient copiousness the ] 
 
INTRODUCTION XI ii 
 
 inflections of the language ? I think this will not be 
 doubted when one takes account of the dialogues and 
 selections for reading, which constitute an important 
 feature of the book. These colloquia and reading lessons 
 should be noticed for another reason. While serving 
 excellently as an introduction to a continuous text, like 
 Mr. Gleason's " Gate to the Anabasis," they help to awaken 
 and sustain interest, and to show the learner that he can 
 make use at once of his knowledge of forms and syntax. 
 To translate detached sentences is one thing in the eyes 
 of a boy or girl; to read a fable or anecdote is quite 
 another. 
 
 To sum up briefly, the authors, with the excellent 
 equipment of sound knowledge and much experience in 
 teaching the elements of Greek, have produced a book 
 free from the faults of excess and meagerness, designed 
 with the right aim, built on just principles, and wrought 
 out in its details with praiseworthy tact and skill. 
 
 Wm. c. collar. 
 
 RoxBURY Latin School, 
 May 1st, 1895. 
 
THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 INTRODUCTORY I 
 
 1. The Alphabet. — The Greek alphabet has twenty- ; 
 four letters. i 
 
 ^?/^T,xr English 
 ■^^^^- Equivalent. 
 
 Name. 
 
 Form, 
 
 English 
 Equivalent. 
 
 A a 
 
 a 
 
 Alpha 
 
 N V 
 
 n 
 
 Bp 
 
 h 
 
 Beta 
 
 SI 
 
 X 
 
 r y 
 
 g hard 
 
 Gamma 
 
 
 
 
 
 A 6 
 
 d 
 
 Delta 
 
 n IT 
 
 P 
 
 E € 
 
 e 
 
 Epsilon 
 
 P P 
 
 r 
 
 Z 5 
 
 z 
 
 Zeta 
 
 S 0- s 
 
 s 
 
 Htl 
 
 e 
 
 Eta 
 
 T T 
 
 t 
 
 e 
 
 th 
 
 Theta ,. 
 
 Y 1) 
 
 Wy 
 
 I t 
 
 i 
 
 Iota 
 
 $ ([) 
 
 ph 
 
 K K 
 
 hoT c hard 
 
 Kappa 
 
 X X 
 
 kh 
 
 A X 
 
 I 
 
 Lambda 
 
 ^ v|; 
 
 ps 
 
 M |i 
 
 m V 
 
 Mu^ 
 
 12 (0 
 
 6 
 
 Name. 
 
 Nu 
 Xi 
 
 Omicron 
 
 Pi 
 
 Rho 
 
 Sigma 
 
 Tau 
 
 Upsilon 
 
 Phi 
 
 Chi 
 
 Psi ' 
 
 Omega 
 
 a. The form s is used at the end of a word, elsewhere <r. 
 
 2. Vowels. — The vowels are a, €, ii, i, o, o, and u. Of 
 these € and o are always short ; y\ and o> are always long ; 
 a, I, and v are sometimes short and sometimes long. 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. — 2 1 
 
2 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK i 
 
 3. Diphthongs. — The diphthongs are ai, av, €i, €u,i 
 OL, 01), T|\), VL, a, T|, and co. The last three, formed by the] 
 union of i with a long vowel, are called improper diph-j 
 thongs. (The iota here is called iota subscript, and with; 
 capitals is written in the line, as T12I AHM12I, tw STJjjLcp,! 
 
 "HlOr06TO, TJ(r6€T0). 
 
 JNCI^ 
 
 LTioN. — Of the vowels, 
 
 d is 
 
 pronounced like 
 
 a in father. 
 
 d " 
 
 (( u 
 
 a " godfather. 
 
 € " 
 
 u u 
 
 e " get, 
 
 11 " 
 
 ii a 
 
 a " hate. 
 
 I " 
 
 u . u 
 
 i " machme. 
 
 X " 
 
 u a 
 
 i " pm, 
 
 (0 " 
 
 u u 
 
 " note. 
 
 " 
 
 a (.i 
 
 " renovate. 
 
 V " 
 
 u ■ a 
 
 French w or German u. 
 
 5. Of the diphthongs, 
 
 ai is pronounced like ai in aisle, 
 
 av " 
 
 
 01^ " 
 
 loud. 
 
 €1 " ' 
 €V " ' 
 
 
 ei " 
 
 height,^ 
 ieud. 
 
 01 " 
 
 
 M " 
 
 hoil. 
 
 01) " ' 
 \)l " 
 
 a, XI, <$ are ' 
 
 
 ou » 
 simple 
 
 jouih, 
 quit. 
 d, T], <o. 
 
 Some teachers prefer to give each vowel of the diph- 
 thong its proper sound, but without break between them. 
 Thus €L would have the sound of ei in eight, and €t) would 
 be pronounced eh-oo. 
 
I 
 
 H INTRODUCTORY 3 
 
 j^K Consonants. — The simple consonants may be di- 
 vided into 
 
 labials, it, p, <(>, |i, 
 
 palatals, k, -y* X» 
 
 Unguals, t, 6, 0, c, \, v, p. 
 
 Of these \, |i, v, p, and a, with y nasal (8), are called 
 semivowels, the others mutes. X, |jl, v, p are called liquids, 
 c a sibilant. 
 
 7. The double consonants are | (ks), \|^ (tts), 5 (^ with 
 a soft 8 sound). 
 
 8. Pronunciation of Consonants. — In general the 
 consonants are pronounced like their equivalents in Eng- 
 
 ! lish. y, however, is always hard, like g in get, and before 
 i another palatal (k, -y, x.) is nasal, like n in anger; x, is 
 like the German eh, and 5 is pronounced like ds or dz.'^ 
 
 9. Classification. — The mutes may be arranged 
 according to pronunciation in three orders, 
 
 smooth, IT, K, T, 
 middle, p, -y* 8, 
 rough, <|), x» Q« 
 Mutes in the same order are called coordinate. 
 a. Observe that the first column above contains only 
 labial mutes, the second only palatals, the third only Un- 
 guals. This is called arrangement by classes, and mutes 
 of the same class are known as cognates. 
 
 10. Breathings. — Every vowel or diphthong which 
 begins a word has either the rough breathing or the smooth 
 
 1 By some teachers I is pronounced like English z. 
 
4 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 breathing. The former ( * ) shows that the vowel is pre- 
 ceded by the sound of A, the latter (') shows that th^ 
 vowel is not aspirated. 
 
 11. In diphthongs the breathing comes upon the seconc 
 vowel. The improper diphthongs, however, even wlied 
 the iota is not subscript, have the breathing upon the firsi 
 vowel; thus, cvpCcrKo), oiKOi, but -QSciv or *'Hl8€iv. 
 
 12. At the beginning of a word p and v are aspirated: 
 
 pTJTCOp, vScDp. 
 
 13. Syllables. — A Greek word has as many syllables 
 as it has separate vowels or diphthongs. The last syllable 
 is called the ultima^ the one before the last the penult^ anc 
 the one before the penult the antepenult. 
 
 14. Division of Syllables. — In dividing a word we maj 
 place at the beginning of a syllable only single consonants 
 or combinations of consonants which can begin a word 
 as <t)C-Xos, a-'yco, dv-Spw-iros. Compound words are usuall;y 
 divided into their original parts. 
 
 15. Quantity of Syllables. — A syllable is long by nature 
 when it contains a long vowel or a diphthong ; as (|>aC-va>. 
 A syllable is long by position when its vowel is followec 
 by two consonants or a double consonant ; as 86v-t€S. 
 
 16. Accents. — There are three accents, the acute (')i 
 the grave ('), and the circumflex C^). 
 
 17. Of these the acute may stand only on one of th( 
 last three syllables of a word, the circumflex only on one o: 
 the last two^ and the grave only on the ultima. 
 
INTRODUCTORY 5 
 
 18. Place of Accent. — The accent, like the breathing, 
 stands on the second vowel of a diphthong (but 9,, x), (o 
 accent the first vowel, as in 11) ; as eiKoai, c^pov. 
 
 19. The antepenult, if accented, takes the acute ; but it 
 can have an accent only when the last syllable is short ; 
 as dvOpwiros. 
 
 20. The penult, if accented, takes the circumflex when 
 it is long by nature (15), and at the same time the ultima 
 is short by nature. Otherwise it takes the acute; 6(opov, 
 KT)p\)|, but S(Dpov, Xd'yos. 
 
 21. The ultima may have the acute, circumflex, or grave 
 accent. A word with an acute on the ultima is called an 
 oxytone (i.e. sharp-toned^. An oxytone changes its acute 
 accent to the grave when followed by other words without 
 intervening mark of punctuation; thus, eirl tov iroraiidv, 
 a> d5€\<|>€y d'ye Ty\v aTpaTidv, brother, lead the army to the 
 river. 
 
 22. The circumflex accent cannot stand on a short vowel. I 
 
 Do NOT FORGET THIS. 
 
 23. Summary of Accents. — a. The last three syllables 
 only can be accented (IT). 
 
 h. The First of these (the antepenult) can have the 
 acute alone (i). 
 
 c. The Second (the penult) may have the circumflex or 
 acute (2). 
 
 d. The Third (the ultima) may have the grave, cir- 
 cumflex, or acute (3). 
 
 24. Remark. — Notice how the principles of accentua- 
 tion of Greek words differ from those of Latin. In Latin 
 
6 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 the critical syllable of a word is the penult: ^'' Words aj 
 more than two syllables are accented on the penult if the 
 penult is long^ etc." In Greek the ultima is the decisive 
 syllable. If the vowel of the ultima is long^ the penult 
 can have only the acute accent, and the antepenult cari 
 have no accent at all. Accordingly, in learning declen- 
 sions, for example, (first) notice the position of the accent 
 in the first form given, as the nominative singular of nouns, 
 and (second) watch carefully the quantity of the ultima. 
 
 For example, in the nominative, dvOpcoTTOs (47), we see 
 a short ultima and the accent on the antepenult. In 
 the genitive and dative the ultima lengthens and pulls 
 the accent forward to the penult, dvOpcoTroi), dvGpwirco. 
 The tension is removed in the accusative by the shortening 
 of the ultima again, and the accent flies back to its original 
 place, the antepenult, dvGpcoTTov. When the accent of a 
 word tends to go back in this way, it is called recessive. 
 
 Final ai and oi are considered short except in the optative mood and 
 in oCkoi. 
 
 25. PuKCTTJATiON. — In Greek we find the same period 
 and comma as in English. There is also a colon or semi- 
 colon, like a period above the line (•). The interrogation 
 mark is the English semicolon ( ; ), as ircos ^'x^is ; how do 
 you do P 
 
VERBS 7 ^ 
 
 LESSON I 
 
 VERBS — INTRODUCTORY 
 
 26. Voice. — The Greek verb has three voices, the 
 active, the middle, and the passive. The active and 
 passive are as in Latin or English. 
 
 27. The middle voice denotes that the subject acts upon 
 himself, or for his own benefit. In form it is like the 
 passive, except in the future and aorist tenses. 
 
 28. Mood. — There are five moods : four proper or 
 finite moods, the indicative, the subjunctive, the optative, 
 and the imperative — and the infinitive. There are also 
 participles, as in Latin, and verbal adjectives in tos and 
 xeos. 
 
 29. Tense. — There are seven tenses: the present, the 
 future, the perfect, the future perfect, the imperfect, 
 the aorist, the pluperfect. The first four are called 
 primary tenses, the others secondary. 
 
 30. The aorist corresponds to the Latin historical per- 
 fect, as eXvcrc, he loosed; the perfect to the English present 
 perfect or Latin perfect definite, as XeXvKc, he has loosed. 
 
 31. Number. — There are three numbers, the singular 
 and plural, as in Latin, and the dual, which denotes two 
 objects.^ 
 
 1 As the dual is rare, it has been omitted in the lessons, but the forms 
 are given in the Appendix for teachers who think them desirable in ele - 
 mentary work. 
 
8 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 32. Person. — There are three persons, as in Latin. 
 The imperative lacks the first person. 
 
 33. Augment. — In the secondary tenses of the indica- 
 tive the verb receives an increase or augment at the begin- 
 ning. This is of two kinds. |i 
 
 34. Syllabic Augment. — The imperfect and aorist in- t 
 dicative of verbs beginning with a consonant prefix the 
 syllable €. This is called syllabic augment : Xvo), €-Xvov. 
 
 35. Temporal Augment. — The imperfect and aorist 
 indicative of verbs beginning with a vowel or diphthong 
 lengthen the first vowel unless already long, ct and € 
 become i], — i, o, iJ become i, co, v, — ai or a becomes x|, and 
 01 becomes (^. This is called temporal augment : 0,70), "^"YOV. 
 
 36. Verbs have recessive accent (24). 
 
 The Indicative Active 
 
 37. Learn the Present, Imperfect, and Future Indica- 
 tive Active of Xijco (516-18). 
 
 38. VOCABULARY 
 
 Pao-iXevo), he king ; fut. Pa<riX€v<r«. a-yw, lead, hring ; fut. o^w (for a7<r«). 
 
 0VW, sacrifice; fut. Gvcrw. iri^va, send ; fut. ire|jix|/(o (for ircjjL- 
 K€Xcva), hid, order ; fut. KcXcvorft). iro-a)). 
 
 irotci), strike ; fut. iraCo-w. i\(a, have ; imperf. clxov (for ityjov). 
 
 39. Translate: 1. Xt5et, eXve, Xrcret. 2. Xvovai, 
 ekvov^ XvaovcTL. 3. Tratets, CTrate?, Traicret?. 4. Traio- 
 fxeif, iTraLOjiev, iraicroixev. 5. jBaaLXevco, i/BacriXevoVj 
 /SacTLXevcro). 6. KeXevere ; iKeXevere ; KeXevcreTe ; 
 7. 6v€i^ dyovcTL. 8. TTefJixjjo^ei'y ^^X^' ^' Vy^' ^X^^' 
 10. X^crere, Traiovcri. 
 
NOUNS 9l 
 
 40. 1. He orders, he ordered, he will order. 2. I i 
 destroy, I was destroying, I shall destroy. 3. They are { 
 leading, they will lead, they were leading. 4. You are ' 
 king, you will be king, you were king. 5. He sends, \ 
 they used to send (what tense?)^ I shall send. 6. He J 
 was sacrificing, I strike, they will order. 7. Did he lead ? | 
 Shall you (plu.) strike? 8. They had, he will sacrifice, i 
 
 LESSON II 
 
 NOUNS — INTRODUCTORY 
 
 41. Number. — There are three numbers, as in verbs ■ 
 (31). \ 
 
 42. Gender. — There are three genders, masculine, i 
 feminine, and neuter. The same rules hold as in Latin: J 
 Masculine are names of males ; also most names of rivers^ \ 
 winds, and months. Fem,inine are names of females ; also ; 
 most names of countries, towns, islands, and trees, and most j 
 nouns denoting qualities and conditions. Diminutive nouns j 
 are neuter. 
 
 43. Case. — Greek has five cases, nominative, genitive,,* 
 dative, accusative, vocative. The uses of the Latin abla- ■ 
 tive are divided between the genitive and dative. \ 
 
 44. Declension. — Nouns are declined in three divi- 
 sions: the 0-Declension, the A-Declension, and the General \ 
 or Consonant Declension. ^ 
 
10 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 The 0-Declension 
 
 45. Stem. — The stem ends in o, sometimes lengthened 
 
 to 0). 
 
 46. Nouns in os are generally masculine, sometimes 
 feminine; those in ov are neuter. 
 
 47. In the following paradigms the masculine and neuter 
 of the article and adjective are given with dvOpcairos and 
 6(opov, the similarity of forms making it seem expedient 
 to introduce them with the nouns. Observe, however, 
 that the article lacks the vocative. 
 
 
 SovXos, 
 
 Corresponding 6 <ro<|)6s av9p«iros, 
 
 TO 
 
 KaXov Swpov, 
 
 SLAVE, m. 
 
 Latin Word. 
 
 THE WISE MAN. 
 
 THE BEAUTIFUL GIFT, W. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 8ov\os 
 
 servus 
 
 6 
 
 (ro({>6s avOpwTTOs 
 
 rb 
 
 KaXov 
 
 8a)pov 
 
 G. 
 
 8ov\ov 
 
 servl 
 
 TOV 
 
 o'o<{>ov dvGpwirou 
 
 TOV 
 
 KaXov 
 
 8upov 
 
 D. 
 
 8ov\tt> 
 
 servo 
 
 Tip 
 
 a■o^^a avOptatria 
 
 Tip 
 
 KaXcp 
 
 
 A. 
 
 8ov\ov 
 
 servum 
 
 TOV 
 
 o-o<{>6v dvOpuirov 
 
 rh 
 
 KttXoV 
 
 8d)pov 
 
 V. 
 
 8ov\6 
 
 serve 
 
 
 o-o<J)€ dv0pwTr€ 
 Plural 
 
 
 kolXov 
 
 Supov 
 
 N. 
 
 8ov\oi 
 
 servi 
 
 ol 
 
 o'o<|>ol avOpcdiroi 
 
 Td 
 
 KaXd 
 
 8a>pa 
 
 G. 
 
 8ov\(i)v 
 
 servoram 
 
 T«V 
 
 o-o<j>e!)v dvGpwirwv 
 
 TWV 
 
 KttXwV 
 
 SwpCDV 
 
 D. 
 
 8ov\ois 
 
 servis 
 
 TOIS 
 
 oro()>ots dvOpwirois 
 
 TOIS 
 
 KttXoiS 
 
 8wpois 
 
 A. 
 
 8ovXovs 
 
 servos 
 
 Tovs <ro<|>ovs dvOpwirovs 
 
 Td 
 
 KaXd 
 
 8(opa 
 
 V. 
 
 8ov\oi 
 
 servi 
 
 — 
 
 (ro4>ol avOpuirok 
 
 — 
 
 KaXd 
 
 8«pa 
 
 a. Observe the resemblance between the case-endings 
 of SovXos and servus, 
 
 h. Observe that the nominative, accusative, and voca- 
 tive of Scopov are alike, and in the plural end in a. What 
 is the plural of Latin donum? 
 
NOUN'S 11 
 
 c. Read again the remark on accent (24), and account 
 for the changes of accent in the paradigms. 
 
 d. Observe that (ro<|)6s has the circumflex accent on the 
 genitive and dative of all numbers. All oxytones (21) 
 of this declension are accented the same as cro<t)6s. 
 
 48. Rule of Syntax. — Adjectives agree with their nouns 
 in gender, number, and case. 
 
 49. VOCABULARY 
 
 d-yaOds, adj. good, brave. fiaKpds, adj., long. 
 
 a-ypios, adj., wild. ir6\€jios, war. 
 
 Ocos, god. o-TpaTTi-yos, general, 
 
 ' tiriros, horse. yjaplov, place, spot. 
 
 \6yos, word. tjv, he was; ijorav, they were, 
 
 50. Translate : 1. tov aypiov Ittttov. 2. 7015 
 (TO(j>o1^ Xdyotg. 3. ol irokeiioi rjcrav [xaKpoi. 4. 6 
 ^€09 Scopa KaXa €)(^eL. 5. ol Xoyoi tcop Oecou cro<j)ol 
 rjcrav. 6. 6 avOp(07ro<; ayei L7nrov<; /caXovg. 7. Toi<s 
 Oeoi<; eOvov. 8. Kekevcrei tov orTpaTrjyov av0pcjj7rov<; 
 ayeiv^ dyaOov<;. 9. Tratet Tovf; dyadovs SovXov?. 
 10. Tw arparrjy^ CTre/xTre Scopa. 
 
 51. 1. The horses were wild. 2. He will sacrifice to 
 
 the god. 3. The spot was beautiful. 4. The generals 
 
 will send brave men. 5. They bade the man strike ^ the 
 
 slave. 6. He had a gift, a fine horse. ^ 
 
 Note, — The definite article in Greek is declined like an adjective 
 of the vowel (O and A) declension: Masc. 6, tov, rtS, tov, etc., as in 
 the paradigm above. See 54 for the feminine, and Appendix for the 
 declension in full. There is no indefinite article. 
 
 1 Pres. infin. active, to bring. 2 cf. 50, 8. 
 
 8 An appositive, and so in the same case as Swpov. 
 
12 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON III 
 
 A-Declension Nouns 
 
 52. Nouns of this declension end in a or t] (feminine), 
 ds or T|s (masculine). 
 
 53. Stem. — The stem ends in a, which in the singular 
 is often lengthened to d or t]. After €, i, p, d is gener- 
 ally found in the singular; but after cr, \X, or a double 
 consonant, d is found in the nominative, accusative, and 
 vocative singular, and r\ in the genitive and dative. 
 
 N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 54. 
 
 X»pa, 
 
 LAND. 
 
 x«pa 
 
 X«pas 
 
 X«p«j 
 
 X«pdv 
 
 XupCLL 
 
 \<ap(av 
 
 X^po-i-S 
 Xwpd$ 
 
 Corresponding 
 Latin Word. 
 
 terra 
 terrae 
 terrae 
 terram 
 
 terrae 
 terrarum 
 terris 
 terras 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 Movo-a, T| (iiKpa a-Kr]vi\, 
 
 -y4<t)vpa, 
 
 BRIDGE. 
 
 Muse. the small tent. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Movo-a T| (iiKpa o-ktjv^ "y€<j>vpa 
 
 MovoT]s rr\s |xiKpds o-kt]vt)s "y€<|)vpds 
 
 Movo-^j rfj p.tKpql o-Kiiv^ 'Y«<l>iJp9' 
 
 Movo-av Tr]v (tiKpav o-ktivi^v 'Y6<j>vpav 
 
 Plural 
 
 Movo-ai al [iiKpal o-K-qvaC -y4()>vpai 
 
 Movorcav T«v p,iKpcov 0-KT]V«V 'Y€(f>vp»v 
 
 Movo-ais rais (iiKpais o-KT]vais 7e<t>vpai.s 
 
 Movo-ds Tas p.iKpas o-ktjvos 'Ye({>vpds 
 
 a. Observe that o-ktjvtj changes its accent to the cir- 
 cumflex in the genitive and dative of all numbers. This 
 is true of all oxytones of the and A declensions ; cf . 47. 
 
 b. Observe that in all the above nouns the genitive 
 plural has the circumflex. This is because the syllable 
 
 } results from a contraction of -dcov, and is the same for 
 all nouns of the A-declension. 
 
 55. Adjectives of the vowel declension are declined 
 in the masculine and neuter like nouns in os and ov, and 
 
'NOUNS 18 
 
 in the feminine like nouns in d or t],^ Thus : d'yadds, 
 d'yaOTJ, d'yaSdv; d-yaOov, d-yaBiis, d-YaSov, etc. See 499. 
 Cf. bonus, bona, bonum of Latin. 
 
 56. VOCABULARY 
 
 afjLa|a, wagon. 6 iroTa|i6s, river. 
 
 edXttTTa, sea. ({>oP€p6s, a, 6v, adj., terrible. 
 
 Qii, goddess. I|, out of, prep. w. gen. {U be- 
 KttKos, ^, 6v, adj., bad, wicked, cowardly. fore consonants). 
 
 K»nT], village. iv, in, prep, with dative. 
 
 iroXcfjiios, Co, lov, hostile; ol iroXcfxioi, ^Ae €ls, into, prep. w. ace. , 
 
 enemy, hostes ; cf . 'ir6\c|ios. 
 
 57. Translate : 1. iv rrj^copa rjcav Kcofiai. 2. tov<; 
 filKpov'S LTrnovs ayovcriv'^ et? rov TroTafxov. ^3. 6 arpa- 
 Tr)yo<; Toif^ iroXefiLOVs efc rwi/ (tktjvcou T^ye. 4. 7rdXe/xo9 
 <^o^€/oo9 '^t' eV T^ KcofJiT). 5. et? tt)^ dakaTTav d^ei 
 Tov<; SouXov?. 6. /ceXeuet toj' (TTpaLrrjyov TripLTreiv ra? 
 ctju-afd?. 7. Ti7^' filKpav yet^vpaj/ ot TrokifiLOL Xvcrov- 
 aiv.'^ 8. at MoGcrat ^eat -^crai^ cro^al. 9. /ceXeucret?, 
 (y^ ^eSL Kokrj, tov crrpaT'qyov Oveiv. 10. 177770^9 fca/coug 
 el^o^' ej' Tw )((opi(p. 
 
 58. 1. The men have small wagons. 2. The sea was 
 terrible. 3. They were bringing small gifts out of the 
 tent. 4. O wicked general, you are striking a good 
 man. 5. In the village they were sacrificing to the 
 goddess. 6. He leads the slaves into a terrible place. 
 
 1 d if the OS is preceded by e, i, p, po; otherwise ti. 
 
 2 V movable, added to the third person singular in e and to all words 
 ending in o-i, if the next word begins with a vowel. It may also be |\ /, 
 added at the end of a sentence. ^ 
 
 3 0, commonly used with vocative, but often left untranslated. "" 
 
14 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 
 
 LESSON IV 
 
 
 
 
 A-NouNS — Masculine 
 
 
 
 59. 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 
 ' 
 
 
 vedvCds, 
 
 Tro\tTT]S, 
 
 ireXTao-Tiqs, 
 
 o-aTpdin|s, 
 
 
 TOUNG MAN. 
 
 CITIZEN. 
 
 targeteer. 
 Singular 
 
 SATRAP. 
 
 N. 
 
 vcdvlds 
 
 iroXfTT|s 
 
 TTcXTaO-T^S 
 
 oraTpdirqs 
 
 G. 
 
 v€dvCov 
 
 iroXtrov 
 
 ir€XTa(rTOv 
 
 o-arpdirov 
 
 D. 
 
 v^avLq. 
 
 iroXtiTi 
 
 TriXraa-TQ 
 
 <raTpdirg 
 
 A. 
 
 v€dvCdv 
 
 TToXtniv 
 
 TrcXrao-T'^v 
 
 o-aTpdirrjv 
 
 V. 
 
 vcdvCd 
 
 iroXira 
 
 TreXrao-Td 
 ''Plural 
 
 o-aTpdiTTi 
 
 N.v. vedvtai 
 
 iroXvTOt 
 
 TTeXrao-Tai 
 
 o-arpdirai 
 
 G. 
 
 vcdviwv 
 
 iroXiTwv 
 
 TrcXTaoTTciiv 
 
 o-aTpa-irwv 
 
 D. 
 
 v€dv£ais 
 
 iroXtrais 
 
 ircXTao-Tais 
 
 o-arpdirais 
 
 A. 
 
 vcdvCds 
 
 woXtrds 
 
 ircXTao-Tas 
 
 o-arpdirds 
 
 a. 'Observe that masculine nouns of the A-declension 
 differ from feminine nouns in a and r\ only in the nomina- 
 tive, genitive, and vocative singular. 
 
 b. Decline o-xpaTKOTiis d-yaOds, 6 irapaord'y'Y'ris. 
 
 Note. — National names in tis and nouns in ttjs have a in tlie vocative, 
 as n^po-ns, Persian, Ilipa-o. ; iroXtTTjs, iroXira. Most others in -qs have rj 
 in the vocative. 
 
 , 60. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. ^l-eXavvei Trapao-dY^ds ircirrc, he marches five para- 
 sangs. 
 
 p. cGvov f|ji€pds 8€Ka, they sacrificed (during') ten days. 
 
 a. Observe that in a the accusative is used to tell how 
 far he marched, in /3 to tell how long they sacrificed ; in 
 other words, a shows the extent of the march, /3 the extent 
 of the time of sacrificing. 
 
NOUNS 15 
 
 61. Rule of Syntax. — Extent of time or space is expressed I 
 by the accusative case. 
 
 62. VOCABULARY 
 
 StKa, indecl., teti. to ireStov, plain, 
 
 i^-tkavvti, he marches. ttcvtc, indecl., ^ye. 
 
 TJ T][i€pd, day. IHpo-i^s, a Persian. 
 
 Kttt, and. o-TpaTwirris, soldier. 
 
 S^'pl'ns, Xer:.3S. To|€va>, cvorw, shoot, hit with 
 irapao-d-yyTis, parasang, an arrow. 
 
 3^ miles. to|6tt]s, bowman. 
 
 63. Translate: 1. vedviai Trivre rjcrcw iv rrj tov 
 o-aTpdirov crKrjvy.^ 2. 6 croc^u? craTpdiTr}<; /3acn\ev- 
 cr€L. 3. i^-e\avvei Trapacrayyct? Se/ca €t9 ireSiov koKov. 
 
 4. 6 ^ Sepf^? Toi' craTpdTTrjv AceXeuet TreXracrra? dyeiv. 
 
 5. et? 7171^ Tai^' iroke^iioiv ^copdv to^otol^; koI TreXra- 
 OTja? TTefixljovo'Lv.^ 6. rot? vedviai<; Bcjpa cTre/ATT^ 6 
 Hepfy;?. 7. i^-ekavvei Ik tt]<; t(ov Hepcrcop Kcofjirjs kol 
 Tov<; To^oTdf; dyei Trapaadyydq ireuTC. 8. 6 crTpaTr}yo<; 
 /ceXeuet, a) To^ora, tov<; crTpaTKord^; To^eveiv. 9. ')7/xe- 
 /)as* TreVre ^eots fcal ^eats iOvov ol TroXtrat. 
 
 64. 1. The soldiers' tents were small. 2. The satrap 
 marches five parasangs and bids the men sacrifice. 
 3. Bowmen were shooting in the plain. 4. For ten 
 days we sent gifts to the Persian. 5. A targeteer 
 struck the young man's horse. 
 
 1 The dependent genitive, having the force of an adjective, commonly 
 has the attributive position, i.e. between the ajticle and noun. 
 
 2 Proper names may take the airticle^ 
 8 Cf. 57, 2, n. 
 
16 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 *65. AidXo'yos. — 0(O|JLds Kal 6 MaSTiTTJs 
 
 Thomas Schoolboy 
 
 @. AXXa vvv^ w aSeXcfiey ri Trjfiepov €^a6e<; iv to) 
 
 "Well now, my brother, what to-day did-you-learn 
 
 school ? 
 
 M. TioXka Brj efiadov, ^cofjbdalZLOv, /idXiara Be to, 
 
 A lot of things, Tommy, especially but 
 
 EWijvcKa ovo/jLara. 
 
 Greek nouns. 
 
 @. Ta Be 'EWrjviKa x^Xeird iariv ; 
 
 hard is 
 
 M. Ov Brjra' ifiol ye Boxet paova rj rj 'PcofiatKi]. 
 
 S'o, indeed ; to me at-least seems easier than Latin, 
 
 0. KaXov TovTO ' T7]v yap 'Pco/jLa'iKrjv [uaw. vvv Be icofiev 
 
 That's fine ! for I hate. let us go 
 
 iraL^o^evoL. 
 
 and play. 
 
 M. Oy Brjra • ra yap iiridera ovKerc fiefiddr)Ka. 
 
 adjectives not yet I have learned. 
 
 I e. BaLl3aL 
 
 Oh dear! 
 
 LESSON V 
 
 PROCLITICS AND ENCLITICS 
 
 66. Some monosyllables have no accent, but are pro- 
 nounced with the following word. These are called 
 proclitics (from irpo-KXivo), lean forward). 
 
 67. The proclitics are the articles, 6, f|, ol, al; cl, {/*, 
 a)S, as, ov (oijK, o^x)* 'i^ot, and the prepositions €is, €V, €§. 
 
 68. Certain other words are regularly accented, but 
 lose their accents and are pronounced as if a part of the 
 preceding word. These are called enclitics (from ky- 
 K\iv(df lean on). 
 
ENCLITICS — VERB elfil VI 
 
 69. The most common enclitics are the present indica- 
 tive (excepting the second person singular) of cljiC, be, 
 and <l>'n|JLi, sai/ ; the genitive, dative, and accusative singu- 
 lar of the pronouns of the first and second persons ; the 
 indefinite pronoun tIs, tI; the indefinite adverbs irov, 
 TTOTe, irco, irws ; and the particles ^6, T€, toi, ircp. 
 
 • VERB clfJLl 
 
 70. Learn the Present and Imperfect Indicative of cljiC 
 (528). 
 
 71. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. 6 dvBpcoTTOS cro(|)6s kcrriv, the man is wise, 
 
 ^. y\v TTOTC dvBpcoiros tis, there was once a man. 
 
 y. TO 8(opdv coi) KaXov €<7Ttv, 2/our gift is pretty, 
 
 h. 6 iTTTTOS |Jio\) p.€il^(ov €(7Tiv, my horse is larger, 
 
 €. €1 Tts ccTTiv d'yaOds, if anybody is brave, 
 
 a. Observe that in a, yS, 7, e, the enclitic drops its 
 accent, but in 8 the accent of ccttiv is unchanged; in 
 fi and 7, however, the accents of tis and aov are not lost, 
 but reappear as acute accents upon the ultimas of dv6po>- 1 
 TTOS and 8(opov. In e, tis gives- its accent to cl, and 1 
 receives one from €o-tiv. 
 
 72. Accent of Enclitics. — After another word the en- 
 clitic always loses its accent, except a dissyllabic enclitic 
 after a word with the acute on the penult. 
 
 73. The word before an enclitic receives an additional 
 acute on the ultima, if it has not (a) an accent on the 
 ultima, or (V) an acute accent on the penult. 
 
 74. Before an enclitic an oxytone does not change its n 
 acute to the grave (21). 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. — 3 
 
18 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 75. A proclitic before an enclitic receives an acute 
 accent. 
 
 76. When denoting existence or possibility, or at the 
 beginning of a sentence, ccttC is written €(rTi. So after 
 dWd, Kai, ovK, or to€to. 
 
 77. VOCABULARY 
 
 ij d-yopa, market place. ij \t-o.\r\, battle. ^ 
 
 6 ahi\^6s, brother. ij o86s, road, march. 
 
 el, if. 6 dirXiTTis, heavy-armed soldier. 
 
 itrL, prep. w. gen., on; w. dat., to oirXov, implement', oirXa, arms. 
 
 on, by; w. ace, to, against. ov, not. ovk before a smooth breath 
 iKav6s, 1^, 6v, adj., able. ing, ovx before a rough. 
 
 78. Translate: 1. ecrri.dcri. 2. elfxi, rjj/. 3. el, 
 ecrre, -^re. 4. icrfxei'^ "V/^ei^, et/xi. 5. rjcrav^ ecrrt, rjcrOa, 
 
 79. 1. They are, they were. 2. You are, we are. 
 
 3. He was, he is. 4. We were, you (plu.) Avere. 
 5. There is, it is, you (sing.) were. 
 
 80. Translate : \. ol TroXe/xtot elaiv iv rat? rwi/ 
 crTpaTL(x)T(ov (TKrjvaL<;. 2. o vedvid<; icTTiv^ cKapos 
 OTrXfras ayeiv. 3. eV ttJ ayopa ecrre, c5 TroXtrai. 
 
 4. cttI 7-^9 d/xafiy9 ^^/ ra oVXa.^ 5. lAcai^o? ov/c ecrrt 
 TO) dde\(j)(p Scopa /caXa 7re/x7reti'. 6. oi SovXot etcrt 
 To^oTai ^ dyaSoL 7. ai oSot r^? rov aarpdirov ^w- 
 /oas jJiaKpai elcnv. 8. eVt ttJ OakdrTTj rjv ^(xipiov kolKov, 
 9. eV T^ (jyo/Sepd P'oi-)(r) ol oirKiTai rjcrav dyaSoL 
 
 1 Io-t£ takes v movable, like a word ending in <ri (57, 2, n.). 
 
 2 Notice the singular verb w^ith neuter plural subject. A neuter plural 
 subject commonly takes its verb in the singular. 
 
 8 Nominative, because it refers to the same person as the subject. 
 
I 
 
 VERBS — RED UPLICA TION 1 9 
 
 81. 1. The general's hoplites are cowardly. 2. The 
 satrap is a Persian. 3. The men's gifts are on the 
 wagon. 4. If you have slaves, you are not wise. 
 
 5. We were in the villages of the enemy five days. 
 
 6. The hoplite's brother is a bowman. 
 
 LESSON VI 
 
 REDUPLICATION 
 
 82. The perfect and pluperfect tenses have the redu- 
 plication, which is the sign of completed action. 
 
 83. In verbs beginning with a single consonant (ex- 
 cept p) reduplication consists in prefixing that consonant 
 followed by €, as Xc-XvKa. But a rough mute is changed 
 to the cognate smooth (9, a), as re-GvKa. 
 
 I 
 
 84. In verbs beginning with two consonants (except a 
 
 mute and a liquid), with a double consonant, or with p, 
 the syllabic augment (34) is used instead of the redupli- 
 cation, as %y\Ti(Siy c^TJTiiKa, crTpaT€V(o, €(rTpdT€t)Ka, ^lirra), 
 €ppi<l)a, but -ypoKlxo, 'Y€'Ypa(|)a. 
 
 85. In verbs beginning with a short vowel or a diph- 
 thong the reduplication takes the form of the temporal 
 augment (35). 
 
 86. When the perfect is reduplicated as in 83, the 
 pluperfect prefixes the syllabic augment to the reduplica- 
 tion. In other cases the pluperfect retains the augment 
 of the perfect. 
 
20 THE FIBST GREEK BOOK 
 
 AoRiST, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indicative Active 
 
 87. Learn the Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indica- 
 tive Active of Xijo) (516). 
 
 88. d-yci) has the perfect ^x.* (the aor. -^la is rare), 
 'ir€fnr(o has the aor. €Tr€[i\|;a, perf. Tr€TTO}JL<|)a, € changed 
 to o. 
 
 Form the aorist, perfect, and pluperfect of pa(rL\€iL»o), 
 6u<ii), KcXevo), iraCco. 
 
 89. VOCABULARY 
 
 dOpoC^o), collect, dOpoCo-o), T|6poi(ra, -rfOpoiKa. 
 ypi^a, write, 7pdx|/a>, c-ypatl/a, ■y€7pa<j>a. 
 SkGko), pursue, Slm^o), ISCw^a, SeSCuxa. 
 
 Oav^id^cD, wonder at, admire, 0avnd(r«, lOavjjiao-a, xeOavnaKa. 
 KuXvo), hinder, kcdXvo-o), CKuXvo-a, KCKuXvKa. 
 ireCOb), persuade, ircto-w, ittna-OL, -ir^TreiKa. 
 
 o-Tparevo), make an expedition, <rTpaT€v<r«, lo-rpdrcvtra, lo-rpdrcuKa. 
 Kard, prep. w. gen., down, beneath; w. ace. down along, through, by, 
 according to. 
 
 90. Translate : 1. eXvcre, XeXv/ce, iXeXvKei. 2. eXe- 
 XyKecrav, XeXvKacrL, eXvcrav. 3. XeXvKas, iXvcrafxev, 
 iXeXvKere. 4. iaTpdrevcre, iaTpdrevKe. 5. rjOpoi- 
 Ka, -^OpoLKTj. 6. SeSico^^do-L, ihioj^av, 7. iypOApa- 
 fiepy y€ypd(f)aT€. 8. '^;)(€, el;)(€. 
 
 91. 1. I destroyed, I have destroyed, I had destroyed. 
 2. He assembled, he has assembled. 3. They made an 
 expedition, they had made an expedition. 4. He had 
 led, they have led. 5. You ordered, we had ordered. 
 
 92. Translate : 1. inl tov<; TroXe/xtou? '^)(e tov<; 
 (TTpaTLcoTois /caret rrjv (j)o^epap oSdi^. 2. 6 crTpaTrjyos 
 
BEVIEW OF NOUNS AND VERBS 21 
 
 rou9 TreXracrra? iSCco^eu rjixepd^ rrevTe. 3. Xoyovs 
 cro(j)ov^ ye'ypd(j)dcrLv ol TroXtrat. 4. Sw^a eVcTrd/xt^et, 
 SoGXoi^ /cat tTTTTOu? oe/ca. 5. -qOpoLcrav Toif^s ro^ords 
 eh ^ TO ireSiov. 6. ra ro)!^ ottXItojp oirXa iOavixdorafxeu, 
 7. ou ireireiKe Tov^ KaKov^ dvOpcoTTov^. 8. iarpareuKei 
 cm ra? rou aarpdirov K(ofjLd<;. 9. eKoAvcrare tyjv 
 fid^rjv, fo> Toforai KaKoC. 10. rjdpoiKa (TTpaTLcords 
 €K rrjs ^a>pa9, OTrXird? /cat TreXTOLcrTds. 
 
 93. 1. He hindered the satrap. 2. They had written 
 wise words. 3. They made an expedition into the 
 country of Xerxes by sea. 4. We have not collected 
 soldiers. 5. I ordered the slaves to bring horses. 
 
 LESSON VII 
 
 RBVIirW OF NOUNS AND VERBS 
 
 94. Present and Imperfect. — The stem of the present 
 and imperfect is the same, and is learned in the theme, i.e, 
 the first person singular of the present indicative active. 
 Its final vowel is o before fi. or v, elsewhere €. 
 
 95. Future. — The stem of the future active and middle 
 is formed by adding cro (crc) to the verb stem (except in 
 liquid verbs, which will be treated later). 
 
 - 1 The idea of motion in the verb makes cts w. ace. necessary, instead 
 of iv w. dat. 
 
22 TBE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 96. Aorist. — The stem of the aorist active and middle 
 is formed by adding aa to the verb stem. (For liquid 
 verbs, see 353.) 
 
 a. Lingual stems drop t, 8, 6, before s ; Bavjid^o), 
 6a\)|xd(6)o-(o, €6av|xa(8)cra. 
 
 97. Ferfeet. — Vowel stems, many liquid stems, and 
 some Unguals, add the tense suffix -Ka to the reduplicated 
 verb stem to form the perfect active. 
 
 a. Lingual stems (especially those with themes in I^cd) 
 drop T, 8, 9, before -Ka; T€6a'U|JLa(8)Ka. 
 
 98. Pluperfect, — The pluperfect changes -Ka of the 
 perfect to -K€, in the singular lengthened to -kt], -kt^s, 
 -K€i(v). 
 
 99. Second Perfect. — Many verbs add a to the redupli- 
 cated verb stem to form the perfect. Most stems in 
 TT, p, K, 7 change to the cognate rough mute, if a short 
 vowel precedes. Those in <|) and x remain unchanged. 
 This is called the second perfect to distinguish from the 
 perfect in -Ka, the inflection being the same. 
 
 100. Second Pluperfect, — a of the second perfect be- 
 comes e in the second pluperfect; the inflection is the 
 same as that of the first pluperfect. 
 
 101. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. ol iroXcjJLioi <j>op€poi clo-i |idx'nv» the enemy are terrible 
 in battle. 
 
 ff. KdfJivo) TT]V Kc^a\r\Vf I have a pain in my head. 
 
 a. Observe that [iidx'nv in a shows in what respect the 
 enemy are terrible ; ttiv Kt^oX'i\v in ^ the part affected by 
 Kdfivo). This is called the Accusative of Specification. 
 
BEVIEW OF NOUJ^S AND VERBS 23 
 
 102. Rule of Sjrntax. — The Accusative of Specification 
 with a verb, adjective, noun, or clause, denotes a part 
 or quality to which the expression refers. 
 
 103. Translate: 1. f^e^aa-iXevKev avOpcxiuo^ /ca/cos 
 iv TTJ Toiv HepcTwu X'ip^' ^- CTTCtcre tov^ pedvid^ tol 
 OTrka Tri^JLTTeiv to2^ tov aip^ov aTpaTLa)TaL<;. 3. ef- 
 ekavveu e/c tov ^oipiov 7Tapaadyyd<; SeKa em rrjv OdXar- 
 rav. 4. 6So9 fxaKpa /cat (f)oj3€pd icmv inl tov iroTapLOv, 
 5. 6 orTpaTrjyo<; iaTpaTevKep ei<; ttjv Kaypur^v. 6. ets to 
 p.lKpov Trehiov tov<s oTrXtrag eKeKeXevKei Slwk€lv tov<s 
 TToXf/xiou?. 7. dv6p(i)TT0v^ Sc/ctt djaOov'^ H'^XV^ erreicre 
 SLOJKeiV Toifs TToXe/XLOug. 8. LKavrj Icftiv t) Sea tov 
 TroXefMov KcoXveuv. 9. eiraie Toifs lttttovs i^ rfj dyopa 
 6 TOV ttoXltov SouXo?. 
 
 104. 1. The citizens have sacrificed to gods and god- 
 desses. 2. They will order the soldiers to destroy the 
 bridge. 3. Were they able to send hoplites against the 
 Persians? 4. The peltasts were cowardly in war. 
 5. He pursued the peltasts for five parasangs. 
 
 *105. MO60S. — ''Ittitos Kal "Ovos 
 
 Fable Ass. 
 
 ^AvOpcoTTOf; Tt9 etx^v Xttttov Kal ovov. oBeuourcov Se €V 
 
 while traveling' 
 
 tt) oSoS elirev 6 6vo<; tw cTnra), " AajBe tl eK tov i/juov ^dpov<;, 
 
 said take a bit my load 
 
 el 6e\eL<; elvat pe acov.^^ 6 Se ovk iireiaOT]. 6 Be 6vo<; 
 
 wish to be alive-and-well. He complied 
 
 ireacbv eK tov kottov eTeXevTrjae. tov Be BeairoTOV eVt^eVro? 
 
 falling suffering perished ; wben-his-master-put 
 
 irdvTa avTM Kal avTrjV Trjv tov ovov Bopdi/, OpTjvayv 6 Lirirof; 
 all upon him besides hide lamenting 
 
24 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 €^6d, " Oi/JLoc Tft) TravaOXio) ' /jlt] 06\7](rd<; jxiKpov ^dpoql 
 
 cried out O dear, wretched me when-I-didn"t-wish 
 
 Xa^etv, IBoi) airavra ^aard^co koI rrjv hopdv. roU fA,LKpol<i 
 
 to take, behold, all of it I carry 
 
 ol fjueydXoL (Tuy'KOLV(ovovpT6<; dficporepoL aa)6i]aovTat, iv ^l(p. 
 
 the strong joining with both will be saved life. 
 
 LESSON VIII 
 
 MIDDLE VOICE— PERSONAL ENDINGS 
 
 106. In the Passive Voice the subject is represented as 
 acted upon; as 6 dvOpcoiros €ir€ji<|)6Ti, the man was sent. 
 
 107. In the Middle Voice the subject is represented as • 
 (1) acting on himself, (2) for himself, or (3) on some- 
 thing belonging to himself ; as (|>aivo|iai, I show myself or J 
 appear^ iroiovfiai dfJidldS) / make myself wagons^ Xucxai 
 TT\v Gv'yaTcpa, he ransoms his (own) daughter, 
 
 108. The forms of the middle and passive are the same 
 except in the future and aorist. 
 
 109. The following table gives the personal endings of 
 the active, middle, and passive, as found in the indica- 
 tive, subjunctive, and optative. 
 
 TABLE OF PERSONAL ENDINGS 
 Active. Middle and Passive. 
 
 Primary Tenses. Secondary Tenses. Primary Tenses. Secondary Tenses. 
 
 Sing. 1. |jit V Sing. 1. ^ai ^■t\v 
 
 2. s (<ri) S 2. <rai <ro 
 
 3. O-l (ti) 3. Tttl TO 
 
 Plur. 1. |iev j«v Plur. 1. n€0a fieOa 
 
 2. T€ T« 2. <r0€ (0€) o-ee (Oe) 
 
 3. vert, curt v, <rav 3. vxai vto 
 
VERBS 25 
 
 a. Verbs in (o do not have the primary endings |ii and 
 (TL in the Indicative active. The ending ti you have seen 
 in €(rri. 
 
 h. The endings of the imperative and infinitive are 
 given in 242, 259. ^ 
 
 ji . The Indicative Middle 
 
 110. Learn the Present, Imperfect, Future, and Aorist 
 Indicative Middle of Xuo) (517). 
 
 111. YOCABULAEY 
 
 diro, prep. w. gen., (away) from. licrd, prep. w. gen., tcith, among ; 
 
 Lat. ah. w. ace, after. 
 
 ij 6.pytJ\, province, rule. HCTa-ire'inra), send after; mid. sum- 
 PovXcvci), tva-<a, plan ; mid. plan for mon (jLo one's self^.. 
 
 one's self deliberate. oktw, indecl. eight. 
 
 SCkuios, d, ov, adj. just. to iraiSCov, cMld. 
 
 6 Kvpos, Cyrus. ^ iravu, iravo-w, stop (some one) ; 
 
 mid. stop one's self, cease. 
 
 a. Observe that the force of the middle voice often 
 seems to change the meaning of the verb : Xvo|iai, I ran- 
 som; irciOoiJLai, I persuade mi/ self whence obey; while orpa- 
 Tcvofiai hardly differs from the active in meaning, but 
 is much more common than crTpaTCva). 
 
 112. Translate: 1. Xt5erai, X^crerai. 2. ekvero, 
 iXvcraTO. 3. eTreicravTo, TreLcropTai. 4. fieTa-irefi- 
 xjjofxaL, fjL€T-e7TefJLxjjdfxyjv} 5. i^ovXevov, e^ovXevcrco. 
 6. icTTpaTeveTO, icTTpaTevo-dfjLirjv. 7. Trav crecrOe, irav- 
 ecrOe. 8. d9poit,6p.e6a, rjdpoit^oiJieda. 
 
 1 If a verb is compounded with a preposition, the augment comes 
 directly after the preposition, which loses a final vowel before this 
 augmented form ; itcT-^irtjiirov, dir-i^'yov. But ircpC and irp<i keep the final 
 vowel; irpo-^ir€|A\|/€, irepi-fj-y*. 
 
26 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 113. 1. They ransom, they ransomed. 2. I shall 
 obey, I was obeying. 3. He stopped, he is stopping. 
 4. We shall deliberate, we are deliberating. 5. He used 
 to summon, he summoned. 
 
 114. Translate: 1. 6 770X^7779 tol iraihia XvcreraL. 
 
 2. ol au6po)Troi ro) St/catw craTpdirrj^ TreiOovTai. 
 
 3. Yivpov (JLeT'eirefjixpaTo oltto Trj<s apxyj^- 4. .Kvpo) 
 ineLcrauTo ol iriuTe crTparrjyoL. 5. rjyov tov<; Itt7tov<; 
 eU T7]v ayopdv, 6. liravovTO ol TToXe/xtot. 7. /^era 
 TT^v fJ-dxrjv ol arpaTLCOTat els to ire^iov rjdpoL^ovTO. 
 8. em Tovs Hepcrd? ecrrpareucraro fierd tcjv tov Kvpov 
 ott\It(x)v. 9. /3ovXeva6iJi€0a rjfxepds oktcj. 10. e/3ov- 
 XevovTO ol TToXtrat eu ttJ dyopa. 
 
 115. 1. We took the field with the soldiers against 
 Cyrus' enemies. 2. He will obey Cyrus and bring 
 his arms to the tent. 3. The just citizens assembled 
 in the market place. 4. They summon eight young 
 men from the village. 5. After ten days you will 
 deliberate. 
 
 *116. AiaXo-yos. — A-uo IlaiSia 
 
 Tico 
 
 HacBLOv A. 'O eVo9 Trar^/a^ eScoKe /jlol Trj^iepov^ Scopov 
 
 my gave me to-day 
 
 KaXov. 
 
 HaiBtov B. KaXo)?. rt 'earc ; 
 
 Good I What 
 
 1 Notice that a verb meaning obey takes the dative in Greek as in; 
 Latin. 
 
 2 Xat. pater. ^ Cf . rijt^pd. 
 
VERBS 27 
 
 A. OvTTore elKa^euv Svptjaeu 
 
 Never to guess you \vill be able. 
 
 B. TovT olBa, Wl vvi/, Xiye fioi, cw? Td)(^i(rTa, 
 
 I know that. Come now, tell right away. 
 
 A. "Akov€ ovv • ')(riva eBcJKC fioc, fieydXrjv kuI KaXrjv, 
 
 Listen then ; goose * big 
 
 B. Saufida-ca \iy€i<;' aWa firj iroirjarffi axrirep rj iv rm 
 
 Strange things but don't do as 
 
 widow 
 
 A. IIw? Xeyei? ; 
 
 How do you mean ? 
 
 B. Tt yap; ov ^efjuvqa-ai ; ciXKa rj fii]T7)p^ fiov Kokel 
 
 do you remember my (of me) 
 
 fie, Koi It€ov iariv. iirr^v he rJKCO iravra Xe^co aoi, 
 
 I must go. When I come back all to you. 
 
 LESSON IX 
 
 PERFECT INDICATIVE, MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 
 
 117. Learn the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect 
 Indicative, Middle and Passive of Xv<o (517). 
 
 118. The perfect and pluperfect middle and passive are 
 inflected by adding the personal endings directly to the 
 reduplicated verb stem, as XcXv-rai. For the inflection 
 of the tenses in consonant stems, where many changes are 
 necessary for euphony, see 488, 521. 
 
 119. The stem of the future perfect middle and passive 
 is formed by adding ao (or crc) to the stem of the per- 
 fect middle; this tense is commonly found with passive 
 force. 
 
 1 Cf . 105. 2 i^at. mater. 
 
28 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 120. Write a synopsis • of the indicative active and 
 middle of Xvo), Guo), o-TpaTcOo), Travo), in the third person 
 singular and plural. 
 
 121. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. xd iraihia X€\uo-€TaL vir6 tov d8€X(|)ov, the children 
 will have been ransomed by their brother, 
 
 p. TifJiaTai 'U'ir6 T(ov pappdpcov, he is honored by the 
 barbarians. 
 
 ry. KCKoXacTai T(§ Xoxa^co, he has been punished by the 
 captain, 
 
 a. Observe that in a and /3, the agent is expressed by 
 'uiro followed by the genitive (compare ab with the abla- 
 tive in Latin) ; in 7, by the dative without a preposition 
 (as is the case with the gerundive in Latin). 
 
 122. Rule of Syntax. — In Greek the agent with the 
 passive voice is expressed usually by vird and the geni- 
 tive; but with the perfect and pluperfect passive the 
 simple dative may be used. 
 
 123. VOCABULARY 
 
 o pdpPapos, barbarian. iraiScvo), cvo-o), ti'ain up a child, 
 
 8id, prep. w. gen., through ; w. educate (cf . irai8Cov). 
 
 ace, on account of . hat. per. iropevw, ivcra, make go; iropevoftai, 
 
 Oripevo), iva-a, hunt wild beasts, proceed, advance. 
 
 catch. a-vv, prep. w. dat., with. Lat. cum. 
 
 TO Qy\plov, wild beast (cf . 0tj- rL%^ who ? rl, tvhat ? 
 
 p€v«). <]>CXos, r\, ov, ad], friendly ; as noun, 
 
 d Kujiapxiis, village chief. friend. 
 
 i 
 
 1 The accent of rts, tC, is never cfiahged to grave ; this is to distinguish 
 from the indefinite tVs, any one. 
 
p 
 
 VERBS 29 
 
 124. Translate: 1. \e\vrat, ikeXvTo, XeXva-eTai} 
 
 2. TTeTTaiSevfjieOa, rreTratSevcrofieda, 3. eTreiropevvTo, 
 TTenopevvTai. 4. eaTpdrevTaLy ecrTpaTevcrerai, icrTpd- 
 TevTO. 5. Pe/SovXe-ucreL, fie/Bo-uXevaai. 6. €K€K(oXv- 
 crde, KeKcoXvcrecrOe. 
 
 125. 1. He has been set free, he had been set free, he will 
 have been set free. 2. They had ransomed, they have 
 ransomed. 3. You (plu.) will have been educated, you had 
 been educated. 4. We have proceeded, we had proceeded. 
 5. He has been hindered, they had been hindered. 
 
 126. Translate: 1. korrpdrevTo IttI tov^ ^ap^d- 
 pou9. 2. (Tvu rot? {our) (J)lXol<s" ^e/BovXevfiedou 
 
 3. Slol TL Trenavaai ; 6 Kcofidp-^rjs jxe /xera - TreTre/xTrrai. 
 
 4. Sta ttJ? tojp /Bap/Sdpoju ^(i)pd<; ireiropevvTai irapa- 
 adyyds oktco. 5. rd OyjpCa Toi^ e/c r^s Kdjfxrj^^ 
 (TTpaTKiiTai^ TeOrjpevrai. 6. Tt9 ireTraihevrai to) cto<^(o 
 Kcofxdp^rj ; 1 . iKeKeXevcTTO^ vno tov craTpdirov tov<; 
 8ou\ou5 hi(i)KeLV, 
 
 127. 1. The village chief had been educated in the 
 satrap's province. 2. They have deliberated with their 
 friends. 3. Why (on account of what) have you ad- 
 vanced through the plain? 4. The dreadful war will 
 have been stopped. 5. We had ransomed our friends. 
 
 1 The V of \^vp.ai is lengthened before <r in XeXvo-ofiai. 
 
 2 ^K TTis Kwiiiis modifies o-TpaTiwrais, and so has the position of an 
 adjective. How would the meaning differ if this phrase came after 
 «rTpaTia»Tais ? 
 
 3 The perfect of KcXevu is KCKcXcvxnai, not K€K^€U}iai, as would be 
 expected. 
 
30 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON X 
 
 PALATAL AND LABIAL STEMS OP THE CONSONANT 
 DECLENSION — GENITIVE WITH NOUNS 
 
 128. The Third or General Declension includes all 
 nouns not belonging to the other two. The stem usually 
 ends in a consonant, but there are a few vowel or diph- 
 thong stems. 
 
 129. Examine carefully the following table of case 
 endings ; notice how they differ from those of the other 
 declensions ; and compare with the corresponding Latin 
 endings. 
 
 Greek. 
 
 M. and F. Neuter. 
 
 Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. s or — €s — d 
 
 G. OS (i>V OS (i>V 
 
 D. I <ri I o-i 
 
 A. V or a as (vs) — d 
 
 T. S or — es — d 
 
 Latin. 
 
 M. and F. Neuter. 
 
 Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. s or — es — a 
 
 G. is um is um 
 
 D. 1 ibus 1 ibus 
 
 A. em, im es, Is — a 
 
 V. s or — es — 2, 
 
 
 130. 
 
 PAllADIGMS 
 
 
 
 <t>vXa^, 6, 
 
 8i<3pvi, <?,, 
 
 <}»x^^, ^ 
 
 OVTOS 6 Kfjpvl, 
 
 
 GUARD. 
 
 CANAL. 
 
 VEIN. 
 
 Singular 
 
 THIS HERALD. 
 
 N. 
 
 <j)v\a5 
 
 8i«pv| 
 
 ^\i^f 
 
 OVTOS 6 Kfjpvl 
 
 G. 
 
 <|)v\aKOs 
 
 8i(&pvxos 
 
 <t>\€p6s 
 
 TOVTOV TOV K^pVKOS 
 
 D. 
 
 <|>u\aKi 
 
 8i(&pvxt 
 
 <j>Xep£ 
 
 TOVTCp TW Kl^pVKl 
 
 A. 
 
 <j>v\aKa 
 
 8i(opvxa 
 
 <|>X4pa 
 
 TOVTOV TOV K^pVKa 
 
 V. 
 
 «|>u\a^ 
 
 8ici>pv| 
 
 Plural 
 
 — — Kfipul 
 
 N. 
 
 V. ij>vXaK£S 
 
 8i«pvx€S 
 
 «j,X^p€S 
 
 OVTOl 01 Kl^pVKtS 
 
 G. 
 
 ({>v\dKb)V 
 
 8ia>pvx(^v 
 
 ({>X€p(»V 
 
 TOVTWV T»V KT]pvKa)V 
 
 D. 
 
 (i>v\a|i 
 
 8i(tfpv|i 
 
 <f>X€^C 
 
 TOVTOIS TO IS Kiqpvgl 
 
 A. 
 
 ({>v\aKas 
 
 8i(opvxas 
 
 4>X4pas 
 
 TOVTOVS TOVS K^pvKtt? 
 
CONSONANT DECLENSION 31 
 
 a. Observe that when s is added to the stem in the 
 nominative singular and dative plural, it is combined with 
 the final mute to form | or v|f. A labial mute with s gives 
 \|;, a palatal |. 
 
 b. Observe that in this declension also the accent 
 remains as far as possible on the syllable on which it 
 stands in the nominative singular ; except <|>X€\|/, which 
 accents the ultima in the genitive and dative of all num- 
 bers. This is true of most monosyllables of the consonant 
 declension ; o)v and oiv are circumflexed. 
 
 e. Notice that the demonstrative pronoun in Greek 
 is used with the article, in which case the article is 
 not to be translated ; and further, that the demonstrative 
 does not, like an adjective, stand between the article and 
 noun. Compare the declension of the masculine given 
 above with that of the article. 
 
 131. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. 666s ccTTi Tpicov T||jL€p(ov, it IS a three days' journey. 
 p. €V TTJ x^P?' ^^ T€ixos irXivGcov oTTTcov, there was a 
 wall of baked bricks in the country. 
 
 y. TT^v Tov 8i]}jL0\) €i)voiav €tx,€, he had the good will of 
 the people. 
 
 B. €v xfi K(o|iT| <|)6pos T(ov (TTpaTKoTtov ^v, there was fear 
 of the soldiers in the village. 
 
 Observe that in a the genitive tells the measure of the 
 journey ; in y8 it denotes the material of which the wall 
 consists ; in 7 it is the subject of the feeling of good 
 will ; in 8, the object of the fear, they were afraid of the 
 soldiers. 
 
32 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 132. Rules of Syntax. — The genitive is used to denote 
 measure (of time, space, or value) or material, of which 
 anything consists ; the subject of an action or feeling. 
 Subjective Genitive; and the object of an action or 
 feeling. Objective G-enitive. 
 
 133. Translate : 1. Trapa rcov SpaKcoi/ rJKev 6 Krjpv^, 
 2. TOVTov TOP %paKa €776770 fi(f)ei TTapoL Kvpov. 3. Tt9, 
 &> KTjpv^y TTjv i^aXayya afet; 4. 6 r^g <^aXayyo5 
 (jyo^os KaKos kcFTiv. 5. 7) Se Bicopv^ kcrri fiaKpa kol 
 8ucr7rd/D€i»709. 6. 8ta Trj<; Stwpu^o? rJKov at ratu ©pa- 
 Kwv (^ctXayye? em Trjv doKarrav, 7. Trapa ttj dakaTTj) 
 Tjv crrpaTOTrehov ctktjvwv fxlKpcop. 8. ol dyaOol 
 (^uXa/ce? eKLvhwevou Iv tcd cTTpoLTOTriSco. 9. p^icrdov 
 Tjfjiepwv Seifca 6 Kvpo? eTrefjixpei/, 
 
 134. 1. The guard was proceeding to Xerxes. 2. The 
 general sent for these heralds from the camp. 3. Fear 
 of this general filled (held) the line. 4. They will send 
 gifts to these Thracians. 5. Beside the canal is a road 
 of five parasangs, hard to pass. 
 
 135. VOCABULARY 
 
 hi, conj., post-positive, hutj and. 6 |xi<r06s, pay. 
 
 8uonr6p€UTos,^ ov, adj., hard to get irapd, prep. w. gen., from (beside) ; 
 
 through. w. dat., by the side of, near; w. 
 
 r{K<a, -qlw, come, have come (like a ace, to (the side of), contrary tq. 
 
 perfect). to o-TpaT^ireSov, camp. 
 
 6 @pq^, 0p<jk6s, Thracian. ij ^dXa^^, (jxiXa-y-yos, line of battle. 
 
 Kiv8vv€v«, o-«, etc., encounter dan- 6 4>6Pos, fear. 
 
 ger, be in peril. 
 
 ' Some adjectives in os, especially compounds, have only two termina- 
 tions, the feminine being the same as the masculine. 
 
CONSONANT DECLENSION 33 
 
 *136. AiaXo-yos. — Tvvt\ Kal Xi\v 
 
 See Lesson VIII. 
 
 }-esterday promised that 
 
 Tecopyio^;, M.aXt<TTd <y€' tovto^ yap ou jxaKpov iariv, 
 
 yes, indeed 
 
 0. Keye hrj. rjhio-r av aKOvaaifJLL. 
 
 tell me, then. I'm dying to hear it (I should hear most gladly). 
 
 r. "Afcove jdp. Tvv^ Ti9 X^P^ X^^^ ^^X^^» V ^^^' 
 
 listen which 
 
 eKciaTTjv r)/j.epav cdop^ aurfj 6tlkt€. vofiiaaaa Be (w?, el 
 
 every egg laid. Thinking that 
 
 TrXeiOf? T7J opviOi KpiOa^; Trapa-ffaXoi, Svo coa re^erac t% 
 
 more bird barley should give would lay 
 
 r)ijL€pa<; TOVTO iiroLijaev. rj Be X^'^'> TTtAteXr;? yevofievr), ov8' 
 
 did. fat having become, not even 
 
 aTraf t^9 rjfjLepa^: rsKelv iBvvaro. 
 
 once to lay vvas able. 
 
 0. Rlev dyadov ian tovto. aWa ri BrjXoc 6 /jlvOo<;; 
 
 well ; but shows 
 
 r. 'O fJLvdo^ Brfkol^ ft)? AlaMTTO^ avTo<; eXe^ev, on ol Bia 
 
 as Aesop himself those-who 
 
 ifkeove^iav rwv TrXeiovcov^ 6TTi-dvp.ovvT€<^ Kal ra irapovTa 
 
 greediness more desire even what-they-have 
 
 diro-^dWovaLV. 
 
 lose. 
 
 1 Fut. infin, act. of X.^-yw. ^ Cf. Lat. ovum. 
 
 2 Neut. of ovTos. ♦ Gen. with €m-6v{iovvTcs. 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. 4 
 
34 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XI 
 
 LINGUALS or THE CONSONANT DECLENSION — 
 GENITIVE OF SEPARATION 
 
 137. Most Lingual Stems add s to form the nominative 
 singular, dropping t, 8, or 6, as €\iri8-, IXms, hope, 
 'yi'yavT-, 'yi'yds, giant; but nouns in ovt drop t and 
 lengthen o to (o, as Xcovt-, Xewv, lion. In neuters the 
 nominative singular is generally the same as the stem, 
 dropping final t,i as ccojAaT-, cwfjia, body. 
 
 
 xuo. 
 
 SpviS, 6, T|, 
 
 IXirCs, -n, 
 
 X^cov, 6, 
 
 TOVTO TO (TW^a, 
 
 
 NIGHT. 
 
 BIRD. 
 
 HOPE. 
 
 LION. 
 
 THIS BODY. 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 N. 
 
 vii 
 
 6'pvis 
 
 IXirfs 
 
 X^6)V 
 
 TOVTO TO O'Mfta 
 
 G. 
 
 WKTOS 
 
 opvlGos 
 
 IXttCSos 
 
 X^OVTOS 
 
 TOVTOV TOV 0-(Op,aTOS 
 
 JD. 
 
 wkt( 
 
 6'pviei 
 
 cXirCSi 
 
 Xe'ovTi 
 
 TOVTW TW 0-»|JiaTl 
 
 A. 
 
 VVKTtt 
 
 opviv 
 
 IXorCSa 
 
 X^ovra 
 
 TOVTO TO 0-M|ia 
 
 V. 
 
 VV^ 
 
 6pvls 
 
 IXtrC 
 
 X^ov 
 
 — — o-«na 
 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 N. 
 
 VVKTCS 
 
 OpVl06S 
 
 IXttCScs 
 
 X€OVT€S 
 
 TavTtt. TO, o-(tf|jLaTa 
 
 G. 
 
 WKTWV 
 
 opvtOcdv 
 
 IXttCSuv 
 
 XcdvTcov 
 
 TOVTwv T«v o'a)|idT(av 
 
 D. 
 
 wii 
 
 opvi<rt 
 
 IXttCo-i 
 
 X^oucri 
 
 TOVTOis TOis o-c&nao-i 
 
 A. 
 
 VVKTttS 
 
 opviOas 
 
 IXiriSas 
 
 Xc'oVTttS 
 
 TavTa TO, o-wfiaTa 
 
 *139. Remark. — a. Linguals with nominatives in is 
 and vs, except oxytones, drop the lingual in the accusative 
 singular, and add v ; opvis^ opvlv, bird. 
 
 b. All stems in i8, and those in vt except oxytones, 
 have the vocative singular like the stem, 8 or t being 
 dropped ; cXiris, IXm, 717(1$, •yi^av, giant. But the 
 
 1 V, p, s are the only consonants that can stand at the end of a word. 
 
LINGUAL NOUNS 36 
 
 present active participles, as dpxcov, ruling^ have the 
 vocative like the nominative. 
 
 c. The consonants vr, v8, i/O, are dropped before s, and 
 the preceding vowel is lengthened, € and o becoming €i 
 and ov: Xcouai (Xcovtcl). 
 
 140. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. TovTco €8o|€ Tov TToXciiov TTawacrOai, it seemed best to 
 him to give tip (^stop himself from^ the war. 
 
 /3. €VTa\i6a Si-eaxov d\XT|\a)V cbs TpiaKovra o-rdSia, at 
 that point they were about thirty stades distant from one 
 another. 
 
 a. Observe the case of iroXcfiov and dXXTJXwv. This is 
 one of the primary and principal uses of the genitive. 
 How do you express separation in Latin ? 
 
 141. Rule of Syntax. — The genitive may denote that 
 from which anything is separated or distinguished. 
 Hence it is found after verbs denoting to remove^ restrain^ 
 release., cease, fail, differ, and the like. 
 
 142. Translate: 1. vtto tov \6^ov cTre/ii/ze TovTov<i. 
 roi)^ (j>vydSa<;. 2. vtto jxaaTtyoiv iro^evov ol I3dp- 
 l3apOL KaTOLTOv \6(j)ov. 3. vvKTa<; /cat rjiJi€pd<s SwSe/ca 
 ovK inavovTO Trpkejjiov. 4. r) eXm? rrjs ptK7)<; iXvcre 
 rd aTpaTevfiaTa cjyo^ov. 5. ol cTTpaTLCoTaL iv ekTricn 
 fcaXats rjcrav. 6. ol Oeol ttjp epiv iriinrovcn rots 
 dv6p(iinoi<;. 7. ef-eXawet to xTrpdrevfjia wapacrdyyas 
 Trei^TEKaiBeKa iirl tov ^vcfipaTir^v TTorafiov, 8. iirl tto- 
 Tafxov yJKovcTLV, Ev(j)pdTrji' 6vop.a. 9. opvWi^ elcri 
 KoX Orjpia iv tovtco tw ^(opioj, 10. rots yipovaiv 
 eireidovTO ol KTJpvKes- 
 
36 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 143. 1. At the foot of the hill was a river, Euphrates 
 by name. 2. He collected this army after the war with ^ 
 the Persians. 3. The exiles Avonclered at the bodies of 
 the enemy. 4. He will free the birds from their fear 
 of the Avild animals. 5. Old man, you stopped the 
 soldiers from their strife. 
 
 144. VOCABULAEY 
 
 d •y^pwv, Y^povTOs, old man. to ovofia, dv6|iaTos, name. 
 
 SwScKa, indecl., twelve. to o-Tpdrcvjia, o-TpaT€V|xaTOS, army. 
 
 1] cpi-Sj €pi8os, strife. vird, prep. w. gen., under, by (agent) ; 
 d Ev<|>paTT|s, ov, Euphrates River. w. dat. (rare), beneath ; w. ace. 
 
 d X6<|>os, hill. (to a point) under, to the foot of, 
 
 t| |xd<rTi|, (ido-Ti'yoSi whip, lash. (Cf. sub.) 
 
 T] vtKTj, victory. 6 <|)V"yas, <}>v"yd8os, exile. 
 
 LESSON xn 
 
 FIRST AORIST AND FUTURE PASSIVE — PRESENT AND 
 PAST PARTICULAR CONDITIONS 
 
 145. Learn th€ First Aorist and Future Indicative Pas- 
 sive of \v(d (518). Notice (1) that they are formed from 
 the same stem, which is found by adding Qr\ to the simple 
 verb stem ; (2) that the first aorist passive has the 
 active personal endings. 
 
 146. Write a synopsis in the indicative active and 
 passive, third person singular and plural, of Xvco, Oijco,^ 
 
 1 Observe that the genitive closely depending on another noun is vari- 
 ously translated, according to the meaning of the word on which it 
 depends. 
 
 2 Aor. pass. ItvOtjv. 
 
PASSIVE VOICE 37 
 
 iropcvco, d-YOpcvo) (harangue)^ crrpaTc-uo), remembering that 
 I all tenses of the passive except the aorist and future are 
 j^ the same as the middle. 
 
 I 
 
 147. In conditional sentences the clause containing the 
 
 condition, or t/-clause, is called the Protasis^ and that 
 containing the conclusion is called the Apodosis. 
 
 148. The supposition contained in a protasis may be 
 particular or general, A particular supposition refers to 
 a definite action^ occurring at a definite time. A general 
 supposition refers indefinitely to any act occurring at any 
 time. 
 
 149. The negative of the protasis is regularly |it], that 
 of the apodosis is ov. 
 
 150. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. a oStos dXT|9€i}€i, KaXtos €X€i» if this man speaks the 
 truth, it is well. 
 
 y8. €1 TovTO cirpdle, KaXws €X€i, if he did this, it is well. 
 
 y. €1 Beos y\v, ctitov ovk tjo-Sicv, if he was a god, he did 
 not eat food. 
 
 a. Observe (1) that none of the above sentences 
 implies anything as to the fulfilment of the condition ; 
 (2) that the tenses of the indicative are used in both 
 parts of the sentence. 
 
 151. Rule of Syntax. — When the protasis simply states 
 a present or past particular supposition, implying nothing 
 as to the fulfilment of the condition, it has the indicative 
 with €l. Any form of the verb (but generally the indica- 
 tive) may stand in the apodosis. 
 
38 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 152. Translate: 1. ikv6r), XvOrjaerai. 2. \v6r)' 
 (r6jji€0a, IkvOrnxev. 3. iiraLSevOrjcrav, TraiSevdijcrovTaL. 
 4. KcoXveraL, KcoXvOyjcreTai, KeKcoXvrai. 5. iiTopevdiq^^ 
 iiTopevov. 6. OiqpevOrjcrovTaL, reOrjpevvTai. 7. re- 
 To^evcreTai, To^evOrjorerai. 8. eKekevorOrjv,^ KeKeXevcr- 
 jxaLy KeKeXevcrofJiaL. 9. i/SovXevdrj, i/Se/BovXevTo. 
 10. XvOrjcrei, TTopeveu, icTTpaTevaai. 
 
 153. 1. They are being educated, they will have been 
 educated. 2. He was educated, he had been educated. 
 
 3. We were being hindered, we have been hindered. 
 
 4. They will be ordered, he has been ordered. 5. I pro- 
 ceeded, I had proceeded. 
 
 154. Translate : 1. ivrevOep inopevOrjo-au aTaO- 
 /X0U9 CTrra irri rov FiV(f)pdT7)P iroTapiOv. 2. 6 KOpo? ei 
 /xt) to apyvpiov ^ix^, roi^ o^rpartcurai*? ovk e7re/xi/fe 
 fXLcrOou. 3. TraihevdijcrouTaL viro tov (ro(j)ov 8t8a- 
 
 (TKoXoV. 4. TO TTOLL^LOV €1 jULI^ T(p StSaCT/CaX-OJ ^OLpLV 
 
 e^et, ou/c ecrri St/caio^'. 5. to TratStoi' /lera tojz^ ITepcrwi/ 
 iiraihevdy]. 6. ot XeovTe^; vtto to)v vedvio)v iOrjpev- 
 Orjcrav. 7. iKeKeXevaro tw arpariqyco apyvpiov TripL- 
 ireiv. 8. KXeap^o? €t eXue ra? cTTTO^'Sa? t7]v St/cTyi^ 
 e)(€t. 9. Tt9 iro^evOr) iv rrj poi)(r) ; 10. ot avSpoiTTOi 
 XvOriaovrai vtto t(x)v cfyiXcov /caret tovs opKOv<^. 
 
 1 The aor. pass, of iropcvw is used rather than the aor. mid., with force 
 of mid., advance. 
 
 2 K€\€ii« inserts a <r in the aor. pass, stem as well as in that of the perf . 
 mid. and pass. ; cf. 126, n. 3. 
 
PASSIVE VOICE S9 
 
 155. 1. From there he will advance twelve parasangs 
 through the plain. 2. We were educated by good and 
 wise men. 3. We are grateful to the teacher if he 
 has written these words. 4. If the truce has not been 
 broken by the enemy contrary to their oaths, we are not 
 in peril. 5. The soldiers were hindered from war by 
 the heralds. 
 
 156. VOCABULARY 
 
 TO dp-yvpiov, (silver) money. |ii^, adv., not, used in protasis, pro- 
 d SiSdo-KaXos, teacher. hibitions, purpose clauses, etc. 
 
 •^SLki], justice, desei'ts. Cf . 8(Kaios. 6 opKos, oath. 
 
 €VT€v0€v, adv., from there, thence. r\ <nrov8^, libation; o-irovSaC, a truce. 
 
 i-irra, indecL, seven. 6 a-raQ\i6s, day's march, stage. 
 
 6 KX^apxos, Clearchus, a general ij \o.p\.^, \dpiros, favor, gratitude. 
 under Cyrus. 
 
 *157. AiaXo-yos. — Mcviinros Kal * EpjiTis (Lucian). 
 
 Menippus Hermes 
 
 M.ev. Uov Be ol koXoI elaiv rj at KcCkai^ 'Rp/jirj ; eiri-hei^ov^ 
 
 - where point out. 
 
 *¥ipfi, Ov (T')(o\rj fjLOL^ ft) MevtTTTre • aWa kwt eKelvo 
 
 I haven't time over there 
 
 aTro-^Xeyjrov, iirl ra Se^id, ev9a 6 'TdKLvd6<; re eVrt Kal 
 
 look off right hand where and 
 
 NdpKia(To<; Kal 'A^tWei*? Kal ^FiXevij Kal Ai]Ba Kal 6Xco<; 
 
 Achilles Helen in a word 
 
 ra ap')(^ala Trdvra KdWrj, 
 
 ancient all beauties. 
 
 M.ev, *Oara fMova opco Kal Kpavia tmv aapKcov yvfivd., 
 
 bones only I see skulls flesh stripped 
 
 0/jLOia TCL TToWd, 
 
 alike most 
 
 Aorist imperative. 
 
40 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 EpfjL. Kal fir)v iicelvd iariv a Trdvre^ ol TTOLrjral 6av- 
 
 yet those what poets 
 
 fid^ovac TO, oard a)V^ dv eoi/ca^ Kara-cfipovelv. 
 
 which you seem to despise 
 
 Mev. '^OyLtft)? rr]v 'EXeprjv fiot eTri-hei^ov • ov yap 
 
 still 
 
 av Sia-yvoirjv eycoye. 
 
 could distinguish I, 
 
 *Epfx. (^pointing}. Tovro to Kpavlov rj 'EXevij ecrrlv. 
 Mez/. Elra hia tovto roaovTot eireaov '^EWrfve^i T€ kol 
 
 then so many fell 
 
 jSdpjSapoL^ KoX Toaavrai 7r6Xet<; iXvOijaav ; 
 
 cities 
 
 'Ep/jL. 'AXV ovK elSe?, c5 MmTTTre, ^caaav ttjv yvvacKa.^ 
 
 yes, but saw living* 
 
 €(l>7)<i yap av Kal av dvefxear^TOV elvai " toltjS^ d/ncj)! yvvacKi 
 
 would-have-said even without blame to be such about 
 
 irokvv 'y^povov aXyea Tracr^eti^." 
 
 a-long-time woes to suffer ' 
 
 LESSON XIII 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD — VIVID FUTURE 
 CONDITIONS 
 
 158. Learn the Present and Aorist Subjunctive, Active, 
 Middle, and Passive of Xuco (516-18), and the Present 
 Subjunctive of €l|u (528). 
 
 Notice (1) that the subjunctive has primary endings 
 (109) in all tenses, and (2) that the ending is always 
 preceded by a long vowel, (o or t| (<o before (i or v). 
 
 1 Gen. after KaTa-(t>pov€iv. 2 ^cc. of >ivvi\. 
 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 41 
 
 ^' 159. The uses of the subjunctive are generally those of 
 the primary/ tenses of the Latin subjunctive. The perfect 
 ■ subjunctive is rare. There is no future. 
 
 t 160, MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 P^ a. cdv fill KoXdcrxis tov iraiSa, 'irov€p6s cVrai, if you do 
 not punish the lad, he will be bad. 
 
 /?. i(ojJi€V • \LTf\ TOVTO Troico|i€V, let US go; let us not do this, 
 y. \Lr] TOVTO Troi-qo-coiiev, let us not do this (one thing). 
 
 a. Observe that in a the protasis contains a supposition 
 of future time, vividly and distinctly stated ; the verb of 
 the protasis is a subjunctive with cdv (not €l), while the 
 apodosis contains a simple future indicative. Such a 
 supposition is called a vivid future condition. 
 
 b. Observe that in /3 and 7, i(o|i.€Vy Troi(0(JL€V, and ttoitjo-o)- 
 (i€V all are in the first person subjunctive, expressing 
 exhortation. In a, yS, and 7, all the tenses express future 
 time, the present denoting continued or customary action, 
 the aorist usually momentary action. 
 
 161. Rule of Syntax. — When a future supposition is 
 stated distinctly and vividly, the protasis has the subjunc- 
 tive with €dv; the apodosis may contain any verb of 
 future time (generally the future indicative). 
 
 162. The first person of the subjunctive (generally 
 plural) is used in exhortations. Its negative is (iTJ. 
 
 163. Translate : 1. Xvcofxev, Xvcrcofxev. 2. fir) 
 XvcrcojJieOa, fxrj XvcojieOa. 3. TraiSevcofxeOa, iraihevOo)- 
 jxev. 4. a)fjL€v dyadoi. 5. fxr} e^cofiev (f)i\ovq KaKov^. 
 6. iav Xv9y, iav KvOcjctlv. 7. iav ^ovKevoivrai^ iav 
 St/catot oicriv. 8. iav KcoXvay^ iav KcoXvOy, 
 
42 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 
 164. 1. fiTj Xvcrcojieu ras orTrovSd^;. 2. ioip tol ottX 
 e^cofxep, ov KLvSvpevo-Ofxev e/cet. 3. Kvpos lav Kekeucrrj 
 Toif<; aTpaTLCoTois Sl(ok€lv roL»9 Pap/3dpov<;^ rravcrei evOvs 
 Tov TToXefjioy. 4. Suco^ajfJiep tov<; TroXe/xtou?. 5. dOpot- 
 (^(ojjLeOa Trepl tov \6(^ov tovtov. 6. ol TTokiynoi eau 
 TOL avSpctTToSa dpTrdcrojcn irapd tov^ o/)acov9, Trjv hiKir^v 
 i^ovcTL. 7. TraVcrcofieOa, o) ^tXot, tovtov tov 7to\€(xov. 
 8. iav ol yepovTe<; iKavoX a}o-L^ nepl tcov arrovhoju avv 
 Tjplv /SovXeva-ovTaL. 9. €v0vs av /xt) ot/caSe iropev- 
 Orj^ ra ^pT^/xara vtto tov dSeXcjiov dpTraaOijcTeTai. 
 10. eaz^ d\7)9ev(Tr)S, Bcopa KaXd ctol (to you} Trefixpco. 
 
 165. 1. If he plunders the. possessions of his friends, he 
 will have his deserts. 2. Let us not be cowardly, for 
 the general will send us home. 3. They will proceed at 
 once to this river, if the enemy are there. 4. If the 
 enemy muster about this place, we will immediately shoot. 
 5. Let us speak the truth about the battle in the plain. 
 
 166. VOCABULARY 
 
 dXTjOevw, o-«, speak the truth. Ikci, adv., there. 
 
 TO avSpdiroSov, slave. cvOvs, adv., at once, immediately. 
 
 dpird^o), dpirdo-o), rfpTrao-a, -^fpiraKa, ilp-ci^S; ijufiv, Tifiiv, TJfids, ice, of us, 
 
 T|piraar}j.ai, ijpirdo-O'qv, plunder, to us, us, plur. of l-yw, /. 
 
 seize. o^KaSe, adv., homewards. 
 
 •ydp, con]., for, post-positive. ircpf, prep. w. gen., about, concern- 
 iiv, av, ■n'v, if; el is never used ing ; w. ace, around, ahout.^ 
 
 with the subjunctive, but in- to XP'IH'-** aro^, the thing (used); 
 
 stead one of the three forms Td xpi^H-aTa, possessions. 
 
 given. 
 
 1 In poetry also w. dat. 
 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 
 
 43 
 
 167. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 Menon's Speech to his Men 
 
 XrpaTLcoraL, vvv Kvpo<; ^ovkeraL rov<i ro^ora^ dyecv eVt 
 Tov aSeXcpov. edv fioL ireLa-Qrire^ ov KLvSuvevaere, ifKeov 
 he rj ol dWoL OavfiaaOrjaea-de virb Kvpov. iyoo yap KeXevo) 
 vfJia^ €vdv<; hia^alveLV tov irorapLov, idv jxev yap ^ovXoovrai 
 eTreaOai (to follow^ ol dWoi, u/^a? vo/jLiel (will consider^ 
 K{}/909 dpiaTOV<;. idv Se fir) ol dWot Bia^alvcoai, irdXiv 
 TTopeuao/ieda aTrai^re? (all^ ei? to cTTpaTOTrehov. vjjuv Se 
 7re/jL-\jr€L Bojpa Ka\d^ oifka Kal Xttttov^ Ka) dpyvpiov. 
 
 168. 1. The soldiers with Cyrus were taking the field 
 against the Persians. 2. And Clearchus, an exile, 
 ordered his soldiers to cross a river. 3. "If you are 
 willing to cross this river at once," said he (ccj)!!), " the 
 other troops will cross with you. 4. And Cyrus will 
 admire you and be grateful to you." 5. Thereupon the 
 bravest of the bowmen immediately began-to-cross the 
 stream. 
 
 169. 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 povXofiai, wish, he willing. 
 oXXos, oW-q, aXXo, another, other. 
 trXiov, adv., more. 
 r\, conj., than. 
 
 vficis, v\L&v, v]uv, vfias, you, of you, 
 to you, you, plur. of <rv, thou. 
 
 Sia-^aCvat, fut. 8La-P^(ro(Jiai, go 
 
 across, cross. 
 apiorros, f\, ov (superl. of d-yaOos), 
 
 best, bravest. 
 irdXiv, adv., again. 
 vvv, adv., now. 
 
44 THE FtRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XIV 
 
 THE OPTATIVE MOOD — VAGUE FUTURE CONDI- 
 TIONS—FINAL CLAUSES 
 
 170. Learn the Optative Active of Xuo) (516) and the 
 Present Optative of clju (528). 
 
 Notice (1) that the optative adds the secondary endings 
 (109) to the tense stem, but the first person singular of 
 CO verbs ends in fii; (2) that the ending is preceded by 
 the mood sign t, which unites with the vowel of the tense 
 stem to form oi (in the aorist ai). 
 
 171. The optative takes the place of the subjunctive 
 in Latin after a secondary tense. The present and aorist 
 differ, as in the subjunctive, only in duration of time. 
 The perfect is rare ; the future is used only in indirect 
 discourse. 
 
 172. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. €l TavTa ircfiiroiTC, irdvTa KaXcos av c'xoi, if you 
 should send this, all would be well. 
 
 p. (TTpaTeljovTai iva tcov Tro\€|iicov €'u8ai|JLOV€(rT€poi Scriv, 
 they take the field that they may he more prosperous than the 
 enemy. 
 
 ry. €(rTpaT€'uo'avTo Iva tcov ttoXcjiicdv €vhai\Lovi(TTcpoi etev, 
 they took the field that they might be more prosperous than 
 the enemy. 
 
 a. Observe that in a the protasis contains a supposition 
 of future time, but stated less vividly and distinctly than 
 when the subjunctive is used (160) ; the verb of the prot- 
 asis is an optative with cl; the apodosis also is an optative. 
 
OPTATIVE MOOD 46 
 
 and must contain the particle dv. Such a supposition we 
 may call a Vague or Less Vivid Future Condition. 
 Read again 160, 161. 
 
 h. Observe that in ^ and 7 the subordinate clause 
 shows the purpose or motive of the action of the verb. 
 Notice that in y8 the verb in the purpose clause is subjunc- 
 tive after a primary tense, but in 7 becomes optative, when 
 the leading verb is changed to a secondary tense. 
 
 c. Observe that the clauses of purpose, or Final Clauses^ 
 as they are called, are introduced by iva. Instead of iva, 
 otTcos and <bs are often used. 
 
 173. Rule of Syntax. — When a future supposition is 
 stated less distinctly and vividly, the protasis has the 
 optative with €l ; the apodosis has the optative with dv, 
 
 174. Rule of Syntax. — Final Clauses^ or clauses of pur- 
 pose, introduced by iva, oirws, or ws, take the subjunctive 
 when the leading verb is primary, the optative when the 
 leading verb is secondary. The negative is ^iy, 
 
 175. Translate: 1. et tovto act ypd(^oi, Ka\(o<; av 
 i^oL. 2. et TOVTO ypd\jj€L€, KaXoj^ ap exot. 3. idu 
 TOVTO ypaxlfj), AcaXoi? efet. 4. et tovto ypd(j)eL, AcaXoi? 
 e)(et. 5. Scopa TriinreL, ws ireCo'rj rjixas. 6. Scjpa 
 eTTefixfje/, a>9 ir^icreiev T7/jtas- 7. rJKOvcnv Iva OrjpevcoaLv. 
 8. rJKov Iva 6r)pevoi€v. 
 
 176. 1, et Tovs o-TpaTr)yov^ /ceXevcrete ^ivov^ ayeiv, 
 CTTpaTevfia (j)o/3ep6v av dOpoit^oi. 2. tovto iirpd^ev, 
 Lva ySacrtXeuot olvtI tov dBe\(j)ov. 3. KXeap^o? 6 
 (f)vy as napd Kvpov rJKev lva (fyiXov evpicTKOL. 4. ot 
 
46 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 cTTpaTLOiTaL el cru/x/xa^^ou? e^oiev TrpoOvfioi av eiez^ . 
 
 5. €1 7jfia<; ayoL^y o-VfJLfJLd)(^ov<; av e)(ot9 dyadovs. 
 
 6. et 6 e^^po? iirl raJ 7rora/xw etyj, e^oi av ttjv Slktjv. 
 7- el TO aTpaToireSop dpnai^oievy dixd^ds /cat owXa 
 av €vpLaKOL€v. 8. el fXT) Toifs LTTTTOVS Xvo-aifxev, St/catws 
 ovK av TTpd^aifjiev. 9. crifv rw craTpdnrj TTOpeva-ojJLeda 
 Lva fxrj aiTov rj diropCd, 
 
 177. 1. We sent the herald, that he might do this. 
 
 2. If he should always do this, it would be well. 
 
 3. They have sent ten days' pay, that the mercenaries 
 may be zealous. 4. If he should find an enemy in the 
 tent, instead of a guest friend, he would justly wonder. 
 5. From there they advanced five stages, in order that 
 there might not be a lack of grain. 
 
 178. VOCABULARY 
 
 deC, adv., always. koK&s, adv. of Ka\6s, finely, well. 
 
 dvTt, prep. w. gen., instead of. koXws e'xci, it is well. 
 
 t| diropCd, want, lack. 6 ^ivos, guest friend, Lat. hospes; 
 
 8iKa(«s, adv. of SiKaios, justly. plu. mercenaries. 
 
 €vpC(rK(i>, fut. ivpi\a-ai, find. irpdrTw, irpa^w, €irpd|a, do, act. 
 
 d IxOpos, personal enemy, Lat. irpoOvfjios, ov, adj., 2:ea/oMs. Cf. 132, n. 
 
 inimicus, in contrast with iroXe- d o-tros, grain, food. 
 
 |iios, public enemy, hostis, 6 (rv|jL|xaxos, ally. Cf. li^dxt). 
 
 Kfipvl 
 
r 
 
 LIQUID AND SYNCOPATED NOUNS 
 
 LESSON XV 
 
 47 
 
 LIQUID AND SYNCOPATED NOUNS OF THE CONSO- 
 NANT DECLENSION 
 
 
 179. 
 
 Nouns 
 
 PAKADIGMS 
 
 Adjective / 
 
 
 i|7€|i»v, 6, 
 
 p^TWp, 6, 
 
 F^V, o, 
 
 cv8aCp,())v, y 
 
 
 LEADER. 
 
 ORATOR. 
 
 MONTH. 
 
 Singular 
 
 prosperous. 
 
 M. F, N. 
 
 N. 
 
 ^Y€H«V 
 
 p^TCOp 
 
 F^^v 
 
 6v8aC|JLa>v €v8ai)jLOV 
 
 G. 
 
 T|"yc|i6vos 
 
 pVJTopos 
 
 (ITIVOS 
 
 cvSaCfiovos 
 
 D. 
 
 ■flY^jiovi 
 
 ^VJTOpi 
 
 RvC 
 
 6v8aC|xovi 
 
 A. 
 
 T)Y€(Ji6va 
 
 pVJTopa 
 
 jiTlva 
 
 cv8aCp.ova cv8ai|j,ov 
 
 V. 
 
 r\y€\uav 
 
 ptlTOp 
 
 Plural 
 
 6v8ai}iOv 
 
 N. 
 
 V. -fiYcuavcs 
 
 p^Topes 
 
 fifives 
 
 cv8ai(iLov€s €v8aC|j.ova 
 
 G. 
 
 T]'Y6|i6va)v 
 
 pr\T6p<av 
 
 lATlVWV 
 
 €v8ai)i6v«i)v 
 
 D. 
 
 f|7€n6<ri 
 
 pVJTopo-i 
 
 |iTl<rC 
 
 €v8aC)iO(ri 
 
 A. 
 
 Tj-yeiJwSvas 
 
 p^Topas 
 
 Hiivas 
 
 €v8aC)iovas €v8a(p,ova 
 
 a. 
 
 Observe that the oxytones have the vocative singu- 
 lar like the nominative, while in pTJTcdp it is like the stem ; 
 so in €vbai[UAV, 
 
 h. Notice the datives cvSaiixoo-i, pTJT0p<7i, where v only 
 is dropped, but Xeoixri (138), where vt occurred. 
 
 
 180. 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 
 
 
 
 irar^p, 
 
 
 Jl^TTlp, 
 
 
 
 father. 
 
 
 MOTHER 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 N. 
 
 irar^p 
 
 irarcpcs 
 
 
 (i^nip 
 
 |it,Wp€S 
 
 g. 
 
 (•iraT€'pos) irarpos 
 
 irar^puv 
 
 (HTlTc'pos) |iT]Tp6s 
 
 (iTlWpWV 
 
 D. 
 
 (iraWpi) iraTpC 
 
 iraTpd<rt 
 
 (llTlTc'pi) HT|TpC 
 
 p.ryrpo.iT*. 
 
 A. 
 
 irarepa 
 
 irar^pas 
 
 
 |lTlT€pa 
 
 p,T]T^pas 
 
 V. 
 
 trdrcp 
 
 iraT^p«5 
 
 
 I^Tep 
 
 ^r\ripi% 
 
48 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 
 
 dv^p, 
 
 
 
 
 MAN. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 N. 
 
 dv^p 
 
 
 (dvc'pcs) dvSpes 
 
 G. 
 
 (dve'pos) dvSpos 
 
 
 (dvepctfv) dv8p(3v 
 
 D. 
 
 (dve'pi) dvSpi 
 
 
 dv8pd<ri 
 
 A. 
 
 (dv€pa) av8pa 
 
 
 (dv6'pas) dvSpas 
 
 V. 
 
 avcp 
 
 
 (dve'pcs) av8p€S 
 
 a. Observe (1) that iraTTip and [111x1] p drop € in the 
 genitive and dative singular and accent the ultima ; 
 (2) that the vocative ends in -€p and has recessive accent ; 
 and (3) that in the dative plural -€p becomes pa-. Qvya- 
 TT^p, daughter, is declined and accented in the same way. 
 
 b. Observe that avr\p follows the declension of iraTTip, 
 but inserts 6 where € is dropped. 
 
 181. Translate : 1. KeXevcTovcnv rjixas rjye^ovas 
 TrefiTTeuv Iva tov^ '^E\kr)pa^ ot/caSe aycocTLv. 2. d vvi/^ 
 ii/LavTo^ SwSe/ca jjLrjvas ex^*" ^' "^V ^oL^f^ovL^ inC- 
 (TTeuev 6 avrfp, - 4:. ip tovto) tw X^P^V ^J^^^^ rjaav 
 Toi? '^EX-Xt^o'i. 5. d ayoiv irpo rrj^ tcop MijSojj/ (fyd- 
 Xayyo9 ^v, 6. at (j)p€ife<; tcjv 'FXXrjvojv TrpoOvfxoL 
 rja-av. 7. et? irehiov koX {both) ev^aipiov koX koKov 
 eTTopevOrjcrav ol '^E\\r)i'e<;, 8. Slol ttJ? x^oi'^^ rjyov 
 ra avSpaTToSa. 9. /u,er-e7r€/>ti//aTo ttjt/ Svyaripa fiera 
 ii'LavTov'^ SwSe/ca. 10. Sta rt, w fxrJTep, TreicrSricro [xai 
 Tco TrarpL ; 11. toIs prjTopcn \dpiv €)(ov(tiv rjXr)- 
 devKOLcn yap Trepl rod Xt/xeVos. 
 
 182. 1. We shall put confidence in the leaders of the 
 Greeks. 2. Cyrus with his mother came to the flourish- 
 
 J Observe the force of the position'. 2 Why dative ? 
 
LIQUID AND SYNCOPATED NOUNS 49 
 
 ing country of the Medes. 3. If this orator is wise, he 
 will bid us send an army to the harbor. 4. Children 
 obey their fathers ; soldiers obey their leaders. 5. At 
 present the Greeks are holding games; for they have 
 ceased from war. 
 
 183. VOCABULARY 
 
 d d"Y«v, «vos, contest, game. oi M-nSoi, wv, the Medes. 
 
 6 8aC|jLCDv, ovos, divinity. irio-Ttvo), <rci), trust, put confidence in. 
 
 6 "EWtjv, t]vos, a Greek. irpo, prep. w. gen., before, for. 
 
 6 hioMTosp-year. tj <|>p^v, <|>p€v6s, 7nind. 
 
 6 XijA'fiv, ivos, harbor. ij xyav, ovos, snow. 
 
 *184. AiaXo-yos. — Ilepl tov Mcvcjvos 
 
 riat?. Tt9 yap rjv ovto<; 6 Mevav, irepl ov eX6^d<; wore rjpXv; 
 
 whom once 
 
 AiBdaKa\o<i. Miveov tjv (TTpaT7)yo<; ®€TTaX6<;^ iravTCOv Tcav 
 
 Thessalian all 
 
 'l^Xkrfvcov 6 KOLKiarof;. 
 
 worst. 
 
 Ylal^. Ata Be rl ravTa ye \eyeL<; ; 
 
 AtS. AcoTL del avTM <f>lXov rfv to dSt/celv. 
 
 because him wrong-doing. 
 
 riafc?. Tt yap ovv eiroiei, ; fi(ov eiraie Tov<i dvBpa<; ; 
 
 did-he-do not 
 
 AtS. Kal fJidXa ye • iroXv Be Kal KdKLov^ Kal eviore 
 
 yes, indeed much too worse sometimea 
 
 eKXeiTTe tcl ')(prjpiaTa Kal TroXXa/ct? eirXdrreTO yjrevBrj. 
 
 used-to-steal often made up lies. 
 
 Ilat?. M(wi/ e<f)lXovv avrov ol arpaTicaraL ; 
 
 loved 
 
 AtS. Ol Be KaKol fxovov • 7ret6o/Jbevov<; yap toi;? dvBpa<; 
 
 only obedient 
 
 eiroLTjaaTo ck tov avv-aBcKelv avTol^. 
 
 by joining in crime them 
 
 Jlah. 'n? (f>o0epo<i ovto<; 6 MeVeoi^. 
 
 what a dreadful fellow 
 FIRST GR. BK, — 6 
 
60 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XVI 
 
 STEMS IN S OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION 
 GENITIVE WITH VERBS 
 
 
 XOtJ. 
 
 
 
 Nouns 
 
 
 
 yivos, t6, 
 
 BIRTH, RACE. 
 
 
 
 SwKpdriis, 6, 
 Socrates. 
 Singular 
 
 Kp^as, t6, 
 
 flesh (flu. meat). 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 (•y^vcos) "Y^vovs 
 
 •ye'vos 
 •y€'vos 
 
 
 2a)KpdTT]s 
 (SwKpdreos) StoKpdrous 
 (SwKpdrci) SwKpdrei 
 (ZuKpdrca) ScoKpdxT] 
 
 SwKparcs 
 
 Kp^piS 
 
 (Kpe'aos) Kp^ws 
 (Kpe'ai) Kp€'ai 
 
 Kpeas 
 
 Kp€as 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 (7^v€a) 7€vt] 
 (•yeve'wv) yivwv 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 (Kpc'aa) Kp^d 
 
 (Kp€dft)v) Kp€ft»V 
 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 
 
 
 Adjective 
 
 Kpcacri 
 (Kp^aa) Kp^d 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 dXTi0^s, true. 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N 
 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 dXriG^s dXrie 
 (dXTiOcos) dXTi0ovs 
 
 (dXt]0€'l) dXT10€l 
 
 (dXii0€a)dXTj0T^ dXr^e 
 
 dXT10€S 
 
 
 (dXT,0€6S)dXT106lS (dXT,04a) dXT10T^ 
 
 (dXriOcwv) dXriOwv 
 dXT,0^<ri 
 dXTj06is (dXT]0€'a) &\r\Qi\ 
 (dXT)0^€s)dXT)0cis (dXT]0€a) dXT)0f) 
 
 a. Observe (1) that like sibilant stems in Latin the <r 
 of the stem is seen only in the nominative singular ; (2) 
 that in the other cases a is dropped and the preceding 
 vowel is contracted with the vowel of the case ending. 
 
 186. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. TT^s x^'-P^S avTOo) cXdpCTO, he took Ms hand. 
 
 ff. oStos |i€V avToi) TJiiapTcv, this fellow missed him. 
 
STEMS IN t 61 
 
 P 7. T<ov irXeiovcov liri-GiJfJLO'OvTai, thei/ desire the greater, 
 S. Xecov dpX€Tai T(ov dXXcov Gripicov, the lion rules the 
 other leasts. 
 
 a. Observe that the genitive is used with verbs of 
 various meanings to denote the object of the action of 
 the verb. 
 
 187. Eules of Syntax. — (a) The genitive follows verbs 
 signifying to make trial of^ hegin^ take hold qf^ touchy claim, 
 aim at, hit, miss, attain. 
 
 (6) The genitive follows verbs signifying to taste, smell, 
 hear, perceive, comprehend, remember, forget, desire, care 
 for, spare, neglect, wonder at, admire, despise. 
 
 (c) The genitive follows verbs signifying to rule, lead, 
 or direct. 
 
 188. Translate : 1. top riyefiova iirefixpep kirl to 
 0/509. 2. Sta T(ov 6p(x)v iiTopeuovTo ol afX(f)l KXeap^^o^ 
 eU TO CTTpaToirehov. 3. kvTevOev l^-e\avvei kirl irora- 
 fiov TO €vpo^ Svo irXeOpcov. 4. TavTa tol T€L)(rj irepi- 
 ei^e Tr)v twv MijBcov -^copdp. 5. 6 Kvpo<; Ilepo"q<; fxeu^ 
 Tjv TO yeuo<; • iTraihevOrj Se Iv To'if; tcov MtjScov v6fjiOL<;, 
 6. evOij^ dp)(a)p.ev tov TToXefiov. 7. rjpX'^^ '^^^ Seftou 
 Kepcos Toiiv ^^Wr^voiv. 8. t(x)v Kpewv tovtcov tcop Oripioiv 
 ov yevaofJLai. 9. ol tov ^(OKpaTov^ </)t\oi Xoycov 
 d\rj6(x)v TjKovov. 10. rot? akyjOicri prjTopcri \apiv 
 e^o/xez/. 
 
 1 When two parts of a sentence correspond symmetrically to each 
 other, ^iv and 8^ are used ; }t4v, better left untranslated, serves to show 
 that a second clause is to follow. Contrast is often indicated. 
 
52 TEE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 189. 1. They proceeded with the guides to the moun- 
 tains. 2. Two walls surround the plain at the foot of 
 the mountain. 3. Cyrus ordered Clearchus to command 
 the right wing of the Greeks. 4. But Clearchus was 
 not a Greek by birth. 5. Clearchus and his men 
 began the battle. 6. According to his custom Socrates 
 began the talk. 7. Friends, let us always listen to 
 truth-speaking men. 
 
 190. VOCABULARY 
 
 dKovo), dKovcrofJiai, -qKovfra, hear. to Kcpas, iving of an army. 
 
 djA^C, prep. w. ace, round, about. 6 vd^xos, custom, law. 
 
 apx(*>; 0Lp|«) etc., begin, rule. to opos, mountain. 
 
 ■yevop-ai, -yevo-oiJiai, etc., taste. tnpy.-iyjui, etc, surround. 
 
 Sfi^ios, a, <Jv, adj., right. to TrXc'Opov, plethrum, distance of 
 
 8vo, 8voiv, or 8vo, two. 100 Greek feet, 97 English feet. 
 
 TO €vpos, breadth. to t€ixos> loall. 
 
 *191. AiaXo-yos. — Fepcov Kal SwKpdTiis 
 
 {%Tpey^Ldhri(i Sij^ yepeov., 09 fxavOdveiv ^ovXeTat, dcji-LKvel- 
 rat Cgoes') tt/jo? ttjv tov ^coKparov^; oIkIclv' koI Xeyei to5 
 /jLadrjrfj ov opa (he sees) irpo rSyv 6vpa)v.~\ 
 
 Xrp. <l>e/)6, Tt? yap ovto<; iirl Trj<; KpefidOpa^; dvrjp ; 
 
 come basket 
 
 Ma(9. AuT09. 
 
 himself. 
 
 Srp. Tt9 avTOf; ; 
 
 Ma^. ^(0/cpdT7}(;, 
 
 Srp. *11 ^ditcparef;. — Wl^ ovTO<;<i dva^orjaov avrov fioi 
 
 , caU 
 
 loudly. 
 
 lAad. AvTO(; fiev ovv av Kokeaov ov ydp fJioi ar^oXr]. 
 
 call time (leisure). 
 
OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 63 
 
 "^rp. ^fl %(OKpaT6^^ o) ^(OKpaTihiov. 
 
 dear little Socrates. 
 
 '^(Dic. Tt fie KaXel<i^ w i(j)rj^ep€ ; 
 
 creature-of-a-day, 
 
 ^rp. Upcarov fjblv o ri Bpa<i, avn^oXS)^ KaT-enre jjlol. 
 
 what you-are-doing, I pray, tell me. 
 
 A(OK. 'Aepo^aria Kal wepKppopQ rbv ijXiov. 
 
 ^^ I walk the ail' and contemplate the sun.'"' 
 
 Xrp. "EiTretT airo rappov tov<; 6eov<; VTrepcfjpovelf;, aXX' 
 
 basket despise 
 
 ouK aiTo Trj^i 7^9 ; 
 
 earth 
 
 Stw/c. M^ toOto Xe^T;?. rfkOe'^ Se Kara rl ; 
 
 for what 
 
 Xrp. l^ovXofiat fxaOelv Xeyetv, 
 
 learn 
 
 X(OK» KdOi^e TOLvvv iirl rov lepov (TKLfiTToSa, 
 
 sit-down then sacred stool. 
 
 St/). 'ISoi) Kadrj/Jiac. 
 
 here-I-am all-seated. 
 
 XcoK. "Akou6 yap ovv. 
 
 LESSON XVII 
 
 OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE — OB JECT CLAUSES 
 
 192. Learn the Present, Future, and Aorist Optative, 
 Middle and Passive, of Xuco (516-18), and the Future 
 Indicative and Optative of clju (528). 
 
 Notice that the aorist passive adds it| to the tense stem, 
 and as in the other moods has the active personal endings. 
 
 193. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. ciri-fieXcio-Oe ottos av8p€S cVecrGc dYaSoC see to it that 
 you are (or 5e) brave men. 
 
54 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 p. co-KdiTCi OTTcos T] TToXis o-(o6TJcr6TaL, he say) to it that the 
 city should he saved. 
 
 a. Observe that the dependent verb of a does not tell 
 the purpose or motive^ as in final clauses (1T2), but is the 
 object of the leading verb. In fact, a single word, as 
 TOVTO, could be substituted for the whole clause, thus : 
 See to this^ namely, that you are brave men. 
 
 h. Notice the mood and tense of this object clause, and 
 that the same mood and tense are retained when the lead- 
 ing verb is secondary. Compare with this final clauses. 
 
 194. Rule of Syntax. — Clauses denoting the object of 
 verbs signifying strive for., care for., effect^ regularly take 
 the future indicative with ottcos or oircos |iTJ, after both 
 primary and secondary tenses. 
 
 195. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. <|}0p€iTaL jJLTi TovTo 'Y€VT|Tai, he fears that this will 
 happen. 
 
 /9. €<|)opTi0'q |xii (ov) TOVTO 'ycvoiTO, he feared that this 
 would {not) happen. 
 
 a. Observe the mood used after <|)op€LTai ^i\. If we 
 change (|>opeiTai to a secondary tense, €<|jopTi9T] (/S), wHat 
 corresponding change is there in the dependent clause ? 
 What is the Latin usage? Notice that when iirj means 
 lest or that., the negative is ov. 
 
 196. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs denoting fear., caution., 
 or danger., take the subjunctive with fiTJ after primary 
 tenses, and the optative after secondary tenses.^ 
 
 1 In Greek authors, however, for the sake of greater vividness, the 
 subjunctive is often retained, eyen when the leading verb is secondary. 
 
OPTATIVE CUDDLE ANB PASSIVE 55 
 
 197. Translate : 1. el iropevOeir), /caXcu? av €)(ol. 
 2. el aOpoitpivTO, TToXejJLO^ av elrj. 3. el dOpoLO-aivro, 
 Ka\(o<; av €)(ol. 4. BeSoLKa firj ov TTeWrjrai. 5. eSet- 
 croL fjbT] ov neiOoLTo. 6. fiovXeveraL ottco? dyaOol 
 ecrovrai. 7. e^ovXevero otto)^ ecroi^rai dyaOoi. 8. ret 
 TratSia eTre/xi/ze^' tW TraiSevOeLT]. 
 
 198. 1. e/3ov\eveTo 6 Kvpo<; o7Tco<; firf em (in the 
 power of) Tw dSekcjyq) earat. 2. eSetcra fxr) 6 Trarrjp 
 (xe /x€Ta-7re/xT//atro. 3. el Scjpa TrefxiroLTOy ret TratSta 
 av Xuotro. 4. eTn-fiekeTai 6 dp^cov ottci}^ ol (TTpaTLcoTaL 
 ecrovTai irpodvixoi. 5. SeSotVctcrt yap fxrj ov 7ravo-o)VTai 
 ol Uepcrai tovtov tov TroXe/xou. 6. e^euaav ol 
 '^E\Xy]ve<; fir} irpocr-dyoLev 7rpo<; ro /cepa?. 7. crvv- 
 eVe/xTre c^uXa/ca? ottco? toz^ Kvpoz^ ^vXdrToiev^ el ra 
 Orjpta TTXrjo-idt^oi. 8. Trap-ecTKeva^eu ottoj^ ol ^evoi 
 ra eiTLTifjBeia e^ovcriv. 9. eyo) roz^ dvOpcoirov enc^Laa 
 
 OTTOi? /XI7 UTTO TCJl/ TToXefXiCOl' TTaLOLTO. 10. e(f)vXaTT6fJi7)V 
 
 [jirj 7Tp6^ TO (TTpaToirehov iropevOeirj^. 
 
 199. 1. I am afraid that you will proceed to the satrap. 
 
 2. He was afraid that we should not send for the guide. 
 
 3. Cyrus plans to be king^ in place of his brother. 
 
 4. They were on their guard lest the enemy should 
 assemble. 5. If he should take care that the soldiers 
 be brave, he would be able to lead the Greeks against 
 the fortification. 
 
 1 How expressed ? 
 
56 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 200. VOCABULARY 
 
 Sc'SoiKa, I am afraid, perfect of irXrio-MiSw, irX-qo-icura), etc., draw 
 
 (SciSo)) with force of present. near, approach. 
 
 eSeio-a, / was afraid, aor. of irpo's, prep. w. gen., looking toward, 
 
 (ScCSto). from; w. dat., at, in addition to; 
 
 ciri-iicXofjiai,! take care, look out. w. ace, to, towards. 
 
 €iriT'<i8€ios, a, ov, adj., suitable; ra 'irpo(r-aiy(a, etc., lead to, lead against. 
 
 eiriT-^Seia, provisions. <rv|ji-Tr€|jnra),2 etc., send with. 
 
 irapa-cTKeva^o), ao-co, etc., prepare, ^v\a.rT<>i,^v\6J^ii>,&ic.,watch, guard, 
 
 arrange, provide. defend ; cf. ({>v\ag. 
 
 LESSON XVIII 
 
 SECOND AORISTS — CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT 
 
 201. Learn the Second Aorist Active and Middle In- 
 dicative, Subjunctive, and Optative of Xeiiro) (519). 
 
 Notice its resemblance in the indicative to the imperfect, 
 and in other moods to the present. 
 
 202. Remark. — The second aorist is merely a simpler 
 form than the aorist in o", as it is formed directly from 
 the verb stem, and is called second because it is less 
 common than the other. As was seen in the case of 
 the second perfect (99), the second aorist occurs in 
 consonant stems, where — except in a few verbs — for 
 some reason the regular aorist is not found. When both 
 
 1 A deponent verb, one that has middle or passive forms with active 
 meaning. 
 
 2 For (rvv-ir^|JL'irw, v becoming |jk before ir. 
 
SECOND AORISTS 57 
 
 aorists occur in the same verb, the first aorist usually is 
 transitive, as caT-qcrc (from utttkii, set)^ he set (something), 
 but 2 aor. ccttii, he stood. 
 
 *203. Special Rules of Accent in the Second Aorist : 
 
 1. The active participle is oxytone. 
 
 2. The infinitive middle accents the penult. 
 
 3. The infinitive active and imperative middle 
 
 second singular circumflex the ultima. 
 
 204. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. €l Kvpos a-uTov -^v, irdin-cs dv 'r\[L€V d'yaOoi, if Cyrus 
 were here, we should all he brave. 
 
 y8. €l TovTO €Trpd|av, Ka\(os dv €<rx€V, if they had done 
 this, it would have been well. 
 
 7. €1 |iTi v\L€is ijXOcTe, €irop€\)6pL€8a dv lirl paoriXca, if 
 you had not come, we should be on our way against the king. 
 
 a. Observe that -^ficv shows what would be the case 
 (now) if the supposition in el . . . "^v were true. So €<rx,€V 
 shows what would have been the case — but was not — if 
 iirpdlav had been true. In 7 the apodosis shows what 
 would now be the case if the past supposition cl jjli] tjXSctc 
 had been fulfilled. 
 
 h. Notice (l) the tense and mood in both protasis and 
 apodosis, and (2) observe that the apodosis has dv. 
 
 > 205. Rule of Syntax. — When the protasis states a 
 present or past supposition implying that the condition 
 w not or was not fulfilled, the secondary tenses of the 
 
58 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 indicative 1 are used in both parts of the sentence. The 
 apodosis has dv. 
 
 206. Translate : 1. eXnrov^ eav XtTrwcrt, €t \iTToiev. 
 2. iXiireTO, eav XiTrrjTaL^ el Xlttolto. 3. eXa^e, tVa 
 Xct^ot, Iva Xdfirj. 4. -^X^e?, tVa ekOr)^, Iva eXOoLS. 
 5. elSop, Iva tSo), Iva tSot/xt. 6. evpere, iav evprjTe, el 
 ev poire, 7. eliroyiev^ einofxev dv. 8. au yeprjrai, ye- 
 
 VOLTO dv. 9. d(ji-iKOVTO, fMY) d(f)-LKCOVTaL^ 1^7) d^-lKOlVTO. 
 
 207. 1. eheicrav /xt) ol TroXe/xtot rov Xocftov XiTroiev. 
 2. rjXOov iirl ra oirXa ol '^EkXrjves. 3. et eKLvSvvev- 
 ojxev^ icjivXaTTOfxev av to (TTpaTorreSov. 4. el eXdoiev 
 el<; rovTo to -^(opiov, tol iTTLTrjSeLa av evpouev. 5. iwel 
 dcfy-iKovTO eVl ttjv OdXaTTav, rjyefjLOva^; evpov. 6. ovk 
 av euTrere tovto, el fxr) dX7]de<; rjv. 7. €t Kvpo^ rov 
 fiLaOov €7r€/xi//e, irpoOv^ioi av iyevovTO ol ^evoi. 8. iav 
 TOv<s <^uyaSa? XdjSrj, Stfcatoj? Trpd^et. 9. dvSpe<; wfiev 
 dyaSol o)? ^ir) iirV toIs ^ap^dpoi<; yevcofxeOa. 
 
 208. 1. They fled to the mountains that they might 
 not be in the power of the Persians. 2. When the 
 generals came to the villages, they took peltasts and hop- 
 lites. 3. If we had broken the truce, the gods would 
 not be on our side (with us). 4. We shall send the chil- 
 dren that they may see the games. 5. If you were 
 speaking the truth, you would persuade us. 6. If you 
 had spoken the truth, you would have persuaded us. 
 
 1 The imperfect usually refers to present time, but may point to an act 
 as going on or repeated in past time. The aorist refers to past time ; the 
 pluperfect is rare. 2 cf. 198, 1. 
 
SECOND A0BIST8 
 
 59 
 
 209. 
 
 VOCABULAEY 
 
 d4>-iKveo}iai, 2d aor. d(|>-iK6)jLi]v, epxo|xai, 2d aor. i^0ov, cXOo), coine, 
 f arrive. go. 
 
 ^ 'yCYvofiai, 2d aor. iytv6\ir\v, he- cvpCo-Ko), 2d aor. €vpov, cvpu, Jind. 
 
 come, be. \a\L^6.voi, 2d aor. (Xa^ov, Xd^w, 
 cttrov, etirw, etc., 2d aor., / said take. 
 
 (no present in use). dpd«, 2d aor. ctSov, t8«, see, 
 
 Imi, conj., when, since. (JKV'yu, 2d aor. c<|>irYov, (|>v-yo>, Jlee. 
 
 210. 
 
 KEADING EXERCISE 
 
 *'Av6p(oiros Kal Accov Svv-o8€'uovt€S ^ (^sop) 
 
 UoTe (TVV-coBevae \ecop dvOpcoTrw ' ivel/covv ^ ovv irpo'i 
 aXkrfKov<; rol<; \070t9. evpov Be iv rrj 6BS Trerplvrjv o-rrfKTjv 
 ojJLoiav avhpl? erepav cTTrjXrjv \eovTO<; a-Vfi-TrvLjovaav.^ teal 
 6 dvdpco7ro(} vTro-Bel^w^^ Trpo^; avrrjv ravra e^?/, ""ISe^ ttw? 
 iafjbev KpelTTOV€<; rj vyuet? 7rdvT€<;, Kal pco/jLoXioc virep dirav 
 drjplov.^^ viT-eka^e Be 6 \ecov, " 'T^' v/jlcov Brj ovrco irpdrreraL. 
 el yap eBvvavro \eovT€<; 'yKxxpeiv'^ \i6ov<;, ttoXXoi;? up eiBa 
 eiTL Xeovaiv. 
 
 211. 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 (ruv-o8eva>, travel together; cf. 086s. 
 dXXi^Xuv, ois, ovs, nom. wanting, 
 
 one another; cf. dXXog. 
 ir^Tpivos, T), ov, adj., of stone, stone. 
 o|ioios, d, ov, adj., similar, like; 
 
 Lat. similis. 
 ij (rTi\\r\, pillar, statue. 
 ircos, adv., how. 
 
 Kpdrrav, KpeiTTOV, gen. ovos, adj., 
 
 bette7\ 
 pcDfioXcos, d, ov, adj., strong. 
 virc'p, prep. w. ace, over, above. 
 dirds, dirdo-a, dirav, adj., all, every. 
 viro-Xa(jipdva), interrupt. 
 6 XCOos, stone. 
 
 1 Pres. act. participle. * Pres. act. partic, throttling. 
 
 2 For IvcCkcov, icrangled. ^ 1st aor. act. partic, having pointed. 
 8 Cf. dat. with similis. « Imperative of «t8ov. 
 
 ■^ to carve. 
 
60 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XIX 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE CONSONANT AND A-DECLEN- 
 SIONS — IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 
 
 212. Some adjectives have the masculine and neuter of 
 the consonant declension ; the feminine has d in the nom- 
 inative and accusative singular, changing to d in the geni- 
 tive and dative after a vowel or diphthong, otherwise t\, 
 
 213. (Stems in vt.) 
 
 PAKADIGMS 
 
 
 XapCciS, PLEASING. 
 
 6K«V, WILLING. 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 Xap£€is 
 
 XapCeo-o-a 
 
 XapC€v 
 
 Udtv 
 
 €KOv(ra 
 
 €K6v2 
 
 G. 
 
 XapCcvTOS 
 
 Xapi^o-o-Tis 
 
 XapUvTos 
 
 Ikovtos 
 
 €KOV<rT]S 
 
 €k6vtos 
 
 D. 
 
 Xap(€VTi 
 
 Xapi€<ro-xi 
 
 XapUvTi 
 
 Ikovti 
 
 CKOvo-g 
 
 Ikovti 
 
 A. 
 
 XapCcvra 
 
 XapCco-o-av 
 
 XapUv 
 
 lK6vTa 
 
 CKOva-av 
 
 U6v 
 
 V. 
 
 XapUv 
 
 \apUa-a-a 
 
 XapCev 
 
 Plural 
 
 CK(&V 
 
 cKovcra 
 
 €k6v 
 
 N. V. 
 
 Xap£€VT€S 
 
 \apU<r<rai 
 
 XapUvTtt 
 
 €k6vT€S 
 
 €Kov(rai 
 
 iKdvra 
 
 G. 
 
 Xapi€VT«v 
 
 Xapuo-o-toiv 
 
 Xapi^vTwv 
 
 €k6vt«v 
 
 Ikovo-wv 
 
 Ikovtwv 
 
 D. 
 
 Xap£€<rii 
 
 XapieVo-ais 
 
 Xap£€<ri 
 
 €KOV<rt 
 
 CKOvorais 
 
 €KoO<rt 
 
 A. 
 
 XapCcvras 
 
 XapUo-o-ds 
 
 XapUvra 
 irds, ALL. 
 
 CKOvras 
 
 CKOVo-ds 
 
 eK6vTa 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Plural, 
 
 
 N. 
 
 irds irao-a irav 
 
 
 irdvTcs 
 
 irdo-ai 
 
 irdvTtt 
 
 G. 
 
 iravrds irdo"r|s iravrds 
 
 irdvTwv 
 
 irourwv 
 
 irdvTwv 
 
 D. 
 
 iravrC irotrg iravrl 
 
 [ 
 
 iraxri 
 
 ircurais 
 
 irdo-i 
 
 A. 
 
 irdvTa irdo-av irav 
 
 
 irdvTas 
 
 irdo-ds 
 
 irdvTa 
 
 a. Observe that the feminine is declined throughout 
 like Movara (54). b. Most stems in avr, cvt, and ovt 
 are participles (XXV). 
 
 1 Xcip^co'i' for \apUvr<ri, t not lengthened, although vt is dropped. 
 
 2 So also &Ktoy, atcovo-a, (xkov, unwilling. 
 
ADJECTIVES 
 
 61 
 
 214. (Stems in v and av.) 
 
 •yXvKVS, SWEET. 
 
 ■yXvKvs 
 ■y\vK60S 
 (■yXvKe'i) "yXvKci 
 ■yXvKvv 
 "yXvKv 
 
 Singular 
 ^XvKcia -yXvKv 
 
 'yXvKcids -yXvkcos 
 
 'yXvK€i(;i ('yXvKeC) "yXvKci 
 -yXvKciav -yXvKv 
 "YXvKCka ^XvKv 
 
 N.v. (•yXuK&s) 'yXvKcts YXvK€iai 
 G. •yXvK^wv ■yXvKcicSv 
 
 D. •yXvKcVi -yXwRciais 
 
 A. -yXuKcis "yXuKcCds 
 
 Plural 
 ■yXvKca 
 ■yXvKewv 
 'yXvKco'i 
 'yXvKca 
 
 |liX£s, BLACK. 
 
 (iA.ds licXaiva |iA,av 
 (leXavos (i€XaCvT]s (icXavos 
 fieXavi [icXaCvQ p.cXavi 
 {icXava |JL^Xaivav (icXav 
 |i,4Xav (jLcXaiva (xcXav 
 
 ^^Xavcs |j.^aivak (ji^ava 
 [leXdvcov (leXaivwv (xcXdvuv 
 |ieXao-k (leXaCvais ixcXao-i 
 (j.cXavas (icXaCvds (icXava 
 
 a. There is but one other adjective in av (jdXdf;^ 
 wretched'). Adjectives in vs, however, are common and 
 are generally oxytone. 
 
 215. Irregular Adjectives. Some adjectives seem to 
 combine forms of all the declensions. The most common 
 are [J.c'yas, large f and iroXiis, much (many). 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 
 
 H€W»s 
 
 , LARGE. 
 
 
 iroXvS, MUCH. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 ji€Tfas 
 
 (i€-ydXT) 
 
 fi€Ya 
 
 TToXv's 
 
 iroXX^ 
 
 iroXv 
 
 G. 
 
 (u-ydXov 
 
 ju^dXiis 
 
 (j.c-ydXov 
 
 iroXXov 
 
 iroXXtis 
 
 iroXXov 
 
 D. 
 
 (M^dXtp 
 
 (u^dXxi 
 
 H«7dXa» 
 
 iroXXw 
 
 iroXX-g 
 
 iroXXtp 
 
 A. 
 
 (i€-yav 
 
 FY^Xriv 
 
 fic'^a 
 
 iroXvv 
 
 iroXX^v 
 
 iroXv 
 
 V. 
 
 (ic-ydXc 
 
 |i€7dXtl 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 
 
 N. V 
 
 . fu-ydXoi 
 
 ffce^dXai 
 
 lic^dXa 
 
 iroXXoC 
 
 TToXXaC 
 
 ^oXXd 
 
 G. 
 
 |u-ydX(4v 
 
 ficydXcov 
 
 (jLcydXcDv 
 
 iroXXcSv 
 
 iroXXtS;/ 
 
 iroXXwv 
 
 D. 
 
 fic-ydXois 
 
 p.e'ydXais 
 
 (w-ydXois 
 
 iroXXois 
 
 iroXXais 
 
 iroXXois 
 
 A. 
 
 (icYdXcvs 
 
 (jtc-ydXds 
 
 (icydXa 
 
 iroXXov's 
 
 iroXXds 
 
 iroXXd 
 
62 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 216. Tbakslate : 1. EK Trj<; tov craTpaTTOv oip^^rjf; 
 aTpaTL(OTd<s eXa/3e ttoXXovs. 2. ovk k7n(TTevo^x€P iracTi 
 roL<i prjTopcriv. 3. et? ireSiov [xeya koI evSaifJiov ef- 
 eXavveu. 4. tol iravTcop t(ov OrjpLcou Kped yXvKea tjv, 
 
 5. 6pvlda<; evpev ev rfj Kcofjirj /xeyaXa? koI /xeXatvd?. 
 
 6. 7rpo9 TOL opT) €v9v<; e(l)vyop eKouTeq. 7. to hwpov 
 rai? Oeals^ Trdcrai? ^apUv kcrrL 8. crrpdTevfxa ttoXv 
 eKei TjOpoit^eTO. 9. iravra rd oirXa kiri dfxa^cop fieyd- 
 Xo)v 7]yeT0. 10. r}ix€pd<; iroXXas liropevovTO ol '^EXXr)- 
 ves Sta -)(a)pds fieXaLvq^. 
 
 217. 1. Against their will the citizens came to the 
 market place. 2. Many possessions they found in the 
 large camp. 3. All our hopes of victory left us. 
 
 4. When all (had) arrived, they began the games. 
 
 5. Strife is not pleasing to all. 6. Willingly did the 
 Greeks heed (hear) the words of this great man. 7. For 
 he spoke pleasing things about victory. 8. The plain 
 was all black. 9. A great host had plundered every- 
 thing in the country. 
 
 1 The dative is used with adjectives and adverbs of kindred meaning 
 with the verbs that govern the dative. 
 
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 
 
 63 
 
 LESSON XX 
 
 COMPARISON OP ADJECTIVES — GENITIVE OP 
 COMPARISON 
 
 218. As in Latin there are three degrees of comparison, 
 — positive, comparative, and superlative. 
 
 219. Examine the following adjectives : — 
 
 
 Positive 
 
 (Stem) 
 
 Comparative 
 
 Superlative 
 
 1. 
 
 SUaios, 
 
 just 
 
 (8iKaio-) 
 
 SiKaioTcpos 
 
 SiKaLdraros 
 
 2. 
 
 o-o<|>6s, 
 
 icise 
 
 (<ro«j,o-) 
 
 (TOcfxtfTCpOS 
 
 O-OijxOTaTOS 
 
 3. 
 
 fic'Xds, 
 
 black 
 
 (\it\av.) 
 
 (icXdvTcpos 
 
 (leXdvTaros 
 
 4. 
 
 dXrie^S, 
 
 true 
 
 (dXriees-) 
 
 d\T]06'(rT€pOS 
 
 dXriOt'o-TttTOS 
 
 a. Observe that (l) the comparative is formed by 
 adding -Tcpos to the stem of the positive, the superlative 
 by adding -raros ; (2) when the penult of stems in o (like 
 (ro(|)6s) is short, o becomes co before -T€pos and -Taxos. 
 
 b. The comparative and superlative are declined like 
 adjectives in os, d or t|, ov. 
 
 c. This is the most common form of comparison. 
 
 220. Examine the following adjectives : — 
 
 
 Posit: 
 
 [VE Root 
 
 Comparative Superlative 
 
 1. 
 
 ^8<ls, 
 
 siceet, glad (ti8-) 
 
 TjSfwv -nSio-Tos 
 
 2. 
 
 Taxiis, 
 
 simft (rax-) 
 
 6d(r<ra>v for raxtwv rdxwrTos 
 
 3. 
 
 alo-xpos, 
 
 base (alorx-) 
 
 al<rxt«v ato-xio-TOs 
 
 4. 
 
 €xep6s, 
 
 hostile (k\Q-) 
 
 IxOtwv lx®''°"TOS 
 
 a. Observe that in these adjectives the comparative is 
 formed by adding -icov to the root (not the stem} of the 
 positive, the superlative by adding -ictos. 
 
 h. This mode of comparison is confined to certain adjec- 
 tives in vs and pos. 
 
64 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 c. The comparative is declined like €t)Sai|ia>v (1T9), but 
 ova may contract into o), ov€S and ovas into ous. 
 
 *221. Table of Irregular Comparison (for reference). 
 
 d-yaOds, Voo(Z, brave. 
 
 dfJLcCvcov 
 
 
 
 PcXrtiov 
 
 P€'Xtio-tos 
 
 
 
 KpeCrrcov 
 
 Kpario-Tos 
 
 
 
 Xitfcav 
 
 XwCTTOS 
 
 ciSatfiwv, fortunate 
 
 cvSaifiovEo-repos 
 
 €u8aip,ov€VTaTOs 
 
 CVVOVS, 
 
 well-disposed 
 
 cvvovo-Tcpos 
 
 evvovo-TttTOs 
 
 KttKds, 
 
 had, weak, cowardly 
 
 KttKtwV 
 
 KaKlO-TOS 
 
 
 
 T]TTWV 
 
 [T]Ki<rTa, adv.] 
 
 
 
 XcCpcov 
 
 X^Cpio-TOs 
 
 KaXds, 
 
 beautiful 
 
 KaWtuv 
 
 KaXXio-TOs 
 
 ikdyas, 
 
 great 
 
 p,€£$«v 
 
 jjie'-yio-Tos 
 
 jtiKpds, 
 
 small 
 
 )l,lKp6T€pOS 
 
 p-lKpoTaros 
 
 
 
 IXdTTWV 
 
 cXdxto-TOs 
 
 
 
 |X€((i)V 
 
 (ficio-Tos, rare) 
 
 iroXiis, 
 
 much, many 
 
 irXciwv (irX4«v) 
 
 irXcio-Tos 
 
 ^<j8tos, 
 
 easy 
 
 p4«v^ 
 
 pao-TOS 
 
 XapUis, 
 
 pleasing 
 
 XapieVrcpos 
 
 XapteVraTOs 
 
 222. Adjectives may be compared also by prefixing 
 |id\\ov, more., and [idXio-Ta, most (234), as (laXXov SiKaios, 
 more just., |id\i(rTa o'0(t)6s, most wise. 
 
 223. Compare d-ypios, Uavos, irpdSvfios, iroXejiios. 
 
 224. 
 
 MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 * \we are stronger than you. 
 
 a. l(r|JL€V Kp€lTT0V6S r\ V}I€tS, 
 /3. l(r|ieV Kp€lTTOV€S V\L(iiVy 
 
 y, ovT(os iT€pi-'Y€in'|0'€Tai T<ov dvTLO-Tao-ioTcov, in this 
 way he will get the better of his opponents. 
 
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 65 
 
 a. Observe the case used after Kp€iTTov€S in /9, when 
 Tj, Avhich is used in a, is omitted. What case is used in 
 Latin when quam is omitted ? 
 
 b. Notice that y contains no comparative, but the idea 
 of comparison in irepi-'YCVTJo'CTai requires the genitive. 
 
 225. Rule of Syntax. — A comparative is followed by 
 the genitive when ij, than, is omitted ; if ij is expressed, 
 the same case follows that precedes it. 
 
 226. Rule of Syntax. — The genitive follows verbs signi- 
 fying to surpass, to be inferior, and all others which imply 
 comparison. 
 
 227. Translate : 1. ivjeuOev Kvpos tt^v ^aaikeLai/ 
 trakiv dTTo-Tre/xTret ^ T'r)v Ta)(i(jrr}v o^ov? 2. ovk eaor- 
 fieOa KaKLOvs tcop dWcoi' arpariOiTcov, 3. g> KaKLCTTe 
 avOpcJTTCxiv^ orvv rot? noXefjLLOis icj)* ^ r]fJia<s i^/cet?. 4. 'q 
 (f)vyrj to'l<; TToXe/xiot? dacf>a\eaTepd icTTiv t) r]fjuv. 
 5. 6 Se dpTjp dftajrarog fxev c^tXo? rot? <^tXot9, jj^aXe- 
 TTwraro? Se e^^^po? rots TToXe/xtots.^ 6. oTrXtrcts eXa- 
 ^ev wg TrXetcrrovg. 7. TricFTOTepo^i rju rw Kvpco rj tco 
 dXXo) dvSpC. 8. idp TOP TTorapop Sta-^ati^yyre, Kvpo<; 
 
 Vplv ^dpiV i^€L &)S 7Tpo6vfJLOTepOL<S irdvTOJV TOiV d\\(x)V. 
 
 9. ovros 6 otj/os T^Stcrros ecrrt. 10. irepi-eyiv^ro rcov 
 i)(6p(ov irdvTcou, 
 
 1 Historical present, used for aorist in vivid narrative. 
 
 2 Ace. to denote the road over which one passes. 
 
 3 Partitive genitive. 
 
 * For lirC, i elided, and ir aspirated before a rough breathing. 
 ^ The forms Io-tC, €l<r(, are often omitted. 
 
 FIKST GR. BK. — 6 
 
66 THE FIBST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 228. 1. Let us be more faithful than the barbarians. 
 2. Cyrus was the most bitter enemy of all. 3. The 
 safest road is not always the quickest. 4. He was more 
 worthy to be king than his brother ; for he surpassed the 
 wisest men. 5. They sent back as many targeteers as 
 possible. 
 
 229. VOCABULARY 
 
 agios, a, ov, adj., worthy. 'n"i<rT6s, tj, 6v, adj., faithful. 
 
 diro-TrenTTft), send hack, send away. Taxvs, eta, v, adj., swift, quick. 
 
 d(r({>a\i^s, ^s, adj., safe. ij ^vyi^, flight, retreat; cf. (}>ev-y(i>. 
 
 ij Pao-i\€ia, queen. yjtxKiiro^, rj, 6v, adj., severe, hitter, 
 ij8vs, €ia, V, adj., sweet. harsh. 
 
 6 otvos, wine. cos, adv., as; w. superlatives, «5s 
 'tripi-yLyvoii.ai,he superior to, surpass. rdxio-ros, as quick as possible. 
 
 *230. REVIEW EXERCISE 
 
 'AvT|p Kal Aewv. (See Lesson XVIII) 
 
 'H? Se Brj avv-coBeuov, eXe^ev 6 dvijp, 'Ei/ Be rfj ifirj (my') 
 oiKia iroWa Kokd Ian, rd fiev fUKpd, rd he fjLeydXa. 
 
 *AXX^ TrdvTcov Tt jJidXiara (f>i\ov earl <tol ; €<j)7) 6 Xecov. 
 
 TLdvra (f>L\(o (I like) avroov, e(f>7] 6 dvrjp^ dX)C dyakfid ^ 
 TL ^ ')(^apiev efjuoi <ye Boko) (jT seem) ttoXv ^iXelv, 
 
 Kal €Tepo<;, Ov Oavpudcnov^ tovto, dXkd rivofs^ earl to 
 dyaX/jua ; 
 
 — 'AvBp6<; e(TTL Kal Xiovro^;^ ov eXa^ev ovto<;. dvBpe<; Br) 
 yap dp-)(ov(nv dirdvTwv Orjpicov.^ 
 
 VTToXa^ov ^ Be to fieya Orjpiov e(f>7j, TavTa ovv av Xeyet? • 
 el jxivTOi (however) BvvatVTO XeovTe<; yXvcjyecv Xldov^ 7roXXov<; 
 dv tBoL<i €7rl Xeovaiv. 
 
 1 ottVjXt]. 2 Neut. of tIs, a certain. ^ Cf . 6av|xdto>. 
 
 * Gen. sing, of t£, what f ^ Cf . 187, c. « 2nd aor. participle. 
 
ADVERBS 
 
 67 
 
 ADVERBS 
 
 LESSON XXI 
 
 DATIVE OF RESEMBLANCE AND DATIVE 
 WITH COMPOUNDS 
 
 231. Adverbs are regularly formed from adjectives. 
 
 !3J 
 
 I. 
 
 
 MODELS 
 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 4. 
 
 Adjective. 
 8(Kaios, just 
 o-o<})6s, loise 
 TjEvs, sweet 
 iras, all 
 
 Gen 
 
 •. Plur. Masc. 
 ZiKaiotv 
 
 irdvTwv 
 
 Adverb. 
 8iKaC«s, justly 
 a-o^&Si wisely 
 T|8€(i)s, sioeetly, gladly 
 irdvTws, wholly 
 
 a. Observe that adverbs are formed by changing v of 
 the genitive plural masculine to s. 
 
 Adjective 
 
 1. iroXvs, much 
 
 2. iie-yas, great 
 
 3. (idvos, alone 
 
 MODELS 
 
 Adverb 
 
 iroXv or iroWd, much 
 |U-ya or (u-ydXa, greatly 
 |jk6vov, only 
 
 b. Observe that the neuter accusative of an adjective 
 (either singular or plural) may be used as an adverb. 
 
 233. 
 
 Positive 
 
 1. SiKaCcDs, justly 
 
 2. (ro<}>c0s, wisely 
 
 3. T|8€(i)s, gladly 
 
 4. KaKws, ill 
 
 a. Observe that the comparative of the adverb is the 
 neuter accusative singular of the comparative of the 
 corresponding adjective; the superlative is the neuter 
 accusative plural. 
 
 MODELS 
 
 
 Comparative 
 
 Superlative 
 
 8iKai6T£pov 
 
 8iKai6TaTa 
 
 CrO({>WT6pOV 
 
 (ro<j)«TaTa 
 
 ^8lov 
 
 Tl8i<rTa 
 
 TJTTOV 
 
 iJKMrTa 
 
68 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 b. Form the comparative and superlative of Uavcos, 
 TToXVf irpoGiSjJKos, Tax€0)S, d<r<t>a\(os. 
 
 *234. IRREGULAR COMPARISON 
 
 1. (id\a, much, very ; (idWov, more, rather ; p-dXio-ra, most. 
 
 2. avw, above / avwrepw, dvcurdra). 
 
 3. c-y-yvs, near ; l-yyvrepov or e-yyuWpa) ; l-yyvTara or c-y'V^TdTw. 
 
 235. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a, cSpov TTCTpiiniv o-ttjXtiv 6|JL0idv dv5pi, they found a 
 stone image like a man, 
 
 p. <b|xiX€i KaXats Kal fiCYdXais "yvvaili, he associated 
 with fair and stately women, 
 
 ry. <r\)XX€|ds o-TpdxeviJLa eiroXeixci, to is 0pa|i, he collected 
 an army and began to make war on the Thraeians. 
 
 a. Notice the case used after ofjioidv in a, and cf. similis 
 in Latin. So d)|iiX€i, associated with^ and €iroX€|jL6i, of 
 hostility. 
 
 236. Rule of Syntax. — The dative is used with all words 
 of union^ resemblance^ agreement^ and approach^ and their 
 opposites. 
 
 237. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. Mavid o-vv-€o-TpaT€iLl6To tw #apvapd|^(o, Mania took 
 the field tvith Pharnabazus. 
 
 ^, 6 8t])jlos €fi-fi€V€i Tois opKois, the people remain true to 
 the oaths. 
 
 a. Observe in these sentences an example of a construc- 
 tion which you have often seen in Latin. But the number 
 of prepositions found in composition with verbs in Greek 
 is much smaller than in Latin. 
 
ADVERBS 69 
 
 238. Rule of Syntax. — The dative follows many verbs 
 compounded with €V, aiiv, or cm, and some compounded 
 with TTpos, irapd, ir^pi, and iiird. 
 
 239. Translate : 1. 178 terra yJKovcra to ouofxa tov- 
 Tov Tov i^Opov • SeivoTaTos yoLp rju. 2. wepl vlkt}^ 
 irpexop a>9 TrpoSvpLorara. 3. o-vp-eTrefxipe rrj jSaai- 
 Xeta (j>vXaKa<; ojs apLcrTov^. 4. ol ''EWi^i/e?, inel ol 
 TToXefiLOL iyyvTepov iyiyvovTo^ ttoXv en TTpodvfioTepop 
 7rpo<;-TJyayov} 5. iai^ ras Kcofxd^ apTrdi^cofiep, Oolttov 
 TTavaovTai ol Wipcrai. 6. ol §e "¥X\.iqve'^ iirel tovto 
 TjKovo'av rihlov koI TrpoOvp^oTepov crvv-eTropevovro tco 
 Kvpcp. 7. ol pAv TToXepioi e(j)€vyov ttoXv en Oolttov, 
 ol Se '^FiXXrjve<; TdvavTua ^ ecjyevyop Sta tov iroTapov 
 &)9 ra^tcrra. 8. in-e^ovXevov rot? aXXot? '^^XXrjcnv. 
 
 9. ovx opoLOL^ oLvSpdcTL pd)(ovTai vvv Te KoX t6t€. 
 
 10. orifv Tots (fyvydcTLV epd^ovTO t(o (raTpdirrj. 
 
 240. 1, Then they accompanied (proceeded with) the 
 general more gladly than (they do) now. 2. They fled 
 into the nearest villages by the shortest road.^ 3. He 
 will send these allies with the guide much more safely. 
 
 4. Let us fight the enemy more zealously and more ably. 
 
 5. If they should become men like their fathers, they 
 would be very faithful allies. 
 
 1 tl-yaYov, 2d aor. act. of a-yw. 
 
 2 For Ttt Ivavrta, the contraction indicated by coronis (*). This con- 
 tracting a final vowel with the initial vowel of the following word is called 
 crasis (mixing), rd IvavrCa, in the opposite direction. 
 
 8 Cf. 227, 1. 
 
70 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 241. VOCABULAEY 
 
 Scivds, •(], 6v, adj., dread, clever. ojioios, a, ov, adj., like, similar. 
 
 l-y^vs, adv., near. o-v)jL-irop€vo)xai, proceed with (for 
 
 IvavrCos, a, ov, adj., facing, opposed orwiropcvonai) . 
 
 to. Cf. clvtC. t€, conj.enclilic,.an</; tc . . . KaC, 
 
 liri-PovXcvo), plot against. both . . . and. Lat. -que. 
 
 6Ti, adv., still, yet. t6t€, adv., then, at that time. 
 
 TJ8cws, adv. of TiSiis, gladly. Tp^X**> Spajiovnai, eSpafiov, -SeSpd- 
 
 |jidxo(jiai, |iaxov(iai, l|jiaxeo-d)iT)V; W^'^^, -8£8pd)i,T])iai, run. 
 
 iiHLa.Xr\iiai, Jight. Cf. fidxr]. 
 
 LESSON XXII 
 
 THE IMPERATIVE MOOD — COMMANDS . AND 
 PROHIBITIONS 
 
 242. Learn the Present and Aorist Imperative, Active, 
 Middle, and Passive of Xijo) (516-18), and the Present 
 Imperative of ci\d (528). Learn the Second Aorist Active 
 and Middle Imperative of Xeiiro) (519). 
 
 a. The personal endings of the imperative are : — 
 
 Active Middle and Passive 
 
 8t TC OPO <r0€ (06) 
 
 TW VT«V <r0w (6«) o-GcDv (0«v) 
 
 243. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. Xe-ycTC, \c|dT(i), iravov, iravadaGo), speak., let him 
 speak., stop, let him stop. 
 
 ff. [l\\ iroUi (for iroUc) tovto, do not (ever^ do this, 
 7. |iT| iroLTJo-Tis TovTO, do 7iot do tMs (now^. 
 
 a. Observe that the imperative (both present and 
 aorist) is used to express a direct command ; and notice 
 in fi and y the forms used in prohibition. 
 
IMPERATIVE MOOD 71 
 
 244. Eule of Syntax. — The Imperative expresses a com- 
 mand, exhortation, or entreaty ; but in prohibitions in the 
 second and third persons the present imperative or the 
 aorist subjunctive is used with \i.r\. 
 
 Here the two forms differ only as the present and 
 aorist subjunctive. How are exhortations and prohibi- 
 tions in the first person expressed ? 
 
 245. Translate: 1. Xve.XvcrovyXva-ai. 2. XvOev- 
 TOiv^ XvadvTcoVy Xvo-dadcoi/. 3. lctOl, €(tt€, ecTTOiv, 
 4. XiTre, XiTTOv. 5. crAcei/zacr^e, /X17 (TKexjirjarde. 
 6. /cetera), fir) /cae. 7. 7Topev9r]Ti^ iropevov. 8. /X17 
 Xd/Brj<;, Xa/Be} 9. fjirj Xeyere^ (xr) Xi^7)T€. 10. dp- 
 yeaOcjj KcoXvOrjTOi. 
 
 246. 1. ixj] TTopevov fJLovo^i dXXd KeXeve tov<; yjyefjLO' 
 va<; rrjv Ta)(L<TT7]v oSop dyeiv. 2. TjKere el<; to fiecrov 
 Tov (TTpaTOTriSoVy Kal tov<; eVtr'^Setou? dyere. 3. irap- 
 ecTTCt) 8e rffili/ 6 Krjpv^. 4. el dOvfJLoi iare, cr/cei/za- 
 ade TovTO. 5. dvSpe<; dyaOol eare^ /xt) ddvfxoTepoi 
 Tcop ^ap^dpcDV yivTjcrOe. 6. ol crrpaTLCOTaL fxdXXov 
 ireiOeaOcov to2<; dp^ovcn vvv rj TrpoaOev. 7. aKovcrare 
 fiov • KdcojjLev Ta? K(oixd<;. 8. fir/ SpofjiO) ^ dydyr)<; iirl 
 Tct op7)» 9. (TVfJi-TTopev9y]TO) Tw dyyiXct) napd top 
 iraTepa. 10. Xiye TdXrjOrj^ otl ev^us '^^(o. 
 
 247. 1. Consider this' at once, Clearchus. 2. Do not 
 send for the only faithful men of the army. 3. Hear 
 me, my clever guide, and advance on the run to the 
 
 1 The forms elire, iM(, ivpi, Xap^, are oxytone ; so 184, meaning behold t 
 
 2 Dat. of manner. 
 
72 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 general. 4. Say to him : Let all wars be stopped. 
 5. Let him be present and deliberate with the other 
 rulers. 
 
 248. VOCABULARY 
 
 o a-y-yeXos, messenger. \iy<a, Xi^oi, eXc^a, say, tell. 
 
 aOvjJLos, ov, adj., discouraged, Cf. |i4(ros, t], ov, adj., middle. 
 
 irpdOvjios. n6vos, "q, ov, adj., only. Adv. ji6vov. 
 
 o apxwv,^ ovTos, ruler. Cf. apxw. on, conj., that, because. 
 
 6 8p6|j.os, a running, race. irdp-cifjii, be present, arrive. 
 
 Koci), Kavo-w, €Kav(ra, burn, set on irpoorOcv, adv., before (of time and 
 
 Jire. place), previously. 
 
 *249. AiaXo-yos. — Work and Play 
 
 T€(opyio<;. Y^aTaXlireaOe Ta<; y8//SXou9, &> nTal^6<;^ koX 
 (jweXOere /jlol ^ tt/oo? to 6po<; • Sevpo yap TropevaofiaL, Kal 
 rihi<TT ^ av eXdoLfii avv v/jllv. 
 
 ' Soy/JLaalSLov. Hopevadadcov oi aXkoL^ cOOC ifiol ye ov 
 Bvvarov iariv. 
 
 UdvTef;. Tt yap ovv ; 
 
 Sco/jiaor. AioTL rd ifid '^WrjVLKa ovttco /aejJiddrjKa. ravra 
 fjuevTOL paSid ia-rtv, idv he fJLevrjre fJUKpov, ^JSeo)? crvv v/jllv 
 iropevaofiaL. 
 
 Tecopy, ^AWd fiiveLV ov hwdfieOa • vvv S* ovv eX9e. 
 
 ^co/jLaa. Mrj ravra \e^rj<; ' edeXco yap fidXtcrra coairep 
 v/jLel<;. 
 
 Tecopy. Elev (well) • 'Ire vvv, fJLrjKeri fJL€W(i}/j,ev. rropev- 
 cofJLeOa Be 7rpo<; to opo<;, /cara\L7r6vre<; rovrov rov o-o(f>6v.^ 
 
 1 Voc. sing, apxwv, like nom., because the word is originally a parti- 
 ciple. Cf. 139, b. 
 
 2 Cf. 238. 8 Cf . 136. * <ro^6v as noun. 
 
CONSONANT DECLENSION 
 
 73 
 
 ol Br) dWoi aTrep^ovTai, Trdvre^^ kol ravryv ye rrjv ^fiepav 
 ')(^aipovTac {are happy). ry Be va-Tepaia^ eTroirjaev 6 
 SLBd<rKa\o<; e^eraaiv (test) roiv '^iWrjvcfccov. ev he Brj ravrrj 
 ScofiaalBLOv fiev Ka\a)<; eirpa^ev^ ol Be dXkoL KaKtaTa. ev6a 
 Brj oLKOvaa^ o BiBd(TKa\o^, 'Aet, €(/>?;, irpSirov fiev tov<; irQVov<i 
 TroLecre, eireira Be irai^eaOe.'^ 
 
 250. 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 T] pCpXos, hook. 
 
 8€vpo, adv., hither, here. 
 
 Swaros, ^, 6v, adj., possible, able. 
 
 |UX\a}, fiLcXXTfo-o), delay. 
 vo-repaios, a, ov, adj., folloioing. 
 6 -ntSvos, task, labor. 
 
 It 
 
 LESSON XXIII 
 
 NOUNS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION IN I, Y, EY 
 — TWO ACCUSATIVES 
 
 251. 
 
 PABADIGMS 
 
 
 oiJTT] f| ir6Xis, 
 
 irfJxvs, 0, 
 
 Pao-iXcvs, 6, 
 
 
 THIS S 
 
 STATE 
 
 (city). 
 
 CUBIT. 
 
 KING. 
 
 
 
 
 (iroXi-) 
 
 (^Xv-) 
 
 (Pa<riX€v-) 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 '^ 
 
 N. 
 
 avTT] 
 
 T 
 
 iroXis 
 
 iriixvs 
 
 Pao-iXcvs 
 
 G. 
 
 ravrt]^ 
 
 ri\^ 
 
 irdXcus 
 
 •ir^X«"S 
 
 Pao-iXecus 
 
 D. 
 
 ravTQ 
 
 T^ 
 
 (ir6X€C) <ir6X€t 
 
 (ir^X«0 •n'iX" 
 
 (Pao-iXc'i) paoriXci 
 
 A, 
 
 TaVTt\V 
 
 tV 
 
 irdXiv 
 
 irfixw 
 
 Pa<riX^d 
 
 V. 
 
 
 
 ir6Xi 
 
 iriixv 
 
 pao-iXcv 
 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 N. V. avrai 
 
 al 
 
 (irdXccs) '7r6X€is 
 
 (ir^X«s) -^^X^S 
 
 (pa<riX4€s) Pao-iXiis 
 
 G. 
 
 TOVTWV 
 
 T«V 
 
 iroXewv 
 
 ir^X««v 
 
 Pao-iX^Mv 
 
 D. 
 
 ravrais 
 
 Tqts 
 
 iroXeo-i 
 
 ir^X^o-i 
 
 Pao-iXcvo-i 
 
 A. 
 
 ravrds 
 
 T^lS 
 
 TToXeis 
 
 ir^X«^S 
 
 pao-iX^as 
 
 
 ^i 
 
 SC. •flLL^ 
 
 pa. 
 
 2Cf. 
 
 65 : 244. 
 
74 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 d. Notice the genitives in €(os and €o)V, and their ir- 
 regularity in accent ; and observe that in pacriXcvs, v of 
 the stem disappears before a vowel. Nouns in is and 
 €us are quite common. 
 
 252. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. Ti l|i€ TavTa cpcoras, whi/ do you ash me this? 
 
 /?. cirl crol ecTTai d<|)-€X€0'9ai €|i€ tt^v dpxiiv, it will he in 
 your power to take the province from me. 
 
 7. 'fi8€To €t tCs ti d^aOov iroirio'cicv avTcSv, if anyhody 
 did him good^ he rejoiced, 
 
 a. Observe the two accusatives in each sentence. Only 
 in yS is the construction different from the English. 
 
 253. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs signifying to ask, demand, 
 teach, remind, clothe or unclothe, conceal, deprive, and take 
 away, may take two object accusatives ; so also verbs 
 signifying to do anything to or say anything of a person. 
 
 254. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. (TTpaTr\ybv 8c avTov dir-e8€i|€ irdvTcov, he appointed 
 him general of all. 
 
 yS. €KaX€iT€ S€V0(|)(0VTa TTaTcpa, you called Xenophon 
 father. 
 
 a. Observe here the construction with which you are 
 very familiar in Latin, the double accusative with verbs 
 of naming, etc. 
 
 255. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs signifying to name, choose 
 or appoint, make, think or regard, and the like, may take 
 a predicate accusative beside the regular object. ' 
 
CONSONANT DECLENSION 75 
 
 256. Translate : 1. evravSa Kvpo<; i^eracnv el^^ei' 
 ii^ Tco TTeStft) Tcop 'EWyjvcov /cat t(op jSap/Soipcov. 2. e/c 
 8e TovTov^ ipfJLTjved Tre/xTret tt/jo? tov<; SpaKa<;. 3. rwz/ 
 
 EXKrji'ojv OL iiev ev rats Tageauv rjcrav^ ol oe ets ra? 
 TOL^ei^ €Tpe)(ov. 4. Tot5 ImrevcTLv iTTicTTeve p.aWov rj 
 7015 TreA-raaTats. 5. evrevdev e^-e\avuei araOfjioi/ 
 
 eVa Trapaa-dyya^ okto) et? TrdXti' evBaifLova Kal p,eyd- 
 \iqv. 6. 7ra/)a ^acrtXelw? ^ -^/co^ ayyeXot fcat 17/11619 
 iSCBacFKov TavTa. 7. vofxi^^o) vfjLa<; oXiyov ol^lov^ 
 (rvfifxd)(ov^. 8. rjpeTO tov eppnqvia iroWd. 9. cro)- 
 (^pocTvvrjv iBiSaa-KOfJirji/ vtto tov Trarpo?. 10. to r^g 
 TToXew? TavTr)<; T€l^o<; r^v to evpo<; euKocn irrixediv, 
 
 257. 1. After the review of the soldiers, he sent for 
 horses for the cavalry. 2. The great king considered 
 the interpreter a valuable friend. 3. The satrap alone 
 was plotting against these cities at that time. 4. Socrates 
 taught young men self-restraint. 5. The ranks of the 
 Persians retreated on the run to the nearest city. 
 
 258. VOCABULARY 
 
 8i8d<rKw, 8i8d|(o, €8C8a{a, teach. 6 lirirevs, ^«s, horseman; 01 lirireis, 
 c^Koo-i, indecl., twenty. the cavalry. 
 
 els, |iCa, 6v, one. vojiCto), think, consider. Cf . v6(j.os. 
 
 IvravOa, adv., there, in that place. oXt-yos, r\, ov, adj., a little, a few; 
 t| l|4Ta<ris, 6«s, review. used in the neuter as noun, little. 
 
 6 ip\n\v€v9, ^«s, interpreter. tj o-a)<|>po(rvvi], self-restraint, modera- 
 iip6jn]v, 2d aor. mid. / asked; tion. 
 
 Ipwrao) is used for present. ij tcL|is, €«s, line of battle, rank. 
 
 1 After this, thereupon. 2 ^i j^c'v . . . ol 8c, some . . . others. 
 
 3 The article is omitted regularly with pao-iXcvs referring to the king of 
 Persia. 
 
76 TBE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XXIV 
 
 THE INFINITIVE AND ITS USES 
 
 259. Learn the Infinitives, Active, Middle, and Passive, 
 of Xijci) (516-18) and €l|JLi (528). Learn the Second Aorist 
 Infinitives of Xciiro) (519). 
 
 a. Personal endings : Active, 6V, vai (€vai). Middle 
 and Passive, <r9ai. 
 
 260. The infinitive shows some irregularity of accent. 
 The aorist infinitive active accents the penult; so also the 
 perfect middle and all infinitives in vai. The second 
 aorist infinitive active has the circumflex on the ultima, 
 the second aorist middle accents the penult (203). 
 
 261. Uses as in English. 
 
 MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. c'l-co-Tiv Uvai, it is possible to go, 
 
 ff. povXcTai fJ.€V€iv, he wishes to remain. 
 
 y. KcXcvei Tov dvSpa iropc-uco-Gai, he orders the man to go. 
 
 h. cbs <j)op€p(0TaTOV tols iro\€|JLiois c'lt] opdv, that it might 
 he a most frightfiil thing for the enemy to see, 
 
 e. iroXXal TrcXrai Kal dfia|ai "^^av <|>€p€(r0ai epinioi, 
 many shields and wagons were left to he carried off. 
 
 a. Observe that the infinitive in a is the subject of the 
 verb ; in y8 it becomes the object of poilXcTai; /? and y are 
 examples of a large group of verbs of wishing^ command- 
 ing^ advising^ causing^ attempting^ etc., which naturally 
 require an infinitive to complete their meaning. 
 
 h. Any adjective or adverb may take an infinitive to 
 limit its meaning, as opdv in S. 
 
I 
 
 INFINITIVE 77 
 
 c. Notice that in the last sentence (|)€p€0'6ai expresses 
 ^the motive of €pT|(jLoi -^cav. In what other ways may 
 
 purpose be expressed ? Is the infinitive used in Latin to 
 express purpose ? 
 
 d. The difference between the present and aorist here 
 (that is, not in indirect discourse) is the same as for the 
 subjunctive, optative, etc. : that is, the present for con- 
 tinued action, the aorist for a single act. 
 
 262. The Infinitive with the Article, 
 
 MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. NoM. Tcov 7019 viK(bvTcov ccttI t6 KaTa-KaiV€iv, for it 
 is the part of those who conquer to kill. 
 
 p. Gen. atrios ct tov ttXcio-tous dir-o\<oX€vai, you are to 
 hlamefor the death of many (of the very-many-to-have-died). 
 
 7. Gen. 6<l)6aXficov tov opdv €V€Ka 8e6|i€6a, we need eyes 
 for seeing (in order to see). 
 
 h. Dat. vofu^ovTcs OAiThv €|i'TroScl>v ctvai T^ iroi€iv, con- 
 sidering that he was a hindrance to their doing. 
 
 6. Acc. KaT-€(rTT|o-av ttjv irdXiv els t6 vii dXi-ycov Tvpav- 
 vcXdOai, they brought the state into the (condition of) being 
 tyrannized over by a few. 
 
 a. Observe that instead of a noun as subject of €0"ri in 
 a, we find t6 KaTa-KaiV€iv, the infinitive with the neuter 
 article in the proper case ; so in /Q after airios, which 
 takes the genitive of cause, we find tov dir-oXcoXevai, an 
 infinitive used as a neuter noun in the genitive. 
 
 b. In 8 T^ iroiciv is used as a noun in the dative after 
 cfJiTroScdV. 
 
 c. Observe in the remaining sentences common uses of 
 infinitives with prepositions, as if they were nouns 
 
%S, THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 263. Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive with the article 
 may be the subject or object of a verb, may depend upon 
 a preposition, or stand in most of the constructions be- 
 longing to nouns. 
 
 264. Translate : 1. Xveiv^ Xvo-euv^ Xuo-at, XeXu/ceVau 
 2. XeXvaOai^XvOrjpaL^Xvcraa'Oai^XvecrOaL. 3. Xi5cr€or^at, 
 XvOrj (Tea dai^ elpai. 4. XtTretj^, XeiTreiv. 5. yeveaOai^ 
 TTeidecrOaL. 6. Sta to (^vXdrTeiv. 7. iXdeiv^ Xeye- 
 crdai, 8. TraihevOrjvai^ TreTratSeu/ceVat. 9. /ceXevcrat, 
 ^ovXevcreiv, 10. ayayeiv^ afecr^at. 11. rjpTrdcrOaiy 
 apTTOLcrecrdai, 12. XeXvcrecrOaLy d(j)-LK€(T0aL. 
 
 265. 1. dvayKT) icTiv afxa re ^piq^^aTa ayeiv /cat tol^ 
 TToXe/xtot? yid^eadai. 2. ouSe/xta cXtti? u/xti' ecrrt 
 oroyBrjvai. 3. eKeivo'^ 6 di^i7p 07/^0,9 afet dSoi'^ VTrot^v- 
 ytoi9 TTopeveo-O ai hvuaTTjv. 4. eVt rat? /3acnXea}<; 6v- 
 pat9 ^ Sui^aroi' -^t* TroXX-^i/ /xei' (TCt)(^po(Tvvr]v pLaSeiv^ 
 alo'^pov 8e ovSe^' dfcoucrat. 5. u/xct? on rjp^are tov 
 hia-^aiveiv TncTTOTdTovs vofxi^eL. 6. ot rwi' dpicrrcov 
 TLepcrcou TraiSes ifxaOop dp^eiv re /cat dp^ecrOai, 7. to 
 cfyvXd^ai ret dyaOd ^aXeTTwrardi^ icmv. 8. dftojraro? 
 -^i^ d Kv/oos raura Xa^eiv. . 9. 7rdvTe<; i^ovXovro 
 irepL-yevicrO ai rcov 7^oXe/xtai^'. 10. to tou iroXcfjiov ttc- 
 iravcrOaL rjSv rjv e/cei^'ot? Tois iTTTreucrt Tw^* iraihtoiv 
 iueKa. 
 
 266. 1. Flight 3 is much safer for the cavalry than for 
 the hoplites. 2. It is pleasant to have many possessions. 
 
 1 Cf. 227, 1, n. 2. 2 ^^ j^^g coMr« o/«/ie king. » Use the infinitive. 
 
INFINITIVE 
 
 n 
 
 3. It will not ^ be possible to see anything ^ base at Cyrus' 
 court. 4. It was necessary to arrive at^ the camp for 
 the sake of deliberating. 5. On account of his having 
 spoken the truth ^ he was able to persuade those citizens. 
 
 267. 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 al(rxp<is, a, 6v, adj., base, shameful. 
 
 a|jia, adv., at the same time. 
 
 r\ avdYKT|, necessity; dvaYKT) lo-ri, 
 
 it is necessary. 
 €K€tvos, y\, o, that. Used as ovtos, 
 
 this, w. article ; also, he. 
 6V€Ka, prep. w. gen., for the sake of 
 
 because o/ (following its noun 
 
 like Latin causa). 
 
 tj 0vpa, gate, door. 
 
 (iav0av(o, p.a0^<ro|iai, 2d aor. cfiaOov, 
 
 |i€naOTiKa, learn. 
 ovSeCs, ovSefxCa, ovS^v, not any, no. 
 
 Cf. €ls. 
 o-w^o), (Two-o), 6<r«<ra, (r^(ra>Ka, fricra- 
 
 ((r)|iai, ^orwO-qv, save. 
 TO virotv-yiov, beast of burden, pack 
 
 animal. 
 
 1 7iot anything, nothing. 
 
 'to. 
 
 8 Use the aorist infinitive. 
 
80 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XXV 
 
 PARTICIPLES — GENITIVE ABSOLUTE 
 
 268. Learn the Participles, Active, Middle, and Passive, 
 of XiSco (516-18), and clfu (528), and the Second Aorist 
 of XCLTTCI) (519). 
 
 269. Learn the declension of the participles (505). 
 
 a. Notice that the present and future active participles 
 in (ov are declined and accented like dKcov (page 60, 2), 
 the second aorist like ^k<ov (213). 
 
 h. Cf. the first aorist active participle with iras, the 
 first aorist passive participle with xo-pi^is (213). 
 
 c. The other middle and passive participles are declined 
 and accented like adjectives in os, tl, ov. 
 
 d. In all participles the vocative is like the nominative. 
 
 270. Accent. — The perfect and second aorist active, 
 aorist and perfect passive participles, do not follow the rule 
 of recessive accent (24). The first three are oxytone. 
 
 271. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. ol 'irp€(rp€is ol virh §i\iinro\) Tr€jJL<|>6€in'€S d<l)-fK0VT0, 
 
 the envoys (which were) sent hy Philip arrived, 
 
 yS. ol irap-6vT€S T(ov iroXiTcov €lirov, those of the citizens 
 (who were) present said, 
 
 y, cXGovcra els X^yous €X€|€ tolSc, when she had entered 
 into conversation with him she spoke as follows. 
 
 8, kyca |ji€V toivuv dir-ciiii |€vid coi Trapa-o-Kcvdccov, Tm 
 off, then, to prepare an entertainment for you. 
 
 €. f|mo'Ti]0'€V ftv dKovads, if he had heard he would have 
 disbelieved, 
 
PARTICIPLES — GENITIVE ABSOLUTE 81 
 
 a. Observe that the participle in a is used like an 
 attributive adjective ; in ^ irap-dvTCS is used with the 
 article, substantively. In both cases we may translate by 
 a relative and a finite verb. This is called the Attributive 
 use of the participle. 
 
 b. Observe that cXGcOo-a in y is equivalent to a clause 
 of time, and irapa-o-Kcvdcrwv in 8 expresses purpose. The 
 participle may express also a condition as in e, or any 
 other circumstance of the verb, as cause, manner, conces- 
 sion, etc. ; hence it may be called the Circumstantial par- 
 ticiple. 
 
 c. The time of the participle is relative to that of the 
 leading verb. 
 
 272. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. irovepa Td|is ccttI TroXcfucov eirofJLCvwv, it is a poor 
 arrangement if (or when) enemies are following (enemies 
 following), 
 
 fi, TovTcov 8€ ToiovTcov ovTcov, ovK cBcXo) cLyciv, sincB this 
 is so (these things being such) I do not care to lead. 
 
 a. Notice that the participle is used in the above sen- 
 tences with the genitives iroXcfuwv and tovtov, in an 
 independent construction corresponding to the Latin 
 ablative absolute. In p the genitive absolute expresses 
 the cause of ovk cScXcd. It may also express time or con- 
 cession, as in Latin. 
 
 273. Rule of Sjmtax. — A noun and a participle not 
 grammatically connected with the main construction of 
 the sentence may stand by themselves in the genitive. 
 This is called Genitive Absolute. 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. — 7 
 
82 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 274. Translate : 1. apirdt^oyv^ apirdcrds^ r)p7raKco<;, 
 dpTracrdeiS' 2. tSw^', yei/o/xe^'o?, Xe\u/xeVo9, ddpoi- 
 adfiepo^. 3. rot? iXdovJi^ rrj Xefctcrr;. 4. rov 
 irap'ovra^ ol iiri-^e^ovXevKOTe^;. 5. tovto npaTTcji' 
 elire. 6. tovto irpd^d^ eliTe, 7. TTOpevoyievoi <^v\d- 
 ^ovoTL. 8. TTopevOevTe^ (^yvXd^ovcriv. 9. rjKei vrai- 
 Sevdrja6iJL€!/oS' 10. '^/ce iraL^evdrjcroiJiei/os. 
 
 275. 1. 6 Kvpo? dn-rjXOe KLvSui'eTjo'd^ /cat dri^aacr^€t9 
 VTTO Toi) a8€\(/)0i). 2. aTT-eX^o)!^ e/rt 77)1^ dp^-qv iir- 
 e/3ov\eve ^aaiKel rw dSeXc^w w? ^ ^cLcnXevacDv dvT ^ 
 iKeCvov. 3. Upo^euop 8e, fe^ov oz^ra, e/ceXeucre Xa- 
 l36uTa dvSpas a>? TrXetoroug ekSelv. 4. ivT^vdev 
 i7ropev9rjcrav aTaOfiov^ rerra/ja?, roy TroTajxov iv 
 dpLCTTepd e)(oyT€s. 5. i^€Tao-iv Se irdvTOiv tov Kipov 
 e)(oyTos kp Tol^ ottXols ^ rjXOe irapd I3olo-l\€(o<; dyyeXo<; 
 Xeyoiv a)Se. 6. e'fc Se rouroi;* 6 Kvyoo? ndpTas tov^ 
 crTpaTi(i)Tds cruX-Xefd? etnei/. 7. dXXa ecrTiv^ a 
 KwXvoixevos Kai viro firjTpos kol vtto iraTpos vtto ti^s 
 i^vcreo)^ TTpdTTeiv yvayKai^ofxrjv. 8. 6 Se, ttcx^u ttoX- 
 Xwt' ^ovXojJLepcov irreo'daL, ov ttoXXov? iirefjixjjev avTO). 
 9. eVei o5ro9 elSe Kvpoi^ TeOvrjKOTa^ e(f)vyev ix^cov to 
 (TTpdTevfxa ttojj o ^ye. 10. ol /caXwg TreTratSeu/^d'ot 
 iKavoL elcnv dXXovs StSdcr/ceti'. 
 
 1 a>s, as, with a participle ascribes authority for the statement or in- 
 tention to the subject of the sentence, not to the author himself. 
 
 2 for dvT(. 8 under arms. * cf. 256, 2, n. 
 eCf.76. 
 
PARTICIPLES 
 
 83 
 
 276. 1. He came bringing an interpreter at Cyrus' 
 bidding.^ 2. He obeyed his nature which compelled ^ 
 (him) to speak the truth. 3. If I should wish ^ to incur 
 danger, I should follow Cyrus. 4. They were marching 
 with that city on their left. 5. After he was dishonored 
 by his brother, he planned to collect ^ an army and ^ take 
 the field against him. 
 
 277. voc 
 
 dva-yKd^ci), -o-w, i^vd-yKao-a, compel, 
 
 force. Cf. dvd-yKT]. 
 dpi(rT€p6s, a, 6v, adj., left. 
 dripid^cD, -o-«, TiTtjiacra, dishonor. 
 eirofiai, €\(/o|jLai, 2d aor. ia"Tr6\t.T\v, 
 
 follow, w. dat. 
 6v^(rK(i), 6avov)i.ai, 2d aor. cdavov. 
 
 T^OvTiKa, die. 
 OS, Ti', o, rel. pron., who, which, 
 
 that. Cf. 515. 
 
 ABULARY 
 
 irdw, adv., very. Cf. irds- 
 
 o np6|€vos, Proxenus. 
 
 <rv\-\^7«, -\i^ia, cruv-tXe^a, collect, 
 
 T€TTap€s, T€TTapa, ybur. Cf. 508. 
 
 t| <)>v(ris, €ws> nature, 
 
 ctfSe, adv., thus, referring to what 
 , is to come; hence, as follows. 
 
 (From oSc, this, the following, as 
 ovTws from ovtos, this, the pre- 
 ceding.^ 
 
 1 Cyrus having ordered. ^ Farticiple. ^ Having collected an army to. 
 
84 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XXYI 
 
 CONTRACT VERBS IN €(0 — Ax>t6s 
 
 278. General Statement. — Verbs in dco, e'co, and dco, suffer 
 contraction where a, €, or o comes before € or o of the 
 tense stem, as iroicerc, 'Troi€iT€ ; TL|jLdofi€V, tI\l&[l^v, 
 
 279. Learn the entire present system active and passive 
 of iroieco (522). 
 
 a. Notice that (l) when € comes before € the resulting 
 contracted syllable is €i ; (2) when € comes before o, the 
 resulting contracted syllable is ou ; (3) before co or a 
 diphthong, € is absorbed, as Troi€o)ft€V, iroicoixcv ; <|>L\eoifjL€V, 
 
 (|>lXoifJL€V. 
 
 280. Accent of Contracted Words. — A contracted syllable | 
 is accented if either of the original syllables had an accent. ' 
 A contracted penult or antepenult is accented regularly 
 (19, 20). A contracted ultima is circumflexed, unless the 
 original word was oxytone. 
 
 a. Compare the contracted and uncontracted forms of 
 TTOLCo) and prove these rules. 
 
 281. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. caTpcLTnis €iToi€LTO &v T€ avTSs TTpdo-Scv "Hpx^* ^^ ^^^^ 
 made satrap of (tlie places) which he himself formerly/ 
 ruled. 
 
 /3. irap-CTiSecrav lirl tt|v avTTiv Tpdirel^av Kpcd iroWd, 
 the^ placed many meats upon the same table. 
 
 y. laaTpaiTcv^ 8' avTw TavT-qs tt^s x^P^S Zflvis, and 
 Zenis was satrap of this land for him. 
 
CONTRACT VERBS 85 
 
 a. Observe in a the fundamental meaning of avrds, 
 like the Latin ipse ; in /3, however, when preceded by the 
 article, avTos means same. The English order w^ll be a 
 help in remembering this, 6 axiTOS dvTJp, the same man, but 
 6 dvT^p aiiTds, the man himself. 
 
 h. Observe in 7 an examj)le of the most common use of 
 a-uTos, in all cases but the nominative, as a personal 
 pronoun. Thus a-uxos combines the meanings of is, ipse, 
 and Idem. For declension see 510. 
 
 282. Translate :i 1. iroKeixei, e7roXe)ut€t, TroXe/xet. 
 2. d(f)-LKPOVPTaL, acjy-lKi'ovi^TO. 3. rjpov, alpov, fjpovv. 
 4. Iva TTOLolev, Iva TroLoxrLV, Iva TTOLcovrai. 5. ol dSt- 
 KovuTe^, rat? dhiKOvyiivai'^. 6. iTT-aiveiv, iTT-aiveicrOai. 
 7. eav SoKjj, SoKOLT) dp. 8. alpovvTcou^ alpeiaOoiv. 
 9. inoLow, inoLelro. 10. av rjyrjTai, el rjyolTO. 
 
 283. 1. 6 Se \a/3a)v rd ^pyy/xara, cruX-Xefds crrpd- 
 Tevfia iiroXefxei tol^ %pa^i. 2. Tropevojxei'OL d(f)-LK- 
 vovvTai dfjia rfj rjfiepa^ 77/369 to opo^. 3. Xetyotcrot^os 
 fxep rjye'LTO tov (TTpaTevfjLaTo<; \a^(i)u rov^ yvfXPrJTas 
 7rdvTa<;, B<€vo(f)(ov Se crvv Toi<; OTrXtrat? elireTO^ ovhiua 
 €)(0)v yvfxvrJTa. 4. kol vvv, o) dvSpe^, dn-eXOovTe^ 
 alpelaOe dp^ovTa<;. 5. dpxovra*; ikofMevoL rjKere els 
 TO fxeaov tov crTpaTOTreSov Kal tovs alpeOevTa^ dyeTe. 
 
 6. avTo1<i ehoKEL aTpaTr)yov<; alpelaO ai aXXoi>9. 
 
 7. TOV fxev /caXw9 iroiovvTa iir-aivel, tov Se dSuKovvTa 
 ovK eir-aivel. 8. kol avToX TroXXa/ct? i/3ov\evovTO nepi 
 
 1 The pupil should be able to give readily the original uncontracted form. 
 
 2 at the same time with the day, at daybreak. ^ imperf. of Siiro|iai. 
 
86 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 rrjq 7ropeLd<;. 9. tol aura i^/xti^ SoKel d kov ^a»crtXet. 
 10. /at) Spoficp rjyyjcTr)^ ctXXa ttjp Ta^icrTiqv o^ov Iva to 
 (jTpdrev^xa iTrrjTai rjyov. 
 
 284. 1. Do not do that often. 2. For they did not 
 seem to be warring with him, but with the satrap. 
 3. At daybreak the generals led the light-armed troops 
 to the same place. 4. Often those who do wrong ^ are 
 themselves also wronged. 5. You chose him ruler, 
 that he might lead you home as soon as possible. 
 
 285. VOCABULARY 
 
 dSiK^b), dSiK^o-o), i]8£KT)(ra, do wrong, lir-aiv^co,^ inr-aivia-u, cir-Tjvcff-a, 
 
 wrong. praise. 
 
 aip^(i>,^ alpir](rco, 2d aor. clXov, ij-yeofjiai, ij-yfjcro^ai, ij"yT]o-dn.Tjv, lead 
 
 i]pT|Ka, ^'p-^jjtai, t|p€'0t)v, seize; the icaij, lead, command, used 
 
 mid. alpowfjiai, choose. with both gen. and dat. ; also 
 
 d7r-€pxo|iai, 2d aor. dir-'ii\9ov, dir- think. 
 
 t\i\\vQa, go away, go hack. iroXefico), iroXcfi^o-o), ciroX^jnicra, 
 o -Yvjiviis, YUfJivfiTos, light-armed make u:ar on, Jight. Cf. irdXe- 
 
 soldier. jios. 
 
 8oK^(i>, 86|b>, cSo^a, S^So-yiiai, e86x- iroXXdKis, adv., often. Cf. iroXvs. 
 
 0t]v, seem, seem best, think. ij Tropeld, journey, march. 
 
 Note. — From this point proper names will not be given in the small 
 vocabularies, but must be found in the general vocabulary at the end 
 of the book. The pupil should be able to transcribe the Greek name into 
 the equivalent English word, and not glance at his vocabulary every time 
 the name is to be spoken. 
 
 ^ Those who do wrong, two words. 
 
 2 The aor. pass, is '^pi^r\v, not ^ip^Oriv, as you would expect, for most 
 verbs hi a short vowel lengthen that vowel in all forms after the present ; 
 as uoi^o), ironqcra), liro(T](ra, ir€iroCT]Ka, 'ir€iroiT])j.ai, liroi-^OTjv. 
 
 3 Exception; that is, it does not lengthen the vowel. 
 
Y 
 
 CONTRACT VERBS 87 
 
 '2S6. READIKG EXERCISE 
 
 How A Woman became Satrap 
 For Vocabulary see page 231 
 
 'H Be AloXU avTT} rjv fiev ^apvaffd^ov, iaarpdireve S' 
 avTM ravTTj^; Trj<; x^P^^ Z7]vl<; • eVet 8' 6ic€lvo<; aireOave 
 irapeaKevd^ero fxev 6 ^apvd^a^o<i dWo) Bovvai (to give) rrjv 
 aarpaireiav. Mavia Be, r/ yvvt], B(opa Xa^ovaa^ eiropevero 
 TTpo? avTov. eXOovaa ^ Be eh \6yov<; eiTrev • 'XI ^apvdffa^e, 
 6 dvTjp 6 €/jLo<; fcal rdWa^ 0/\o9 -^v aoi^ kov tou<; Bacr/JLOixi 
 direBiBov^'^ axrre au iroXv avrov irifjiaf; (for irlfiae^). edv 
 ovv eyd) aoi firjBev %etpoi^ ^ eKeivov VTrrjpero), rl ae Bel dXkov 
 aarpdiniv iroielv ; rjv Be tl /jltj dpea/cco (please) aoi, iirl 
 (Tol^ BrJTTOv (of course) earac d(f)eXea0ai^ ifie rrjv dp-^v? 
 aKovaavTi Be ravra rS ^apvaffd^o) eBo^e Belv^ rrjv yvvatKa 
 aarpaTreveiv. rj Be eirel KVpia Trj<; %a)/)a9 eyevero^ rov<; 
 BacrjJLov^ ouBev rJTTOV^ rov dvBpo<;^^ aTreBiBov^ /cal tt/oo? 
 (in addition) toutol<; avveaTpareveTO rw ^apvaffd^a) oirore 
 eh Mucroy? rj ITto-iSa? dyot. Mare Kal avrerl/jLa (for dvr- 
 erlfiae) avrr]v fieydXa^^ 6 ^apvd^a^o<;^ Kal (rv/jb^ovXov^^ 
 7ro\\dKi<; 7rapeicd\€L» 
 
 1 From XafjiPdva). 2 From epxojiai. ^ By crasis for rd aXXa. 
 
 * 3d sing. impf. act., diro-8CSa>|Ai, give what is due, pay. 
 5 233, 221. 6 .(ji your power. '' From a.^-aipi<a. 
 
 8 253. ^ decided that the woman should be, etc. 
 
 10 180. " adv. 232, 12 in apposition with avT-f\v. 
 
88 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 *LESSON XXVII 
 
 CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES AND NOUNS — TIME 
 
 287. Many adjectives and nouns in which € or o pre- 
 cedes the or a of the stem are contracted in all their 
 cases. 
 
 288. Learn the declension of xpvo'cos, golden, dp'yiipcos, 
 of silver, and dirXdos, simple (504). 
 
 a. Observe (1) that with the exception of the nomina- 
 tive and accusative duals in co, all the contracted forms 
 circumflex the ultima ; (2) €0 and oo contract into av, €a 
 and 0T| into t] ; but if p precedes, €a becomes d, as always 
 in dual and plural forms, where € and o disappear before 
 a ; (3) a vowel is absorbed before a diphthong beginning 
 with the same vowel, so € before oi and ai ; in other cases 
 as in verbs, a vowel is contracted with the first vowel 
 of the diphthong, while the second vowel disappears 
 (except I, which remains as iota subscript'). 
 
 289. Like the masculine of dirXdos are declined mascu- 
 line nouns in oos, as (vdos) vovs, mind, voc. vo\) ; neuters 
 in €ov are declined like the neuter of xp^cr€OS or dp'yvpcos, 
 as (6(rT€ov) dcrTovv, hone. 
 
 290. Nouns of the A-declension in ca follow the declen- 
 sion of the feminine of xp^o'^os and dp'yupeos. Nouns in 
 aa contract the first a with the following syllable, as 
 (|ivdd) jJLvd, (|JLvdds) |Jivds, mina. 
 
 291. Decline (v(5os) vovs, mind, (irXoos) TrXo-Os, voyage, 
 (ocTTcov) do-TOiiv, hone, ("Yed) -yf], land (sing. only). 
 
CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES AND NOUNS 89 
 
 292. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. f)fiL€pais 8€ TpiaKovTa wTcpov *A\Kipid8T|s vi)kt6s 
 aTT-ibpdf but thirty days later (later by thirty days) Aleibi- 
 ades escaped by night. 
 
 yg. Txi Se iio-T€paia * A\Kipid6T|s t]K€V, and on the next day 
 Alcibiades returned, 
 
 y. Ta-uTiiv |JL6V TTiv T||JL€pdv €|X€ivav, they remained 
 throughout that day. 
 
 a. Observe the different cases used in a and y3 to 
 express time when and time within which, and compare 
 with the Latin cases, f |i€pdv in 7 denotes extent of time. 
 This construction you have had, in 61. 
 
 b. For the case of f|X€pais in a see 300. 
 
 293. Rules of Syntax. — The Genitive is used to denote 
 time ivithin which, the Dative to denote time when, and the 
 Accusative, as in Latin, to denote time how long, or extent 
 of time. 
 
 294. Translate : 1. vyicov 8e crrecfyavov eKoicrTa) 
 Xpycrovu 7r€/xi/f<w. 2. /xera ravra tou rjyefiova ol 
 ''E\\r)ves dTro-Tre/XTTOvcri Scopa expvTa, Ittttov koX (j>i6Xy]v 
 dpyvpOLV KoX hdpeLKov<; Se/ca. 3. ivravOa rjv r) yrj 
 irehiov. 4. Xi^are ovp tl ev vco exere. 5. 6 tov 
 H^vo<^(xiVTo^ \6yo<; dirXovq tjv. 6. rjfjLepd<; kol vvkt6<; 
 TO avTo TroL€LT€. 7. TTj Se v(TT€paLa Trpoo-'TJyov avTovg 
 €ts Trjv (TTpOLTidv. 8. IvTavOa TTjv vcTTepaidv dv- 
 €)((opovu TTokiv €t? Ttt? Kcofxd^ tt? ovK €Kavcrav. 9. iav 
 ^acrtXcu? 8e/ca rjfjiepcjv fxrj fxd)(rjTai, VTT-ia'\veiTai 6 
 Kvpo9 8dpeLKov<s TpLcr)(ikCovs ro) dXrjdevcravTL dvhpL 
 
90 
 
 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 10. iKeivrf TTj vvktX drr-iOavev vTTot,vyiaTpia. 11. av- 
 €)(^copeL ovi' vvKTo<; rj cTTparia ttjv paa-Trji/ 6S6v} 
 
 295. 1. What did the Greeks have in mind on that 
 day? 2. The golden crowns seem to be of great value. ^ 
 3. Let us promise three silver cups and twenty darics if 
 they withdraw in five days. 4. Each (man) was com- 
 pelled to follow for two days. 5. So there were 3000 
 light-armed troops in the army. 
 
 296. 
 
 ava-\oipi<a, -\<ap-{\a-<a, -i\u}pii\a-a, 
 
 withcb-aw, retreat. 
 diro 0vVj<rK«, die, more common 
 
 than the simple verb. 
 d SdpeiKos, daric, about ^5.40. 
 6Kao-Tos, "H, ov, adj., each, every. 
 ovv, adv., then, so, post-positive. 
 d o-T€4>avos, crown. 
 r] o-Tpario, army. Cf. o-TpaTcvjia 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 rpcis, TpCa, adj., three; cf. 508. 
 Tpio-x^Xioi, at, a, adj., three thousand. 
 i5Tr-iorxvovp.ai, viro-o-x^o-oiiai, 2d 
 
 aor. vir-eo-xoK-IVj vir-eo-xiijiai, 
 
 promise. 
 vo-T€paios, d, ov, adj., follotcing ; ij 
 
 vo-Tcpatd, sc. tifJi^pa; the following 
 
 day. 
 ij <)>idXi], cup. 
 
 1 The ace. to denote the ground over which one passes (cf. 283, 10) is 
 connected with the cognate accusative, which repeats the idea already 
 contained in the verb ; dpx^v dpxciv, to hold an office. So often with an 
 adj. ; fxcydXa d)iapTdvciv, to commit great faults. 
 
 2 worth(y of) much. 
 
CONSONANT DECLENSION 
 
 91 
 
 LESSON XXVIII 
 
 DIGAMMAi NOUNS OP THE CONSONANT DECLENSION 
 — DATIVE OP CAUSE AND MEANS 
 
 297. Review the declension of €K€ivos, oStos, dWos, the 
 relative pronoun, and the article (509, 513, 515). 
 
 298. 
 
 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 
 
 
 Povs, 6, ^, 
 
 Ypavs, ^, 
 
 vavs, 4|, 
 
 
 OX, cow. 
 
 OLD WOMAX. 
 
 SHIP. 
 
 
 (Pov.) 
 
 (Ypav.) 
 Singular 
 
 (vav.) 
 
 N. 
 
 Povs 
 
 Ypavs 
 
 vavs 
 
 G. 
 
 Po6s 
 
 Ypdos 
 
 V6«S 
 
 D. 
 
 Pot 
 
 Ypdt 
 
 Vt,t 
 
 A. 
 
 Povv 
 
 ■ypavv 
 
 vavv 
 
 V. 
 
 Pov 
 
 ypav 
 Plural 
 
 vav 
 
 N. 
 
 V. P6€S 
 
 •ypa€s 
 
 vfjcs 
 
 G. 
 
 Pouv 
 
 Ypdwv 
 
 vcwv 
 
 D. 
 
 Povo-i 
 
 •ypavo-( 
 
 vav<ri 
 
 A. 
 
 Povs 
 
 Ypavs 
 
 vavs 
 
 299. 
 
 MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. TOVTOis "HcrOTi Kvpos, Cyrus was pleased with these. 
 /3. t6 vTro-XciTToiicvov T]p|aTO SpdjKo 0€iv, the part left 
 behind began to go forward on the run, 
 
 y. Tats do-mo-i irpos to. Sdpara cSovTrT^crav, they pounded 
 
 with their shields on their spears. 
 
 ^ So called because in early Greek the stems ended in the primitive 
 vau or digamma (/r), Cf. Lat. 60s, bov-is. 
 
92 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 3. al •ydp TpiTJpcis tS>v *A0Tivaioi)V iroWco ir\cov€s y\a-aVf 
 
 for the triremes of the Athenians were far more numerous 
 (hy much). 
 
 a. Notice the case used above to express the cause, 
 manner, ?imdi means. How are these expressed in Latin? | 
 What other case in Greek takes some of the uses of the 
 Latin case ? 
 
 h. Observe that iroXXw, though dative of manner, also 
 expresses the degree of difference with irXcov^s. 
 
 300. Rule of Syntax. — The Dative is used to denote the 
 cause, manner, and means or instrument. The dative of 
 manner is used with comparatives to denote the degree of 
 difference. 
 
 30L Translate : 1. cttJ t(x>i/ vecop to)v el<s rov Hov- 
 Tov TrXeovaoji' evpCcTKovTO TroWal ^l^Xol yeypafxiJiivai. j 
 2. /cat KDyow Trap-rjcrav at Ik TleKoiTOvvrjcrov vrje<; rpid- : 
 Kovra KOI irivre. 3. volv^ aXXa? et^e Kipov Trivre 
 KoX eiKOdiv ats iiroXiopKeL MtkrjTou. 4. r) arpaTLa 
 iK T(x)v vTro^vyicov eKoxjje tov^ l3ov<;. 5. if Se e/cetVat? 
 rat? ot/ctat? '^crau ^de? kol opvlOe^;. 6. apyvpiov ixkv 
 ovK e)(a>, ySous Se efa/cocrtous • tovtov^ ovv XajSoju 
 ava-^(x)pei. 7. Tr]v fxev eTepdv vavu iSicoKoi^ kol rrj 
 avTTj rjfJiepa Kar-iXa^ov • rj Se irepd vav<; Si-ecfyvyev, 
 etg ToLs 'Ad-qpoi^ dcfy-LKOfJiepr). 8. rj ySacrtXeta irpoTepd 
 Kvpov irivTe rjixipai<^ d(j)-tKeTo. 9. 6 aevo(f)a)i' yjSero 
 T(p LTTTTCp TOTLfTcp. 10. 6 (TTpaTTjyof; Xt/Xft> OLTT-iOave. 
 
 302. 1. For the sake of this harbor he sent for the 
 ships. 2. With thirty-five ships, the best sailing (ones), 
 
P CONSONANT DECLENSION 93 
 
 they besieged that city. 3. Cyrus is pleased with the 
 ship that he found there. 4. They seized the hill two 
 days before ^ the enemy. 5. After sacrificing the oxen 
 they killed the other animals because of great hunger. 
 
 303. VOCABULABY 
 
 8ia-<j>€V"y«, -<|>cv|o|iai and -4>£v|ov[iai, Kd-rrra), k6x)/(o, e KOt|fa, cut, kill, 
 
 -€<j>v'yov, ire<|>€V'ya, escape. 6 \i[i.6sy hunger. 
 
 cgaKoo-ioi, ai, a, adj., six hundred. ij oIkCoL, house. 
 
 6T£pos, a, ov, adj., the other : the one, irXe'w, irXevo-o^iai, cirXcvo-a, sail. 
 
 the other. Cf. Lat. alter. iroXiopK^o, i\<r<o, etc., besiege. 
 
 T]Sop,ai, T]<rO'^(ro|j.ai, -qo-OTjv, be glad, irpdrcpos,"'^ d, ov, adj., former, 
 
 enjoy. Cf. ij8vs. earlier. 
 
 KaTa-Xa}jkPdv(i>, seize upon, capture. TpiaKovra, indecl. thirty. 
 
 *304. . BEADING EXEBCISE 
 
 For Vocabulary see page 231 
 (a) From Hecuba's Speech to her Maidens 
 "Arfer w TraZSe? rrjv ypavv wpo Boficovy 
 ayer opOovaai rrjv 6/jl6Bov\ov, 
 Tp(pdS6<;, vfjilv,^ TTpocrdev B* avacraav.^ 
 Xd^ere, (fyepere, Tre/xTrer', decpere fiov 
 yepaid^; '^eipo^^ irpoa-Xai^vfJievaL.^ 
 
 (h) From Lysias' Oration on the Olive Stump — ircpl rov Dtjkov 
 
 'Hv fxev yap tovto HeLadvSpov to '^^copLOv, Brjfiev&evTcov 
 Tcav 6vT(ov'^ S* eK6LVov, ^AiroWoScopoi; 6 M.eyap€v<; Bcopedv 
 irapa rov Brjfiov \aBo)v top fiev dWov xpov^^^ iyecopyei-, 
 
 1 Cf. 301, 8. 
 
 2 The adjective is often used where in English we should employ an 
 adverb. 
 
 3 236. * pao-CXeiav. 5 talcing me by my aged arm, 187, a. 
 ^ Poetic for irpo(r-Xa(ipdvov(rai. 
 
 ' Neut. pi. of «v, e^'tcta, property. « 293. 
 
94 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 
 oXiyat^ Se Trpo rcov TpiciKOvra^ 'AvTiK\rj<; Trap* avrov irpLor 
 /jL€vo<; ^ i^efjbio-Oayaeu • iyo) Be Trap* ^ AvTiK\eov<; €lpi]VJ]<; ovo-7]<; 
 icopovfMTjv. r)yov/j,ai tolvvv, w jSovX^, efiov epyov^ airohei^ai 
 (to show) o)?, eireihr] to 'x^copiov eKTrjadfirjv, out eXaia ovre 
 arjKo^ ev-rjv ev avrw. rov yap fxev irporepov y^povov,^ ouB' el 
 TToXai ev-rjaav fjuvpiat, ouk av BiKaiWf; e^rjfMtov/Jirjv'^ iravre^ 
 yap eiriaraade (Jcnow^ on 6 TroXeyito? Kal aXkayv iroWoiv 
 alrio^ KaKwv yeyevrjraL^ Kal ra filv iroppco "' viro AaKeBac/jLO- i 
 
 VLCDV 6T€/JLV€T0^ TO, B* eyyu<; "^ VTTO TO)V (f)LX(OV BLTjpTrd^eTO • 
 
 Mare Trco? au BtKai(o<; virep T(hv ttj iroXei yeyevrj/xevcov 
 a-UjJL^opMV iycb vvvX Biktjv BlBoltjv ; ^ dXXo)^ ^ re Kal rovro 
 TO '^(opLov ev Tft) TToXefJLO) Brjiievdev^^ dirpaKTOv rjv irXeov rj 
 Tpia errj. 
 
 1 300, end. 2 ^^^ the famous " Thirty Tyrants," b.c. 404. 
 
 * Used as 2d aor. of d>vio\ia\.. 
 
 * Subj. of etvai to be supplied after TiYovfiai. 
 
 ^ Gen. of cause. ^ 205. For inflection see 524. 
 
 ' Take with rd \i.iv, ra 8*, the parts remote from the city, the parts near. 
 8 Pres. act. opt., 8C8«ni, give. ^ a\X«s tc KaC, especially as. 
 
 10 Neut. of 8tiji6v06Cs. 
 
 Aewv Kal Bov$, 
 
INDIRECT DISCOURSE 95 
 
 LESSON XXIX 
 
 INDIRECT DISCOURSE — §T1|U 
 
 305. Learn the Present and Imperfect Indicative of 
 <|)Tl}jLi (531). Review the rules for Enclitics (72-75). 
 
 306. A direct quotation gives the exact words of the 
 original speaker or writer ; as, I shall go to-morrow. In 
 an indirect quotation the original words conform to the 
 construction of the sentence in which they are quoted ; 
 as, He said that he should go to-morrow. 
 
 307. Indirect quotations may be expressed by Srt 
 ((bs) , that^ and a finite verb, or by the infinitive ; and 
 sometimes by the participle. 
 
 a. The participle in indirect discourse will be treated 
 in Lesson XLIX. 
 
 308. Remark. — Of the three most common words 
 meaning to say^ — 
 
 (a) ctirov regularly takes Sri (cbs) and a finite verb. 
 
 (5) <t)ii|u regularly takes the infinitive. 
 
 (c) Xe-yco allows either construction, but when active 
 
 generally takes (Jrt or cbs. 
 (c?) oto|JLai, Ti-ycoiiai, vofu^o), and 6oK€a>» think^ believe, 
 < regularly take the infinitive. 
 
 Note. — It is to be remarked that the only form of indirect discourse 
 in Latin is that with the infinitive. In this principle of syntax the two 
 languages differ. 
 
THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 309. 
 
 Simple Sentences. 
 A. Xt-yo) or clirov. 
 
 a. Direct Statement. 
 
 K-OpOS TOVTO 
 
 MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 y8. Xc-yCl OTl K{)pos 
 TOVTO 
 
 7. '{K^l^v (ctirev) on 
 Ki)pos toOto 
 
 irpaTTCi, Cyrus does this. 
 irpalcL, Cyrus will do this. 
 €Trpd|€, Cyrus did this. 
 
 he says that Cyrus 
 
 does (vnll do, did) 
 
 this. 
 
 irpaTTci, 
 TTpalei, 
 €irpd|€, 
 
 irpctTTOi or TrpaTT€i 
 TTpaloi or Trpa|€i, \ he said 
 irpalcic or €irpd|€, 
 that Cyrus was doing (would do, did or had done) this 
 
 he says that Cyrus 
 does (will do, did) 
 this. 
 
 he said that Cyrus 
 was doing (would 
 do, had done) this. 
 
 B. (|>T]|U. 
 
 (irpaTTCiv, 
 TTpalciv, 
 Trpd|ai, 
 [ irpaTTCiv, 
 
 e. €<|)T| Kvpov TOVTo j Trpa|€iv, 
 
 [ Trpd|ai, 
 
 f. Kvpos €<|)T| TOVTO irpaTTCiv, irpa|€iv, 7rpd|ai, Cyrus 
 
 said that he (Cyrus) was doing, should do, had 
 done or did, this. 
 
 a. Notice that the form of the direct statement a is 
 retained after Xe-yci on in ^, but in 7 either is changed to 
 the corresponding tense of the optative or is kept to re- 
 produce vividly the original words of the speaker. 
 
 h. Compare the forms used in B and e with those of a, 
 and notice the case of the subject of irpaTTciv, etc. The 
 
INDIRECT DISCOURSE 97 
 
 subject of irpaTT€iv in f is omitted, because it is the same 
 us that of 'i^r\, 
 
 310. Rule for Simple Sentences in Indirect Discourse. — 
 
 ill indirect quotations introduced by otl or cas, after 
 primary tenses an indicative retains both its mood and 
 its tense ; after secondary tenses it either is changed 
 to the same tense of the optative or is retained in the 
 original mood and tense. When the quotation follows a 
 \ erb that takes the infinitive (308), after both primary 
 a lid secondary tenses the indicative of the direct dis- 
 vourse is changed to the same tense of the infinitive. 
 'Hie subject of the infinitive is omitted when it is the 
 same as the subject or object of the leading verb. 
 
 311. Translate : 1. (^yy^cri, ec^r;, (fydai. 2. e<^a/xet', 
 (pare, e^iqv. 3. </)]79, ecfyare, ii^aaav. 4. ec^i^cr^a 
 TTOtetF, €(f)rja'Oa TTOLTjcreLV. 5. Kvpo^ ^tjcti Oavyidt^eiv, 
 Sav^idaai. 6. e^acrav avTov<; eireaOai. 7. ike^ep 
 OTL Oavixdoreiev. 8. ike^ev otl Oavfid^^oL. . 9. Xefet 
 OTL eOavfiacrev. 
 
 312. 1. You are saying, you were saying, they said. 
 2. I say, we said, he says. 3. They say, they said, 
 I said. 4. He says that he sent, he says that he will 
 send. 5. They said that he was king, they said that 
 he would be king. 
 
 Note. — If the pupil will learn at the outset to determine for himself 
 the original words of the speaker, he will not find indirect discourse diffi- 
 cult. In the last sentence above, the point to be ascertained is what they 
 really said: "he is king," or "he was king"; "he will be king," or 
 "he would be king." 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. 8 
 
98 THE FIBST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XXX 
 
 INDIRECT DISCOURSE {Continued) 
 
 
 313. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 II. Complex Sentences. 
 
 rj. kav KOpos TovTo irpaTTXl, KaX(os €§€1, if Cyrus does 
 
 this, it will be well. 
 6. cXelcv (cTttcv) oti €i K-Cpos tovto irpaxToi, KaXcos 
 
 ۤ01, he said that if Cyrus did this, it would be 
 
 well. 
 L. €<|)T| €l Kiipos TOVTO TTpaTTOi, KaXcos €|€iv, he said 
 
 that if Cyrus did this, it would be well. 
 K. (Xc-yei OTi) €1 Kvpos tovto irpaleie, KaXws dv 
 
 €XOi, (he says that} if Cyrus should do this, it 
 
 would be well. \ 
 
 \. ^€|€V OTI €l Kvpos TovTo irpa|€i€, KaX(os dv c'xoi, 
 
 he said that if Cyrus should do this, it would 
 
 be well. 
 fjL. ccj)!] €l Kvpos TOVTO TTpa^^Uy KaX(os dv €X€iv, he said 
 
 that if Cyrus should do this, it would be well. 
 
 a. Observe that when irpaTTXl becomes irpaTTOi after a 
 secondary tense, the dv in kav is lost ; but the dv in the 
 apodosis is retained even when the verb becomes the 
 infinitive (dv €X€iv in /x). ^ 
 
 *314. Rules for Complex Sentences in Indirect Discourse. — 
 
 (a) The leading verb follows the rule for simple sen- 
 tences (310). 
 
I 
 
 INDIBECT DISCOURSE 99 
 
 (6) After primary tenses the dependent verbs retain 
 the same mood and tense. After secondary tenses de- 
 pendent verbs may either be changed to the same tense of 
 the optative, or retain their original mood and tense ; but 
 secondare/ tenses of the indicative are never changed to the 
 optative. 
 
 (c) When a subjunctive becomes 9ptative, dv is dropped, 
 kivf OTav, etc. becoming cl, ot€, etc. 
 
 315. TiiAKSLATE : 1. e/c 8e TovTOv ol TpiaKovTa ovk€tl 
 euofJLL^ov TOL TrpdyfJLaTa elvai dcrcfyaXrj. 2. euros Trpo- 
 Trdfixljds epii-qved eXiTev otl ^ovXolto aTrovSa^ iroLijaa- 
 (T^ai. 3. el CTTt ySacrtXet yeviq cr 6 yieda^ tl olofieda Tret- 
 (recrOai ; 4. eXeyero yap /cat irpocrOev T7]p'r)<; Iv rav- 
 TTj TTj xo)pa TToKv e)(0)u (TTpaTevfjia vtto tovtcou twv dv- 
 hpwv rd cTKevoi^opa^ d<^-aipe6r\vai, 5. eXe^eu otl el 
 *Ayrj(TLXdo<; eXdoL crvu avrw, rov toju TlacfyXayoucoi' y8a- 
 aiXed ets Xoyovs d^ou /cat avfifxa^op ttoltJctol. 6. ov- 
 TO)^ yap e(j)rj olecrdai tovs 6eov^ evpLeveo-TaTov^ av 
 eluat. 7. ol Be Syj/SaloL eXeyov ws el vlKiqaeiav to^ 
 irepl Tou ^ttcrtXed, to dXXo irdv pdBiov ecroiTo, 8. ol 
 he AdK(oi^e<s eXeyov otl So/cet noXep^elu. 9. aXA.09 elirep 
 OTL ov TToXefxrjcroPTes rjKOLeu dXXd Xe^ovres otl (J^lXol 
 elcTLV. 
 
 1 Fut. of -y(-yvo|i.ai. A more vivid future condition. 
 
 2 Ace. w. d<j>-atp€0iivai, which may take two aces, in the active voice. 
 (253). 
 
 8 Here ovt« is equivalent to if they should do this^ i.e. disarm, the 
 protasis of tlie condition. 
 * Supply (rTpdT€V|ia. . 
 
100 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 316. 1. He said that Agesilaus would proceed to the 
 country of the Paphlagonians. 2. We think that we 
 suffered many things justly. 3. They said that the 
 Thebans were sending soldiers forward to steal the 
 baggage. 4. If you should send me, I think I should 
 return with ships. 5. They said that they had done ^ 
 this for the sake of the light armed troops. 
 
 317. 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 dXXd, conj., but. 
 
 d<|>-aip€ci), take aivay, rob. 
 
 €vp,€virjs, €s, adj., ivell disposed. 
 
 ol'op.ai, or oljiai, olVjo-oiiai, {ar]Qr\v, 
 think, believe. 
 
 ovKCTi, no longer. Derivation ? 
 
 ovTws (sometimes ovVw, but not 
 before a vowel), adv. of ovtos, 
 in this way, thus, so. Generally 
 refers to what has gone before. 
 Cf. «58€. 
 
 irdo-xw, ireioronai, 2 a. €ira0ov, iri- 
 irovOa, suffer. 
 
 TO irpd"y(i.a, arcs, thing done, affair. 
 Cf. irpaTTft). 
 
 irpo-ircixiTft), send forward. 
 
 paSios, id, lov, adj., easy, 221. 
 
 <rK£vo<}>6pos, ov, adj., baggage carry- 
 ing, rd (rK€vo({>6pa, the baggage 
 train. 
 
 1 Aorist. 
 
CON TB ACT VEBBS . 101 
 
 LESSON XXXI 
 
 CONTRACT VERBS IN d(0 — POTENTIAL OPTATIVE 
 
 318. Learn the entire present system, active and 
 passive, of Ti|jLdo), and read again 278 and 280. 
 
 a. Notice that, 
 
 (1) When a comes before o or to, the contracted 
 
 vowel is (0. 
 
 (2) When a comes before a, €, or t], the contracted 
 
 vowel is d. 
 
 (3) When a comes before a diphthong, it contracts 
 
 with the first vowel of the diphthong, while 
 the second vowel disappears unless it can be 
 retained as iota subscript, Ti|jLd€is» Ti|jLas ; 
 Ti(ido\)(ri, Tificoo-i. 
 
 In do> verbs, consequently, there is an a or co in every 
 contracted form. 
 
 319. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. ovhk 8is diro-GavdvTcs 8ikt]v Sovvai 8i5vaivT' dv, not 
 
 even if they should he (having heen') put to death twice, 
 ivould they get their deserts. 
 
 y8. 6iKaia)S av -uiro tcov avTcov jiicroivTO ol TpiaKovra, 
 justly (it ivould be just if, etc.) ivould the thirty be hated by 
 their own followers. 
 
 7. (t>opoi|i'qv dv €ls Td Kijpov irXoia IjJL-paivtiv, I should 
 he afraid to embark on Cyrus' boats. ^^^— *— ^ 
 
102 THE FIRST GREEK ROOK 
 
 a. Observe that none of the above sentences has a 
 protasis with €L, but in a and ^ another word (or words) 
 is substituted for it. What would be the full form of the 
 protasis in a and ^ if expressed? 
 
 b. In 7 the condition is too vague to be felt, and if 
 expressed at all would be something like, If there should 
 he an opportunity/^ If Opms should offer them, If I should 
 wish, etc. This use of the optative is called Potential. 
 Cf. Potential Subjunctive in Latin. 
 
 320. Rule of Syntax. — The Protasis sometimes is not 
 expressed in its regular form with €l or cav, but is con- 
 tained in a participle or implied in an adverb or some 
 other part of the sentence. 
 
 321. Rule of Syntax. — The Potential Optative with dv 
 is used to express a future action dependent upon cir- 
 cumstances or conditions. 
 
 322. Translate: 1. Tlficoon, ertyiOiVy TlficovraL, 
 2. iTLfid, TLjJid, rlfxa. 3. irlfjict), rlfxa), rlfxcov, 
 4. pIkolv, VLKOLTe, viKcovre'^. 5. iav vlKcofxei/y el 
 viKcojxev, vlKcofiev. 6. rreipa, TreipdaOcov, Treipoiixeurj. 
 7. opoiVTOiv, icopcojieOa, opdcrOai. 8. tVa neipcofjieOa, 
 Iva TreupcofJieOa, iireipo). 9. rjpo^Td^ ipcoTd, ip(OTa<; 
 lU. eta, ea, ecofxeu. 
 
 323. 1. He honors, he is honored, he honored. 2. They ■ 
 were honored, they honored, they honor. 3. Let us try, 
 if he should try, he is trying. 4. You permitted, per- 
 mit, to perm.it. 5. I was seen, those who see,^ see 
 
 1 Article and participle. 
 
CONTBACT VERBS 103 
 
 (thou). 6. That he may conquer, that he might be 
 conquered, let him conquer. 
 
 324. Translate: 1. ^aa-iXev^ vIkolv rjyeiTaL^ iwel 
 Kvpo<; redurjKev. 2. 6ho<; §e fxia rj opcofjievr) rfv 
 ayovcra dvco • ravTrj iireupcovTo ^La-^aiveiv ol '^^\\r^ve<;. 
 
 3. el Tt9 xprjixdroiv^ eTn-Ovfiei^ Treipda-Oco vIkolv, 
 
 4. T(t)v yap vIkcovtcov^ tol -^pyjixaTa Xayi^dveiv IcttL 
 
 5. fiovXoLfjLTjv av on TrXetcrrou? elvai crot oyioiov^. 
 
 6. ovK av Stfcatw? ireipc^vTO rjjJid^ Aca/cw? iroieiv. 
 
 7. TOVTO e7r€7rOLlJK€LV 0770)9 ol <^u\a/c€9 firj opSvTO. 
 
 8. eirefjLxpev r)ixd<; e7T-aLvi(T0VTa<; v/xa? on ''EXXr^re? 
 ovTe<; paSio)^ VLKOLTe fiapfidpov^. 9. Kvpo^ eta roi' 
 KXeap^ov €)(eLv tov^ cTTpaTLcord^ tov<; irapd tcop dWcov 
 CTTpaTTjycou dir-ekOovTa^;. 10. dvhpa<i iXopevoi'^ crvv 
 KX€dp)((p 7refjL7rov(TLV ol rjpcoTcov Kvpov ravTa. 11. ov 
 pqZi(t}<^ KaTa-XiiToi dp rc9 tov^; rlpLOipievov^, 12. ttoXXoI 
 ovTe<^ /cat ra^tcrra Kal dcr^aXeorara iropevoipLeOa av, 
 13. TToXvv y^povov etcov tov<; crTpaTL(OTd<; KaK(xi<; iroieiv 
 
 TOVq iv Trj KCOfJLTJ, 
 
 325. 1. He is now trying to do harm to us, Cyrus' 
 friends. 2. If he desires to be honored, let him conquer 
 bravely. 3. If he should permit you to march up, he 
 would easily occupy the hill. 4. I should be glad to 
 hear^ the name of him who is victorious. 5. For thus 
 we should honor Cyrus most. 
 
 1 fiY^oiiai like Latin duco means think as well as lead. ^ 187, b. 
 
 3 A genitive in the predicate may express any of the relations of the 
 attributive genitive. 
 
 * See alpc'o). ^ I should hear gladly. 
 
104 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 326. VOCABULARY 
 
 avft), adv., up. opd<«),i imperf. ctopcav, o\|/ojiai, 2d 
 cda>,^ cd<ra>, cCdo-a, cCuKa, efldjjiai, aor. clSov, ewpaKa or copaKa, 
 
 clai9i]v, allow, permit. €(opdp.ai or w(i|xai, <i)(}>6i)v, see. I { 
 
 Iiri-Gvfjicctf, '^(r«, etc., desire. on, adv., like cos, w. superlatives, 
 Ipwrdb), ■/|ora), 2d aor. ijpofjLi^v, ask^ as ... as possible. 
 
 see 258. ir€ipdo|xaL,^ ireipdo-op-ai, ircircCpdixai, 
 KaKws, adv., ill. kukms iroieiv, r/o lirtipaGtiv, dep., try, attempt. 
 
 harm to, w. ace. (253), KaK«s paSiws, adv., easily. 
 
 Trparrtiv, fare ill. <rv, orov, o-oC, <r^, thou, you. Plu. 
 KaTa-Xciirw, leave behind. v^eis, 169. 
 
 viKdo), i^crw, etc., conquer, be victo- xls, tI, indef. pron., any, any one. 
 
 rious. 6 xpovos, ti7ne. 
 
 327. HEADING EXERCISE 
 
 Cyrus' First Appearance at Court. Cyrop. I. i. 1-3. 
 For Vocabulary see page 232 
 
 KO/909 yap ^iG^pi' fj^ev BcoSeKa erwv rf oXlycp irXelov ravrrf 
 TT) TraiBela eTratSevOT]^ koI Trdvrcov rcov rjXiKcov dptjJTO<; i^al- 
 V6T0 KoX ei?^ TO Ta')(v fiavOdveiv^ koX eh to koXm^; koX 
 av8p€L(o<; cKaara iroielv. eK Be tovtov tov xP^^^^ fiereirepr- | 
 yjraro ' Aarvdyrj^; rrjv eavTOV Ovyarepa Kal tov iralBa avTrj<; • 
 IBelv yap eireOvfiei, otl rjKovev avrov KaXov KayaBov^ elvai. 
 ep'X^ETai B* avT'q re rj ^avBcivrj irpo<; tov irarepa Kal J^vpov 
 TOV vlov h'X^ovcra. co? Be dcpLKeTO Tci^iaTa^ Kal rjKovae K.vpo<; 
 TOV *AaTvdy7]v t?}? pLrjrpcx; iraTepa ovTa,^ €vdu(; Brj rjairdl^eTO 
 
 1 Notice that a after €, i, p, is lengthened to d, not to ■i\. The augment 
 of edo) is syllabic, €6 being contracted to et. Cf. d\ov. 
 
 '^for. 3 w. TO, 263. 
 
 * By crasis for Kal dYaOdv. KaXos KdYaOos or Ka\6s t€ Kd-yaOds is the 
 nearest Greek equivalent for " a perfect gentleman." 
 
 ^ d)s TdxKTTtt, cum primum. 
 
 ® In indirect discourse, instead of the infinitive. See 307. 
 
i REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VERB 105 
 
 avTov. Kol opcov St) avTOV KoXKLara KeKoa-fiTj/jbivov Qndvref; 
 yap ol yLrjhoL el^ov 7rop(f>vpov<; '^CTCJva^; kol aTpeirrov^ XP^' 
 <jov<^ irepl ry Seprj koI ^freXia irepl ral^; ^(epalv} kv 8e toI<; 
 Uepa-aL^ rol^ oikoc^ rjaav at €adrJTe<; (^avXorepaL iroXv)^ 
 e/Jb^XeTTcov avroj^ eXeyev^ *X1 /jbTJrep, <»<? fca\6<i fioi 6 7rd7r7ro<;. 
 €p(OT(oa7)(;'^ Se avrov r?)? /jLr]Tp6<; irorepof; KaWicov avrco BoKel 
 elvai^ 6 irarrjp rj ovTo<i, direKpivaTo (replied) o KOpo?, ^11 
 firjrep, Uepcrcov fikv ttoXv KaXKiaTO<; 6 efio^s iraTTjp, Mt^Sg)!/ 
 jievTOL 6a(tiv^ ecopaKa^ eyo) ev Tal<; o^ol^ koI IttI ral^ dvpat^;^ 
 
 TTOXV OVTO<; 6 e/iO? TraTTTTO? KaXXlCTTO^;. 
 
 *LESSON XXXII 
 
 REVIKW OF THE ACTIVE VERB 
 
 328. Review the active voice of \i5<o, Xciiro), iroicco, Ti|jLd<o, 
 
 €l|JLl. 
 
 329. Write a synopsis of the indicative active, 3d sing, 
 and 3d phiral of kcdXvo), viKdo), 7roX€|i€(o, dpirdl^a) ; as 
 Xij€i, €X\)€, Xv(r€L, etc. 
 
 330. Write a synopsis 3d sing, and 3d plural of the 
 present and aorist active, all the moods and the participle, 
 of KcXcvo), dpxtt), 6au(Jid1^(o, opdco (2d aor.). 
 
 1 From xetp, irreg., declined in full in 367. 
 
 2 Adv. used as adj. 3 238. * Fern. gen. sing. Ipwrwv. 
 
 s Gen. in agreement with M-/j8cdv, where 8<rovs would be expected as 
 object of IwpaKa. 
 
 ^ From opdu). "^ eirl rats Gwpais, at court ; what literally ? 
 
106 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 1 
 
 331. Translate: 1. ^ye, Xvcrei, Trefixjioixev, TeOvKare. 
 2. €upe, aKovcrov, iTreirpax^^, iScov. 3. St-T/yaTracre, 
 Xa^etz/, €TT-€0VfJLOVV, 'qSiKTJKecrav. 4. eTraOov, (^dicri, , 
 iacrai, TreTTOirjKepaL. 5. el, TroXefirjaaTcOy aXyjOevcrop- 
 T€9, ttoUl. 6. ac^crovcriv, kcocri^ iarpaTevKrjy ayayov, 
 7. iTn-fiovXevEy a(^-rjpoviieVy rfTifxaa'ai', icrfxev. 8. ye-; 
 ypdcfiafjiev, Stwfa?, iir-aivei, OvrjCTKeiv. 9. rjpcoTd, koL- 
 ovTOiv, Xe^are, opdv. 10. e^vXafe, Trdp-ecrTLy Trap- 
 ecTKeva^e^ TreiravKco^. 
 
 332. 1. He assembled, they will rule, we fled, conquer. 
 2. They have withdrawn, he was besieging, to have 
 taught, asking. 3. Come, he had hunted, to hinder 
 (single act), they are. 4. Let him say, see, they sur- 
 rounded, having saved. 5. You will collect, you honored, 
 he persuaded, he says. 6. We desire, they have done, 
 to compel, to be about to permit. i 
 
 333. Translate : 1. rj MavSavrj fiovXofiej^ oiKaSe 
 dir-eXdelv ^aXeTToi^ elvai ei^o/xt^e tov Kvpop Kara-Xiireiv 
 aiKovTa. 2. 7) ixkv MavSdvr] rov Kvpov rjv fiiJTrjp, 6 
 8e 'Aa-Tvdyy)^ iraTrjp avT7J<;, 3. rj fJiTJrrjp elnev on el 
 Kvpo<; TovTov iTTL'OvfjLOLr) Kara-XeL^OL avrov. 4. 8e- 
 SoL/ca Se, ec^yy, pLjj rjhlov dir-eXOrj irdXiv tt/Oo? top Trarepa 
 avTov. 5. 6 ' A(TTvdyr]s tovto dKovcrd<; eXefe Kvpo) • 
 Trap ifjLOL oiVy &> Kvpe, ittttov? ttoXXov? efet? koX rd vvv 
 iv T(o ^(copia) 07) p [a. 6. /cat aXXa dypia Orjpia croi 
 crvX-Xefft) a av d(j) lttttov^ Siwfetg /cat To^evceu^; o)? ol 
 
 ^ On horseback. 
 
REVIEW OF MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VERB 107 
 
 jjLeydXoL avSpe<;. 7. rw 'AorudyeL eSo/cet to Trai^Lov 
 jxaXXop av ^ovXeaOai ravra ^X^^^ V <^ictX(X9 ^/ovcra? 
 Kol ixva<; dpyvpLov TToXXa?. 8. St/cato)? tovto t^ero • 
 6 yap Kvpo? &)9 fidXiara T^Sero rot? S(opoL<; rot? vtt- 
 €(r)(7jjJLevoi<5. 9. Kai ra^i) eiTrei^ on ou ^ovXolto crvv 
 TTj fjLTjTpl OLKaSe aTT-ekOeiv. 10. iiovri ovv r) MavBdpr) 
 diT-rjXOe Kara-XLTTOvaa to iraihiov irrl rat? tov 'AaTvd- 
 yov^ Ovpaif;. 
 
 334. 1. If lie has done this, it is well. 2. But I fear 
 he will allow Clearchus to leacU the soldiers who went to 
 him from the other generals. 3. These generals would 
 not be pleased with things, if Clearchus should keep the 
 soldiers. 4. Send for the men, then, O Cyrus, and bid 
 them proceed at once to their former ^ commanders. 
 5. When Cyrus bade them leave Clearchus, they said they 
 would suffer everything rather than do this.^ 
 
 *LESSON XXXIII 
 
 REVHTW OF THE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VERB. 
 
 335. Review the middle and passive forms of Xuo), 
 Xeiiro), iroicco, Tifidco, and future of €L|u. 
 
 336. Write synopses as in Lesson XXXII. of viKdo), 
 K(oXv(Oy dpird^o), KeXcvo), opdco, dpx<i>. 
 
 3 "PTe iconld suffer,''^ etc., and remember that t] has regularly the 
 same construction after it as before. 
 
108 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK | 
 
 337. The principal parts of a Greek verb are as follows : 
 the first person singular of the present^ future, aorist, 
 perfect indicative active, and perfect and aorist passive, as : 
 Xv(i), Xuco), eXvcra, XcXvKa, XeXufiai, k\vQr\v. 
 
 a. Give the principal parts of iravco, cr'^paTevo), iroieco, 
 VLKOKO, dva-x<«>p€(o. 
 
 338. In deponent verbs, the middle must replace the 
 active forms, Tj-yoviJiai, Ti-yricroiiai, i\yTi](ra\L'r\Vy T]yr\[Laif 
 i\yr\Br\v, 
 
 a. Some deponent verbs have no aorist middle but 
 use the aorist passive instead ; these are called passive 
 deponents ; as po^uXoiiai, povXTJo-ofiai, pepoiOXi^fiai) IpovX-q- 
 Bx\v, 
 
 339. Study carefully the rules of euphony (488). 
 
 340. Learn the perfect passive system of ircinrco, dGpoi- 
 5(0, a^o) (521). 
 
 341. Translate : 1. Treicrerat, navovTai, Oavixd^e- 
 crdaiy iXvero. 2. rjOpoKTTai^ affy-tKovTO, Trap-ecTKevd- 
 aOau, (T (ii a aadai, 3. iireipoiVTo^ evpedrjcrav^ viT-icr^ei- 
 crOaiy TeOavp.acrp.evo'^. 4. eireTrpaKTo^ iropevdrjvai^ 
 iXecrOai, roiv dhiKiqOivTOiv. 5. eaovrai^ rj^Ooiv, vevo- 
 jLttcrat, XeXe^^at. 6. TTpo-Trep^6ei<^yCrvv-e\4y€.(T6€^r)vdy- 
 Kaaro, KekevcrOrjvai. 7. 7ropev6ri(TOVTai^r)Tlp.d(TOVTai, 
 Treipdcrovr ai^ olovrai. 8. vLKaaOai, iTT-epeXero, rjyovv- 
 rat, TeOavpao-fxevoL eicri. 9. nap-ecTKevacrfxevoL rjaav^ 
 nepL-yevecrdaL, iarpoLT ever 6 ai^ eiroXiopKov, 
 
REVIEW OF MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VERB 109 
 
 342. 1. They are praised, he was seen, he will be sent, 
 they tried. 2. It has been done, to have been wronged, 
 let him wish, they were being eonqnered. 3. To have 
 been led, you were fighting, try (thou), having become. 
 
 4. They had been robbed,^ they will be ordered, he was 
 promising, it had been written. 5. He will have been 
 compelled, he is chosen, they have been assembled, to be 
 honored. 
 
 343. Translate: 1. ^p 8e rt? ev rrj arpaTua aevo- 
 (f)(ou ^A6rjvaLO<s. 2. outo9 6 aurip cure crTpanqyo^ ovre 
 aTpaTLOiTT)^ oiv (jvv Upo^euco ^evco ovti eiireTo. 3. ovk 
 av ecnreTo el fXTj 6 Ilp6^ei'o<; avrw tl UTr-ecr^ero. 4. vtt- 
 IcT^eiTo yap avTO) el eXOoL <f>i\ov avTov Kvpco TroLTJaeiv. 
 
 5. TrXeicrTov aft09 (^i\o? evoixit^ero 6 Kuyoo? viro TravTcov 
 ro)v Tore /cat LKavcuTaro^ eivai aWov^ ev TTOielv. 6. o 
 aevo(f)(ou l^ovKoixevo^ avro? ekOelv irapa Kvpov oixa)(;~ 
 
 ^(OKpaTT) TOV 0-0(f)OP TjpeTO • XvjJL-TTOpeVOLO av (TV ; 
 
 7. eKeivo<; top H€z/o<^a)i/ra eKeXevaev ekOovra €ts AeX- 
 (^ov? epeaOai rov e/cet Beov irepl tov 7rpdyfiaTo<;. 
 
 8. inel €t? AeX(j)ov<; a(l>-tKeTO rjpcoToi * Tlvl av decov 
 6v(i)v dptara ttjp oSop TTOiOLfjLTjv ; 9. fxera ravra 
 irdXiv rJKcop Ovadyievo^ ol? eKeKeXevcTTO eirXei Acat avv- 
 ecTTpaTeveTo tw Kvpco. 10. tl ^p to opofia tov ev 
 AeX(f)ol<; Beov ; 
 
 344. 1. The Greeks told Cyrus that they would follow 
 if he would do what he had promised. ^ 2. For he had 
 
 1 8i-apirdta>. ^ nevertheless. ^ the things promised. 
 
110 THE FIBST GREEK BOOK 
 
 promised five miiias of silver to each man. 3. They 
 were bidden by their general to cross the river. 4. And 
 he said that if they crossed before the rest, they would 
 be honored by Cyrus. 5. But it will be necessary to 
 obey me, said he,^ if you wish to be honored by him. 
 
 *LESSON XXXIV 
 
 REVIEW OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION — 
 RULES FOR GENDER 
 
 345. The gender of the Consonant Declension, as in 
 Latin, must often be learned by observation. But some 
 general rules may be given. 
 
 346. Masculine. — Most nouns in -€us, -ilS (except -T-qs, 
 -TT^TOs), "COS, -p, and -<ov, -ovos (except -•yttV and-8cDv), are 
 masculine. 
 
 a. But X^^P* hand, i(TQr\St dress, are feminine; irvpf fire, 
 is neuter. 
 
 347. Feminine. — Most nouns in -avs, -is, -tt|s (-ti]tos), 
 -us, -"ycov (-•yovos), and -6a>v (-8ovos), are feminine. 
 
 a. But lyQvSf fish, p.{;s, mouse, ttt^x^S, cubit, and irovs, 
 foot, are masculine. 
 
 348. Neuter. — Nouns in -a, -ap, -as, -i, -os, and -v, are 
 
 neuter. Labial and palatal stems are never neuter. 
 
 1 Use <|>Tin£. 
 
IBEVIEW OF CONSONANT DECLENSION 111 
 
 349. Tkanslate: 1. kol irapa fxeyoiXov ySacrtXeco? 
 TJKe T Lcraa(l)epv7)s kol dXXoL JlepcraL rpels • SovXol 8e 
 TToXXot eLTTouTO. 2. iiTel Se ol tcou 'Ekk-qvcop ap^ovTe^ 
 iyyijs -^crav, eXeye TLaaa(j)€pi/7j^ Sta ipfJiTjvecos. 3. ira- 
 pa TTjV y€(j)vpau Tov TTOTafxov vfias TrefixjjaL KeXevovcn 
 <^uXa/ca9, a)s Ticraai^epvov^; kv vm ixpvTOS avTrjp Xucrat 
 TTJs vvKTO^. 4. TTJV y€(j)vpav Xvcrei Lva iv P'^o-co ^ 
 \7](f)0rJTe TOV TTOTapov KOL Trj<; Sicjpv^^o^. 5. Ov(TavT€<; 
 rou9 ^ov? dt irapa tcjv KdX^wt' "^Xdov avrots eTToCyjaap 
 aycopa ip rw opet. 6. elXoPTo Se ApaKovTLOv ^vyaSa 
 TOV dyoji^o? iTTL-pekeaOai. 7. d Se ri^j' raft^' e;l(;(y^' Ta>^' 
 linreajy eirel icopd tov<; 7roXe/xtov9 (j^evyovras iBico^ev. 
 
 8. at Se vrjes iracrai eyiuovTo"^ TrXeCov; rj TpidKovra. 
 
 9. ol ^ KOrjvaloL i^ovXovTo ayppa^oi elvai e)(ovTe^ ra 
 paKpa T€L)(rj. 
 
 350. 1. There Cyrus told the leaders of the Greeks 
 that he should march against the king. 2. And he bade 
 them tell this to the army. 3. The men all said they 
 would not follow, unless some one gave them more pay. 
 4. Cyrus having promised the money, the troops were in 
 great hopes and crossed the river. 5. From here they 
 arrived at a large and flourishing city. 
 
 351. AidXo-yos. — The Two Cykuses 
 
 For Vocabulary see page 233 
 Sayfiao-iSiov. Aeye fJLOt vvv, <w /jLrjrep. rk yap rfV ouro? d 
 XO/309 irepX ov ifiddo/JLev irore ev tm BiBaaKuXeLO) ; '^yov/Jirjv 
 yap TOVTOV tov Aapeiov vlov elvat. 
 
 ' between. ^ amounted to, were. 
 
112 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 Mr)T7)p. Ma Tov AC (no^ indeeoT)^ ovk rjv i/celvo^ 6 avrb^ 
 
 S(0/JL. Tt? 8e rjv 0UT09 ; ttoO rr)? 7779^; Xeye fioL irdvTa. 
 
 yir)T. OuT09 8r} rjv 6 apj^alo^ KaXovfJievo^i K{)po9. ovkovv 
 Be 6 SiBdcrKaXo^i irdvTa eXe^ev ; 
 
 Sco/jL. Ov Trdvra, avrw <ydp ovk ^v cr^oX?;. 
 
 M.r)T. EZez^ • iyco ovv Xef &) tl Kard <ye rrjv Bvva/JLCV. irpco- 
 Tov fiev irarpo^; 6 }^vpo<; Xeyerac jeveo-Qac K.a/JL^v(TOV TLepaSv 
 ^aaiXecD^. iv 8* ovv rrj TiepaiKfj X^P^ wKet^ iroXXol'^ irpoaOev 
 rj 6 BevT€po<; K{'/309 ereai? /jLr)Tpo<; Be o/noXoyelTac M.avBdv7]<; 
 yeveo-Oat • avrr) Be *AaTvdyov<; rjv Ovydrrjp tov MrjBoov ^aai- 
 XeG)9. 
 
 ^cofJL. Kat /JidXa ye.^ vvv yap fxejjLvy/JLat. dXXa rrj tov 
 BevTepov K^vpov /jirjTpl tl rjV ovofxa ; 
 
 M?7T. Ovkovv uK'^Kod^; iroTe ; Aapetov koL Ilapvo-aTtSos ytyvov- 
 Tttt TratSes — 
 
 Scofi. yidXtaTd ye- Trj<i evrjOela^ (ivliat stupidity !^. Kal 
 TTola iiroLrjaev 6 dpxcuo^i ; 
 
 Mt^t. 'AXXa vvv ye, coairep tw BiBaaKdXw Kal ifiol ovk 
 ecTTi ^ a^oXr^ • 6 yap iraTTjp crov KaXel Kal ovkctl eorTC '^ fievecv. 
 
 S(0/JL. Ot/JLOL. 
 
 1 IIov xfjs "yns, lohere in the world ? Cf. Lat. ubi gentium. 
 
 2 300, end. ^ ^al (jidXa -yc, yes^ indeed. 
 ^ Notice the accent of eVri and see 76. 
 
> 
 
 LIQUID VERBS 113 
 
 LESSON XXXV 
 
 LIQUID VERBS — WISHES 
 
 352. Learn the Principal Parts and the Future and 
 Aorist Active and Middle of (|)aiV(o (520). 
 
 a. Notice that the future of <|>aivci> is inflected precisely 
 as the present of iroico) (522). 
 
 353. Liquid verbs do not differ from verbs with con- 
 sonant or vowel stems except in the future and first 
 aorist active and middle. Here the future is formed by- 
 adding €0 (€€) to the verb stem and contracting as in the 
 present of iroi€<o; thus, <t>av€(o = <t)avco, <|>av€0|iai = (|>avo{)|iai. 
 The aorist adds a instead of ca, and lengthens the last 
 vowel of the stem, a to i] (but d after €, i, or p), € to €i, 
 I to I, and t) to v, as €<t>Tiva (<|)av-), fi-yyeiXa (d-yyeX-), 
 €Kpiva (Kpiv). 
 
 354. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. €i6€ TOVTOus |Ji€V ol 6601 diro-Tlo'aiin'o, / hope the 
 gods will punish these men, or mat/ the gods, etc. 
 
 I3. TovTovs p.€V ol 6€ol diro-Tio-aiVTO, mat/ the gods 
 punish these men. 
 
 y, €i6€ toOto €170 i€i, that he were (now) doing this, 
 
 B, €i9€ TovTO p,T| kivoi't\(J€Vf that he had not done this. 
 
 a. Observe (1) the mood used with €l6€ in <x, to express 
 a wish referring to the future, and (2) that €i0€ may be 
 omitted as in yS without affecting the sense. 
 
 h. Notice that in wishes unattained the tenses and 
 moods are those of conditions contrary to fact (205). 
 The negative is p.Ti. 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. 9 
 
114 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 355. Rule of Syntax. — (^) When a wish refers to the 
 future, it is expressed by the optative with or without 
 €106 (or €1 ^ydp), that, would that. 
 
 (5) When a wish refers to the present or the past, and 
 it is implied that its object is not or was not attained, the 
 secondare/ tenses of the indicative are used with €i6€ (or 
 €1 "ydp), which cannot be omitted. 
 
 (c) The negative in wishes is \ir\. 
 
 356. Translate : 1. ySacrtXevs St/catw? /not X^P'-^ 
 erj^ei^ otl irpcoTos avTco rjyyeCka ravra. 2. Tlpo^evo^ 
 T€ Kal Kvpos iiT-eOviJLrjaav 'aevo(f)a)VTa ixeivai. 3. d/cou- 
 crct? Se ravra o Kvpog Trap-rjyyeike tco TrpcoTO) ra^idp^oi 
 i(j/ iuos^ dyeiv Trjv tol^lv^ kol rw Sevrepo) cfceXeucre 
 ravro^ tovto irap-ayyeikai. 4. et^e, a> Xwcrre^ cru, 
 rotovro? wi' (J)lXos r^plv yevoio. 5. diro-Kplvapievov 
 Se rou 'AyT^criXdou ort ovac av TToirjcreie ravra fjLovos 
 iKekev(j€v avrov dva-^coprjo-ai, 6. ev^ovro rols (l)'tji'd(TL 
 Oeols rov Tropov. 7. €t Se ^ouXet, iropevov iirl ro 
 opo<;, eyo) oe /Ae^'a) avrou. o. eic/e t) ovvafius ttoKv 
 TT^eioiv Tjv. 9. p.€Lvavres Se ravrrjv rrju rjfjiipdv, rfj 
 dkXrj iwopevovro • avrot? Se irakiv <^atVerat d Mt^/)tSd- 
 ri;?. 10. dvofxepo) Se avro) i(TrjfJir)V€P 6 6eos av-arpa- 
 revecrdai. 
 
 357. 1. I should gladly have announced this, if they 
 had remained here. 2. But the taxiarch directed the 
 first line to withdraw as quickly as possible. 3. All the 
 
 '^ in single file. 2 crasis for t6 avlrd. s cf. dYa06s. 
 
SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM 115 
 
 rest (of the) force followed, not delaying there. 4. He 
 answered that he should give the signal when the second 
 division had arrived.^ 5. O that Cyrus had not died, but 
 were in command of the army. 6. May you send such a 
 message 2 at once. 
 
 358. VOCABULARY 
 
 d^-ycXXcD, ayyika, Tf-y-yciXa, Tf-y-yEXKa, irap-ayyiKKia, etc., pass along an 
 
 r\yyiklLai, r{yyiKQi\v, announce, order, command, direct. 
 
 report, Cf . a-yyeXos. o iropos, passage, ford. Cf . iropevo). 
 
 diro-Kptvofiai, -Kpivovfiai, -€Kpivd- irpwros, "n, ov, adj., ^rs^ Cf. trpoTC- 
 
 ji-qv, -K^Kpi|i,ai, reply. pos. 
 
 avTOv, adv., here. (rT]|iaCvb>, a"t\^avm, ka"i\^r\va, <r€o-^jia<r- 
 ScvTcpos, d, ov, adj., second. p.ai, i<rr\^6.v^-r\v, give a sign, signal, 
 
 ij 8vvap,is, 6«s, ability, force. Cf. maJce knoicn, signify. 
 
 Svvaros. o Ta|£apxos, commander of a Td|is, 
 cvXO(jiai, cv|o|xai, cv|d(tT|v, pray. taxiarch. 
 
 |ievo), |JL€vw, e)i€iva, |j.c|jLevt]Ka, remain, toiovtos, Toiavrr], toiovto or toiov- 
 
 stay. Tov, adj., of such a sort, such. 
 
 LESSON XXXVI 
 
 SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM — GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 
 359. Learn the Second Aorist and Second Future 
 Passive of <|)aiva) (520). 
 
 a. Notice that they differ from the first aorist and first 
 future only in the absence of 9 before -qv, t^s, etc.; that 
 is, that the tense sign is €, not 06. 
 
 1 gen. abs. * ^ announce such things. 
 
116 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 360. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. Tas 86 (bTiSas cVti Xafipdveiv, kav tis Taxi) dv-icTTTJ, 
 
 but it is possible to capture the bustards, if one rouse them 
 suddenly/. 
 
 p. (j)av€p6s 8* "^v, €1 Tis Ti d'yaObv ^ KaKov iroiTJo-eic, 
 viKdv TTCipcaixcvos, and if anybody did him any favor or 
 injury, he evidently used to try (was evident trying^ to 
 surpass him. 
 
 a. Observe that in the above conditions the apodosis 
 expresses in a a general truth, in ^ a customary action, 
 while the protasis is general (not particular, as in 150). 
 
 b. Notice the difference in form between the present 
 general supposition in a and the past general in y8. 
 
 361. Rule of Syntax. — In general suppositions the 
 apodosis expresses a customary or repeated action or a 
 general truth, and the protasis refers in a general way 
 to any of a class of acts. Present general suppositions 
 have lav with the subjunctive in the protasis, the present 
 indicative in the apodosis. In past time the protasis has 
 €l with the optative, the apodosis has the imperfect indic- 
 ative or some other form denoting past repetition. 
 
 362. Translate : 1. (^dvrjTe t(x)v \o)(ay(t)v apiaToi 
 /cat TOiv crTpcLTr]y(x)v a^iodTpaTrjyoTepoi, 2. t(x)v 
 \o)(ayo)v iua aTT'TJXao'av, ol Se aXXot irapa ra? rafet? 
 TTOpevopepoL el pev aTparrjyos crcos etr) top crrpaT-qyov 
 iKoKovv. 3. el 8e 6 aTparrjyos olxolto top vtto- 
 crTpdriqyov eKokovv, 4. ol fiep crvv-ekap^dvovro, ol 
 Se KaT-eKOTTTjcrav. 6. ol aTpaTrjyol ivofiL^ov Kara- 
 
SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM 117 
 
 I KOTT7]crea6aL iav yid^covTaL. 6. 6 Se 'Apfxei^LO^ o)<; 
 rJKovcre tov dyyikov tol napa Kvpov i^-enXdyrj. 
 
 ' 7. €19 KaT-eX7](^9r) e/c-TrXayetg. 8. el rts KDp&) KaXcoq 
 VTrrjpeTTfjo-eLev, del ^dpiv el^ev 6 Kvpo^. 9. ot Se 
 (TT par i(i)T at cruX-Xeye/re? i/BovXevoPTo. 10. e'ai' <^at- 
 
 I 363. 1. You will be cut to pieces if you do not show 
 1 yourselves ^ brave men. 2. If you are easily frightened 
 out of your wits, you will not appear men like your 
 fathers. 3. If they serve Cyrus weU, they are always 
 praised by him. 4. They thought that the light armed 
 troops had been collected ^ to drive away the guards of 
 the enemy. 5. If we appeared discouraged, he would 
 always call us cowardly. 
 
 364. VOCABULARY 
 
 dlioo-TpaTt^-yos, ov, adj., worthy of 6 Xoxa-yos, captain, leader of a 
 
 being general. Derivation ? Xoxos- 
 
 dir-€\avv(a, -eXw, -VjXatra, -cX-ZiXaKa, ol'xopiai, imperf. (px6|XT]v, oi\i\<ro- 
 
 -eXiilXafjiai, -T)Xd0T]v,^ drice away, fiai, he gone, have gone (pres. 
 
 expel. w. force of perf.). 
 
 ^K-irXTJTT«, -irX-ii^ft), -eirXri^a, -ir^ir- <ruX-Xa(ipdvft), -X-/j\|/o|iai, -cXaPov, 
 
 X-rj-ya, -ircirXiTYiiai, -cirXd'y-qv, -6CXT]4>a, -£iXT)(i(jiai, -€Xt|<|)6tiv, 
 
 strike out of one's senses, seize, arrest. 
 
 frighten. <ra>s, <rd, <rmv, adj. (defective), 6"q/e 
 
 KaX^o), KaXw, iKdXco-a, k^kXi^ku, and sound, alive and well. 
 
 KCKXriiiai, kKK'i\Qr\v,^ call. virqpcTCft), -^(rft), etc., serve, help. 
 
 KaTa-K^iTTw, cut down, cut to pieces. 6 viroo-Tpdrq-yos, lieutenant general. 
 
 ^ appeal'. - aorist. 
 
 ^ int. iK& for cXda>, is inflected like the present of Ti\i.a<a (523). In 
 the perfect of this verb we have what is called Attic reduplication, the 
 first two letters of the stem prefixed to the temporal augment 
 
 ^ Compare pres. and f ut. 
 
118 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 *365. READING EXERCISE. — 'HpaKXfjs Kal^AG-qvo, 
 
 For Vocabulary see page 233 
 
 Ata crrevYj^i ohov coBevev 'UpaKXrj'i. IBodv B* cttI yrj<; /jlt^Xw^ 
 ofioiop Tt, eireiparo a-vvrpl-^aL. o)? he elBe SlttXovv yevofievov, 
 €TL fidWov iire'XJ^ipeL koL tm poirdXco eiraie. to Be (j)vo-T]Oev ^ 
 et9 fJLeyeOo^ rrjv oBov iveirXija-ev? 6 Be pi-yjra^; to poiraXov 
 lararo * dav/jLci^cov. ^A6r)vd Be avro) iiTK^avelcra^ elire • 
 UeTravao,^ dBeX(j)e • rovr eart (^LXoveiKia koI e/ot? • edv Ti<; 
 avTo KaraXeLTrr) dfJid^^^rjTOV, fievet olov r)V irptorov^ iv Be rat? 
 fjid'x^aL'i olBelrac. — 
 
 fjLvOo^ BrjXol [524] OTC at P'd')(^[ii kol epiBe^ alTiav /jLeydXr)^ 
 ^Xd^Tj^ 7rape')(ova-LV. 
 
 1 236. . 2 Aor. pass, partic. of <|>v(rd(i). 
 8 Filled entirely. From €)i-ir(irXq(i.i. 
 
 * Impf. of io-Ta|xai, stand. ^ Perf. mid. imperative. 
 
 'mMMMmMM^ 
 
IRREGULAR NOUNS 
 
 119 
 
 LESSON XXXVII 
 
 IRREGULAR NOUNS 
 
 366. As in Latin in the case of senex^ iter^ etc., some 
 Greek nouns differ in whole or part from the regular 
 declensions. 
 
 367. Ten of the most common irregular nouns are thus 
 declined. 
 
 
 YW^, ^, 
 
 86 pv, TO, 
 
 €"S, TJ, 
 
 Z€vs, 6, 
 
 KVWV, 6, T), 
 
 
 WOMAN. 
 
 SPEAR. 
 
 DAWN. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Zeus. 
 
 DOG. 
 
 N. 
 
 7VV^ 
 
 86pw ^ 
 
 I'o.s 
 
 Zeis 
 
 KVWV 
 
 G. 
 
 'yvvaiKos 
 
 SdpaTOs 
 
 #0) 
 
 Ai6s 
 
 Kvv6s 
 
 D. 
 
 yvvaxKi 
 
 SopaTi 
 
 6> 
 
 AiC 
 
 KVVC 
 
 A. 
 
 "yvvaiKa 
 
 86pu 
 
 €^a> 
 
 ACa 
 
 Kvva 
 
 V. 
 
 ^vvai 
 
 86 pv 
 
 Plural 
 
 Z€V 
 
 KVOV 
 
 N.T 
 
 . -yvvaiKcs 
 
 86 para 
 
 .> 
 
 
 lri>V€S 
 
 G. 
 
 ^vvaiKuv 
 
 SopdTwv 
 
 I'a>v 
 
 
 KVVWV 
 
 D. 
 
 •yvvai|( 
 
 86pao-i 
 
 €U>S 
 
 
 KVO-l 
 
 A. 
 
 'yvvaiKas 
 
 86 para 
 
 rws 
 
 
 Kvvas 
 
 
 OVS, TO 
 
 irats 6, T|, 
 
 irvp, to', 
 
 v8a)p, TO, 
 
 x«tp. -ni 
 
 
 EAR. 
 
 CHILD. 
 
 FIRE. 
 
 Singular 
 
 WATER. 
 
 HAND. 
 
 N. 
 
 oh 
 
 irais 
 
 irvp 
 
 v8&)p 
 
 x«fp 
 
 G. 
 
 in6% 
 
 7rai86s 
 
 irvpo's 
 
 v8aTOS 
 
 X"po's 
 
 D. 
 
 c^C 
 
 'Trai8C 
 
 irvpi 
 
 (f8aTi 
 
 X€ipC 
 
 A. 
 
 ov^s 
 
 irai8a 
 
 irvp 
 
 v'8a>p 
 
 X€lpa 
 
 V. 
 
 ovs 
 
 irat 
 
 irvp 
 Plural 
 
 «8a,p 
 
 x«ip 
 
 N.V 
 
 .«^a 
 
 iraiScs 
 
 irvpd 
 
 «8aTa 
 
 X€tp€S 
 
 G. 
 
 wrwv 
 
 iraCScov 
 
 irvpttfv 
 
 68dTa>v 
 
 X6ip«3v 
 
 D. 
 
 <^C 
 
 iraio-i 
 
 irvpots 
 
 {(8a<ri 
 
 Xepo-C 
 
 A. 
 
 (^a 
 
 'n-at8as 
 
 irvpd 
 
 v8aTa 
 
 X«tpas 
 
120 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 368. Translate : 1. 7r€Lp(oix€uoL<; to vScop vnep rciiv 
 liacTTOiv i(j>aLveTO. 2. ovk rjv tol oirXa e^eti^ eV rw 
 uSart, el Se /xt^/ rjpira^eu 6 TTora/xo?. 3. inl tt)^ /ce0a- 
 Xrjq TOL onka eu rt? cj^epoi^ yvfxvoL iyiyvovTO rrpo^ ret 
 To^evfiaTa. 4. /cal ras yui^ai/cas ii^ rat? d^juta/xafat? 
 7rap-ovcrd<s ovk air-rjXacreVy dW etct d/covet-i^. 5. d/cou- 
 o-d? ravra 6 'AyyycrtXdo? iXd/SeTO Trjq ^et^oo?^ aurov. 
 6. Ta>p Se yjaav o%^ XlOov<; €^Yo^' et' rai? ^epcriv, 7. ot 
 SetXol /cuj/€9 70U9 ^ei' irap-ep^op^ivovi StaJ/co^re? §d/c- 
 vovcri^ Toij^ oe Stw/coz^rag c^evyoucrti/.'* 8. e^' §e rw 
 TpLTO) (TTaOfjLcp Kv/)09 i^eTacTLU 7roL€LTaL Trepl [xicrds 
 vvKTa<; ' ^ iSoKeu ^ yap et? Tr)v va-repaidv eo) rj^eiv ^acrv- 
 Xed aw tco crrparev/xarL (xa^ovfievou, 9. npcoTov yap 
 €TL Trats wi', eVaiSeuero /cat crv^' tco dSeXc^w /cat crv^ 
 Tot9 dXXot? TratcrtV. 10. erret Se iyyifs rjaav aurou, 
 iTTi'Tvy^dvei Trvpols^ iprjixoi<i. 11. ifxaOe Se ort rovrou 
 eVe/ca rd 7rv/od KeKavfxiva ety) rw ^evOrj? 
 
 369. 1. These men had spears of about fifteen cubits. 
 2. Some ^ of them said that they saw an army and that 
 many camp fires appeared. 3. The water was above 
 their breast when tliey reached^ tlie middle of the 
 river. 4. But they prayed to Zeus and were saved from 
 all evils. 5. The next morning they came upon men 
 bereft of hands and ears. 
 
 1 Otherioise. 2 i87, a. 
 
 ' There were of them who, i.e. some of them. 
 
 * (ttcv^yo) used transitively, where we should perhaps look for separation. 
 
 ^ midnight. ^ Sokc'ci) used personally, / think. 
 
 7 Account for the case. ^ Qf, 358, 6. » Turn by a participle. 
 
|. IRREGULAR NOUNS 121 
 
 I 370. VOCABULARY 
 
 i| ap|xd)jLa|a, closed carriage (for d XCOos, stone. 
 
 women). d iiao-rds, breast. 
 
 YV)i.v6s, ■^j 6v, adj., naked, lightly irap-cpx.o|i,ai, etc., go past, pass by. 
 
 clad, exposed. Cf. 7W|iv^s. to rdlevjia, arcs, arrow. Derivation? 
 
 SdKVio, 8^|o)iai,, cSaicov, SeS-q-yfiai, rpCros, tj, ov, adj., third. 
 
 I8t|x0iiv, bite. virip, prep. w. gen., over, above; for 
 
 liri-Tvyx.O'VtOj -T€v^o(i,ai, -€tvxov, -t6- the sake of; w. ace, over. 
 
 Tv^ilKa, happen upon, find. 4^^P<^7 oto-w, T|V€-yKa, Iv^voxa, ev^ve-y- 
 
 €pt]|jtos, ov, adj., deserted,abandoned, (i,ai, i^vi\Qr\v, 2d aor. -qvcyKov, 6ear, 
 
 bereft. bring, carry. 
 tj Ke(t>a\^, head. 
 
 *371. READING EXERCISE. — $lX6TlflOS Ty}vi\ 
 
 For Vocabulary see page 233 
 
 *Ei^ Se T© irepl t(ov KaKmvtKOiv \6yq) ypdcjiei 6 TiavaavCa^; 
 TuBe. 
 
 ' Apxi'Bci/jLov Se, Tov AaKeBaifiovicov ^a(n\€a)<;, oJ? ireXevra, 
 KaTaXcTTovTO^; TratSa?, "Ayt? re Trpea/SvTepo^i rjv rfKiKLa^ koI 
 irapeka^ev avrl *Ayr]aL\dov rrjv cip')(r}V • iyeveTO Be ^Kp')(^L- 
 BdjjLcp Kal OvyaTTjp, ovofia p>ev K^vvia/ca, (fnXoTt/jLoraTa^ Be eh 
 TOV ay(ova eo"%€ tov ^OXv/jlttlkov. 
 
 avTj] Be Kal 7rpct)T7j ^ Xttttov^ eTpe(pe yvvaiKwv koX viktjv av- 
 eCXeTo^ ^OXv/jLTTLKov 7rp(OT7j dp/jLaTL. K.vvLa/ca<; Be vaTepov 
 yvvai^l Kal dWaL<; yeyovacnv^ *0\v/jL7nKal vcKat, /judXidTa 
 Be Tal<i eK KaKeBaCfiovo^ . tovtojv Be i7n(f)ave(TTepa ek ra? 
 viKa<; ovBefJLia ^ eaTiv avTrj^.'^ Kal ev Brj Trj KaKeBalfiovi irphi 
 Tw XWaTaviaTci tw Ka\ov/jL€V(p^ Kfi^tWa? iaTiV rjpwov. ovtco<: 
 eoTTl KaXov^ ttjv irpdyTrfV yevecrOai ttjv TOiavTa TTOLOv/jLevrjv, 
 
 1 Dat. of respect, equivalent to adv. accus. Cf. ovojia below. 
 
 2 <j>iXoTi,)idTaTa . . . ^cr\t, strove very eagerly (for). 
 
 3 Why not irpwrov ? Cf. Lat. prima and primum. 
 
 * From dv-aipco). ^ 2d perf. of ylyvo^Kai. ^ Fern, of ovScis- 
 
 "^ 225. 8 so called. ^ predicate, so fine a thing is it. 
 
122 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XXXVIII 
 
 THE INTERROGATIVE TIS, THE INDEFINITE TIS, AND 
 OO-TIS — QUESTIONS 
 
 372. 
 
 Inierrogati've. 
 N. tCs t£ 
 
 G. tCvos, tow 
 D. t£vi, t» 
 A. rCva t£ 
 
 N. tCvcs rlva. 
 G. tCvwv 
 
 D. rio-i 
 
 A. rCvas rCva 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 Singular 
 
 Indefinite. 
 tVs tI 
 
 tivo's, tov 
 
 Tivt, TO) 
 
 Tivd tI 
 
 TIV6S Tlvd 
 
 TIVWV 
 
 Ti<r£ 
 Tivds Tiva 
 
 OO-TlS 
 
 OVTIVOS, OTOV 
 WTIVI, OTO) 
 
 ovTiva 
 
 Plural 
 
 oI'tivcs 
 
 cSvTlVWV, OTWV 
 
 Indefinite Relative. 
 
 T|TIS O TI 
 
 ifo-TlVOS OVTIVOS, OTOU 
 
 ^TlVl CpTlVl, OT<j) 
 
 ■»]VTlVa '6 Tt 
 
 aiTiv€S aTiva, aTxa 
 
 COVTIVCOV WVTIVWV, OTWV 
 
 olo-TlO-l, OTOIS alo-TlO-l oto-TlCl, OTOIS 
 
 ovi'o-Tivas ouTTtvas &Tiva, aTTa 
 
 a. Observe that the interrogative tis and the indefinite 
 tIs are distinguished by the accent ; the indefinite tIs is 
 enclitic. To distinguish the monosyllabic forms, tis and 
 Ti never change to the grave (21), and tis and tI being 
 enclitic rarely have any accent. 
 
 5. Notice that octis is compounded of 8s (515) and the 
 enclitic tIs, each part being declined separately. The 
 accent is that of 6s followed by an enclitic. 
 
 c. Review the remarks on the accentuation of enclitics 
 (72-75). 
 
 373. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. opas |JL€ ; do you see me f \ 
 
 /3. 6av|JLd1^o) €1 opa |jl€, I wonder if he sees me, J 
 
 7. dp dKOlj^is fi€ ; do you hear me ? 
 S. cpcoTa €1 dKoxIa) avTov, he asks if (whether^ I hear him. 
 
QUESTIONS 123 
 
 e. o-uK otSa iroTcpov clkov^i |I€ r\ ovyl do not know whether 
 he hears me or not. 
 
 f. irov co-TC ; where are you ? 
 
 77. €0a'uiJLa(r€ \ ^ , ^^^ ' \ he wondered where you were, 
 
 (irOV €0-T€, j 
 
 6. Ti €V vw €X€T€ ; what do you intend ? 
 
 K. €po)Ta \ „ , •■ „\ ' [ Ae as^s what you intend, 
 
 Co Tl €V VW CX^'*'^*^ 
 
 a. Study and compare carefully the above nine sen- 
 tences. 
 
 374. I. Direct questions may or may not have interrog- 
 ative particles. The chief direct inter rogatives are a pa 
 and \ which imply nothing as to the answer expected ; 
 but dpa ov or ovkovv (therefore) implies an affirmative and 
 apa |iTJ or |i(ov {^y\ ovv) a negative answer. Here ctpa 
 may be omitted. 
 
 II. Indirect questions may be introduced by €i, whether; 
 if alternative by iroTcpov (el) . . . ij, €it€ . . . €]Ct€, 
 whether . . . or. After primary tenses the mood and 
 tense of the direct question are retained ; after secondary 
 tenges each indicative or subjunctive of the direct question 
 may be either changed to the same tense of the optative, 
 or retained to bring the words of the original speaker 
 more vividly before the mind. 
 
 375. Translate: 1. ri^ ovv, €(f)rj 6 Kvpo?, ov rriv 
 SvpafJLLV eXefa? /xoi ; 2. r^pcaTcov 6 tl icTTL to npayfia. 
 3. €1/ TT) (jKrjprj IScjp TLi/as SeSe/xeVou? ra? ^et/aas^ 
 
 ^ Why f adv. ace. 2 ^cc. of specification. 
 
124 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 ripcoToi TL rrdOoiev • ol Se e\eyov on Trkrjyelep XlOols. 
 
 4. avTo<; §e KaTa'crK€\(fOfX€uov<; eTrefjLxjje tl irpdrTOL Kv/309. 
 
 5. ov Srjkov rjv tl TTOirjO'ova'LV ol aWot orTpaTLwrai, 
 TTOTepov ixjjovTaL K.Vp(p rj ov} 6. ejjLol ovu So/cet ou^ 
 cjpd elvau rjfjLlv Ka9ev8eLP, dXXa fiovkeveadai 6 tl xPV 
 
 TTOLeiV €K TOVTOiV. 7- wpOL,^ €(^17, I^OVkeueCTOcLL TTO)? Tt? 
 
 Tov<i avhpa^ air-eXa ano tov X6(I)0v. 8. ap* ovk av 
 inl irav eXOoL^ w? TracTLv av9p(x)TT0L^ <j)6/3ov Trap-e^oL 
 TOV (TTpaTevaaL iroTe en avTov ; 9. kol o(ttl<; t)fjLO)v 
 ^yji^ inL-OvfjieL, TreLpdcrOco vlkolv. 
 
 376. 1. Did you not make war on me at the bidding 
 of Artaxerxes ? 2. Cyrus wondered whether the man 
 would ever be faithful to him again or not. 3. We 
 ought to deliberate whether it is better to stay here or 
 march at once to the sea. 4. It is time to find out to 
 whom the men are furnishing provisions. 
 
 377. VOCABULARY 
 
 8€«, Stjo-w, 4'8T]o-a, SeSeKa, S^Sc^Jiat, irap-cxw, irapa-crx'^o-ci), etc., proyfrfe, 
 
 €8€'0t]v, bind, fetter. furnish, produce. 
 
 SfjXos, T], ov, adj., evident, plain. irX-^TTO), irXTJIw, cirXti^a, ir^irXirya, 
 ^dft),"* t^oro), live. irc'-irXTjYiJLai, cirXiq'Yiiv, strike. 
 
 Ka0£v8«, impf . €KA0ev8ov, Ka6€v8iri<rfc), ttotc, enclit. adv., ever. 
 
 lie down to sleep, lie idle. tr&s, adv., hoiv ? 
 
 Kara-o-K^irTOnai, -(rK^tj/o|xai, -co-kc- \pr\, impf. €XP*|v ov XP'lv? impers., 
 
 4/d(i,T)v, -€<rK6(jip.ai, view closely, it is necessary, one ought. 
 
 inspect, find out. ij copd, hour, suitable time, season. 
 
 1 Notice that ov has an accent, ov, at the end of a sentence ; it is never 
 OVK or oux here. 
 
 2 Sc. Io-tC. ^ make every effort. 
 * £cui> contracts to t| where tI^om has d. 
 
QUESTIONS 
 
 125 
 
 *378. READING EXERCISE. — FcpcOV Kttl OdvaTOS 
 
 For Vocabulary see page 234 
 
 Tepcov TTore ^v\a Ko-yjra^ ravra (fyepcov ttoWtjv oSov ^ iffd- 
 Bl^€. Sia 8e TOP KOTTOV Trj<; oSov ctTToOe/jbevo^ ^ to <j)opTLOV top 
 %dvaT0v eireKakelTO. tov 8e SavuTOV <f)av€VTO^^ koI ttvOo- 
 ixivov hi rjv atTtav avTOV TrapaKaXecTai, 6 yepcov €(f>r), "\va to 
 ^opTiov dpy(;.^ 
 
 Ti hrfkol 6 \6jo^ ovTO'i ; 
 
 1 Cognate accus. ^ 2d aor. mid. partic. of diro-Ti6T)fj.i, put down. 
 
 3 359, 273. * 1st aor. subj. act. of a«p«. Cf. <l>aiv«. ' 
 
 a. .K C^rmf 
 
 *H 'AKpiSiroXis 
 
126 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XXXIX 
 
 REVIEW OF CONDITIONS 
 
 379. All the regular ways in which suppositions are 
 expressed in Greek have now been given, and it has been 
 seen that sometimes the protasis is contained in a parti- 
 ciple (271) or implied in an adverb or other word ; or 
 even, as in the potential optative, omitted altogether. 
 Below, a table of the eight regular forms of conditions is 
 given to be memorized. 
 
 Commit to memory the following table of conditions, 
 with the translation of each, and be able to reproduce it, 
 using other verbs, as Xcittcd, opdco, XajJLpdvo), etc. 
 
 380. The following table of conditions is divided first 
 in regard to fulfilment: A, suppositions where nothing 
 is implied as to fulfilment; B, suppositions contrary to 
 reality, where it is implied that the condition is not or 
 was not fulfilled. 
 
 A. I. Present. 1. Particular, cl tovto TTpaTT€i, irdcrxci ti, 
 
 if he is doing this, he is sorry for it. 
 2. General, cav tis tovto irpaTTU, irdo'X^'' 
 
 Ti, if anybody (ever') does this, he is 
 
 (always) 'sorry. 
 II. Past. 3. Particular, cl tovto eirpdlcv, ciraOc ti, 
 
 if he did this, he was sorry. 
 4. General, €i tis tovto irpaTTOi ('irpa|€i€v), 
 
 €ira(rx€ ti, if anybody (ever) did this, 
 
 he was (always) sorry. 
 
REVIEW OF CONDITIONS 
 
 127 
 
 III. Future. 5. Vague, el tovto irpaTToi (Trpa|€i€), 
 
 irdorxoi (irdOoL) ti dv, if he should 
 
 do this, he would be sorry. 
 6. Vivid, €av tovtq irpaTTT| (irpalx)), irci- 
 
 acTai Ti, if he do (does) this, he will 
 
 be sorry. 
 B. IV. Unreal. 7. Present, €i tovt €TrpdTT€v, ciraaxc tl 
 
 dv, if he ivere (now) doing this, he 
 
 would be sorry. 
 8. Past, €l TovT tirpdlcv, €ira6€ ti dv, if 
 
 he had do7ie this, he would have, etc. 
 
 381. Translate: 1. croi ye (J)lXol yeviaOai irepl 
 TrauTo<;^ ap TTOirjcraLfjieOa, el i9eXoi<; KaTa-Xiireiv /SaaiXed. 
 
 2. el fjLeu eSei ere dWd^aadai r)fxd<; SeaTTords dvrl 
 ^acrtXeiw? SecnroTov, ovk av eycjye ctol crvv-e^ovXevov. 
 
 3. vvv 8e e^-eari crot /xe^' rjficjv yevofiei^o) fJirjSei/a^ 
 Se(T7r6T7)P e)(eiv. 4. eav yap rjixiv (TU/x/xa;j(ots XPV^ 
 ikev0ep6<; re kol TrXovcrtog ecret. 5. et d/xa iXev9ep6s 
 T eLrj<; /cat TrXovcrio? yevoto, ru^o?^ cti/ eri Seots ; 6. (xtt- 
 eKptvaro eKelvo<; • eai^ ^acrtXev? dWov fxeu aTparr^yov 
 irefjLTrrj, ifxe Se VTrrfKoov eKeivov TaTTrj, ^ovXTjaofJiaL 
 VjMP KOL (^tXo9 /cat c7v/XjLta^og eli^at. 7. eai' fxei^TOi 
 ^OL T7JV dpxr]v Trpocr-TaTTT}, TroXefJujcrco vplv o)S apiara. 
 
 8. ei Ticri TTore iroXeyioirj, &)9 c^o^epwraros 'i^^' TroXe/xto?. 
 
 9. el jjLT) eyeveTo dvrjp rifjLrjs d^LcoraTos^ ovk olp ovtoj^ 
 diT-eKptvaTo. 
 
 1 beyond everything, of the iitmost importance. 
 
 2 The negative with the infinitive is ^i\ except in indirect discourse. 
 8 Words of fulness and want take the genitive. 
 
128 
 
 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 4 
 
 382. 1. If Xenophon has struck one of the soldiers, h 
 he not done wrong? 2. If you should hear for what 
 reason he did this, you would think that he struck the 
 soldier justly. 3. For this fellow would have buried a 
 man alive ^ if Xenophon had not stopped him. 4. Un- 
 less you carry ^ the man, Xenophon said to the soldier, he 
 will be left behind. 5. If a man is base, it is fitting to 
 strike him. 
 
 383. 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 dXXaTTw, dXXd^d), -qWola, i^XXaxa, 
 TJ'XXa-yfjiai., i]XXdx0Tjv, change ; 
 mid., exchange one thing for an- 
 other. 
 
 6 8€<nr6TT)s (voc. 84<nroTa), master. 
 
 Si<a, Sc^o-o), l8cT](ra, 8€84i]Ka, 8€8eT]- 
 jjiai, kSii\Qr\v, lack, tvant, often a 
 deponent; impers., 86i, €8€i, 84^, 
 etc. (contracting only ec, eci), 
 it is necessary. 
 
 I9i\<a, lOeX'^o-o), r[Qi\r]<ra, rfiiKr\Kay be 
 tvilling, wish. 
 
 iXivQtpos, d, ov, adj., free. 
 
 €^-€<rTi, -iiv,^ it is possible, it is al- 
 lowed. 
 
 KttT-OpVTTO), -OpV^W, -wpv^tt, -Opti- 
 
 pv^a, -opupvYiJiai, -wpvxGiiv (dig), 
 bury. 
 
 H6VT01, adv., but, moreover. 
 
 |iT|86Cs, }j.T)8e)i.Ca, \ii]Siv, adj., none, 
 no, used for ovSets where ji.'^ is 
 needed. i 
 
 irXovo-ios, id, lov, adj., rich. * 
 
 'irpo<r-TdTT«, etc., assign, appoint. 
 
 (ru)i.-PovX€V(D, etc., advise, recom- 
 mend. 
 
 rdxTft), rd^ft), €TCt|a, r^raxa, T^ra-y- 
 ^ai, kTayJir\v, draw up, form, as- 
 sign. 
 
 vir^Koos, ov, adj., obedient, subject 
 to. See 504. I 
 
 XpAofAtti, xP^o-ojiai, cxptio-dfiTiv, ' 
 K^XP'nH''*''? ^^^> t7'eat, have, w. 
 dat. Like taw (377, n.), xpao- 
 }jiai has r\ in contracted forms, 
 instead of d. 
 
 Note. — Compare aXXdrrw, KaT-opv-rrw, TdTTw, and see that they all 
 have palatal stems and form the present in ma. Cf. also irX-^TTco, 
 irparra), <|>vXdTTCi). 
 
 1 living. 2 g^YO). 
 
 3 Although verbs have recessive accent, the accent in a compound form 
 never goes farther back than the augment. 
 
FORMATION OF WORDS 129 
 
 384. READING EXERCISE 
 
 The Trial of Orontas, Part I 
 For Vocabulary see page 234 
 
 '0/9oWa9 Uepo-rjf; fiev rjv avrjp^ KaKLaro'i he fcal KaKovov^ ^ 
 T(p Kvpo). Kat yap vvv to rpiTov^ eire^ovXeve t« Ku/oo). 
 0UT09 he Btj TTjV TT/oo? eavTov eTrt/SovXrjv rrporja-dero^ Bt 
 eTTLa-ToXrjv rjv eKelvo^ eye<ypd(f)eL irapa fiaatXea. 6 Be djyeXo<; 
 ovK eKeCvcp aXXa K.vpq) Trtcrro? ^v, ical ravrrjv ttjv eiriaToXr^v 
 Xaficov Ku/jo) eBcoKev. 
 
 OuTO? S' ovv avXXafjL^dvet 'Opovrav koX avyKaXel et? ttjv 
 eavTov (TKTjvrjv KXeapxov (riov '^XXrivcov arparr^yov) koI roiffi 
 apLdTov^ TO)v liepcrcav eTrrd. ivravda Be rjpx^ KO/309 tov 
 Xoyov^ wBe. HapeKdXecra v/JLd<;, a> dvBpe<^ <^lXol^ ott©? avv 
 v/xlv ^ovXev(o/JLaL irepl 'Opovrov tovtovL euro? yap irpoiTOV 
 fiev v7n]Koo^ rjv ifioi' varepov Be eTroXefXTjaev e/JLol e^j^v ttjp 
 iv ^dpBeaiv aKpoiroXiv. /cal eBo^ev avrw rax^cj'^ iravaacrdaL 
 TOV 7rpo<; ifie 7ro\e/xov,^ Kal Be^cdv eXa^ov /cal eBco/ca, 
 
 *LESSON XL 
 
 FORMATION OF WORDS 
 
 385. It will be of great assistance in fixing the meanings 
 of many words, and in mastering at sight many others, if 
 we look carefully at the relations of words derived from a 
 common root. 
 
 1 For declension cf. 504. 2 ^sed as adv. ^ From irpo-aio-OdvoiJLai. 
 
 * Gen. after TJpxe. ^ 141. 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. — 10 
 
130 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 386. Nouns or adjectives formed directly from a root 
 or from a verb stem are called primitives ; as KaKoSt had^ 
 from KttK- ; 'Ypa<|)€'us, writer^ from 7pa<t>-, stem of -ypcKlxo. 
 
 387. Nouns, adjectives, and verbs, formed from the 
 stems of nouns or adjectives are called denominatives ; as 
 Ti|id(i>, honor ^ from Ti|jLd-, stem of Ttjifi. 
 
 PRIMITIVE NOUNS 
 
 388. Nouns in os and a (t]). 
 
 Xd-yos (Xo-y-o-) speech^ from Xc-y-, stem of Xe-yo), 
 
 speak. 
 |idxT| (k-o-X"^) ^<^itle, from jiax-, stem of [La\o\Lai^^ 
 
 fight. 
 
 a. Give the meanings of apx**! (from dpx<i>, ruW), 8pd- 
 |ios (from cSpafiov, 2d aor. of Tp€X(o, run^^ irXt^'yTJ (from 
 irXriTTa), strike}. 
 
 389. Agent. 
 
 ypa<^evSt writer, from -ypatl)- ('ypd<j>co, write}. 
 TTOiTiTTis, poet (maker}, from iroic- (iroico), make}. 
 o"(OTTip, savior, from co)- (crwcD, ccojo), save}. 
 
 a. Give the meaning of jxaOiiTTis (from p,av6dv(0, learn}, 
 SiKao-TTis (from hiKQX,(df judge}, inrTipexTis (from i»Tnip€T€o), 
 serve}, Spop.C'us (from cSpafJiov, 2d aor. of Tp€x,cD, run}, yov^vs 
 (from y€V- [seen in -yi-yvofjiai] beget}. 
 
 390. Action. 
 
 Xwis, loosing, from Xv- (Xuo), loose}. 
 
 iraiSeid) education, from iraiSc-^ (iraiScvo), educate}. 
 
 1 The stem is really iraiSc/r, ^ changing to v in iraiSevo). 
 
FORMATION OF WORDS 131 
 
 a. Give the meanings of aiaGi^cris (from aidOdvofJiai, 
 perceive)^ iropeid (from irop€vo|Jiai, proceed}, PacriXeid 
 (from paaiXe-uo), rule}. 
 
 391. Eesult. 
 
 irpd-yHia, thing, act, from irpd-Y- (irpaTTco, do}. 
 -ycvos, birth, race, from -ycv- (e-ycvdiiiiv, w;as horn}. 
 
 a. Give the meanings of KTTJp.a (KTdo|iaL, possess}, 
 )(pf]p.a (xpdofJLai, i^s^), T6|e\)|ia (toIcvo), sAoo^ z(;«Y/i a 5o^^;), 
 p€\os (pdXXfl), throw}. 
 
 DENOMINATIVE NOUNS 
 
 392. Person concerned. 
 
 Upevs, priest, from Upos, sacred. 
 TToXiT-qs, citizen, from irdXis, <?^%. 
 oiKCT-qs, Aowse servant, from oIkos* house. 
 
 a. Give the meanings of linrcvs (from iinros, horse}, 
 XaXKcxis (from xcL^^ds, bronze}, to|6ti]S (from Td|ov, how}. 
 
 393. Quality/. 
 irio-TOTTis, OTTiTOS, fidelity/, from tticttos, faithful. 
 (TO^idf msdom, from cro<|)6s, mse. 
 8iKaioo"uv'q, justice, from SiKaios, /ws^. 
 
 a. Give the meanings of cra)<j)poo"um] (from (r<o<t)po>v, 
 discreet}, ^vhai\LOVid (from €ii6ai|JL<ov, prosperous}, dirXoTTis 
 (from dirXo-Os, simple}. 
 
 394. Diminutives. 
 
 iraiSiov, little child, from iraiS- (irais, child}. 
 iraiSicKos, young hog (fem. irai6i<rKT]), from irais. 
 
 a. Give the meanings of vcdviaKos (from -vcav, youth}, 
 X^piov (from \6i^dij land}. 
 
132 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 ADJECTIVES 
 
 395. KaKos, had^ from root KaK-. 
 
 T|8iis, sweety from t|8- (TJSojJiai, he pleaded). 
 \|;€\j6TJs,/aZse, from \|;€\j8- (xl/c-uSofiai, lie), 
 
 a. What is the meaning of Xoiiros (Xciirco, leave) ? of 
 8La<t)avTJs (8ia-<t)aiv<D, shoiv through) ? 
 
 396. Belonging to a person or thing. 
 01K610S, domestic^ from olkos» house. 
 
 a. Give the meanings of 'A6T|vaLos (from 'ASfivai, 
 Athens)., dpxo-ios (from apXTI* beginning). 
 
 397. Fitness or ability. 
 
 pacriXiKds, ^^ to rule, kingly (from pao-iX€iis» king), 
 a. Give the meaning of dpxiKds (from apXTJ, rule). 
 
 398. ^opepos, frightful, from <j>op€- (^o^iiHy frighten). 
 
 a. Give the meanings of (|>av€p6s (from <t)aiV(«), show), 
 XpTJcriiJLOs (from xpo-Ofiai, use). 
 
 DENOMINATIVE VERBS 
 
 399. Ti|idco, honor, from Tifii], honor. 
 dpiOiiecD, count, from dpi6|Ji6s, number. 
 8T|Xd(o, make evident, from 8t]Xos, evident. 
 paoriXcuco, reign, from pacriXcvS) king. 
 hiKoXjiiiy judge, from 8iK'ri, justice. 
 cXml^o), hope, from cXms, hope. 
 
 a. Give the meanings of Kpareco (from Kpdros, inight), 
 8o\}X€a;(o (from 8o{)Xos, slave), incrdoa) (from ^kt^o^^ pay), 
 viKdo) (from vtKi], victory). 
 
FORMATION OF WOBBS 133 
 
 PREPOSITIOKS IN COMPOSITION 
 
 400. Below is given, for reference, a list of the most 
 common prepositions with their ordinary force in com- 
 position : — 
 
 f 
 
 1. d|JL<t)i, on both sides^ about. 
 
 2. dvd, up, back, again. 
 
 3. dvTi, against, in return, instead, 
 
 4. dird, away, off, in return, back. 
 
 5. 8 id, through, apart. 
 
 6. €is, into, in, to. 
 
 7. €V, in, on, at. 
 
 8. €| or €K, out, away, off. 
 
 9. ciri, uiJon, against, besides. 
 
 10. Kaxd, down, against. 
 
 11. fi€Td, with, in search of ; it also denotes change. 
 
 12. irapd, beside, along by, wrongly (beside the mark), 
 
 over (as in overstep'). 
 
 13. TTCpi, around, about, exceedingly. 
 
 14. TTpo, before, in defense of, forward. 
 
 15. TTpos, to, against, besides. 
 
 16. fjvVf with, together. 
 
 17. vTrep, over, in defense of, for the sake of. 
 
 18. -uird, under, slightly, gradually. 
 
 401. The following inseparable prefixes occur fre- 
 quently : d- (dv- before vowels), with negative force 
 (called a. privative), as d6u|JL0S^ without heart, diropos, with- 
 out resources; 8i)S-, ill (cf. cv, well), 8\jo"Tr6p€UTOS, hard 
 to go through ; thjli-, half, T)|ii8dp€iK6v, a half daric. 
 
134 THE FIB ST GREEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XLI 
 
 MI VERBS — ICTTTIIJLI 
 
 402. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present and 
 Second Aorist systems Active and Middle of i(rTT||ii 
 (525-6) and the Second Aorist €irpid}JLT)v (526). 
 
 a. Notice (1) that iorTT|jii differs from Xijo) only in the 
 present and second aorist systems ; (2) that the endings ' 
 are added directly to the verb stem without a variable 
 vowel, as t<rTd|niv, not t(rTa6|iT|V. 
 
 h. Write out the principal parts of d<|)-io'T'pfi.i, make one \ 
 revolt^ intrans. revolt; and Ka6-io'TT||ii, station^ appoint^ 
 intrans. take one's place, 
 
 403. Tkanslate : 1. IcrTrjcrL, tcrraort, laTacrav. 
 2. icFTYj, icTTrj, L(TTrj. 3. LCTTavTaL, iaravTOy lo'TacrOai. 
 4. (TT7JT0), (TTtjcro), (TTa^. 5. €aTr)Ka, tcrra/xat, ecrT7)p. • 
 6. iarrjaavy^ icTTrjcrav^^ crTrjaai, aTTjvai. \ 
 
 404. 1. He stood, he stands, he was standing. 2. They j 
 appoint, they were appointing, to appoint. 3. Let him \ 
 place, let him stand, to stand. 4. They stand, let us i 
 stand, standing. \ 
 
 405. Translate : 1. Kvpos re ra TraXra els toLs j 
 ^etpa? eka/Bey Tol<; re aXXot? Tracrt Trap'TJyyeWe KaO- I 
 
 1 1st aor. 1 
 
 2 2d aor. The meanings of l'<rTT|}ti should be learned with great care, s 
 The middle voice (except the aorist) and the 2d aor., perf., and plupf., | 
 act. are intransitive. Otherwise the active is transitive, set, place. J 
 
MI VERBS 135 
 
 1 io'Tacrdai ets Tr]v kavrov rd^Lv eKacFTov. 2. Ka9- 
 ((TTavTO hrj^ Kkeap)(o<; fxep ra Sefta tov Keparos e^wi^, 
 Mevcov Se ro evcopvfiop /cepa? tov 'EXXtjvlkov} 3. tov 
 8e ^ap^apuKov iTnreif; Iia^\ay6ve^ irapa KXeapxoi^ 
 ecTTrjcrav. 4. TreipaadaL Set otto)? '^i^ BvpcofxeOa /caXwg 
 vLK(t)VT€<; (ra)i,(ofx€0a. 5. 6 ow KXeap^o? vtto toz^ 
 
 i kocjyop (TTrj(Td<; to aTpaTevfJia Tre/xTret Av/cioi^ zeal aWoi/ 
 eVt roi^ Xocjyov koI KeXevei KaT-iSopTa^ tol vnep tov 
 
 , Xocjyov Ti io-Tiv dir-ayyeiXai • ivravda Se io-Trjcrav ol 
 ''EXXr)ve<;. 6. ovkovu^ vaTepov diro-CTTa^ et? Mvcrou? 
 KaK(o<; eTTOtets 77)1^ ip^y^v^ \(x)pdv on* eSwoj ; 7. et 
 Swato, d7ro-(Trati79 ai' en Trpo? rou? e'/xov? i\6pov<;. 
 
 8. TO 8e (TTpoLTevp^a 6 o^iros evr-eXtTre, Acat irpiacrOai ovk 
 771/, et /at) ei' tt} AvSia dyopa iv rw Kt5/30U ^ap^apLKO). 
 
 9. (TLTOV ovv OVK iiTpCavTOy Kpia Se icr6iovTe<i ol (TTpa- 
 TLCoTai Si-eyCyi/ovTo. 
 
 406. 1. Men in Miletus were planning to go over to 
 Cyrus. 2. The other cities all deserted to Cyrus, but 
 Miletus had no*t at that time revolted. 3. The leaders 
 take their places each in his own line, and marshal their 
 men. 4. Let the barbarian (force) stand near the river, 
 if it can. 5. The messengers reported that ^ the Greeks 
 were not able to buy provisions except in the enemy's 
 country. 
 
 1 sc. o-TpaTcvfjiaTos. 2 cf, 374^ i. 
 
 3 The possessive pronoun is directly preceded by the article when 
 definite person is referred to. 
 
 * in what, 102. 5 &9. 
 
136 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 407. VOCABULARY 
 
 dir-a-yYeXXft), etc., take hack word, etri-XtLiTot, etc., leave, fail. 
 
 report, €o-9i«, €8o|jiai, IStjSoKa, IS-qSeorpiai, 
 PapPapiKos, Tj, 6v, adj., foreign, ti8c'<r0Tjv, 2d aor. 4'<j>a"yov, eat. 
 
 barbarian. €v«vvnos, ov, adj. (of good omen), 
 Si.a-'yC'yvoiJLai, etc., get through, con- left; used for dpio-rcpos, which 
 
 tinue, exist. was considered unlucky. 
 
 Svvafjiai,^ 8vvT{(ro|i.ai, SeSvvTiixai, cSv- KaO-opdw, etc., look down on, ob- 
 
 vt|0tiv, be able, can. serve. 
 
 cavTov, Tis, ov, reflexive pronoun, to iraXrov, javelin, spear. 
 
 of himself, herself, itself, his own, va-rtpos, d, ov, adj., later, follow- 
 
 etc. ing ; vtrnpov, as adv., after- 
 
 *EXXt]vik6s, if, 6v, adj., Greek. wards. 
 
 €(i6s, TJ, ov, possessive pronoun, 
 
 iny, mine. 
 
 408. READING EXERCISE 
 The Trial of Orontas, Part II 
 
 For Vocabulary see page 234 
 
 Elra Be eXe^ev 6 KOpo?, Mera he ravra., <w 'Opovra^ ri ae 
 7JBiKr)aa ; 
 
 OvBev^ cLireKpivaTO *Op6vTa<;, 
 
 OvKOVv varepov €t9 Mvcrois airoaTa^; Kdicfh^ kiroiei^ Tr)V 
 iyjqv ')((opav ; 
 
 M^aXia-Tci rye^ €(pr] 6 'O/ooVra?. 
 
 OvKOvv 7]0e\e^ Bevrepov ye irelcral jxe /cat oe^iav XajSelv ; 
 KOI ravra (ofioXoyet 6 'Op6jn-a<;. 
 
 Tt ovv ahiK7]6eh vir ifiov vvv to rplrov eirifiovXevei^ fioi ; 
 
 OvBev, aTreKpivaro ovto^. 
 
 ^O/jLoXoyeU ovv irepl ifxe aBi/co<i yeyevrjaOat ; 
 
 *H yap avdyKTj ia-riv. 
 
 1 Inflected like Xvra.p.ax, w. subj. and opt. like irpC6>|iai, irpiaC|i,T)v. 
 
MI VERBS 137 
 
 Efc Se ^ov\oifir)v iy(o^ en ovv av yevoio tw ifJLO) aBeX^o) 
 TToXe/jLLO^^ i/jLol Be ^t'Xo? ; 
 
 OvB* el yevoifjiijv^ w Kvpe, (tol y av irore Bo^aifjui. 
 
 Nvv Be iBco/iev tl ycyvaxTKOvatv ol irapovre^. (tv Be irpSy- 
 T0<;, CO K.\eap^e, a'Tr6(f)r]vai rrjv jvcafMijv. 
 
 *¥ifjiOL ye BoKel^ <w KO/oe, e/CTToBcov TroLelaOat rov avBpa (o<; 
 Td')(^i(TTa • KciicKTTO^ ydp iart. — ttclvtcdv ravra elirovTcov^ 
 Xa^ovre^i rov 'Opovrav e^rjyov Oepdirovre'^. eTrel B* e/c t^9 
 (TKr)vri^ e^rix^V') I^^tcl ravTa ovre ^covra ^Opovrav ovre redvr}- 
 Kora ovBeh elBe ir^yrrore. 
 
 LESSON XLII 
 
 MI VERBS: Tl9ll|JLl — RELATIVE AND TEMPORAL 
 CLAUSES 
 
 409. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present and 
 Second Aorist systems Active and Middle of ti6t||il 
 (525-6). 
 
 a. Notice (1) that the stem vowel is € ; (2) that the 
 second aorist active imperative second person singular is 
 9€S ; (3) that substituting € for a, it follows the inflection 
 
 of ICTI^IJLI. 
 
 h. Write out the principal parts of €iri-Ti8Ti|ii, put on^ 
 inflict^ mid. attack ; and irapa-Ti6T|}ii, Bet heside^ put before, 
 
 410. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. Ta-uTa a €X0) opas, you see these things which I have, 
 p. T| %t\^d €<rTai BdvaTOS iravri Tivi os av dXicTKTiTai, 
 
 the penalty shall he death to every man who is caught. 
 
138 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 y. oiroTC SeoL ye^vpav 8La-paiv€iv, €(nr€\)8€V €Ka(rTos, 
 
 whenever a bridge was to be crossed, everybody/ hurried. 
 
 S. OTTOi dv f-ycovTai, eirofJitSa, wherever they lead, we 
 follow. 
 
 a. Observe that the antecedent of a in a is definite; in 
 ^ the antecedent is iravTi Tivt. How does that compare 
 witli TavTa ? J 
 
 b. Notice that oirdrc hioi is equivalent to €l ttotc Se'oi, i 
 and oiroi dv Tj-ycovTai to lav irot fj-ytovTai. So os dv d\i- 
 (TKTiTai = €av Tis dXio-KTiTai. If we substitute these prot- 
 ases for tlie relative or temporal clauses in /3, 7, and 8, 
 what forms of conditions shall we have? 
 
 411. Rule of Syntax. — When the antecedent of a rela- 
 tive is indefinite, the relative clause has a conditional 
 force, and may take the form of any of the eight condi- 
 tions (380). This construction includes temporal clauses. 
 
 412. Translate : 1. TiOidcri, iTiOea-av, eOeaav. 
 2. TL0€L<;^ ^€19, ^€9. 3. iTTi-TiOerai, in-eOeTO, eTT-eri^ero. 
 4. el Oeiev, €t TiOeirjVy Ocofxev. 5. riSiuai, delvai, ri- 
 deicri, 6. TL07]a'L, iTiOecro, eOov. 
 
 413. 1. He puts, he put, he was putting. 2. To be 
 putting, to put, to attack. 3. They attacked, let us 
 attack, let him attack. 4. We put, we are putting, we 
 were putting. 
 
 414. Translate : 1. ^aXtcrra Se at Tpdiret^ai Kara 
 Tov<; feVou? diel iriOevTo • 1^0^09 yap tjv. 2. irap- 
 eTiOecrav avTOL<; iirl ttjv avTrjp rpdirei^ai/ Kped rravToia 
 
MI VERBS 139 
 
 avv TToXXots apTOi^. 3. 'Ap/ca? 8e rtg, (^yayeiv heivos^ 
 XajSoju els T7)v X'^^P^ apTov Kai Kpid iroWd, OiyLevof; iirl 
 TOi yovara iheiTTvei. 4. et rrj? vtKr)<; eTTt-^u/xetre, OeaOe 
 ra oTrXa ^ ei' rafet w? ra^icrra. 5. ot TTokiyaoi lcr)(v- 
 poiS eTT-erWevTo /cat ero^evov kol ea(j)€vS6va)v. 6. Acal 
 TjvayKoilovTO ol '^EWrji/e'; axo^^rj nopeveaOaty Kal ttoX- 
 Xct/ct? Trap-yjyyeWev 6 'Bteuo(j)cop viro-fxeveLv ore ol TroXe- 
 fjLLOL iin-TiOeivTo. 7. OTTOV av [irj rj TrpiacrOai^ Xafji/Bd- 
 veiv t>fJLa<; e/c Trjq ^wpa? idcrofjiev rd eTTLTTJSeia. 8. 6 
 KXiapxos etTre* Ae8ot/ca yap /^t) Xa^(x}v fie hiKT^v ein-Orj 
 6 Kupo9 wi'^ vofJbL^ei vu efjiov rjSiKrjcrOaL. 
 
 415. 1. Let us get under arms each man in his own 
 line and proceed slowly. 2. If the enemy attack us, we 
 will fight wherever we can. 3. We should not have 
 attacked them, if they had not hindered us whenever we 
 tried to advance. 4. Resting their shields against their 
 knees, the soldiers remained where they were. 
 
 416. VOCABULARY 
 
 o apTos, loaf of bread, bread. ore, adv., toJien, whenever. 
 
 TO -yovv, aro?, knee. Lat. genu. iravrotos, a, ov, adj., of all kinds. 
 
 Seixveo), TJo-ft), etc., dine. o-<j>£v8ovda), Ti<r«, sling. 
 
 t<rxvp»s, adv. of lo-xvp6s, strongly, ij o'xoXti, leisure ; <rxoX^, sloidy. 
 
 violently. t| rpdireta, table. 
 
 oirov,* adv., where, wherever. viro-p.cvw, etc., tcait a little, halt. 
 
 1 a great eater (261, b). 
 
 2 TOL oirXa T£0€<r9ai is used of ordering arms, grounding arms, and get- 
 ting under arms. 
 
 3 cSv = TovTwv &, punishment for those things in lohich. 
 
 * When temporal particles are used with the subjunctive, av must be 
 added, oirov av, orav, lirdv or lir^v, etc. 
 
140 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 * LESSON XLIII 
 
 REVIEW or to-TT|lJLL AND TiBr]\Ll 
 
 417. Review the inflection of io-tthii and tiGthjll (526), : 
 comparing carefully each tense of one with the cor- 
 responding tense of the other. 
 
 418. Write a synopsis in the third person singular of 
 both verbs in the present and second aorist tenses active 
 and middle. ^ 
 
 419. Translate : 1. tcrracrt, rt^eacn, rWiqcn. 
 
 2. aTCjfMeVy TLdcjfjiep, Bcofiev. 3. Icrravai^ riOevai^ arrj- 
 vaL. 4. kridevTo, tcTTavTO, eOevro. 5. Oov^ $€<;, o-tyjOl. 
 6. edv TrpirjTaL^ edP e7rL-6rJTaLj kdv IcrTrJTai. 
 
 420. 1. He puts, he sets, he set. 2. They are stand- 
 ing, they are putting, let them put. 3. To put, to be 
 putting, to set. 4. Let us attack, let us buy, let us stand. 
 
 421. Translate : 1. irrel Se ol apy(ovTef; rjp-qvro^ , 
 eSo^ev avrot? Tipoc^vXafca? KaTa-crTrjcravTa^ crvy-Kokeiv 1 
 T0U9 err par 1(1)7 d^. 2. iirei 8e ol aXkoi crrpcLTLcoTaL 
 (Tw-ekeyy^crav, av-ecrrr) 6 KXedvcop koL eXe^ev wSe. 
 
 3. 'A/^tato? ov rjfjieL^ rjOekofJiev jSacnked KaO-KTrdvai 
 vvv TTyOo? Tov^ Kvpov i)(di(TTov^ aTTO-crra? rjfJids Acafcw? 
 TTOieiv Treipdrai. 4. i^/xa? Sec ravra opcovTmy M^X^" 
 ixiv6v<; COS OLV Svv(oiie9a /cyoartcrra, tovto o tl av SoKrj 
 
 1 aipi<a. 
 
i 
 
 BEVIEW OF laTTjfii AND TLOrjfJLL 141 
 
 Tots ^eot? TTd(T)(eiv. 5. eK tovtov Bi€.vo(j>(x)v avidra- 
 rai icTTaKyiivo^ inl TrokefJiou w? iS-ui^aro /caXXtcrra ■ tov 
 8e koyov Tjp^eTO w8e. 6. Tt)!/ t(x)v /Bap^dpcou iirtop- 
 Kidv keyei ixkv KXedpcop^ iiricrTaaOe Se /cat p/xet?, olfjiaL. 
 7. €1 817 Sua-i^oovfieda avv rot? ottXois wj' ^ TreTroirjKdcri 
 ^iKrjv iiri-OewaL avrotg, crw rots ^eots TToXXat T^/xti/ /cat 
 /caXat €X7rt8e9 etcrt crcjTrjpLdS' 8. ot ''EXXi^i/e? ravra 
 €7n(TTdfjievoL (Tvv-iOevTO 7rpo0VfMa)<; iropevcreadai re /cat 
 Siw^eLP i(T)(ypa>^ oTav ot TroXe/xtot iin-OcovTaL. 
 
 422. 1. And the light armed troops advanced in front of 
 him to stir up the wild beasts. 2. For they were not 
 able to catch the animals unless some one understood 
 how 2 to stir them up. 3. Accordingly those who were 
 pursuing made an agreement and separated whenever 
 they saw the animals near. 4. Grounding arms, the 
 Greeks halted, wondering because Cyrus did not appear. 
 5. But if they had waited all that day, he would not have 
 come. 
 
 423. VOCABULARY 
 
 dv-£<rTTjp, etc., rouse up; intrans. xaXus, adv. of koX6%, finely, nobly. 
 
 stand up. 6 irpo<|>vXa^, aKos, outpost, picket. 
 
 8ia-voov|xai, -voT|(ro|iai, purpose, o-t€\\«, o-t€\«, €<rT6i\a, eo-raXKO, 
 
 plan. e(rTaX|j,ai, corTaX-qv, arrange, 
 
 8i-£o-TTi(ii, set apart; intrans. sepa- equip, dress. 
 
 rate, stand apart. <rvY-KaX€'«, etc., call together. 
 
 TJ ciriopKia, perjury. crvv-T£0Tj}jit, etc., put together; mid. 
 €irCcrTa|iai, ^ eirio-Tifo-oiJiai, ■qirKTri]'- agree on, contract. 
 
 O-qv, understand, know how. t| arwrqpCd, safety. 
 
 1 With SCktiv. Cf. 414, 8. 2 Omit. 
 
 3 Like Svvaftai. Do not confuse this word with lo-nmi. 
 
142 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 *424. READING EXERCISE 
 
 Introduction to a Speech of Lysias 
 For Vocabulary see page 235 
 
 UoWtJv fjLOt aiTopiav 7rap6')(^et 6 ayoDV ovToai,^ 3) avhpe<i 
 BiKacrTai, orav evOvfir^Oca^ oTt^ iav iyoD jxev /jlt) vvv ev etTro), ov 
 fjLovov iyo) aWa /cal 6 irarrjp So^et ciSlko^; elvai, /cal tmv XPV' 
 /jLarcov^ CLTTcivTcov (TTeprjaofxai. avdyKrj ovv el Koi^ jurj Beiv6<; 
 7r/309 ravTa 7r6(f)VKa,^ ^orjOelv rw irarpl kol ifiavTM outcd? 
 OTTft)? av 8vi>co/JLaL.^ TrjV fiev ovv Trapacr/cevrjv kol irpoOv/jLiav 
 TMV i')(6p(>)v opdre, kol ouSev Set irepl tovtcov Xeyeiv ryv 8* 
 i/jLjjv cLTreiplav Trai/re? taaatv,^ oaoi i/ne ytyvcoaKOvaiv. alr^- 
 aofiai ovv v/jlu'^ hUaia koI paSta ')(^apLcracr6aL avev opyrj^ teal 
 rj/XMv'' ciKOvaac (oairep tmv KaTrjyopcov. avdyKfj yap tov airo- 
 Xoyovfjievov^^ kolv ^ ef taov aKpoaaOe, eXarrov ^'^ e'X^ecv. ol fxev 
 yap i/c TToXXov 'y^povov ein^ovXevovTe^^ avrol dvev /ctvBvvcov 
 6vTe<;, TTjv KarrjyopCav eTTOirjaavTO. i^fxeU Be dycovi^oixeOa 
 fierd heov^ /cal BLa^oXrj<; /cat kivBvvov fjLeyiaTOV. elfco<; ovv 
 v/jbd^ evvoiav TrXeica e^^t'^ toI<; diroXoyovixevoi^. 
 
 iCf. 384. 2 411. 3 141. Uven. 
 
 ^ have been born, so arn by nature. ^ know. "^ 187, b. 
 
 8 What English derivative ? ^ By crasis for Kal Idv. lo See 233, 221. 
 
VERBAL ADJECTIVES 143 
 
 ♦LESSON XLIV 
 
 VERBAL ADJECTIVES — REVIEW OF PERSONAL 
 PRONOUNS 
 
 425. Verbal adjectives in tos and tcos correspond gener- 
 ally to Latin participles in tus and ndus. Their stem is 
 found by adding to or tco to the verb stem as found in 
 the first aorist passive ; as Xvtos (Xuto-, aor. pass. IXiiSiiv), 
 irciiiTTcos (TrciA-rrreo-, aor. pass. €'Tr€n<j>0iiv) . 
 
 a. Verbals are declined like adjectives in os (499). 
 
 426. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. cin-avOa Td<|)pos ^v opuKTi] pa6€ia, in that place was a 
 deep artificial (digged) ditch. 
 
 /?. avv ji€v *Ydp (Tol irds irorafios Siaparos, for with you 
 every river isfordable. 
 
 y. TroTafios 8€ Tis dXXos T|jJLiv 5iapaT€0$y some other river 
 must be crossed {is to-be-crossed) by iis. 
 
 S. TO-UTOVS 8* OVV TOVS TTOTa^JLOVS T]|JLtV 8iapaT€ov €(rTlV, 
 
 but at any rate we must cross these rivers. 
 
 a. Observe the two meanings of the verbal in tos, in 
 opuKTTi that of a perfect passive participle, in 8iapaT6s 
 that of an adjective- in bills, denoting capability. 
 
 b. Observe the differences in construction and transla- 
 tion in 7 and B ; and notice that 8iapaT€os agrees in case 
 with the subject iroTafids, while 8iapaT€ov is impersonal 
 and, like its verb, 8ia-paiva), allows an object. 
 
 c. What case is used above to express agents What 
 case is used in Latin with the gerundive ? 
 
144 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 427. Rule of Syntax. — The verbal in t€os has both a \ 
 personal and an impersonal construction; the agent is 
 expressed by the dative. 
 
 428. Review the declensions of e-yco, av, avrds (510). 
 
 Learn the reflexive and reciprocal pronouns. 
 
 429. Translate : 1. r)plv ye olfxau iravTa TTOirjTea 
 fo)9 fXTJiTOTe €771 TOL<; /3ap/3dpoLS yevcofxeda, aXka fxaXXoVy 
 rjv Swcofxeday eKeipoi icj)' rjfjilv. 2. apa ayoiviorriov 
 Tjijuvy 0) Kvpe^ npos tovs dvSpa<; ; ^AvdyKTj ydpy i(t>r}. 
 3. (TKonelcrdaL ovv XPV Vf^^^ ^'^'^^ ^ ravra TrpaKriov 
 €LTe ^jLTf. 4. e/c TovTov 'aevo^oiVTi cSo/cct hioiKTeov 
 elvau Tols eavTOv. 5. dXX* ottw? fxr) eVt /BaaiXei yevrj- 
 (TOfJLeOa TTOLvra Troirjriov. 6. Vixiv ye ovk ddvixr)Teov, 
 /cat ^ el ix7jSel<; (^a^^etrai rjyefjicji'. 7. eiirep ovv Trj<; wa- 
 rptSo? eTTL-OviieZ^y aKTeov eirl tov<; aj^Spa?. 8. oj(j)eXrj- 
 Ted croL rj ttoXi? ecrrtV, euTrep TifxaadaL /SovXeu. 9. eav 
 TovTo, o) VXavKcov, hia-n pd^rjy ovopiacrros ecrei irpcoTov 
 pev eu TTJ TToXet, eireiTa Se ev rfj *EXXa8t, ottou 8' au rjs 
 7TavTa)(^ov Trepi-^XeTTTO^; ecreL. 
 
 430. 1. These things must be accomplished by you, if 
 you desire to revolt from the king. 2. You must collect ^ 
 the best and bravest men possible, to attack his troops. 
 3. You must bid your soldiers follow zealously whenever 
 you lead them to battle. 4. If you Avish to appear 
 worthy of admiration,^ 3^ou must compel men to obey you. 
 
 1 Cf. 374. 2 e^en. 
 
 ^ must be collected by you. * Verbal of OavfjK^w, 
 
Ml VERBS 145 
 
 431. VOCABULARY 
 
 i &yiaviloii.ai, d-yiovioviiai, r\>/u)vi<r\ia%,, ovofid^to, dvofid(r(o, etc., name, men- 
 
 i^-yoivio-Biiv, contend. Cf . d-ycov. tion. Cf. ovofiia. 
 
 [dOv|xe(i), -qo-ft), etc., he despondent. iravraxov, adv., everywhere. 
 
 Cf. dOv(JLOS. t| irarpis, £8os, native land. 
 
 8ia-^paTT0)j.ai, etc., bring about, ir€pi-p\€iro), -p\€\|/ofiai, -cpXexf/a, Zoo^ 
 
 accomplish. around at, gaze on, admire. 
 
 cl'ircp, conj., if indeed. (rKoireop,ai, watch for, consider, 
 
 cireiTtt, adv., thereupon, then, fur- ponder (used only in the 
 
 ther. present and imperfect, see 
 
 p.TJiroT6, adv., never. o-KcirTOfjiai) . 
 
 oQiv, Sidy., from which place, whence. u>^i\i<a, ifjo-w, etc., aid, assist. 
 
 LESSON XLV 
 
 MI VERBS: 8l8(0|JLL — CONSTRUCTIONS WITH €COS 
 
 432. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present and 
 Second Aorist systems Active and Middle of 6i8(0|Jii 
 (525-6). 
 
 a. Notice that the stem vowel is o, and that sometimes 
 o lengthens into ou. What did € in ti6t||jli become in 
 the corresponding places ? 
 
 b. Write the principal parts of diro-SiScofJLi, give back, 
 return; irapa-SiScofii, give over, give up; irpo-5i8(0)ii, betray, 
 desert. 
 
 433. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. TavTa ciroiouv €(os o-kotos c-yevcTo, this they did, until 
 darkness came on. 
 
 ff. €(os civ ^wcTLV, €vhai\Lovi(n€pov 81-0,701)0-1, while they 
 live, they live more happily , 
 
 FIRST GK. BK. — 10 
 
146 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 7. €5o|€V avTois irpo-uvai ccos Kvpco <r\)ji-ji.i|€iav, thet/ 
 decided to go on until they should meet Cyrus. 
 
 a. Observe the different meanings of ccos above, and 
 the moods of the dependent verbs ; notice that c-ycvcTO 
 states a definite past action. €cos o-uixfuleiav after a 
 primary tense would be €<os civ (r\)|JL-|ii|coo-i. 
 
 434. When €o)S (or cVtc, axpi, fiexP'')' '^'^^^U refers to a 
 definite past action, it takes the indicative (usually the 
 aorist). Otherwise it follows the construction of condi- 
 tional relatives (411). 
 
 435. Translate: 1. StSo/xei^, iStSofjiev, eSofi-qv. 
 2. StSdt'at, Sovvai^ SlSocrdaL. 3. eSiSov, StSwcrt, 8iSd- 
 acrt. 4. Sov9, 8t8ou9, Scofieu. 5. SiSov, 8ds, SlSop- 
 Tcov. 6. ti^a 8t8aj, Lva 80117, iVa 8ct)rat. 
 
 436. 1. They give, they were giving, they gave. 
 2. Giving, having given, let us give. 3. You (sing.) 
 are giving, give, you gave. 4. He is betrayed, he was 
 betrayed, let him not be betrayed. 
 
 437. Translate : 1. tif 8e, 6^77, &> "AyriaiXde, ecu? 
 av TTvOrj Ta wapa 7^9 creavTov^ TrdXew?, fxera-x^^pi^orov 
 €t9 TTjv ^apva^dlpv ^(xipav. 2. "^Ew? av roivvv, e<^if^ 6 
 ^AyrjoriXaof;^ e/cetcre Tropevcofxai^ 8l8ov 817 rfj CTpaTia ra 
 eiriTri^eia. 3. Ik^ivco 8?) 6 Ti6pav(TT7)<^ 8t8a>crt T/3ta- 
 KovTa Tokavra. 4. KXeap^o? rou? SapeLKOv<; Xa^cop 
 OU9 Ki}/30S e8(y/ce^' aura> TToXefxcop Bi-eyeveTo /xe^yoi Kvpo9 
 
 1 The reflexive pronoun has the attributive position, but the personal 
 pronoun has the predicate position. 
 
MI VERBS 147 
 
 feSeTJdrj tov crr/jaTeu/xaro?. 5. du jjlol 80)9 rt, (rrpaTev- 
 kcrofjiai '^Siov rj olkol fxevo). 6. tol tcjp Seoiv aTTO-hovre^ 
 I'Tois /x.ayot9 Kol ocra rrj crrpaTia iKava €^-e\6vTe<5, 
 rraXXa AcaXecra^Te? tov Tco^pvdv Sore aurw. 7. Tavrd 
 I ccrrt^' lyoya avSpoju eTnaTafxevoji/ ^dpira^ diTO-hi^ovai^ ; 
 8. ex^^a 817 aTT-eKptvaTO KXeaPcop on irpocrOev av diro- 
 Odvoiev rj rd oirXa irapa-hoZev. 9. rjS€(o<; av avT^ 
 \ €TL v7rr)peTovfJL€P ews \dpiv dTr-iSofjiev^ o}v ev iirddofiev 
 I utt' eKeCvov. 
 
 438. 1. The Greeks trusted Ariaeus until he betrayed 
 ' them. 2. After giving us pledges^ and receiving '(them) 
 
 from us, do you now betray us, the friends of Cyrus ? 
 3. If he considers that he has been helped by Cyrus, let 
 him return the favor and aid us. 4. Let us not give up 
 our arms, fellow soldiers,* so long as we have one hope of 
 victory. 
 
 439. VOCABULARY 
 
 €K€iar6, adv., to that place, thither. otKoi, adv., at home. Cf. otKaSc. 
 
 Cf. Ik€i. oo-os, ti, ov, adj., as great as, as 
 cvOo, adv., where, there, thereupon. much as, as many as. 
 
 €|-aip4(i>, etc., take out, pick out. irvvGdvoiiai, irevarofiai, etn}Q6\ir\Vj 
 TO ep"Yov, ivork, deed. irc'irvtrnai, inquire, learn by in- 
 
 o p-a-yos, ?i priest who interpreted quiry, find out. 
 
 dreams, a icise man. to ToLXavTov, talent, 60 |Lvai, $1080. 
 
 fura-xup^w, etc., go to another to(wv, adv., postpositive, then, 
 
 place, withdraw. therefore. 
 
 1 return a favor. 2 jJi\Q what form of condition, ? 
 
 * Tol irioTa. * w avSpes o-TpaTiorrai. 
 
148 THE FIBST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 LESSON XLVI 
 
 MI VERBS: 5€IKV\J(JLL AND Ihvv — CONSTRUCTIONS 
 WITH d>0-T€ 
 
 440. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present system ' 
 Active and Middle of SciKvufJii (525-6), and the Second 
 Aorist cSuv (526). 
 
 a. Write the principal parts of dTro-SciKvufJii, point out, 
 declare, and kiri-bdKvv\Lif display/, show. 
 
 441. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. Kpp.v-yriv ttoXXt^v ciroiovv, oScttc tovs Tro\€|iioi)S CLKoveiv • 
 
 thei/ kept making a great noise for (lit. so that^ the enemy 
 to hear ; 
 
 ^. «(rT€ ol c-y^vTaTa t(ov iroXeixicov €<|)\j'yov, so that those 
 of the enemy who were nearest fied. 
 
 a. Observe (i) the moods used above after wo-tc ; 
 (2) that while the infinitive in a shows the result Avhich 
 CTToiovv tends to produce, €<t)\)'YOV in ^ shows what actually 
 did happen. 
 
 442. Rule of Syntax. — oScttc is used with the infinitive 
 (negative jjltj) to show the result which the actioii of the 
 leading verb tends to produce ; with the indicative (nega- 
 tive ov) to show the result which that action actually 
 does produce. 
 
 443. Translate : 1. Set/cj^uacrt, Set/O'ucrt, heiKvvvai. 
 2. heiKvvTai^ heiKvvcrOai, iZeiKvvvTo. 3. heiKvv, 
 
 5. ti^a heiKvvoi^ Iva larauq^ Iva SlSoltj, 6. SeuKPvvTcoi'j 
 
MI VERBS 149 
 
 444. 1. He shows, he showed, let him show. 2. Show- 
 ing, being shown, to show. 3. Let us not show, to be 
 shown, they are shown. 4. They show, they give, they put. 
 
 445. Translate : 1. toI^; 8e Traicrlv iSeiKi/vcrav 6 n 
 SioL TTOielv. 2. coare atpd icrTiv im-heLKvyvai 6 tl rt? 
 yiyv(x)a'Kei apiaTov elpai. 3. ixera tovtoi' aXXo? av- 
 ecTTY) iiTL-SeiKph? w? eviq6e<; etr) TrXota aLTelv irapa Kvpov. 
 4. <l>ol3oLfJir}v yap av fjurj ra TrXota a rjfjilv Solt) 6 Kvpog 
 KaTaSvY)} 5. oLTTO-TefjiOPTe^; ra? /cec^aXa? tcov veKpa>v 
 iir-eSeiKWcrai' rot? ''EWtjo'l. 6. StKaiou yap air- 
 oWvctS ai Tov<; inL-opKovi'Ta^. 7. S> KaKLCTTe avOpatTTCoVj 
 'A/)tat€, Toifs dpSpa^; aurov? ot? coyLvv^ aTT-oXajXefca?. 
 8. TToivTa^ ocroL dcfi-iKvolpTO irapd /SacriXeo)? irpo^ avTov 
 ovT(o<; 8ta-ri^€i9 aTT-eTrejXTreTO cocTTe kavTco [xdWoi/ (J)lXov^ 
 elvai rj /SacrtXet. 9. Kal yap epyo) iTr-eheiKvvTo koX 
 e\eyev o Kupo? on ovk av ttote Trpo-SoCrj tov^; ^tXou?, 
 ouS' el KaKO)^ TTpd^etav.^ 10. 7rdvre<; yvcofjuqv d-rr- 
 eSeLKPvi>TO OTL ovSeua TTpoSoLT]^ <^i\ov. 11. TrXeLov 
 Tjv 6 fjLLcrdo^ axrre to arpdrevfjia irpoOvfjiOTepou eluaL. 
 
 446. 1. Make known your opinion now, Clearchus, 
 what you hold to be just. 2. If the king should defeat 
 us, said he, he would destroy as many of us as he could. 
 3. So that I think we ought to show our training,* and 
 fight as bravely as possible. 4. Let us attack him^ so 
 violently as to destroy his first line. 5. Let every man 
 who is willing to fight bravely take oath. 
 
 1 Cf. 196, n. 8 Is this to be translated like the optative in 9 ? 
 
 ^ fare ill. * iratSeCd. 5 What case? 
 
150 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 447. VOCABULARY 
 
 airiti), r\<ru>, etc., ask for, demand. Ixi-opKeco, Tjoro), -&pKii](ra, -(dpKT]Ka, 
 dir-oXXvfjLi, -oXw, -wX€<ra, -(i>X6|i.t)v, sicear falsely, commit perjury. 
 
 -oXwXcKa or -oXwXa, destroy ev-^Otjs, €s, 2iA]., foolish. 
 
 utterly, lose ; iutva,i\s. perish. Kara-hv<a, 8v<r«, KaT-e'Svv, 77iake 
 diro-T€|xv«, -TCfjicS, -€T€p.ov or -^Tttjiov, sink ; intrans. sink. 
 
 -T^T(jLT]Ka, -T6T(jiTj|iai, -€Tnifj0T]v, o vcKpos, deod body, corpse. 
 
 cut off. ofj.vvp.1 or ofivvo), ofiovfiai, o>p.ocra, 
 ■yi-yvwo-KO), -yvcoo-oixai, e-yvcov, c'-yvcDKa, d|xto)i.oKa, d)i(rt|JLO(r(iai, w}i6(r6T)v, 
 
 €-yva)(r)iai, €-yv«<r0Tjv, know, think. swear, take an oath. 
 
 TJ *Yv»|jn], opinio7i. ovSi, adv., ancf wo^ nor ye^, nof even. 
 
 Sia-TlQr\[ii, etc., dispose. ^o^o[i.ai, '^o-ofiai, etc., /ear. 
 
 *448. READING EXERCISE 
 
 A Persian Little Lord Fauntleroy, Part I. Cyrop. I. iii. 
 For Vocabulary see page 235 
 
 Kafc 6 KO/909 eTret ecopa ttoWol ra Kpea^ elirev., *Apa koI 
 BiB(o<;, a> TraTTTre, iravra ravrd /jlol tcl Kpea 6 tl ^ ^ovXo/jbai 
 avTol<i Xprjo-OciL ; Nr) Aba., a> ttoI, eycoye aoi. ivravda 6 
 KO/jo? Xa^cbv TMV Kpecov^ Bta-8i8co(n rol^ afxcfyl tov irdTTirov 
 Oepdirovaiv^ eTn-Xeycov i/cda-ro), Sot fjuev tovto otl irpodvpLW^ 
 fjLe LTTTreveiv ^ StSaV/cet?, aol Be on /jlol iraXrov e8a)/ca<i • vvv yap 
 TOVTO €%ft) • aol Be otl tov irdTrirov koXo)^ Oepairevei^,^ aol Be 
 OTL fiov Trjv fiTjTepa rt/^-a? • TavTa eiroleL ela)? ^ BlgBlBov irdvTa 
 a eXaj3e Kpea. 
 
 ^aKCL Be, €(f>r) 6 ^AaTvdytj^;, tcd olvo')(0(p, ov eyco fidXLaTa 
 TLfici), ouBev BlBoj^ ; Kal KOpo? eTrrjpeTO evOv^, Alcl tl Bij, w 
 TTOtTTTre, TOVTOV ovT(o TLfia^ ; /cal 6 'AaTvdyr)^; aKOi>y^ra<i elirev, 
 Ov^ 6pa<; ft)? /caXw? olvo^^^oel fcal eva')(^r] /jl6vco<; ; (ot Be tcov 
 /BaaLXecov tovtcov olvo^ool K0/Jiyjr6j<; re oivo')(oovaL Kal BiBoaaL^ 
 
 1 102 ; for whatever. 2 Part. gen. » Cf . lirircvs ; 399. 
 
 * Cf. 6epdira>v. ^ while, not until. ^ Supply otvov. 
 
MI FORMS IN n VERBS 151 
 
 Tol<; Tpcal BaKTv\ot<; o;^oi)i^Te9 rrjv ^takr^v). J^eXevcrov 8ij, 
 €(f>'q 6 IT at';, a> irdirire, rbv ^a-Kav koI ifMol Sovvat to efCTrcofia, 
 Xva Ka\(o^ olvo')(or}aa'=i ^(^apL^cofjLaL aot iav Svvco/iat. 
 
 6 8e ifceXevae Sovvat. Xa/Sojp 8r) 6 KOpo? ovrax; iTroLijaev 
 axTirep ^uKav icopa, ovrco^; ivSois rrjv (f)Ld\7)v rw irdinrw 
 ware^ Ty fiTjrpl /cal rut 'Acrrvdyei iroXvv yeXcora Trapao-'^elv.^ 
 
 LESSON XLVII 
 
 SECOND AORISTS OF THE MI FORM IN Q VERBS — 
 CONSTRUCTIONS WITH TTplV 
 
 449. Review the inflection of ccT-qv (526). Learn the 
 Second Aorist of yiyvoia-Ka} (527). 
 
 450. A few verbs in o have second aorists inflected like 
 verbs in \li. The most common second aorists of this 
 form are c'Piiv (paivo), go)^ €<t)6iiv (<l)6dv(o, anticipate'), in- 
 flected like €crTT|v ; cSpdv (8t8pa(rK(o, usually diro-SiSpao-KcD, 
 run away), like €(rTT|V, but substituting d (after p) for X[ ; 
 c-yvov (-yiYvccMrKa), know), and r\\<av or caXcov (d\io-KO|jLai, 
 he taken), inflected like c-yvov. 
 
 a. In €<))0Tiv, cSpdv, and €aXa>v the imperative is lacking. 
 
 451. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. 8i-€pT|(rav irplv to-us dWovs diro-KpivaaOai, the?/ 
 crossed before the others replied. 
 
 j3, fJiTi TToXc}!©!) KaTa-Xuo"(|S irplv dv €|iol crvji-povXexixi, 
 do not make peace until you advise with me. 
 
 y. oiixe Uvai ijScXc irplv t| yvvr\ avrbv eircicrcv, he refused 
 to go, until his wife persuaded him. 
 
 1 442. 
 
152 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 a. Observe the mood following irpiv when it means 
 before^ the moods in ^ and 7 when it means until; observe 
 that ^ and 7 are negative. 
 
 452. Rule of Syntax. — (1) IIpiv takes the infinitive, 
 chiefly when it means before and when the leading verb is 
 affirmative. 
 
 (2) It has the finite moods when it means until and 
 chiefly when the leading verb is negative or implies a 
 negative. This construction is the same as that of €(os. 
 
 453. Translate : 1. v^a<; XPV St-a-^^i^at top Ev- 
 (jipaTTji/ TTOTafJLOv irplv hrfK-ov elvai o tl ol dXkoL '^EWrjve^ 
 diTO'KpivovvTai Kvpco, 2. cj)9oJfX€v 8ta-y8ai^T€9^ top 
 TTOTafJiov Tovs aXXov? arparLMTds. 3. rjSecjs av yvouq 
 715 el ol dfJLcjn Kkeap-^ov ixeWovcn hia-^rjvai. 4. ov 
 TTporepov^ 7rpo<; rjfJLd<; Trokeyiov i^-ecj^rji/av irplv ivofxicrav 
 Kak(o<; TOL iavTcop irap-eaKevdaO ai. 5. Ik Se tovtov 
 o K(0fidp)(7jf; Trjs vvkto<; diro-Spa^; M^ero KaTa-Xnrcjv tov 
 vlov. 6. ehv 6 TraTrjp d\(w, Slkyju Scocrei. 7. o)? Se 
 ypovTe^ ol TToXefjiLOL to op^ eTpdiroPTo els ^vyyjp, ePTav- 
 6a 6 Kvpos SicoKeup eKeXevae tovs tt/oo? tovto reray/xe- 
 pov^. 8. ePTavOa Srj dpfiaTa ed\<w, eK-TrliTTOPTcop tcop 
 rjPi6)(0iP. 9. T(t)p fiePTOL Tre^ojp 'Acrcrvpicop ot erv^op 
 TO ^(opiop TTokiopKovPTes ^ ol fxep els to t€L)(o<; /car-e^v- 
 yop, ol 8e icjyOrjaap els ttoXlp tlpol fjLeydXrjp dcji-LKOfxepoL. 
 
 1 Three verbs, XavOdvu, escape notice, rvy\dv<>>, happen, and <})0dvft), 
 anticipate, are used with a participle, where the main idea is expressed by 
 the participle, as : eXaOov dir-€X9ovT€s, they got off unseen. 
 
 2 irpdrepov is followed by irpiv, previously . . . before, wliere we trans- 
 late the irpCv only; cf. JjaX. prius . . . quam. ^ the state of things. 
 
MI FOBMS IN n VERBS 153 
 
 454. 1. If the boats of the enemy should be captured, 
 the Greeks would get across the river first. ^ 2. Let 
 them cross the river at once ; let them not fight, however, 
 
 . until they know what the country is. 3. There hap- 
 pened to be a village near, where ^ they found provisions. 
 4. The inhabitants, before they knew whether the Greeks 
 were friendly or hostile, escaping by stealth, fled to the 
 mountains. 5. The Greeks did not fight until their 
 pack animals were captured. 
 
 455. VOCABULARY 
 
 dX£(rKO|iai, d\woro|iai, eoXuv or KaTa-<j>€v'Y(i), etc., take refuge. 
 
 t][Xci)v, edXcoKa or 'qXwKa, be taken, \U\K<a, ficWifio-d), cp-cW-qo-a, be about 
 caught; used as passive to alpco). to, be likely to. 
 
 diro-SiSpdo-Kci), -Spao-o^iai, -48pdv, o ire^os, foot soldier. 
 
 -Sc'SpdKa, run away, escape by rpiica, Tp€\|/a), €Tpe4'a and erpairov, 
 stealth. T€'Tpo<|>a and T6'Tpa4>a, TeTpaji- 
 
 To opjia, aros, chariot. (lai, irpi^^i\v and cTpdirqv, 
 
 lK-irtirT«, -ir€<roi>p,ai, ll-c'irco-ov, Ik- turn, rout; intrans.^^ee. 
 
 TriimaKa, fall out. Tvy\av(a, TEv|o|iai, ervxov, tctv- 
 
 iK'^aiva, etc., bring to light, open, XT^*? ^'^ attain; happen. 
 
 I begin. 6 vlos, son. 
 
 6 -qvCoxos, driver (one who holds <t>9dva), <|)0Yj<ro|jiai, €^Qr\v and €({>6a- 
 the reins). o-a, get the start of, anticipate. 
 
 *456. READING EXERCISE 
 
 A Persian Little Lord Fauntlerot, Part II 
 I For Vocabulary see page 236 
 
 I Kat auTo? Be 6 KO/oo? eKyeXdo-a^; aveTrrjSrja-e 7rpo<; rov 
 
 ' iraTrirov koI ^cXcjv^ afia elirev.,*^ ^aKa., i/cfia\oo ae e/c tt)? 
 
 Tt/i-r)? • rd re yap dWa * aov KdWtov olvo')(^orja(o kol ov/c i/c- 
 
 1 Cf. 453, 2. 2 in which. » embracing. * 102. 
 
154 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 TTLO/jLaL avTO^ TOP olvov (ovT(o Sr) yap irQLOvaiv ol tmp jSaat- 
 Xeoov olvo')(ooL^ eireLhav SlScoctl ttjv (f)Ld\r)v). 
 
 i/c TOVTOV Br) 6 'Aarvdyr)^ aKCOTrrcov^ K.al tC 877, e^T^, w 
 KO/je, TokXa ^ /jll/jlov/jl€Vo<; tov ^aKav, ovk eTrte? rov olvov ; 
 "Ort, €077, V7] Aia, iBeSoiKt) firj iv rw KpTjTr/pL (f>dp/jLafca /xe- 
 /jLLy/jueva etrj. koI yap ore €laTcdcra<; <tv toxs <f)iXov^ iv rol^ 
 yeveOXloi^^ crac^w? KarefxaOov <f)dp/jLaKa iv rw oXvw ovra? 
 Kat TTW? Br) av tovto^ ec^?;, a) iral, €yvco<; ; "On vr) AT vfJid<; 
 ecopoDV Kal rah yvcofiaL^; /cal rot^ o-co/naac (T<j)aXXo/jL6vov(;. 
 irpSiTov /jLev yap a ovk iare '^fid^; rois TralBa^ Trotelv, ravra 
 avTol iiroLelre. irdvre^ fiev yap dfia i^odre • 'pBere Be Kal 
 fidXa yeXoLcof;, ovk aKpocofievot ^ Be rov dBovTO<; wfivvere dpiara 
 aBetv. 6p')(r)or6fjievoL^ B^ avearare^ aXX' ovB* opOovaOai iBv- 
 vaa6e. iireXeXrjo-Oe^ Be iravrdiracn <tv re on fiaaLXeis 
 rja6a, oX re aXXoi on aif dp^oov. rore yap Br) eycoye Kal 
 TTpcdrov KarefjLaOov on rovr dp* rjv r) ia7)yopLa o vfiel^i rore 
 iiroLelre • ovBewore yovv iaicoTrdre. | 
 
 Kal 6 *Aarvdyr)(; Xeyet, *0 Be <ro9 'jrarr)p^ a> Tral, ttivcov ov 
 fiedvaKerat ; Ov fid At', ecpr). 'AXXd ttco? iroLel ; Atyjrcbv 
 iraveraL, dXXo Be KaKov ovBev Tratr^et • ov yap olfxai^ & 
 TraTTTre, ^dKa<; avrw olvo')(pel. J 
 
 1 By crasis, for rd aXXa. 2 Partic. instead of infin. in indir. disc. 
 
 8 See 187, b. * Expresses purpose. ^ From liri-XavOavo). 
 
f 
 
 IRBEGULAR MI VERBS 155 
 
 LESSON XLVIII 
 
 IRREGULAR MI VERBS ^ €l}JLl — REVIEW OP €l|JLl AND 
 t^twd — ACCUSATIVE ABSOLUTE 
 
 457. Learn the inflection of ctiii (529). Review clfiC 
 and' ^r\[df learning in addition the Subjunctive, Optative, 
 Imperative, etc., of the latter. 
 
 a. Write a synopsis in the 3d sing, of dir-ciiii, ffo off, go 
 hack^ and o"uv-€Hii, he with. 
 
 458. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. dXXd Ti Set |JL€V€iv, lircl €$-€<7Tiv dir-icvai, ) , ^ , 
 ^ .XX X / ,>x , . ^ ^ , ( out why. 
 
 p. aXXa Ti, cgov air-i€vai, 0€i (j.€V€lv, ) 
 
 when it is possible to go hack, must we remain ? 
 
 a. Observe that the clause cttcI €|-€(rTLV may be ex- 
 pressed by a participle, not in the genitive, as in 272, 
 but in the accusative. This is called the accusative 
 absolute. 
 
 459. Rule of Syntax. — The participles of impersonal 
 verbs and of other verbs when used impersonally may 
 stand in the accusative absolute in the neuter singular, 
 when others would be in the genitive absolute. 
 
 460. Translate: 1. et/xt, et/xt, rjv, rja. 2. c^Tycrt, 
 (jjdcTi, (j)dvaLj (fyrjcroLL. 3. yfiev, l^i^ei^, elcriVy elcTiv. 
 4. ladi^ Wi, l(i)v, (tiv, 5. Tacrt, rjaav^ LcofieVj <l>6)fjLev. 
 6. e(f)rjcrav, ec^acrai^, ecrrat, ffcrav. 
 
 461. 1. They are, he is going, they say, they said. 
 2. He is, I am going, I am, I was. 3. To go, to be, to 
 say, let him go. 4. He went, he was, being, going. 
 
156 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 462. Translate: 1. 6 8e Kva^dpr)<; TrefxiTcov irpo^ 
 Tov Kvpov eXeyeu otl '^817 /catpo? elr) ayew im tov^ 
 TTokeiJiLOV^. 2. Et yap uvv, €(f)y], en 6\iyoi elcriv^ iv 
 S^ av TTpocr-icoixev^ ttoWoI eo-ovTai. 3. fXT) ovv ixeCvco- 
 (xeu €0)9 av 7rXetoi>9 rjiJicop yeucoprai • dXX. Lcofxeu eo)? ert 
 oiofJieOa euTrero)? av avrcov ^ KpaTrjcrai, 4. ei' rovrw 
 Se rJKe 'KptxTavrdf; /cat eXeyev on ol TToXefXLOi i^-ioieu 
 T€ '^87^ (Tvv Tols 077X019 /cat TTapa'TOLTTOi avTov^ auro9 
 6 /BacnXev^. 5. 0)9 rjp^aro ayeiv 6 Kupo9, ot crrpartoi- 
 rat eiTTOi^ro rjS€a)<; • yjiridTavTO yap ao'(l)ak4(TTaTov elvat 
 /cat pacTov to ofxocre livai rol^; 7roX€jU,tot9 ef ap^rj<;.^ 
 
 6. 8ofai^ roivvv crot /caXw9 e)(eiv^ Trpocr-iOL 7Tpo<; avrov. 
 
 7. /cat TTpOiTOV fJi€U OVTCO 7T0L€L 0770)9 CtJ^ ttVTOt kdOpa 
 
 crvv-rJTe. 8. eireira 8e, ef-oV crot, rouro ixr^^avo) otto)^ 
 XdOy <^tXo9 o)^ T^jLtti/. 9. oLTT-iivai hoKovv (TKenTeov 
 icrrlv 0770)9 dcrc^aXecTTaTa aTr-iyL^v^ /cat 0770)9 rd eVt- 
 Ti;8eta i^ofjiep, 
 
 463. 1. But now when it is possible for you to go 
 home, you are not going? 2. Why do you say it is 
 possible for us to return home ? 3. We are not so base 
 as to desert Cyrus in the present difficulties.^ 4. Al- 
 though it did not seem best to us to proceed against the 
 king, we said we should not go back. 5. Cyrus gave us 
 more pay that we might be more zealous. 
 
 1 sc. \p6vta, ichile. 2 Why genitive ? 
 
 ^ at once, at the heginning. 
 
 * Notice that the present tense is future in meaning ; see the next verb. 
 
IREEGULAE MI VEEBS 157 
 
 464. VOCABULARY 
 
 €|-€i(ii, go out (clui). A^Tjo-nai, be unseen, escape 
 
 cvircTws, adv., easily. notice of. 
 
 ■^8t], adv., already, now, at once. liTixavaofiai, ^(ro|i.ai, etc., contrive, 
 
 Lat. iam. devise. Lat. machinor. 
 
 d Kaip69, the fitting time, oppor- 01160-6, adv., to the same place, to 
 
 tunity. close quarters, hand to hand. 
 
 Kpareo), 'i\fT<a, etc., he strong, rule, irapa-raTTw, draw up side by side, 
 
 conquer. marshal. 
 
 \d6p^, adv., stealthily, secretly. Cf. irp6o--€ini, go to, approach (etp-i). 
 
 \avOdva>. o-Keirrcos, verbal of o-K€irTO|j.ai, con- 
 \av9dv«,i \^o-«, eXaOov, X^T]0a, sider. 
 
 *465. READING EXERCISE 
 
 For Vocabulary see page 236 
 The Song of the Swallow 
 [A Ehodian mendicant song sung on the arrival of spring. A similar 
 lay of the swallow is still sung by the modern Greeks at the same 
 season. Some of the forms are in the Doric dialect.] 
 
 KaXaf; ©/^a? djovcra, 
 
 KaXois iviavTOxs, 
 
 iirl yaarepa XevKOb^ 
 
 iirl vcora jxiXaiva. — 
 
 iraXdOav^ av irpoKVKXei 
 
 eK 7riovo<; ot/cov^ 
 f otvov T€ Berraarpov^ 
 
 TVpcov re KavvaTpov • 
 ^ Kol TTvpva ^eXtSoyv 
 
 I Kal XetcidiTav^ 
 
 1 See page 152, note 1. (Cf. Xafipdvw, XavOdvco, fiavOdvco, TV7xav«» 
 alo-0avop.ai, and see that they all add av to the simple stem to form the 
 present.) 2 These forms in Attic Greek would end in -tj, -ijv. 
 
158 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 ov/c aircodeiTai. iroTep cnrlciifie^} rj \a^(i}/xeOa ; 
 
 el fjiev re 8cwo-et9 * el Se fxrj, ou/c idao/Jbev, 
 
 7] rav^ Bvpav ^epcoixe^^^ rj rouirepOvpov, 
 
 ^ rav 2 'yvvalfca rav ^ ecrco KaOrj/xevav • ^ 
 
 fj^LKpa fjLev ecrrt, paSLco<; jjllv * otaofxev • ^ 
 
 av he (f>€pr)^ tl, 
 
 /Lteya Sij rt (f)€poto • ^ 
 
 dvocy, dvoiye idv ^ Ovpav ')(^e\ih6vi • 
 
 ov yap yepovre; eapiev, aXka TraiBia, 
 
 LESSON XLIX 
 
 IRREGULAR MI VERBS: 0l8a — PARTICIPIAL INDIRECT 
 DISCOURSE 
 
 466. Learn the inflection of oi8a (532). 
 
 467. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. <r€ hk oi8€V ovTcos cl-airaTTJoravTa avTov, but he knows 
 that you thus deceived Qyou having deceived^ him. 
 
 p. KaT-€vd'rio'€ hk t\\v 0,71) lav aTcvcDTcpdv oScav, hut he 
 
 perceived that the road was (the road being) too narrow. 
 
 y. Mevcov St^Xos ^v cttl-Gvjjlwv irXouT€iv, it was clear that 
 Menon wanted (Mejion was evident wanting) to be rich. 
 
 a. Observe that the verbs of a and /3 are followed by 
 the participle of indirect discourse instead of the con- 
 structions of Lesson XXIX. Notice the case of the parti- 
 ciple and its modifiers. 
 
 b. Notice the agreement of Si)\os in 7, and the English 
 eq[uivalent. 
 
 i For dir-CwfjLev. 2 These forms in Attic Greek would end in -tjv. 
 
 * For ()>^p(i>|xcv. * fj.tv = avT^v. ^ From ({>cpci). ^ 355, a. 
 
IBREGULAU MI VERBS 159 
 
 I 
 
 ^? *468. Rule of Syntax. — The participle is often used in 
 
 indirect discourse, with verbs signifying to see, hear or 
 
 learn, perceive, know, be ignorant of, remember or forget, 
 
 show, appear, prove, acknowledge, and d'y'YcWa), announce. 
 
 a. Most of these verbs may also take oti with a finite 
 verb as in Lesson XXIX, and some the infinitive of indi- 
 rect discourse. 
 
 469. Rule of Syntax. — SfjXos €l(jLi and (|>av€p6s cljii take 
 the participle in indirect discourse, where we use an 
 impersonal construction. 
 
 470. Translate : 1. olSe, tcrdort, rjSea-av. 2. lq-Ol, 
 etSw?, elSei^ai, 3. tcrrcy, ecTTco, oI8a. 4. i^Set, yeu, 
 €toor€9. 0. iJ'a eiOTj, iva loyj, Lva eioeir). D. icrre, 
 ire, ecrre. 
 
 471. 1. I know, I knew, he knew. 2. To know, to 
 go, let them know. 3. They know, let us know, let us 
 see. 4. They knew, they went, they were. 
 
 472. Translate : 1. Eu IcrOi, a> Hei^oc^wi^, otl rj 6S09 
 r)v ^ TTopevcrofieOa inl ret oprj opOid icTTiv, €<f>r) HeipLcro- 
 (^09 • Kat ravTa icTTTevSoi/ el hvvaip.riv (fyOdcraL irplv 
 KaT-eLXyj(j)0aL ttjv virep^oXyjp. 2. 6 Se a€PO(f)(ov Xeyei ' 
 'AXX* iyo) e^o) 8vo dpSpa<;. dir -€kt eivapiiv rti^a?, /cat 
 ^wi/ras iXd^ofiej/ Tiva<^ avrov tovtov eVe/ca, otto)? 'r)ye- 
 
 1 Accusative to denote the ground over which one passes. This is 
 connected with the cognate accusative, apxV apx^iv, to hold an office, 
 where the accusative repeats the idea already contained in the verb. 
 Here also belongs the accusative Tavra with eo-irevSov, in the same 
 sentence. 
 
160 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 jxocriv etSdcri Tr}v -^(opdv )(pr)aaLfxeda. 3. kol evOv^ 
 dyayovTes tov<; dp0p(O7rov<; 7]key)(^ou el Tiva elheiev 
 dXkiqv ohov rj Tr)v <^avepdv. 4. 6 pikv ovv €Tepo<; ovk 
 ecprj, o oe erepos eAege^' otl ovto<; ov cpairj oia ravra 
 eiSei'aL, otl avrco irvy^ave dvydrrip ^ e/cet ovcra.^ 
 5. TOVTOv Tov rjyeixopa Sij(TavTe<s SrjkoL rjaav dvco iro- 
 pevofxeuoL crlyrj. 6. (j)avepoi elcnu ol ^dp^apoi iroWd 
 TTpdyfJiaTa^ 7rap-4)(ovre<; toIs dva-^aivovcriv, 7. ws 
 8e jjcrOeTo 'ETra/xeti^wi/Sd? o)ppi'iqp.ivov rov ^ Ayr) criXdov 
 KoX ovTa yjSyj iv ttj HeWrjvrj^ rjyeLTO tco cTTparevpLaTi 
 evOv^ iirl ^irdpT-qv, 8. koX el firj Kpr)<; ekOcov i^- 
 rjyyeike rco 'Ayr)cn\d(p irpocr-iov to aTpdTevjxay e\a^ev 
 av^ TTjv TTokiv epiqjxov Tcjv dfjivfovixevcop. 9. ov ^(prj 
 rjiJLd<; (f)avepov<; eo^at ot/caSe ajpixTjixepovs ' SeSoi/ca yap 
 IJLTj ol TToXefXLOL T^pilv XdOpa e7TL-6(ovTai Trj<; vvktos. 
 
 473. 1. Be assured, my friends, that if we are manifestly 
 discouraged, it is for this reason, because we can no longer 
 defend ourselves. 2. A messenger has come reporting 
 that our allies have set out for home. 3. It is evident 
 that the enemy are near, and they will attack us at once, 
 knowing that we are bereft of allies. 4. We know that 
 all these things that you say are true. 5. But let us go 
 on bravely, that our foes may not know that we are 
 discouraged. 
 
 J said " wo," not " did not say.'" 2 cf. 180, a. 
 
 3 Cf. p. 152, n, 1. * trouble. 
 
 ^ What kind of a condition? Turn this sentence into indirect dis- 
 course (1) after c\€|€, (2) after i^r\^ (3) after ol8a. 
 
IRREGULAB MI VERBS 161 
 
 474. VOCABULARY 
 
 alx9dvonai, al(r0^(ro|i.ai, '^tr^6^y\v, ^-ayy(KX<a,etc.,report,make knovm. 
 
 ■gfo-Otifiai, perceive, learn. opOios, la, lov, adj., straight up, 
 d^ivvo), dfivvw, T|(jkvva, icard off; steep. 
 
 mid. defend oneself. op|ida>, -^o-o), etc., start; mid. sef 
 dva-Pa£vci>, go up, march inland. out, start. 
 
 drro-KTeCvw, -kt€V«, -^KTCiva and i] o-i-y^, silence. 
 
 -CKTavov, -€KTOva, kill, put to {rir6v8«, <nr€v<r<i), 6<nr€vo-a, Mr^e, 
 
 death. hurry. 
 
 iki^lYja, IXe-y^w, 'qXe-y^a, cX'/jXe^iiai, t] vircpPoXTJ, pass. 
 
 r\K.i->ix^r\v, examine, cross-ques- ^avip6s, a, 6v, &d]., visible, in plain 
 
 tion. sight, evident. Cf. <t>aCv(o. 
 
 Note. — Compare a^^va, Kptvw, ktcCvcd, (|>aCva>, and see that i is added 
 to the verb stem to form the stem of the present. So also d^-y^XXw and 
 o-T^XXo) for d-yYcXio) and o-tcXio). 
 
 LESSON L 
 
 IRREGULAR MI VERBS : IT] |JLi — DOUBLE NEGATIVES 
 
 475. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present and 
 Second Aorist systems Active and Middle of T^-q^ii (530). 
 So also d<f>-iT)|jLi, let <jo^ irpoa-iTHii, let come to, 
 
 476. MODEL SENTENCES 
 
 a. ovScls ovK €Tra(rx€ ti, no one was unaffected^ there was 
 no one who was not affected ; i.e. every one tvas, etc. 
 
 I3. ovS' dXXos §€ Twv ' EXXtjvcov ciraGcv o-uScls ovhiv, nor 
 did anybody else of the Greeks receive any injury at all. 
 
 *y. ov jJLT] yivryrait it will not happen, 
 
 a. Observe that the simple negative ov in a contradicts 
 the statement o-uSeis cirao-xc, making an affirmative as in 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. — 11 
 
162 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 English, while ov8' (ovSe) in /3 only strengthens the ne- 
 gation in ovSeis, and oiiSev makes it still more negative. 
 How do ov and ovbi or ovHv differ ? 
 
 *b. Notice in 7 a new way of making a strong negative 
 statement. The usual phrase would be ov 'yevTJo'CTat. 
 
 477. Rule of Syntax. — When a negative is followed by 
 a simple negative (ov or [Lr\) in the same clause, each 
 retains its own force ; when followed by one or more 
 compound negatives, the negative is strengthened. 
 
 But ov fiTJ with the subjunctive (and occasionally the 
 future indicative) are used in the sense of an emphatic 
 future indicative with ov. 
 
 478. Translate: 1. trjai, tacn, leaav. 2. feVat, 
 ew^at, ecruai. 6. terat, tero, eiTo. 4. ecruo)^ erco, 
 lecruo}, O. ij^a 7^, lvol f)^ ti^a irj. D. tei, e?, C7es. 
 
 479. 1. I send, I rush, I sent. 2. He was sending, 
 he was rushing, he rushed. 3. Let us rush, let us send, 
 sending. 4. Rush, send, let him rush. 
 
 480. Translate : 1. '^1/ Svo rj rpicov rjfxepwv oSov 
 aTTO-or^wixev^ ovKeri firj SvvrjraL ^acriXevs 7)ixas Kara- 
 Xa/3eii/, 2. oifxa Se rfj rjfjiepa rot? (rTpaTr)'yols koI 
 Xoxayoi'S T(ov 'E\.\y]V(ov iSo^ev oaa tjv at^/xaXwra av- 
 SpdnoBa iv Tjj crr/oarta irdvTa d^eivai • (T)(o\aidv yap 
 iiroiovv Tr)v rropeiav^ iroWd oura. 3. inel Se apicTTrj- 
 aavre^ iiropevovro^ crroivTes iv arevS ol cft paTiqyoi^ €t 
 Tt evpicTKoiev fir) d^-et/xei^ot', d<f>-rjpovuTO. 4. duSpes 
 TToXtrat, ol 6eol vvv KeKOfiLKacrLV r)fxa^ eU ^(Oipiov iv o) 
 
 1 €<rxov, <rx«, tr\oLr\v, a-\4s, o-\fiv, (r\<av. 
 
IBBEGULAB MI VERBS 163 
 
 ol fxeu ivavTLOi irpo^ opOiov Idcnv, ii/da ov Swaivro av 
 ovre pdkXeLP ovre aKovTit^eiv virep tcov Trpo-Terayfjidvcoi/. 
 
 5. rjfiels Se avoiiOev /cat Sdpara d^-teVres koI XlOov^ 
 fidkkoPTe^ rev^ofxedd re avTcop kol ttoWovs rpcocrofiei/, 
 
 6. ioip yap r/neig, cjcnrep Trpoa-yjKeL^ TrpoOvfxcos dcji-lrJTe 
 TOL Sopara, ovSds tcov iroXefxicav ov rev^erai. 7. He- 
 vo(j)a)PTa Be ovk efcctXet, ovSe roiz/ dW(x)v arrpaTrjyo)]/ 
 ovhiva. 8. dvev dp^ovrwv ovhev av ovre KaXop ovre 
 dyadov yevoiro ovSa/xoi). 
 
 481. 1. Some of Menon's soldiers, when they saw Cle- 
 archus advancing through their midst, began to throw 
 stones 1 (at him). 2. They would not have thrown 
 stones if he had not struck one of them. 3. The army 
 will not be 2 victorious if they let Clearchus go. 4. With- 
 out him they would not be able to accomplish anything. 
 5. But Clearchus collecting his troops rushed against 
 Menon's men so that they were frightened out of their wits. 
 
 482. VOCABULARY 
 
 oX\^^jaXijiTOs,oVj2idi]..,capturedi taken kojlC^o), ko(ii<0, lK6)ii<ra; etc., take 
 in war. charge of, bring, conduct. 
 
 dKOvrC^o), dKovTiu, tikovtio-o, etc., ov8a|i,ov, adv., nowhere. 
 
 hurl a javelin, hit. ovt€, conj., nor; ovn . . . ovrt . • . , 
 
 av€v, prep. w. gen., without. neither . . . nor. 
 
 avwOcv, B,dy., from above. irpo-TaTTw, etc., draiv up in front. 
 
 dir-€x», etc., be distant. a-Tivos, '^, 6v, adj., narrow. 
 
 api<rT(ui), -fjirw, etc., breakfast. o-xoX.aios, d, ov, adj., slow. 
 
 PolWo), PoXco, c^oXov, PcpXtiKO, P^ Tirpcoo-Kb), rpwoTii), erpoxra, r^rpco^iai, 
 p\T]|jLai, epX-^O-qv, throw. crpwOriv, wound. 
 
 Note. — -Cf. TiTpc&o-Kd), 'ytYv<&<rK«, Gv^o-kw, SiSpdo-KO), evpCo-Kw, etc. 
 1 Use tt\^\. w. dat. of instrument. 2 cf. 480, 1. 
 
164 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 *483. READING EXERCISE: AN EPIGRAM OF LUCILLIUS 
 
 For Vocabulary see page 237 
 
 *\'qTrjp TL<; i/JLol Tov eov ^ cj^iXov vlov eire^y^ev^ 
 axTTe fjiadelv^ Trap* ifiol ravra ra ypafi/jLariKci. 
 ©9 Be TO '•'' fjLTJVLV aetSe^" Kal '''' dXjea jxvpC edrjKev^^^ 
 eyvco, Kal to TpiTOV Tolas' * ukoXovOov eVo?, 
 " TToXXa? 8' L<j)6 ifJLOv; '\jrV)(^a<i "AlBl Trpoi'ayjrev,''^ 
 
 OVK€TL fJLLV^ TTe/JLTTeC TT/OO? fXe fJLaOjjCTO/JLeVOV.^ 
 
 aXXd fjL IScov 6 iraTTip^ 2ot jxev %a/3t9, eiTrev, eTatpe • 
 avTap ^ 6 7rat9 Trap* ifJLol TavTa jxaOelv BvvaTat. 
 
 Kal yap iyo) TroXXa? '>^V')(^d<; "AIBl TrpoiaTrTco^ 
 Kal 7r/oo9 ^ TOVT ovBev ypafifiaTtKOV BeojjLai. 
 
 1 Poss. pron. from ov, corresponding to Lat. suus. ^ 442. 
 
 8 From the opening lines of tlie Iliad. * 236. 
 
 6 |iiv = avT6v. ^ What does the tense denote ? 
 
 7 avTdp = 4\\d. 8 yo,.. 
 
SELECTIONS FOR READING 
 
 '\c:^k 
 
 a 
 
 484. THE BATTLE OF CUNAXA 
 
 [Simplified from Anabasis I. viii. 8-29J 
 
 1. 'Hi^t/ca 8e heiky) eyiyvero i(f)oiinrj KoviopTO^ Oicnrep 
 ve^eki) XevKTi iv r(o TreSico. ore Se iyyvrepou eyiyvovro^ 
 5_^ ^'', Tct^a St) at Xoy^at koX 
 
 at rd^ei^ KaTa^avei<; iyi- 
 yvovTO. Koi '^aav iTTTreis 
 fx€v X€VKo6copaK€<; im tov 
 
 ians. rr« 1 ^ >\ ' ' 
 
 thousand. 1 icrcra(p€pvr)<; ekeyero tov 
 TOiv ^ ap^eiv • '^crai' Se /cat yeppot^opoi koX OTrXtrat 
 crw TToSijpecn fuXti^at? acnricriv. AlyvTrrioi S* ouroi 
 iXeyovTo elvaL • aXXot ^ S' iTTTret?, ro^oTai aXXot. Trpo 
 0€ avT(i)v Tjv ap- 
 /xara ra S17 Syae- 
 iTaviq(j>6pa Ka- 
 kovfiepa ^ ' elxov 
 Se Tct hpiirava 
 efc rail' d^opcop 
 
 1. Cavalry. 
 
 2. Peltasts. hundred. 
 . Hoplites. 5. Barbarians. 
 
 a. A rtaxerxes and the six 1 
 
 1 187, c. 
 
 2 wore. 
 
 * KoKovfieya, so-called. 
 
 166 
 
166 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 eU Trkdyiov aTTorera/xei/a,^ /cat vtto toI^ Stc^pot? et? yrjv 
 ^XeVoi^ra, wcrre hiaKoiTTeiv^ otco ipTvy^dvoiev. o^ jxei^- 
 TOL Kvpo<; eliTep 6t€ AcaXecras napeKeXevero TOLs'^EWrjcrL j 
 TTjv Kpavy7)v T(x)v Papj^dp(x)v dvi)(e(T6 ai, ixjjevo'drj tovto • 
 ov yap Kpavyrj aXXa criyy Kat rjo'v^rj Kal fipaSeo)^ 
 Trpocrrjcrav. 
 
 2. Kat iv TOVTO) Kvpo^ TrapeXavvcov avro?* avu tco 
 €pfX7)vei Kal aXXots Tpicrlv rj TeTTapcn rw KXedp^o) ifioa i 
 dyeiv TO crrparev/Aa Acara ixicrov to to)p TroXe/xtwz^, ort 1 
 €AC€t ^aoriXeu? e?/^.^ dXX' o/xw? 6 KXeia/);^©? ou/c rjOeXeu 
 dTTOCTTrdcrai diro tov 7rora/xou ro Se^toi' /ce/ja?, ^oj^ov- 
 fieuo^ fjLTj kvk\o)6 €17) eKaTipcodev, tco Se Kvpo) direKpCvaTo 
 
 OTL aVTCO fXeXoL 0770)5 /CaXw? ^X^^'^ '^^^ ^^ TOVTCp TO fJL€V 
 
 ^ap^apiKov aTpaTevfia o/xaXw? Trporjei^ to Se 'EXX77- 
 I't/coi/ ert ei' roJ avrw fxiuov^ (TweTaTTeTO e/c rwi^ ert 
 TTpocTLovTcov, Kal 6 Kvyoo? TTapeKavvoiv KaTedeaTo eKa- 
 T€pco(T€ dTrofSkeTTOiv €?? re rov? TroXefiCov^ Kal Toif^ 
 <^iXou9. tSwi^ Se avTov diro tov 'I^XXtjvlkov a€po<f)a)v 
 ^A0r)va7o<; vireXdcras ^ ojq crvvavTrja-aL, TjpeTO eirt irapay- 
 yiXXoL? 6 Se Kvpo? Xiyeiv e/ceXeucre TTadiv otl Ta Upd 
 
 1 From diro-Teiuu}. 
 
 2 uffTC . . . SiaKdirreip, 442. 
 
 * Acc. Its antecedent is roOro ; cf . 102. 
 
 * airdi : i.e. with only the persons mentioned. 
 ^ His words were : 8ti iKe2 /Sao-iXeiJs ^(rrtj'. 
 
 ^ 5rt . . . /*Aot . . . €Xoi, indir. disc, for ifwl fiiXei Sttws icaXws exi?- 
 ' Acc. neu. of pres. act. partic. 
 8 From itr-ekavvu). 
 
 ^ If he had any commands. What literally ? What is the form in 
 direct discourse ? 
 
SELECTIONS FOR BEADING 167 
 
 fcaXct i(TTL, TavTa Se Xeycov Oopv^ov rjKovcre Sta r(t)v 
 rd^€0)v l6vTo<;^ /cat TjpeTo tls 6 Oopv^o^ etrj. 6 8e 
 KXeap^^os elwev otl crvpdrjfia TTap€p)(^eTaL Se-urepov rjSrj. 
 Kal o5ro9 yjpero 6 tl €Lrj to crvvOrjiJia. 6 S* aireKpivaTOy 
 Z€U9 crcoTTJp Kal vlkt). 6 8e Kvpo^ a/coucra?, 'AXXa 
 SexojJLaC re, e^?;, /cal rovro eorw. Taura S' etTTwj/ et? 
 TTju avTov ^(i)pav^ dirijkavve. 
 
 3. Kal ovKETL rpia t) rerrapa ardSia ^lei^ir'qv'^ rca 
 (^akayye an dWijXcoi/ rjvLKa i7raidvLi,6v re ol ^EXXTyt'cs 
 KoX Tjp^ovTo^ dvTiOL Hvai rot? 7ro\efjLLOL<;. evioi Se 
 Tjp^avTO SpofJiq) Oeiv. \iyovcn Se riveq w? /cat i/36o)u 
 TTCti^re? /cat rai<; dcnricn irpo^ 
 rd Sopara iSovirrjcrav ^o^ov 
 TroLovvres rot? tTTTTOt?. rrplv Se 
 To^evfxa e^iKvelcrOai eKKkivov- 
 (Tiv ol ^dp^apoL Kal (jievyovau • 
 Kal ivTavOa St7 iSicoKOv^ p-ev^l^ 
 Kara Kpdro^; ol "^EXXT^i^e?, i/36(ov 
 Se dXXi^Xot? fiT) 6eiv Spofico ^, --^^-'^^^^s? 
 aAA ev Tagei eTrecruaL' ra o apfxara e<pepovTo ra pev 
 St' avTcov TOiV TToXepCcov, ra Se /cat^ Sta rait' 'EXXrjVw^ 
 /cei/a rivi6)(0iv? ol Se hdcTTavro Kal ev irdar) rfj pd^rj 
 Toiv 'EXXt^Vwi' ewaOev ovSet? ouSo'. Kvpo<; Se i^Serat 
 /cat '^St^ &)9 ySacrtXeu? TrpocrKweirai vtto tcov dpcj) avTov. 
 
 1 X<^po-v, i.e. as commander-in-chief. 
 
 2 Notice the force of did here. Cf. dis-iungo, in Latin. 
 8 Not from epxofiai. * Began to pursue. 
 
 6 300. 6 ^ye,i. 7 127, n. 
 
168 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 ov fxevTOL i^dyeTai SucoKeiv, dXka o-vvecnreipaLyLiviqv €X<ov 
 TTjv TO)P (Tvv eavrw k^aKocrioiv iTnricov tol^lv inLixeXeiTai, 
 6 TL TTOLTJaeL ^acnXevs- Trdvres yap ol tojv ^ap^dpcuv 
 dpyovT€^ pbicTov e^ovTes to avTOiv r^yovvrai} koX 
 I3(icn\ev<s Srf Tore pii(Tov e)(0)v tt]^ avTOv crrparta? 
 ojji(t)<; efo) iyivero rov Kvpov evcovvfiov Keparo^. 
 
 4. 'EttcI 8' ou8et9 avT(a i^xd^ero e/c rov ivavTiov 
 iireKafXTrTG /SacrtXeus o)S eU KVKkoydiv, evda Srj Kvpos 
 SeCaas (mt) oiTLcrOep yevofxevos ^ KaTaKoxjjy to ^Wtjvlkov 
 
 ikavP€L dpTLOS'^ Koi ifji^aXcop 
 (TVV Tols e^aKocrLOL<; viKa Tom 
 TTpo ySacrtXeoJS reray/ieVov? /cat 
 €19 (^vy7]v eTpexjje tov<; efa/ct- 
 (r;5^tXiov9, koI 0,770 /cret^ai Xeye- 
 rai avT0<s Tjj iavTov X^^P^ '^^^ 
 dp)(ovTa avToi)v, ol 8e Kvpov i^\ 
 aKoauoL oi^ovTai 8icokovt€^ Tr\7]u 
 irdvv oXCycov dfiij)' avTov. avv 
 ^— ^=^ TovTOL^ 8e o)v KaOopa /BaaiXea 
 KOi TO dficf)' eKeivov (ttI(I>o<; • /cat ev0v<; ovk dvi^^Tai, dXX' 
 elircbv^ Hov dvhpa opw, l€to in avTov kol iraiei fcara 
 TO CTTepvov KOL TLTpcocTKeL 8t(x Tov OcopaKos. TTaiOVTa 
 8e avTov^ dKovTit^ei ti<; TraXro) vtto tov ocfyOaXfjiov 
 ^tatws • KOL ivTavOa pLaj(6ix€voi /cat Kvpo? avro? dir- 
 edave /cat o/crw ol dpKTToi tcov irepl avTov eKeivTo in 
 
 1 Pres. of a general truth. 2 {^^ the king. 
 
 * Aauvei dtn-los, rode to meet * Cyrus. 
 
SELECTIONS FOB BEADING 169 
 
 avrS. 'Apra7raTT79 8' 6 TTtcrToraro? aurw twp cTKrjTTTov- 
 ■)(0)p XiyeraL iireLBrj ireirTcoKOTa ^ etSe Kvpov AcaraTnySr/cras 
 
 OLTTO TOV LTTTTOV TTepiTTeaeiV ^ aVTOJ.^ oSrOS yet/) iT€TLfJLrjTO 
 
 VTTO Kvpov 8t' evuoLoiv re kol TnaTOTrjra. 
 
 485. THE PEACE OF ANTALCIDAS 
 
 [Hellenica V. i. 28-36] 
 
 5. 'E/c 8e T0V70U 'At'TaX/ctSa? yevoixivaif; rat? Trdcrai^ 
 vava-\^ irXeioaiv rj oyBoTjKovTa e/cparet ttJs ^aXarrr;?*^ 
 wcrre /cat rets e/c rou Hovtov pavs ^Adijva^e ixkv eKcoXve 
 /caraTrXeti^, els 8e rou? eavTcop (rviiyid\ov<i Karrjyev. ol 
 fX€P ovu ^AOrjuaioLf opcopTCS fiev TroXXct?^ rets TToXe/xta? 
 i^aus, ^o^ovpuevoi 8e /Lt-^ &)9 nporepov^ /caraTToXe/xT;- 
 Odiqaav^ crvfjiixoixov AaKeSaLfjLOpCoL^ ^SacrtXew? yeyevrj- 
 fievoVf TToXiopKovyievoi 8e e/c ttJ? AlyLvr]<; viro tcov 
 XrjaTcov, 8ta ravra /xei^ Icrx^p^'^ iireOvixovv Trjq elprjvrjS'^ 
 ol 8* a5 Aa/ce8at/xoz/iot, (^uXarroi^rcs rets TrdXet?, aJ? 
 /xei/ iiTLO-TevoVj fir) olttoXolvto, at? 8e 'qma-TOW^ fXTj 
 dirocTTaiev^ irpdyfjiaTa 8' eyovTe<; /cat 7rape)(ovTe<; irepX 
 TYjv KopLvOov, ^aXcTTois i(f)epov tco TToXifxco} ol ye fx-qu 
 'Apyetot, et8oTe9^'^ <j)povpav Trec^acr/xe^r;!/ e<^' eavrovs, 
 /cat ovTot ets ttjv elprjvqv npoOvfioL rjO'CLV, 
 
 1 From irtiTTw. 2 From Trepi-iriirTto. » 238. * 300. 
 
 ^ 187, c. 6 Predicate. "^ i.e. at Aegospotami, b.c. 404. 
 
 8 187, b. 9 From d(f>-t<TTT}fjit. 
 
 10 From ol5a. TF^«« they knew that a levy had been. 
 
170 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 6. "llcrr' eVet TTaprjyyeikev 6 Ttpt^a^o? TrapeivaL 
 Tovs ^ovkofJL€j/ov<; vTTaKovcrai rjv jBacnXev^ elp-qpyjv^ 
 
 KaTairefJiTTOL, ra^eoj? TrdvTeq irapeyivovTo. 
 inel 8e o-wrjXOop, eVtSetfa? 6 TtptySa^o? j 
 ra /3a(rtXe&)5 (rrjjjLela aveyiyvoycTKe ret ' 
 yeypafifiepa. elx^'^ 8e wSe. 
 
 'ApTa^€p^r)<; /3ao-t\€U9 vofXiCeu hiKaiov^ 
 ra? /xei/ eV rij 'Acrua ttoXci? eauroi)* eli^at /cat tcov pyjacov 
 K\ai,oii€va<; kol KvTTpov^ ra? Se aXXa? 'E\Xr)U8a<; TToXet? 
 /cat /xt/c/oas /cat /xeyaXa? avTovojJLOvs elvau, ttXtjv rpicov • 
 ravra? Se atcnrep to apyalov elvai ^k6iqvaio}v^ otto- 
 repoL Se TavTrjv rr)i^ elpijpyjv jxtj h4)(0VTai^ tovtol<; iyco 
 TTokeyLTjcro) ^ fxera rcov ravra ^ ^ovkop^ivoiv kol ne^^fj koI 
 Kara OdXaTTav Kal vavcrl ^ /cat ^prfixacriv, 
 
 7. 'A/couoi^res oSz^ ravra ot 0,770 rcov TroXeoiv irpecr- 
 ^et? aTrTfyyeXXoi^ eVt ra? iavTcoj/ eKacrTOL TToXet?. /cat 
 ot /xei^ dXXot OLTTavre^ coixwaav ifXTreSaxreiv ravra, ot Se 
 SrjjSaloL yj^iovv vnep Trdvroyv Botcorwi^ ofivvpai. 6 Se 
 'AyT/crtXao? ov/c ec/)?^ ^ Se^acrOaL tov<; opKov^, Idv fxrj 
 oixvvaicriv^ axrirep ra y8acrtXea>9 ypdfipLaTa eXeyeu^ avro- 
 v6iiov<^ elvai /cat fiLKpav /cat fxeydXrjv TroXip. ol Se rwj' 
 %r)/3aL(x)v 7Tp€(rl3eL<; eXeyov on ovk eTreo^raX/xex^a o-c^icrt 
 raOr' et?;. Ire P'w, €(^17 6 Ayi^crtXao?, /cat epcoTare • 
 
 1 ^j' dp'f\vt)v^ for T^ e/piJi/T? ^v the antecedent being attracted into the 
 relative clause. The terms of the peace which. 
 
 2 How is exw translated when followed by an adverb ? 
 
 2 Sc. eivat. * Predicate genitive. 
 
 5 Notice the change in person. « Not raOra. "^ 300. 
 
 8 o^K C07;, like Lat. nego, said that he did not, i.e. refused to. 
 
SELECTIONS FOR BEADING 171 
 
 CTrayyeXXere 8* aurots ^ Acat ravra, on €t /xt^ TTOirjcrovai 
 raura, e/ccTTroi^Sot eaovTai. — ot /xei^ S17 ^^ovto. 6 S' 
 'Ayr)(TL\ao^ Slol Tr)v npo^ ©17^0 tou? e^Opav ovk e/xeX- 
 Xet', aXXd TretVa? rou? i(j)6pov<; ev9v<; a(^iKeTo et? ti7I' 
 TeyeW. TrptV Se avrov opfjLrjdrjvai'^ e/c Teyea?,^ Trap- 
 ^(Tai^ 06 Sr)l3aioL Xeyopre^ otl dcfuacn ras TrdXet? avrouo- 
 /X0U9. fcal ouro) ot Aa/ceSat/xdi^tot /xej/ oi/caSe (xtttJX^oi^, 
 %iq^a2oi S' et? ret? o"7roi^8a9 elo-eXOeiv rfvayKoicrOrfcraVy 
 avTOVoixov^ d(j)€i'T€S ^ rets Botwrta? TrdXetg. 
 
 8. Oi S' au KopLv0iOL OVK i^eirefXTTov ttjv tcjv 'Ap- 
 yeCcov (jypovpdv. dXX' 6 AyTycrtXao? /cac rourot? Trpo- 
 eiTre, rot? /xeii^, €t firj e/c7re/xi//otej/ ^ rou? 'Ayoyetou?, rot? 
 Se, €t ju,i7 oLTTioiev ^ €k TTj^ KopivOoVj OTL TToXefjLov i^oicrei ^ 
 TTpoq avTovs. iTrel Se ^o^rjOivTOiv dfJi(j)OT€pa)v i^rjXOop 
 ol ^ApyeloL /cat avrrj e(^' iavTrj^; ^ rj rcov KopLvdCcov 770X19 
 iyeueroj ol fxei/ crc^ayet? /cat ot ixeTaiTLOL tov epyov avTol 
 yvovre^ dirrjXOop e'/c rrj? KopLvOov • ot S' dXXot TToXtrat 
 d/coi^re? KareSe^ovTO tov^ rrpocrOev (j)evyovTa<;. eVet Se 
 Tour' iirpd^Or) /cat ojixcofioKea'ap ^ at TrdXet? ififxeveiv iv 
 TTj elprjvri fjv /careVe/xi/^e ^ao-tXeu9, e/c rourou BiehjOrj 
 fiep rd ne^LKd, SLeXvOrj Se /cat ret vavTiKa o-r/jareu/iara. 
 Aa/ceSat^oi'tots ^ei/ S17 /cat * A9r)vaLOL<; /cat rot? avfjLfxd- 
 
 1 aiJrors, i.e. the authorities at home. 2 ^^^^ dpfirjd^vai, 452. 
 
 ^ On the northern border of Laconia. 
 
 * 2d. aor. partic. of d<p-irjfxi. 
 
 5 A vivid future condition in indirect discourse. 
 
 ® airi) i<f>' iavTTjs, independent, herself upon herself. 
 
 "^ From 6fxpvfjLi. 
 
172 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 ^019 oxjTO) [xera top vcrTepov iroke^xov Trj<s KaO aipiaeo)^^ 
 TO)v ^AOrjvrjcri rei^wv avTTj TrpcoTYj elpijvr) iyeuero. 
 
 9. 'Ei^ Se T(p TToXeiMO) fxaWop avTipp6no)<i Tol<i ivav- 
 TLOis^ TTpoLTTOVTe^ ol AaKeBaLfxouLOL TToXv ImKvheo'Tepoi 
 iyivovTo e/c^ r^s ^AvTokKihov elpijprj^ KaXovjJLevrjs. 
 TT/oocrrarat yap yevofxevoL ttJs vtto ySacrtXew? Karairefx- 
 cl)6eicrr]<; elpy]P7j<; Kal ttjv avrovo^xiav rais TrdXecri irpdr- 
 TovT€<;^ TTpocreXafiov fiku crvp^ixa^ov KopivOov, avTouojJLov^ 
 §€ diro T(x)v STj^aLcou ra? BoLcoHSa^ TrdXets iiroiiqcraVy 
 ovTrep^ TTokai iiredviJiovu, eiravcrav Se /cat 'ApyeLov<; 
 KopivOov (T^erepitpfxivov^^ (f)povpdv (fiijvavTes in 
 avTov^y el ixrj i^Loiev ck Yiopivdov. 
 
 486. GOBRYAS BEFORE CYRUS 
 
 [Cyropaedia IV. vi. 1-10] 
 
 10. 'Ei^ Se TovTco Tcj^pvas naprjp ^Kcrcrvpio^; Trpecr- 
 ^vTTjf; dvrjp e</)' Ittttov avv LTnnKrj OepaTreia • el^o^' Se 
 TTavT€<; ra e<p lttttcjv oirKa. Kat ol fjuep em tco ra 
 oirXa irapakapL^dveLv ^ TeTaypiivoi eKekevov TrapaStSdi^at 
 ra ^vcrrd^ ottcos KaTaKaioiev axmep raXXa.^ 6 Se 
 Voi^pva^ elirev on Kvpov irpcoTov /3ov\olto ISeiv • Kal 
 ol v7rr)p€TaL tov<; pikv aXXou? iTTTreag avTov KaTeXnrov, 
 TOP Se Tcofipvav dyovcn irpos top Kvpop. 6 Se cu? elSe 
 
 1 gen. after va-repov (225). 2 dat. after dpTippdirus (236). 
 
 8 iK, as a result of. * 187, b. 
 
 * From a<p^T€pos (<r0€?s), one''s own. ^ i<p' tinrwv = linriKd. 
 
 "^ iirlrv . . . XafjL^dveiy (263). ^ By crasis for tA AXXa. 
 
SELECTIONS FOR READING 173 
 
 Tou Kupoi', eA-efez^ • ^12 SeawoTa, iyco elfXL to fxev yeVos ^ 
 *AcrcrvpLO<; • l)^^ 8e kol Teux^'^ Icrx^pov kol ^w/aa? ^ 
 iirdp^o} TToWrjs • kol Ittttov €)(0) 8' -^^^ 
 
 et5 ^ikiav rpiaKoaiav, 7)v T(p rcov »*scAs3ys^ 
 
 ^A.(T(Tvpio}v ^acrikel^ TTapeL)(6ix'qv kol ^J^mJ^ 
 (j)Lko<; rjv iK€LV(p o)? /xaXtcrra • cTret ; ;N^S^Sf i 
 8e i.K€ivoq pikv TeOurjKev vcf)* vficov* '^i^f^&^mm 
 dvrjp dyaOo^ (ov^ 6 Se Trai? eKeivov ffflK ^^^ 
 T-qv o^pXW ^X^^ e)(f7LcrT0<; (ov /xot, 'g||BA^^S| HH 
 T7/ca) 7ryoo9 ere kol lK€Tr)<; TrpocrTrtTrroj '^Sp?^H| ^H 
 /cat StSwut (70t eaavTov hovkov^ /cat AF^Tr^ i f!^ St « iS BT™ 
 
 (Tu/x/xa^or, o-e 8e TLjJLcopov atrov/xat 
 
 e/xot yevidOai • /cat vratSa ouroj? w? 8ui/ard^' ere 
 TTOLOVfxai • ttTrat? 8e et/xt dppevoiv iraihoiv} 
 
 11. '^O? yayo^ '^i' /xot pLovo^ kol /caXo? /cat dya^d?, a> 
 8ecr7roTa, /cat e/xe ^iK(x)v /cat ripoiv axrirep av evBaupova 
 irarepa 7rat9 rt/xwi^ TiBeir)^ tovtov 6 i^w /BacnXeif^ ovto^ 
 Kak4(javT0<; tov Tore ^acrtXeo)?, Trarpo^ 8e rov i^i)^,^^ oi? 
 8wcroi/709 ^^ 7171' Ovyarepa r&J e/xol 7rat8t, eyw /xei^ aTreTre/x- 
 xjjdprjj/ fxiya <j)pova>v on SrjOeu Trjq ySao'tXews 6vyaTpo<s 
 6\\foip7]v TOV ifjLop vlop yafxeTTjVt 6 8e z^vi/ fiacnXeifs ^^ et? 
 Srjpav avTov Trapa/caXecra?, /cat dt'ctg^^ aurw Or)pav dva 
 
 ^ Ace. * Gen. 187, c. ^ indirect object of xap-eix^ixrjv. 
 
 * af yowr hands. ^ 236. ^ jn apposition with i/xavrSv. 
 "^ Airais . . . 'Tralduv, childless of male offspring, i.e. I have no sons. 
 
 * OS 7(£/3, /or he. 
 
 ® Potential, cowZd maA:e. ti/j-Qv denotes the means, 271, b. 
 ^^ TOV vvv, the present king. ^^ 271, 5. 
 
 12 /Sao-tXeiJs repeats ^aaiXeOs four lines above. i^ From ip-trj/it. 
 
174 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 KpoLTo^^ ws TToXv KpeLTTCDv avTov LTTTTevs rjyovfjiei'o^; 
 eluaiy 6 fxev ojs <j>iko} avveOrjpa, (jyaveicrrj'^ S' dpKTOv ^ 
 8l(okopt€S apLcjyoTepoL^ 6 ^lev vvv ap^oiv ovtos aKovriaa^ 
 rjp.apT€v^ a)s fxyjiroT a>(f)€X€v,^ 6 8* e/xo? Trat? /Sakcop, 
 ovSei/ Seov,^ KarafBaXkei ttjv apKTov. koL t6t€ pkv Sr) 
 ai/Ladel'S dp* ovto<; Karecr^^ev vtto (tkotov tov <I)66vov • ^ 
 a>5 Se TTokiv XeovTo^ TrapaTV)(6vTo^ 6 pikv av rjixapTev^ 
 ovheu BavpLacTTov oXpai iraOaiv^ 6 8' aS e/xd? Trat? au^t? 
 Tv;(ft)i^^ KaTeipydcraTo re tov Xeovra koI elnevy '^Apa 
 ^efiXrjKa 81? i^e^rj<i kclL Acara^e/JXT^/ca Orjpcx kKarepoLKiSy 
 ip TOVTco 8e ovKCTL Karicr^ei 6 dvoauos tov ^dovov, dXX' 
 ai)(iJLr)v Trapd tlvo^ tcov inopevajv ctpTracra?, Tratcra? et9 
 ra (TTepva tov povov pot koX <^i\ov iraiha dcj^eikeTo ^ ttjv 
 xpvxVP. 
 
 12. Kdyo) pev 6 rctXa? veKpov dvTi vvp(f>Lov iKopi- 
 o'dpTjv KOL idaxjja TT^Xt/covro? ^ cjv dpTi yeveidcTKovTa 
 TOV dpLCTTov TraiSa tov dyaTTTjTOv • 6 8e KaTaKavcov 
 oicnrep i)(Opov aTToXecra? ovt€ peTapeXopevo'? nojiTOTe 
 <jf>ai^€j005 iyevETO ovTe dvTl tov KaKov ipyov Tiprj^ tlvo<s 
 rj^LOJcre^ tov /card yrj^.^ 6 ye prjv naTYjp avTov /cat 
 crvvcpKTicre pe koI 8rjXo^ '^v^^ (Tvva)(66p€v6<i pov ttj 
 
 1 273. 
 
 2 Sc. dfj-apreiv, would that he had never missed his aim. 
 
 8 it being in no respect (102) necessary (459), i.e. when he should not. 
 * KaT-i<TX€P . . . <f>66vov, kept his grudge concealed. 
 ^ as it happened, " as luck would have it.''"' 
 
 6 2d aor. mid. of d0-aip^w. ' old as I am, at my age. 
 
 8 Translate literally, deemed worthy. ^ him who is underground. 
 
 10 8^\os ^v, was evidently, etc.; cf. 409. 
 
SELECTIONS FOR READING 175 
 
 ^vfi(f)Opa. iyo) fxeu oui^, el fxeu e^r) e/ceti/o?, ovk olv irore 
 TjXdov TTyoos ere iirl tS iKeiuov KaKoi • ttoXXo, yap c^tXt/ca 
 enadov vw e/cetVou ^ kol VTryjpeTrjcra eKeCucp • eVet Se et? 
 TOi' ToO e/Aou TratSo? (j)OV€a rj ap^-q TrepLTJKeL, ovk du 
 TTOTe TovTO) iyoj Bvi/aLfirjv evvov^ yevio-Qai^ ouSe ovto^ 
 €u oto 071 (pikov av TTOT c/AC TjyrjcraLTo. otoe yap w? 
 eyo) 77/309 avTov e)(ct) /cal ws ^ TrpocrOev c^atS/aw? ^ioTevo)v 
 vvv Sta/cet/xat, €pr]iMO<s o)v koI Sia irivOovs^ to yrjpa<; 
 Sidycov. 
 
 13. Et oSi^ o"y /;ie 8e;(]7 fcat eXTrtSa rti'a Xd^otfiL Tft> 
 <^tXa> TratSi rt^coptas^ a^* rii'o? /Ltera crou Ti>;(€rt' /cal 
 dvrjj^rjcrai av^ TrdXiv Soko) [mol kol ovt€ ^(ov av en 
 alo'xyvoLpi'qv ovre air oOvrfCTKOiv dvLcofxevof; av TeXevrdp 
 So/cw. — 6 fJieu ovT(o<; elne. Kvpos S* aTreKpCvaTO' 'AXX' 
 TjVTTep, &> Tcj^pva, /cat cfypovoji/ (fyaCvrj ocr aire p Xeyeis 
 77/309 T7jOLa9, Se^o/uiat re iKerr^v ere koX TLficopTjaeiv crot 
 rou 77atSo9® orw ^€019 VTricr^vov p.ai. Xe^op 8e /aoi, 6(^77, 
 eai^ 0-0 6 raGra Troicofiev /cat ra T€t;5^>; icofxev e^eiv ere kol 
 TTjP ^(jjpav /cat TT^v SvvafjLLV rjpTrep irpocrdep eX^e^, crv 
 7)fXLv ^ tC ^^ dpTL TovTcop v77i7/)eTr^Vet9 ; 
 
 14. 'O Se et77e • Ta fxep reixq^ orap eXOys^ oXkop crot 
 nape^o) • SaafJiou 8e T7J9 ^((opas ovirep ecjyepov eKeivo) 
 
 1 iiradov vir' iKcivov, received at Ms hands. 
 
 2 vofii^ot. 3 ^5^ how, w. ex^' 
 * and in what a state I am now, who formerly. 
 
 5 5ta irivOovi = iv irhdet. ^ 187, a. 
 
 ■^ With avrj^rjaai, I think that I should. 
 
 8 Gen. of cause, avenge you on account of your son. 
 
 9 Dat. after iirvper-Ziaeis. 10 Cf. 102. 
 
176 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 crol oLTTOLcra) • /cat ottol av aTpaTevcrrj^ crvcTTpaTevcrofJLaL 
 Tr)v e/c T7J^ ■)(aipas SvpafjLLV €)(0}p. ecrrt Se" fioi, ecjyrjy kol 
 OvyoLTrjp ndpOevo^; dyanrjTrj ydfjiov^ T]Srj cjpaCa, ^v iyco 
 TTpodOev fjieu (^fJLTjv TO) vvv l^ao'ikevovTi yvvaiKO^ Tpi(^eiv • 
 vvv Se avTrj ri fioL rj Ovydrrjp ttoWol yocoixevr) ^ LKeTevcre 
 fiT) Sovj^aL avTTjv Tw rod d8eX(f)ov (f)ov€iy iya> re oxravrw? 
 yiyv(i)a'KO). vvv Be aoi SiScofxi /SovXevaacrdai koI irepl 
 ravTTjs ovTcos axnrep av kol iyco fiovkevoyv wepl crov 
 (j>aLva)ixaL, — ovtcj St) 6 Kvpos eXirev^ 'Ea^ raura, ec^^^, 
 aX.7j6evcrr)^y iyco StSw/xi croL rrjv ifjLTjp kol Xajx^duco ttjv 
 CTTjv oegLav ueoL be r]yiiv fiapTvpe^ €(jto)v. — €7rei oe 
 ravTCL eTTpd^Or]^ dineuaL re KeXevei rov Ta)/3pvav e^ovra 
 TOL onXa KOL iiry^pero TTOcrrj rt? oSo? w? avTov^ etr). 
 o o eXeyev^ nv avpiov 1175 irpoii^ rrj erepa av avXiC^oio 
 Trap r)ixiv. — ovrca 817 ovtos ftei' ^^ero riyefiova 
 KaTaXiiTcov. 
 
 487. THE CHOICE OF HERACLES 
 
 [Memorabilia II. i. 21-34] 
 
 15. IlpdSt/co? 8e 6 o-o(j)6^ (f)r)(rLv *Hpa/cXea, eVei cfc 
 TTaCBcov ^ eU Tj^riv MpfidrOy iv rj 01 veoi rjSrj avTOKpdrope^ 
 yiyvofievoL Sr)Xovo'LV etre ttjv Sl dpeTrj^ oSov TpexfjovTai 
 em Tov pioVy eure ttjv ota /ca/cta9, egeKuovra et? rj<jv)(iav 
 
 1 Gen. dependent on wpaia, of suitable age for. 
 
 2 In apposition with ^v. ^ ttoWcl youfxivr], with many tears. 
 * (Js ayxAi', to him, i.e. ^o ^is castle. ® Sc. ijfi^pg.. ^ boyhood. 
 
 ■^ Agrees with 'HpoKX^a. Notice that the entire paragraph is indirect 
 discourse after ^rjaly. 
 
SELECTIONS FOB BEADING 177 
 
 Ka0r}(T0aLy airopovvra onoTepav tcop oSwv TpdnrjTaL • 
 /cat (l)avrjvaL avTco hvo yvvaiKa^ irpoUvai /xeyaXas, Tr]v 
 fxev irepav^ evirpeTrrj re ISelv^ Kal iXevdepiOP, (jyvcrei 
 KeKocriJLr)^€urjv to fiei/ acofia KaOapoTrjTij 
 Tct Se o/i/xara atSot/ to Be cr^p.a cro)- 
 (fipoa-vvr), iaOrJTL Se XevKrj • ttjv S' ere- 
 pav^ TedpafifxeuT)!/'^ fiev et? irokvcrapKiav 
 re /cat aTraXdn^ra, KeKaWo)7ri(Tp.ivrjv Se 
 TO /xei' ^pwjLia,^ wore^ \tvKOTipav re /cat 
 ipvdpoT€pap Tov 01^709^ So/ceti'^ c^atVe- 
 (T^at, TO Se o^x'^/xa, wcrre So/cetj^ opOoTepav 
 TTJ^ <^uo"e(ys eli'at, to, Se o/x/xara e;)(eti/ draTreTTTa/xeVa, 
 icrOrJTa Se, ef '^5 ai/ fidXiaTa a>pa StaXct/xTTOt,® /caTa- 
 (TKOTTeiaOai Se ^a/xa kavTrjv^ eTna-KoireLu Se /cat, et^ 
 Tt9 aXXo9 avTTjv ^earat, 7roXXa/cts Se /cat ets ti^i' eaur'yjs 
 cr/ctai/ diro^XeTreiv. 
 
 16. 'n? S' iyivovTo TrKr^criaiTepov tov 'Hpa/cXeou?,^® 
 TT^i^ jLtei^ TrpocrOev {€(j)7} 6 npdSt/co9) pr)0eicrav levai tov 
 avTov TpOTTOv^^ Tr)v S' eTepav (l)OdcraL ^ov\ofJLevr)v 
 TTpocrSpafjuelv ^^ t(o 'Hpa/cXet ^^ /cat etTreti^ • 'Opw ere, w 
 *Hpa/cXet9, aTTopovi^ra ^* iroiav ohov^^ iirl tov ^lov 
 Tpdirr) • ectp' /xei/ e^ute (j)L\rjv irovqcrdp.evo^^ iirl ttjv 
 
 1 ^/le one . . . the other. 
 
 2 comely to look upon, i.e. m appearance. Cf. 261, 5. 
 
 8 300. 4 From t/3^0w. s 102. 6 (^l^-T-e go^ej"^^ 442. 
 
 ^ 225. 8 Potential. » To see if. 
 
 10 An exception to 236. 11 Adverbial, at the same pace. 
 
 12 After ^077. 13 238. 1M68. 
 1^ Cognate accusative. 
 
 FIKST GR. BK. — 12 
 
178 TTTE FinST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 7)8L(TTr)u T€ Koi pacrTqv ohov afa> ere, koX tcov fxep 
 TepiTvcxiv ovSevo^^ dyevcTTOS ecret, tcop 8e ^akeirciiv dnei- 
 po<i Sta^tcucret. wpcoTov fiev yap ov Trokefjicjv '^ ov8k 
 TTpayixdrcov (^povriel^^ dWd <jKOTTOvp.evo^ ^ Stecret, ri dv 
 K€)(^apLcrfxevov ij criTiov rj ttotov eupot?, yj ri dv Ihcov rj tl 
 dKovcra^ repc^^eiT^?, ^ rivoiv^ dv 6(j(f)paiv6^evo<^ y) diTTo- 
 fxevo'? Tjcrdeiri^ koX ttws dv fiaXaKcorara /ca^euSot?, /cat 
 770)9 dv diTovojTaTa totjtcov ^ navTcov Tvy)(avoL^. idv Se 
 TTore yevrjTaC tls vTToxjjia cnrdvecos ^ d<^' a)v ecrrat ravra, 
 ov (f)6^o^^ fjit] ere dydyoi iirl to ^ Trovovvra kol rakanro}- 
 povvTa T(o crw/xarc /cat ttj ^vxjj raura TTOpil^ea-Oai • 
 dW ols^ dv ol dWot ipyd^covTai tovtol^ (TV ^/OTycret, 
 ouSe^'o? ^ dTT€)(6fji€V0Si odev dv SvvaTov rj tl Kephdvai • 
 TravTCL-^oOev yap ox^^Keiadai toIs e/xot avvovcnv i^ov- 
 criav €yo}ye TTape^a). 
 
 17. Kat 6 'HpaKXrjs d/coucra? ravra • ^11 yvvai^^ 
 €(^17, ovofxa 8e crot rt ecrrti' ; 17 8e • Ot fiev ijjLol <^t\ot, 
 6(^17, /caXoGcrt /xe Eu8at/xo^ta^'/^ ot 8e fjucovvTe^s fxe 
 v7TOKopL^6fjL€VOL ovofidl^ovaL fie KaKiav}^ /cat iv tovtco 
 rj irepa yvvrj irpocreKOovcra etTre* Kat iyco rjKO) Trpo? 
 
 1 Obj. gen. after dyevaros, connected with yevofiai, which takes the 
 genitive 187, b. So direipos. 
 
 2 Gen. of cause. 
 
 ^ Expresses manner, but I8(iv, dKoi6&as, etc., means. 
 * 187, b. 5 187, a. e Objective gen. 
 
 ■^ t6 belongs to iropl^eadai. irovovvra and ToKaiirtapovvTa agree with the 
 omitted subject of iropl^eadai, and express means. 
 
 8 Object of ipyd^(avTai, attracted into the case of its antecedent, roiJrots, 
 which is dat. after xP'n<^^'- Cf. utor in Latin. 
 
 9 141. 10 voc. of yvv-fi, lady, madam; cf. 367. " 255. 
 
SELECTIONS FOB BEADING 179 
 
 ere, w 'Hpa/cXet?, eiSvla^ tov^ yeuvrjaavToi^ ae^ fcat rriv 
 (j)V(TLv Ty]v ar^v iu rrj TratSeta KarafxaOovaa • ef a)z/ 
 eXTTt^w, et rryi' 7r/)os e/ute oSo^' TpdnoLOy crc^dSp' ai^ ere 
 rait' KoKwv koX creyivcov ipyoLTr^v ayaOov yevicrOai^ /cal 
 e/xe^ ert ttoXu ivriiioTepav koX in dyaOols ^laTTperre- 
 aripav (fyavrjvai • ^ ovk e^airaTrjcroi hi ere 7r/)ooi/x,tot9 
 y^hovTJ^, dW, ^^rep ol Oeol BiiOecrav, ret oura StT^yT^cro- 
 ftai /xer' d\7)0eLas. tcjv yap ovtcov^ dyaOwv kol Kokwv 
 ovSep dvev ttovov /cat CTrt/xeXetas deoi hihoacriv dv 
 
 0p(OTTOi<; ' 
 
 18. dXX' cire rov? 0€ov<; iXecos eluat ctol /SovXet, 
 Oepanevriov ^ roif^ Oeov^ • etre vtto <^i\(i)v iOiXeu^ 
 dyandcrdaL, tov<; t^iXov? evepyeTrjriov • etre vtto tlvos 
 TToXeoti? iTnOvfiei*; TLfxdcrdaL, rrjv ttoXlp d)(f>e\7jTiov * cire 
 VTTO ttJs 'EXXctSo? irdcrrjs dftot?^ ctt' dperfj Oavpidt^ecrdai, 
 T7)v 'EXXdSa Treipariov ev iroieiv • etre yrjv fiovkei (Tol 
 Kapnov^ d(f)06vov'; (jyipeLv^ ttjv yrjv OeparrevTiov • elre 
 diro ^ocTKiqyidTOiv otei Seti^ irkovTit^ecrO ai^ tcov /Soo-ktj- 
 fidrcov ^ iTTiixekrjTiov • etre Sect TroXijxov opjua? av^eaOaiy 
 KOL ^ouXet Swacr^at rov? re c^tXou? i\ev6epovv /cat rovs 
 i^Opov^ X^ipovcrOaiy ret? TroXe/itfcd? rixyas avrct? re 
 Trapd Twi/ i-ma-Tafiivcov fxadrjTeoPy kol ottcjs avrais SeZ 
 XprjorO ai dcrKrjTeov • et Se /cat t<w crcofjiaTL ^ /Bo-uXeu 
 
 I 1 Partic. of oT5a. ^ ^.q^s 7ej'j'ij£ra;/T<£s <re, your parents. 
 
 P 8 Expressed for contrast. Cf- 310, end. 
 
 * 2d aor. pass, of 0a/vw, w. force of mid., appear. 
 
 ^ the things tchich are, partitive gen. w. ovd4v. 
 
 6 427. '^ expect, desire. ^ 187, b. 
 
 ^ Dative of respect, a form of the dative of manner (300). 
 
180 THE FIBST GREEK BOOK 
 
 SvvaTo<s etvai^ rrj yvcofir) ^ vTrrjpeTelu iOicTTiov to crcofia 
 Kol yvfJLvacrTeov avv Tr6voi<; koX Ihpcori, 
 
 19. Kal 7) Ka/cta viroka^ovcra etTre^', w? (^rycrt 
 lipoiiKo^i • 'Ei^i^oets, oi *H/Da/c\€t9, cos ^akeirriv Kal 
 yLOLKpav ohov inl ras ev(j)po(Twa<; rj yvvrf ctol avTT) 
 SiTjyeLTai ; iyo) §e paSuav Kal ^pa^eiav oSov cttI tyjj/ 
 evSaL{xovLav d^o) ere. Kal tj 'ApeTrj eiirev • Q> tXtJixov^ 
 TL oe (TV ayauov e)(€LS ; rj tl tjov oicrUa^ ixr^oev tovtcjv 
 ev€Ka TTpaTTeiv ideXovcra ; tJtl^; ouSe ty)!/ tcov rjheoiv 
 iTnOvfiCav dvafiej/eL^y aXXct, nplp iTndvfirjcraLy TrdvTcov^ 
 ifjLTTLirkacraLy irplv p^ev Treivrjv^ iadiovcra, irplv 8e SlxJjtJi/ 
 TTLvovcray lua peu i^Sea)? <j>dyrj^^ 6i//07rotous piq^avoypivy^^ 
 Iva 8e T^Seo)? ttlptj^s^ olvov^ re TroXvreXet? irapacTKevd^eL^ 
 Kal Tov Oepov^;^ xiova irepiOiovcra ^rjTel^ ' Iva 8e 
 Ka6vTTV(i)(Trj^ 7]hi(x)^y ov povov ras crTpcopva^; /xaXafcct?, 
 dXXa Kol Tct? AcXtVa? /cai rd viro^aOpa rat? K\ivai^ 
 TTapacrKevd^ei • ou yap 8ta to noveLu^ dWd 8ta to 
 prjSep €)(eiv 6 tl TTOirj<;^ virvov eTri^u/xet?. 
 
 20. dOdvaTo^ 8e oSo'a^ Ik decop pep dTreppLxpai, viro 
 8e dp6p(x)TT0)P dyadcop dTipdt^ei. tov 8e irdpTosp rjSC- 
 CTTOv dKOV(TpaTO<;^ iiraipov eavTrJ?, dprjKOO^ et, /cai tov 
 irdpTcop rj^LCTTov dedpaTos dOeaTOS • ovSei' yap ircoTroTe 
 
 1 P. 175, n. 9. 2 p. 127, n. 3. 
 
 « TTcimw contracts ae into 97, so also Si^aw and fdw. 
 *293. 
 
 s /xi/S^v . . . 5 rt TToi^s, nothing to do, obj. of ex"''- 
 8 Concessive, though, etc. 
 
 ' Gen. after d»'?J/:oos, as in § 16, as if a verb were used : the sweetest 
 sound of all you have never heard, 187, b. 
 
 i 
 
SELECTIONS FOR BEADING 181 
 
 aeavTTJs ^ epyov koXov reOiaaai. tls S' dv croi Xeyovcrrj 
 TL TTicTTevcreie ; ^ rts 8' av heoixeurj tlvo^ ^ iTrapKeaeueu ; 
 7} TLs CLP ev (f)pov(i)v Tov (Tov OidcTOV ^ ToXfJuijcTeiei^ el^at ; 
 ol vioL fiep ovre^ toi<; crcofxacnp^ dSvpaToi etcrt, npecr- 
 l8vT€poL 8e yeuofievoL rat? xjjvxoiL^ dporjroi^ dirovoj^s fiku 
 Xiirapol Sta p€6t7)to<; Tpe(j)6fjLevoLy iinTroucos Se av)(fxr)- 
 pol^ Sta yT]p(o<; TrepcouTeSy rot? fikp TrcTrpay/xeVot? 
 al(T)(yv6p.€voi, TOL<; Se irparrofJievoLs /Sapwofxevoi, rd 
 fxeu TjBea iv rrj veorrjTL SiaSpa/xdi^res, rd §e ^aXcTra eis 
 TO yrjpa<; dirodeiievoL. 
 
 21. iyo) 8e avveipLi pikv Oeois,^ crvveifXi 8e dvOpconoi^ 
 To1<; dyaOol^ • epyov 8e koKov ovre deiov ovre dvOpco- 
 TTivov )(0)pl^ ifiov yiyverai. rt/Aw/iat 8e jjidkiara irdvTajp 
 Koi irapd Oeois kol irapd dv6p(i)TToi<;^ of? TrpocrrjKeiy 
 dyairrjTrj ixev cruvepyo^ re^vWai^;^ irLcrrr) 8e c^vXaf 
 OLKcov SecTTTorat?, evjjLeprjs 8e Trapacrrarts olK€TaL<;y 
 dyaOrj 8e (rvWrjirTpia tcop iv elpijvr) ttovcov^ ^efiaCa 
 8e Tcop iv TToXe/xw crv/x/Aa;(o? ipyoiv^ dpLcrrr] 8e ^tXta? 
 Koti/wz^d?. ecrrt 8€ rot? /xei^ e/xot? </)t\ots i^Seta /xei' /cat 
 dirpdypLOiv crtroyv^ kol ttotcop diroXavcns* dvi^ovrai 
 yap ia)q dv iTTiOvixTjcroio-iv^ avTcou. vituo<; 8* auTOt? 
 Trdpecrriv rjSicov rj to'l<; dpi6^0oi<^^ kol ovt€ aTrokeiiTovre^i 
 avTov d^OovTai^ ovre hid tovtov p.e6id(Ti rd Seovra 
 
 1 Subjective gen., 132. 
 
 2 Potential. In what word is the protasis implied ? 
 
 8 P. 127, n. 3. * Pred. gen. s See p. 179, n. 9. 
 
 « Pred. adj. after irepQpres. ^ 236. 
 
 8 132. 9 434. 
 
182 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 TTpdrreiv. /cat ol [xkv veoi toIs to)v Trpecr^vrepcov iiraC- 
 voL<s^ ^aipovcTLv^ 01 8e yepaiTepoi rats roiv ve(ov rt/xats 
 ayaWoi^rat • /cat rjheciis fiev tcjv iraXaicov Trpd^ecov^ 
 fjiifxvrjvTaL^ ev Se 70,9 napovcras TJSovTai irpoiTTovTeSi St* 
 ifxe (f)LkoL p.kv Oeols wres, dyaTrrjTol Se ^tXot9, Tiynoi Se 
 TTarpiaLv • orav 8' eX^T? ''"^ ireTrpoiixivov rekoSy ov fiera 
 Xy]drj<i aTLfjiOL KeivTaiy aXXa /xera fivTJfxrj^i tov act ^povov 
 vp.vovp.evoi OaXkovcri. Toiavrd^ crot, w Trat TOKecov 
 dyaOcov, 'Hpa/cXet?, e^ecTTL SiaTrovrjcrapepcp rrjv paKapir 
 (TTOTaTrjv evBaupoviav KeKTrjaOaL. 
 
 1300. 
 
 2 187, b. 
 
 8 Obj. of 5i.airQV7]<TaiJL4v(f, 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 488. RULES OF EUPHONY 
 
 1. Before M, ir, p, or <t> becomes (i; k or x becomes 7, 
 as Tpfpo), TCTpLjjLiiat ; apxo), 'np7|ial; t, 8, or 9 often becomes 
 or, as ireiOco, ireircio'iJ.ai ; dpTrdl^a), Tlpirao-pLat. 
 
 2. Before T, A, or 0, it, p, <j>, k, -y, or ^ is made coordi- 
 nate (9); T, 8, or 6 becomes c; as ttciBo), cttclo'Stiv ; 
 d-yo), "^KTai. 
 
 3. With S, TT, p, or <|> becomes \|/ ; k, y, or x, becomes 
 I ; T, 8, or 6 is dropped ; as Tre|jLTr(o, ircp-xl/o) ; €X<d, c'l©. 
 The combinations in-, v8, v0, occurring before or ar« 
 dropped, and the preceding vowel is lengthened ; as 
 Xijoucra for Xucvro-a. 
 
 4. When the stem of a verb ends in a consonant, the 
 endings (-Gov, -8t|v) -Gc, 6ai, etc., are used instead of 
 (-o-6ov, -aG-qv) -crGe, -<r6ai, etc. (109). 
 
 5. With consonant stems the periphrastic form of the 
 third personal plural is used; as i\y\Livoi clo-i, T|'YfJi€voi 
 r\(Tav (for '^'yvTat, -nYvro, which would be hard to pro- 
 nounce). 
 
 6. N before ir, p, or <|) becomes |i ; before k, y, or x, it 
 becomes -y nasal ; before t, 8, 6 it is unchanged ; before 
 another liquid it is changed to that liquid ; before cr it is 
 
 183 
 
184 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 generally dropped and the preceding vowel is lengthened, 
 a to d, € to €1, to 01) ; as o-vixircinrci) for (r\)VTr€(nro), (rvy- 
 KaXco) for (rvvKaXco), but o-vvtolttco ; o-vWc-yo) for o-vvXe-Ya), 
 Xvoucri for Xvovcri. 
 
 7. A rough mute is never doubled. Initial p is doubled 
 when a vowel precedes it in forming a compound word, 
 and also after the syllabic augment ; piirTco, cppiiTTOv. 
 
 When a smooth mute comes before a rough vowel it is 
 itself made rough ; as KaOio-x'qp.i for KaT(a)i<rTiijjLi. 
 
 In reduplications an initial rough mute is made smooth ; 
 as TcGvKa. 
 
 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION 
 
 
 
 
 NOUNS 
 
 
 
 >489 
 
 
 0-Declension 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 \6yos 
 \6yov 
 
 Xd-yov 
 Xo^e 
 
 SovXos 
 SovXov 
 SoilXti) 
 SovXov 
 SovXe 
 
 dvOptdiros 
 dvBpwirov 
 dvepwirtj) 
 dvOptoirov 
 av6po)ir€ 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 a-rpary]y6s 
 
 0'TpaTT]'Y0V 
 0-TpaTT]7<U 
 
 arTpaTT]"y6v 
 a-TpaTr\yi 
 
 Siopov 
 Upov 
 Stopw 
 8wpov 
 Swpov 
 
 (n.a.v. 
 
 (G.D.) 
 
 (Xa-yoiv) 
 
 (8oi»Xa>) 
 (SovXoiv) 
 
 (dveptoiro)) 
 (dveptoirotv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 (o-TpaTTi7t&) 
 (o-rpaTTj-yoiv) 
 
 (8t&p«) 
 (8wpoiv) 
 
 N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 X6701 
 Xd'ytdv 
 X6-yois 
 X670VS 
 
 SovXoi 
 8ovX(i>v 
 SovXois 
 SovXovs 
 
 av6pci>iroi 
 dvOpwirwv 
 dvOpc&irois 
 dv0p(&Trovs 
 
 o-Tparrj-yoC 
 o-TpttTTj-ytov 
 o-rpaTiryois 
 o-TpaTTj-yovs 
 
 8«ptt 
 8(opa)v 
 Swpois 
 8wpa 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 185 
 
 490. 
 
 A-Declension, Feminine 
 
 Singular 
 
 N.V. x<Spa 
 
 G. X"P« 
 
 D. x*^P* 
 
 A. X*^pav 
 
 Movo-a 
 Movo-r)s 
 Movo-Q 
 Movo-av 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 O-KTfV^ 
 O-KTIVTIS 
 0-K1]V^ 
 O-KTJV^V 
 
 •y^<j>vpa 
 •y6<|>vpds 
 
 74vp«J 
 Y^<|>vpav 
 
 (n.a.v.) (x<&pd) 
 (G.D.) (x«paiv) 
 
 (Moiio-d) 
 (Movo-aiv) 
 
 (o-Kt]vd) 
 (o-Ki]vaiv) 
 
 (Y€«|>i5pd) 
 (•y€<|)vpaiv) 
 
 , 
 
 Plubal 
 
 
 
 N.V. X^P<>'I' 
 
 G. x<ap&v 
 
 D. X'^pO-'-S 
 
 A. \iipas 
 
 Movo-ai 
 Movo-«v 
 Movo-ais 
 Moia-ds 
 
 o-KT]vaC 
 
 O-KI^VUV 
 
 o-KT)vais 
 
 O-KTIVOS 
 
 7^<t)vpai 
 'y€<}>vpuv 
 ■y6<i>i5pais 
 "y6<|)vpds 
 
 491. 
 
 A-Declension, Masculine 
 
 Singular 
 
 N. 
 
 vedvids 
 
 iroXtrris 
 
 ircXrao-T^S 
 
 o-aTpdir^s 
 
 G. 
 
 v€dv£ov 
 
 iroXfrov 
 
 ireXrao-Tov 
 
 o-arpdirov 
 
 D. 
 
 vedvC^. 
 
 iroXirxi 
 
 ircXTao-Tfi 
 
 o-arpdiTQ 
 
 A. 
 
 vcdvCav 
 
 iroXfTTjv 
 
 ireXrao-Hiv 
 
 o-aTpdin]v 
 
 V. 
 
 vcdvCd 
 
 iroXira 
 
 ireXTOo-Td 
 
 o-ttTpdinj 
 
 
 
 ♦Dual 
 
 
 (n.a.v. 
 
 ,) (v6dvCd) 
 
 (iroXtra) 
 
 (ireXTtto-Td) 
 
 (o-arpdird) 
 
 (G.D.) 
 
 (vcdvtaiv) 
 
 (iroXtratv) 
 
 (ireXTao-Taiv) 
 
 (o-arpdiraiv) 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 N.V. 
 
 vcdvCai 
 
 iroXirai 
 
 ircXTao-TaC 
 
 o-arpdirai 
 
 G. 
 
 vcdviMv 
 
 iroXiTwv 
 
 ireXrao-Tttv 
 
 o-aTpair«v 
 
 D. 
 
 vcdvCais 
 
 iroXtrais 
 
 ireXTao-Tats 
 
 o-arpdirais 
 
 A. 
 
 vcdvCds 
 
 iroXtrds 
 
 ireXTOo-Tds 
 
 orarpdirds 
 
186 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 492. Consonant Declension — Palatals and Labials 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 N, <)>v\a| 
 
 G. «j>v\aKOS 
 
 A. <{>v\aKa 
 v. ^ikd^ 
 
 8i&pva 
 
 8i(&pvxos 
 
 8ic&pvxi 
 
 8ic&pvxa 
 
 8i»pvg 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 <t>\6p6s 
 <f>\€p£ 
 
 Kfipug 
 KirjpvKOS 
 
 KVjpVKk 
 
 K^pvKa 
 
 Kfjpvg 
 
 (n.a.v.) (<j>vXaK6) 
 (g.d.) (<|>v\dKOiv) 
 
 (8ic&pvx€) 
 (8ia)pvxoiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 («}>X€potv) 
 
 (K^PVKC) 
 (KTJpiJKOlv) 
 
 N.v. <}>v\aKes 
 
 G. ({>vXdK(i>V 
 
 D. cjjvXagt 
 A. <|>v\aKas 
 
 8i»pvx6S 
 hi(apv\<av 
 8k(&pv|i 
 8icopvxas 
 
 «|,X.'Pcs 
 
 (}>X€pUV 
 
 «t,X6iC 
 (t>X^Pas 
 
 kV]PVK€S 
 KT)pi^KO)V 
 K^pvgt 
 
 K^pvKas 
 
 493. 
 
 Unguals 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 V^g 
 
 6pvls 
 
 IXirCs 
 
 Xewv 
 
 (r&p.a 
 
 G. 
 
 WKTOS 
 
 6pvlQo9 
 
 IXirCSos 
 
 Xe'ovTOs 
 
 (rc&|xaTO$ 
 
 D. 
 
 wktC 
 
 opviOi 
 
 IXirCSi 
 
 Xe'ovTi 
 
 <rc0)i,aTi 
 
 A. 
 
 VVKTa 
 
 opviv 
 
 IXirC8a 
 
 Xiovra 
 
 o-»|ia 
 
 V. 
 
 vii 
 
 6pvls 
 
 cXirC 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 X^ov 
 
 o-Mfia 
 
 (n.a.v. 
 
 ) (v<lkT€) 
 
 (6pVl0€) 
 
 (IXirC8€) 
 
 (XfovT€) 
 
 (<r(6(i,aT6) 
 
 (G.D.) 
 
 (WKTOtv) 
 
 (opvtOoiv) 
 
 (airt8oiv) 
 Plural 
 
 (XedvTOiv) 
 
 (o-<i>(wiTOiv) 
 
 N.Y. 
 
 V<IkT€S 
 
 Spvl0€S 
 
 IX^CScs 
 
 X^OVTCS 
 
 (TcSfxaTa 
 
 G. 
 
 VVKTWV 
 
 opvt8(ov 
 
 air£8a)v 
 
 XcdvTcov 
 
 O-COjxdTCtfV 
 
 D. 
 
 ia,5t 
 
 ^pvio-i 
 
 IX^Co-i 
 
 Xeoucri 
 
 a'iji]ia<ri 
 
 A. 
 
 vvKTas 
 
 ^pvl6as 
 
 4Xir(8as 
 
 X^ovras 
 
 o-(&|J.aTa 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 187 
 
 494. 
 
 Liquid and Syncopated Nouns 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 T|'ycp.(&v 
 
 ^^TCOp 
 
 fl^V 
 
 irar^p 
 
 ll^TTJp 
 
 dv^p 
 
 G. 
 
 Ti"y€n6vos 
 
 p^TOpOS 
 
 UTivds 
 
 irarpiSs 
 
 |lT]Tp6s 
 
 dvSpos 
 
 D. 
 
 ^Y^fiovi 
 
 ^^TOpi 
 
 RvC 
 
 irttTpC 
 
 |lT]TpC 
 
 dvSpC 
 
 A. 
 
 T|-y6|JL6va 
 
 ^^Topa 
 
 fifiva 
 
 iraWpa 
 
 |XT,Wpa 
 
 dvSpa 
 
 V. 
 
 {yi^^v 
 
 ^t^TOp 
 
 K^v 
 
 irdrep 
 
 |lT]T€p 
 
 avep 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (n.a.v.) (T|-y€ii.6v€) (p^Tope) (fi^Jve) 
 (g.d.) (Tj-ycudvoiv) (prirdpoiv) (jativoiv) 
 
 (irarepe) (p,TiWp€) (dvSpc) 
 (irar^poiv) (p.T]T€'poiv) (dvSpoiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 T|-y€p,6vo)v 
 Tj-ycixovas 
 
 ^^Top€S jifives iraTcpes 
 pi]T6pa)v |XT]v«5v iraT6p(i>v 
 p'^Topo'i p.T](rC irarpdo-i 
 p-^Topas [JiT]vas irarepas 
 
 HTJT^pCS dv8p€s 
 y.y\rip(jiv dvSpuv 
 (iTtrpda-i dv8pd(ri 
 |jLi]Tepas dvSpas 
 
 495. 
 
 
 Stems in 2 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 T. 
 
 Y^vos SwKpdTTis 
 (•y^vcos) -y^vovs (SwKpoiTCOs) SwKparovs 
 (■y^vci) -y^vci (StoKparci) SwKpdrci 
 ■y^vos (SwKpciTca) SwKpdrr] 
 ■y^vos SwKpttTCS 
 
 Kp^as 
 (Kp^aos) Kp€«S 
 (Kpea'C) Kp^ai 
 
 Kpc'as 
 
 Kp€as 
 
 (n.a.v.) (-y^vcc, 7^v6i) 
 (g.d.) (-yev^oiv, 7€voiv) 
 
 n.a.v. 
 
 g. 
 
 D. 
 
 (■y^vca) "y^vTj 
 -ycv^cov, -ycvftiv 
 ■yc'veo-t 
 
 ♦Dual 
 
 Plural 
 
 (Kp4aa) Kp4d 
 (Kpeawv) Kpccav 
 
 Kp^OiTt 
 
188 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 496. ^ Nouns in ID and EYZ 
 
 Singular 
 
 N. ir6Xis wf^x^s cuTTv Ix^^s Pa<ri\€iis 
 
 G. irdXeus tt'^X*'** ao-rcws Ix^vos Pa<ri\€a)s 
 
 D. (iriXei) iro'Xci (-n-^x^O '"'^X*'' (ao'Tc'C) a<rT€i l\dvi (Pa<riXei) 
 
 Pao-iXck 
 
 A. iroXiv irf^X^*' ao-rv Ix^vv Pao-iX^d 
 
 V. iroXi ""^X^ ao-Tv Ix^v Pao-iXcv 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (n.a.v.) (iroXcc, TToXei) Qirf\\K, iri^x*'') (a<rT€€, ao-rei) (Ix^vc) (Pao-iX^t) 
 (g.d.) (iroX^oiv) (inixeoiv) (do-rioiv) (lx6voiv)(Pa<riX^oiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 N.v. (irdXccs) iriXeis (ir^X***) '"^X'^'S (o.o'Tia) aa"n\ l\9vts (Pa(riX«s) 
 
 PacriXcis 
 g. tto'Xcwv iriwiiav acTewv l\Qv<av Pao-iX^uv 
 
 D. iroXco-i triw^a-i ao'Turi i\Qva-\. PacriXevo-i 
 
 A. iroXcis TT^X'^S (a(rT€a) ourrr) i\Qvs Pao-iX^ds 
 
 497. 
 
 7. 
 
 Stems in Digamma 
 Singular 
 
 
 N. pOVS 
 
 Ypavs 
 
 vaW 
 
 G. Po6s 
 
 -ypdds 
 
 V€(&S 
 
 D. pot 
 
 •ypat 
 
 vnc 
 
 A. pOVV 
 
 7pavv 
 
 vavv 
 
 V. Pov 
 
 •ypav 
 
 *Dual 
 
 vav 
 
 (N.A.V.) (P66) 
 
 (Ypae) 
 
 (Vf)€) 
 
 (G.D.) (Pootv) 
 
 (Ypdoiv) 
 Plural 
 
 (V€0tv) 
 
 N.V. p<S€S 
 
 Ypocs 
 
 vfics 
 
 G. POUV 
 
 7pd«v 
 
 V€a>v 
 
 D. pOVO-t 
 
 -ypavo-C 
 
 vavo-C 
 
 A. po{)s 
 
 7pa«« 
 
 va€s 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 189 
 
 498. 
 
 Contract Nouns in and A 
 
 K. (v6os) vovs 
 
 G. (v6ov) vov 
 
 D. (v6<j>) vw 
 
 A. (VOOV) VOVV 
 
 V. (v6€) vov 
 
 Singular 
 (6<rT€ov) 6<rT0vv 
 
 (6<rT€0v) OCTTOV 
 
 (6<rT^<p) 6<rT<p 
 
 (OCTT^OV) OOTOVV 
 (OO-TCOV) OOTOVV 
 
 (|ivdd) 
 
 ((ivdds) 
 
 (fivd<j) 
 
 (|ivddv) 
 
 ()&vdd) 
 
 |jiva 
 |ivds 
 |iv4 
 |ivdv 
 
 |JLvd 
 
 (n.a.v.) (v6«) (v(&) 
 (g.d.) (v6oiv) (voiv) 
 
 ♦Dual 
 
 (6o-T€a)) (OCTTW) 
 (6<rT€0lv) (OOTTOIV) 
 
 (fivdd) ((ivd) 
 ({jivdaiv) (jivaiv) 
 
 (v6oi) vot 
 
 (v6«v) v«v 
 
 (v6ois) vois 
 
 (vootjs) vovs 
 
 (vooi) vol 
 
 Plural 
 
 (oo^ca) oo-rd 
 (wrritav) hfrr&v 
 
 (OOTCOIS) dcTTOlS 
 
 (ooT^a) oo-rd 
 (pa-riok) oo-T.d 
 
 (|ivdai) yyoX 
 
 (fivawv) |ivov 
 
 ((ivdais) (ivais 
 
 ((ivdds) |JLvds 
 
 (|i,vdai) |ivai 
 
 Singular 
 
 (•yc'ds) -y^S 
 (Y^dv) -yriv 
 
 (•EpHt^ds) 
 
 ('Ep|X€Ov) 
 
 CEpHL^cj) 
 
 ('Epiw'dv) 
 
 CEpiiid) 
 
 'Epitfis 
 
 'EpfJLOV 
 
 |Ep|i^ 
 'Ep|ifjv 
 
 'EpjlTl 
 
 (N.A.V.) 
 (G.D.) 
 
 ♦Dual 
 
 ('Epji^d) ('Epiid) 
 ('Ep}t^aiv) ('Epnaiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 ▲. 
 
 ('Epft^ai) 
 
 ('Ep|16Wv) 
 
 ('Epfi^ais) 
 ('Epfxe'ds) 
 
 'Epp.ab 
 'Epfjiwv 
 'Ep|j.ais 
 'Ep|jLds 
 
190 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 
 
 ADJECTIVES 
 
 
 
 H99. Adjectives 
 
 of the Vowel Declension 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 K. a-ya66s 
 
 d^ae^ 
 
 ayaQ6v 
 
 (|>(\ios 
 
 <i>i\Cd 
 
 <|>(Xiov 
 
 G. d-yaGov 
 
 d-yaGiis 
 
 d'yaOov 
 
 <)>iX,iov 
 
 «l>i\Cds 
 
 <}>iXiov 
 
 D. d"Ya0w 
 
 d^aGfi 
 
 d-yaOu 
 
 <|>tXia, 
 
 <|>iX(a 
 
 <f,tX£a, 
 
 A . d-yaOov 
 
 dvaG^v 
 
 d-ya66v 
 
 4>C\iov 
 
 <J>iX£dv 
 
 <l>aiov 
 
 V. d^aee 
 
 d-yaflTi 
 
 d'yaOov 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 <t>ai€ 
 
 <t>iXCd 
 
 <l>aiov 
 
 (n.a.v.) (d^a0(&) 
 
 (d^aOd) 
 
 (d^aeti) 
 
 (<t)i\Cw) 
 
 («}>iXid) 
 
 (<t)iXC«) 
 
 (g.d.) (d-yaOoiv] 
 
 ) (d^aOaiv 
 
 ) (dYtteoiv) 
 
 (iiXCoiv) (<|>i\Caiv) ((|>i\£oiv) 
 
 Plural 
 N.v. d^aOoC d-yaGaC d'yaOd 
 
 G. d'yaOwv d'yaOd) v d-yaOwv 
 
 J). dYaOois d-ya0ais d-yaOoCs 
 
 A. d^aOovs d-yaOas d-yaOd 
 
 t^ 
 
 500. 
 
 <{>£Xioi. <|>(Xiai (|>(Xia 
 
 <{>iXCb>v <{>iX(a>v <|>iX(o)v 
 
 <{>iXCois 4>iXiais <)>iX£ois 
 
 <{>iXCovs <t>iX£ds <}>£Xia 
 
 Consonant Declension 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 M. F. N, 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. €v8aC(ia)v €v8ai|JL0v 
 
 dXtiO^s 
 
 dXT,0^S 
 
 G. €v8aC(i,ovos 
 
 
 (dXTi0eos) dXT)0ovs 
 
 D. €v8aC|iovi 
 
 
 (dXT|0€'i) dXri0€i 
 
 A. €v8aC(Lova €v8ai)jLov 
 
 (dXriG^a) 
 
 dXr]0f) dXriO^s 
 
 V. €ij8ai[j,ov 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 dXr,04s 
 
 (n.a.v.) (€v8a£|iov6) 
 
 
 (dXtl0^€, dXT]0€l) 
 
 (g.d.) (€v8ain6voiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 (dXt)04oiv, dXT]0oiv) 
 
 N.v. €v8aC^oves €v8aC)jLova 
 
 (dXT,0^€s) 
 
 dXii0€is (dXriO^a) dXtiOf] 
 
 G. €v8ai|i6va)v 
 
 
 (dXTi0^a)v) dXT)0«v 
 
 D. €v8aC)ioo-k 
 
 
 dXT,0^(ri 
 
 A. €v8a(|i,ovas ci8a(|iiOva 
 
 dXT)6€ts 
 
 (dXii04a) dXTi0ti 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 191 
 
 501. Consonant (vt) and A-Declensions 
 
 Singular 
 
 M/ F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 X. x^-P^^i-S \apiia-a-a \apUv eK(&v iKovcra Ik6v 
 
 G. x*P^'^'^os x**'P''^*'"°"ns X^P^'v'^os €k6vtos Ikovo-tjs Ikovtos 
 
 D. x°'P'^^'<'*' X°'P"'*'o"<»"'Q \o.pUvri Ikovti tKov<r^ €k6vti 
 
 A. x^-P^^^^^* \apUa-a-av x^^-P^^ cKdvra cKovo-av Ikov 
 
 y. \apUv \apUa-a-a x^-P^^^ ^kwv eKOvo-a ckov 
 
 *Dlal 
 
 (N.A.v.)(xapC6VT€) (\api4ara-d) (\apUvTi) (Ik6vt6) (iKovord) (Ik6vt6) 
 (g.d.) (xttpi^vTOiv) (xttpi'e'<r<raiv)(xa'Pi'€'vTOiv) (4KdvTOivX€Kov<raiv)(lK6vTOiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 K.y. x°'P^^'^^^ X^P^^'^'''^'' X<'^P'^^'^°' 
 G. x^pi'^^'^^^ X^P''^^*''^^ X^pi'^^'^''^ 
 
 D. X°'P^^°'*' X*P''*°"°"°'''5 X*P^°''' 
 
 A. x^P^^^^^'^s X°'Pi'^<''<''^s X^'P^^^'^^ 
 
 ck6vt€s €KOV(rai cKdvra 
 
 6k6vT«V CKOVO-WV CKdVTCOV 
 
 cKovo-i €KOv(rais Ikovcti 
 
 CKOvras €Kov(rds €K6vTa 
 
 Singular. 
 
 iras irdo-a irav 
 
 iravrds ircunis iravrds 
 
 iravrC ttcutq iravrC 
 
 irdvTa irdo-av irov 
 
 Plural. 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 irdvT€s irdo-ai irdvra 
 
 iravTwv irdtrwv trdvTwv 
 
 irdci oracrais irdcri 
 
 irdvTas irdo-ds iravra 
 
 4-Hi^Y' "^ ^ 
 
 502. Consonant (y and av) and A-Declensions 
 
 Singular 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N. ■yXvKtis 7XvK€ia -yXvicil 
 
 G. -yXvKcos -yXvKeCds -yXvKcos 
 
 D. (-yXvK^i) 'yXvKEb -yXvKeta (-yXvK^i) ^XvKCi 
 
 A. ^XvKvv ^XvKctav -yXvKv 
 
 V. -yXvKv -yXvKcia -yXvKv 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 (uXds fieXaiva (iicXav 
 
 (ic'Xavos (i€XaCvT)s fic'Xavos 
 
 (i^avi (xeXaCv^ (icXavi 
 
 (icXava (iiXaivav (jiXav 
 
 fUXav (UXaiva jUXav 
 
192 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 N. 
 
 (n.a.v.) (-yXyKc'c) (-yXyKeCd) (-yXvK^c) (|a^o||^ (jicXaCvd) (jUXave) 
 (g. D. ) (-yXvKc'oiv) (-yXvKeCaiv) (^Xvkcoiv) (^iXafff) (jieXaCvaiv) ((icXdvotv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 N.v. (•YXvK^6s)*yXvK€is YXvK€iai 
 
 YXvKca 
 
 nA.av€s 
 
 (i^Xaivai 
 
 jxcXava 
 
 G. -yXvKCwv yXvkciwv 
 
 •yXvK€«v 
 
 (icXdvuv 
 
 (jieXaivwv 
 
 ficXdvwv 
 
 D. 'yXvKcVk 'yXvKcCais 
 
 ^XvK^cri 
 
 (jL^Xao-i 
 
 |xcXaCvai$ 
 
 p.^Xa(ri 
 
 A. "Y^vKtis -yXyKeCds 
 
 •yXvKt'a 
 
 He'Xavas 
 
 jicXaCvds 
 
 )xA.ava 
 
 503. 
 
 Irregular Adjectives 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 \iiya<s 
 
 (l€7dXTl 
 
 \i.iya 
 
 iroXvs 
 
 TTOXX^ 
 
 iro\v 
 
 G. 
 
 \LiyaXov 
 
 licVoXtis 
 
 |X£7({X0V 
 
 iroXXov 
 
 iroXXfis 
 
 iroXXov 
 
 D. 
 
 |i67dX({> 
 
 ji€7aXT| 
 
 [leyoXia 
 
 iroXXw 
 
 TToXXfi 
 
 TToXXw 
 
 A. 
 
 lic'^av 
 
 \uy'iXr\v 
 
 V-^yo- 
 
 noXiv 
 
 'iroXX'/jv 
 
 iroXv 
 
 V. 
 
 (U7dX€ 
 
 HCYdXri 
 
 H^-ya 
 
 iroXi 
 
 iroXX^ 
 
 iroXv 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (n.a.v.) (ixcyciXa)) ()UY^^) (hcyoXw) 
 (g.d.) (fU'yoCXoiv) (iie^dXaiv) (fjie-yGiXoiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 N.v. 
 
 (j.e-ydXoi 
 
 (iCYdXai 
 
 {jLC-ydXa 
 
 iroXXoC 
 
 iroXXaC 
 
 voXXd 
 
 G. 
 
 \uyaXciv 
 
 )JLC7({X(0V 
 
 Ixe-yoCXttv 
 
 iroXXcSv 
 
 iroXXwv 
 
 iroXXwv 
 
 D. 
 
 |ji€-yciXois 
 
 |jLC7(£Xais 
 
 )i,€7(iXois 
 
 •iroXXois 
 
 iroXXais 
 
 iroXXois 
 
 A. 
 
 ju^oXovs 
 
 HC-yoXds 
 
 lU^dXa 
 
 iroXXovs 
 
 iroXXas 
 
 iroXXd 
 
 ^504. 
 
 Contract Adjectives 
 
 N. (dp^vpcos) dp^vpovs 
 
 G. (dp^vp^ov) dp-yvpov 
 
 D. (dp-yvp^ip) dpYvptp 
 
 A. (dp*Yvp€Ov) dp^vpovv 
 
 Singular 
 
 F. 
 
 (dp^vp^d) dp^vpd 
 (dp-yvp^ds) dp^vpds 
 (dpYvp^<j) dp7vp4 
 (dp-yvp^dv) dp-yvpdv 
 
 K. 
 
 (dp-yvpcov) dp-yvpovv 
 
 (dp-yvpc'ov) dp-yvpov 
 
 (dp7vp4a>) dp-yvp<p 
 
 (dpYvp€ov) dp-yvpoCv 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 193 
 
 (n.a.) (dp-yvp^w, dp'yvpcG) 
 (g.d.) (dp-yvpcokv, dpYvpoiv) 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (dpYvped, dp^vpd) (apYvp^w, dpyupt^) 
 (dp-yvpcaiv, dp-yvpaiv) (dp-yvpeoiv, dpyupoiv) 
 
 Plukal 
 
 
 3d 
 
 t. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 (dp7vp€oi) 
 
 dp-yvpoi 
 
 (dp-yvpcat) dp-yupai 
 
 (dp7vp€a) 
 
 dpYvpd 
 
 G. 
 
 (dp7vp€a)v 
 
 ) dp7upc3v 
 
 (dp-yvpe'cDv) dp"yvp«v 
 
 (dpYvpe'wv; 
 
 ) dp-yvp«v 
 
 D. 
 
 (dpYvpe'ois 
 
 ) dp^vpois 
 
 (dp-yvpc'ais) dpYtipais 
 
 (dp-yvp^ois; 
 
 ) dpYvpois 
 
 A. 
 
 (dp-y vp€Ovs) dp«y vpovs 
 
 (dp^vpe'ds) dpYvpas 
 
 (dp^vpea) 
 
 dp^vpd 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 
 F. 
 
 N 
 
 . 
 
 N. 
 
 (Xpv<r€Os) 
 
 Xpvo-ovs 
 
 (Xpvo-e'd) xpv<rn 
 
 (Xpvorcov) 
 
 Xpv<roi)v 
 
 G. 
 
 (Xpio-^ov) 
 
 Xpvo-ov 
 
 (xpvo-t'ds) XP^o-^s 
 
 (Xpvo-€ov) 
 
 Xpio-ov 
 
 D. 
 
 (Xpvo-eo)) 
 
 Xpv<r« 
 
 (Xpio-c'a) xPv<r^ 
 
 (Xpvo-€ft>) 
 
 Xpii<r« 
 
 A. 
 
 (Xpvo-cov) 
 
 Xpvo-ovv 
 
 (Xpv<r€dv) xpvo-iiv 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (XP^o-eov) 
 
 XpvoroVV 
 
 (n.a 
 
 .)(Xpvcr€«, 
 
 Xpio-w) 
 
 (XpvWd, Xpvo-a) 
 
 (Xpi<r€», 
 
 Xpio-ci) 
 
 (g.e 
 
 ..) (xpv<r€Oiv, 
 
 Xpitroiv) 
 
 (Xpvo-e'aiv, xpv<raiv) 
 Plural 
 
 (Xpvo-e'oiv, 
 
 Xpvo-oiv) 
 
 N. 
 
 (Xpv<r€Oi) 
 
 Xpvo-oi 
 
 (Xpv<r€ai) xP^o-»t 
 
 (Xpvo-€a) 
 
 xpio-a 
 
 G. 
 
 (Xpvo-e'wv) 
 
 Xpii<r«'/ 
 
 (Xpvo-6'wv) xP^o""*' 
 
 (Xpvo-e'wv) 
 
 XpiJo-wv 
 
 D. 
 
 (Xpvorcois) 
 
 1 xpvwois 
 
 (xpvorc'ais) XP^o'O'^S 
 
 (Xpvore'ois) 
 
 Xpvo-ois 
 
 A. 
 
 (Xpio-€'ovs: 
 
 ) xpvo-ovs 
 
 (XptJo-c'ds) XP^<^»S 
 Singular 
 
 (XP^o-ea) 
 
 Xpvo-d 
 
 N. 
 
 (dir\6os) 
 
 dirXovs 
 
 (dirXdT]) dirXfi 
 
 (dirXdov) 
 
 dirXovv 
 
 G. 
 
 (dir\6ov) 
 
 dirXov 
 
 (dirXoTis) dirXris 
 
 (dirXdou) 
 
 dirXov 
 
 D. 
 
 (dffXoV) 
 
 dirXw 
 
 (dirXd-g) dirX-g 
 
 (duXoV) 
 
 dirXcp 
 
 A. 
 
 (dirXdov) 
 
 dirXovv 
 
 (dirXdT|v) dirXt]v 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (dirXdov) 
 
 dirXovv 
 
 (n.a 
 
 .) (dirXow, 
 
 dirX<&) 
 
 (dirXdd, dirXa) 
 
 (dirXdo), 
 
 dirX<&) 
 
 (G.D 
 
 .) (dirXdoiv, 
 
 dirXotv) 
 
 (dirXdaiv, dirXatv) 
 Plural 
 
 (dirXdoiv, 
 
 dirXoiv) 
 
 N. 
 
 (dirXo'oi) 
 
 dirXoi 
 
 (dirXdai) dirXai 
 
 (dirXoa) 
 
 dirXd 
 
 G. 
 
 (dirXowv) 
 
 dirXwv 
 
 (dirXduv) dirXuv 
 
 (dirXdwv) 
 
 dirXwv 
 
 D. 
 
 (dirXo'ois) 
 
 dirXois 
 
 (dirXdats) dirXais 
 
 (dirXdois) 
 
 dirXois 
 
 A. 
 
 (dirXo'ovs) dirXovs 
 
 (dirXods) dirXds 
 
 (dirXda) 
 
 dirXd 
 
 
 FIRST 
 
 GR, BK. — 
 
 ■13 
 
 
 
194 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 ^505. 
 
 Participles — Q Verbs 
 
 Singular 
 
 Xvo)v 
 
 Xv0VT09 
 XvOVTl 
 
 Xvovra Xvov<rav Xvov 
 
 F. N. 
 
 Xvovcra Xvov 
 
 XtJovo-qs XvOVTOS 
 
 XvOV(rT| XvOVTl 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 Xvcras Xvo-do-a Xw<rav 
 
 XvtravTOS Xvo-do-rjs Xvo-avTos 
 
 Xv<ravTi Xv<ra<rT| Xvoravri 
 
 Xvo-avTtt Xv<rdarav Xv<rav 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (n.A.V.)(Xvovt6 Xvovo-d XwovTc) (Xvo-avT€ Xv<rd<rd Xvo-avrc) 
 
 (g.d.) (Xv6vT0iv Xvovo-aiv XiiovToiv) (Xvo-dvToiv Xv<rd<raiv Xvo-dvroiv) 
 
 N.V. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 vWp 
 
 XvOVTCS 
 Xv6vTft)V 
 
 Xvovo-i 
 Xvovras 
 
 y\j ^\^^ 
 
 lA' 
 
 Xvovorai 
 Xvouo-wv 
 Xvovcrais 
 Xvovcrds 
 
 F. 
 
 XcXvKuia 
 
 M. 
 N.V. XcXvKC&S 
 
 G. XcXvk6tos XeXvKuCds 
 
 D. XeXvKOTi XeXvKv£(}i 
 
 A. XcXvKora XcXvKviav 
 
 Plural 
 Xvovra 
 
 XvOVTWV 
 
 Xtiovo-u 
 
 XvOVTtt 
 
 Singular 
 
 N. 
 XcXvKOS 
 
 XeXvKOTos 
 
 XcXvKdri 
 
 XeXvKds 
 
 Xv(ravT£s Xvo-do-at Xv&avra 
 Xvo-dvTwv Xv(ra(rt5v Xvo-dvTcov 
 Xv<rd«-i Xvo-dtrais Xuo-dcri 
 Xvcravras Xvordcrds Xvcravxa 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 XvOcCs XvOeica XvO^v 
 
 XvOe'vTos XvOeio-Tjs XvOc'vtos 
 
 XvG^vTi XvOeio-o Xv06VTi 
 
 Xv0€VTa Xv6ei(rav XvB^v 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (n.a.v.)(X6Xvk6t6 XcXvKvCd X6Xvk6t€) (Xv0^vt« XvOcCo-d XvG^vtc) 
 (g.d.) (XcXvKdroiv XcXvKvCaiv X€Xvk6toiv)(Xv0€'vtoiv Xv06£<raivXv0€'vTOiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 N.V. XeXuKOTCS XeXvKviai XcXvKdra Xv0«vt€s X\)0€i<rat Xv0€'vTa 
 
 G. XeXvKOTwv XeXvKviwv XcXvkotwv XvOevrwv Xv0€i<r(ov Xv0€VTft)v 
 
 D. XeXvKOo-t XeXvKvCais XcXvkoo-i Xv0£io-i Xv0e((rais Xv0ei(ri 
 
 A. XcXvKoras XeXvKvCds XeXvKdra Xv0€VTas Xv0£i(rds Xv0evTa 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 195 
 
 Singular 
 
 ^ ; M. F. 
 
 N.V. Tt(twv Ti)jiu<ra Tip.«v 
 
 G. Tl(l«VTOS Ti(Jt(0<rTlS TlJtWVTOS 
 
 D. TlJiWVTt TIHWCTTJ TlJtWVTl 
 
 A. Tin«VTa Tijjt«<rav tih»v 
 
 M. r. 
 
 iroiwv TTOiovo-a 
 
 iroiovvTos iroiovo-Tis 
 
 iroiovvTt iroioviTTj 
 
 TTOiovvTa iroiovo-av 
 
 N. 
 TTOIOVV 
 
 iroiovvTOs 
 
 iroiovvTi 
 
 irotovv 
 
 *Dlal 
 (n.A.v) (tih»vt€ Tijic&o-a Ti|i»vT€) (noiowvTC iroiovo-a iroiovvrc) 
 
 (G.D.) (Ti|M&VTOlV Tl|JL«0'eUV Tt|l»VTOtv) (iTOlOVVTOlV TTOlOVO-aiV TTOtOVVTOlv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 N.V. Tia«vT£S rl\iSKrai Ti(i,«VTa iroiovvTes iroiova'at iroioOvra 
 
 Q.. TiucovTuv Tiu,a)cr«v rl\i.<avr(av iroiovvTwv iroiovo'CJV ttoiovvtwv 
 
 D. TiLLoicrt Tijiwo'ais Tt|jL«<rt iroiovo't xoiovcrais iroioO<ri 
 
 A. TifJiwvTas Ti|jL(0(rds TijiwvTa iroiovvTa? iroiovo-as iroiovvra 
 
 506. Participles — MI Verbs 
 
 Nwv ovo-a ov 8180VS 8i8ov<ra Si8<$v 
 
 ovTOS ov<rr]s ovtos 8i86vtos 8i8ov(rT]s 8i86vtos 
 
 etc., like Xvwv. etc., like \v«v. 
 
 Singular ^ 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 N.V. lo-TOS IcTTdora IcTTdv 
 
 G. ItTTaVTOS ItTTdOTlS l<rTdvTOS 
 
 D. IcrrdvTi i<rTtt(rr) l<rTdvTi 
 
 A. lo-TdvTa lo-rdo-av lo-rdv 
 
 31. F. N. 
 
 8€iKvvs 8€iKvv(ra Scikvvv 
 
 8€lKVVVTOS 8€lKVV<rT]S 8€lKVvivT0S 
 
 8€lKVUVTl 86lKVV(rT) 8€lKVVVTl 
 
 8£i.KVvvTa 8£iKvv(rav Scikvvv 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 (N.A.V.)(lorTdvT€ loTdcrd to-rdvTc) (86ikvvvt€ 86iKVv(rd Scikvvvtc) 
 (g.D.) (ijrrdvTOiv lo-rdo-aiv l<rTdvT0iv)(8€iKvvvT0iv 8eiKvvo-aiv Scikvvvtoiv) 
 
 X.V. t<rTdvT€s lo-TOo-ai torTdvra 
 
 G. loTdvTWV IcTTOO-MV liTTdvTWV 
 
 D. la-rdcri to-rda-ais lo-rdo-i 
 
 A. Urrdvras to-Tao-ds ia-ravra 
 
 Plural 
 
 8ciKvvvTcs SciKvvcrai 8eiKvvvra 
 
 SciKVUVTtOV SciKVVO-ftiy SciKVWVTWV 
 SeIKVVO-I SElKVVTaiS SeiKvvo-i 
 SciKviivTas SsiKVwtrds StiKviivTa 
 
196 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 507. 
 
 Table of Numerals 
 
 
 Cardinal 
 
 Ordinal 
 
 AdTerh 
 
 1 
 
 els, nCa, €V, one 
 
 irpwTos, Tj, ov, first 
 
 dira|, once 
 
 2 
 
 8t>o, two 
 
 8€VT€pos, d, ov, second 
 
 8is, twice 
 
 a 
 
 Tpeis, Tpia 
 
 TpiTOs, r\, ov 
 
 Tp£s 
 
 4 
 
 T^TTap€S, T€TTapa 
 
 T^TttpTOS 
 
 TcrpaKis 
 
 5 
 
 irevTC 
 
 •ir€'|i,irTos 
 
 ircvrdKis 
 
 6 
 
 ii 
 
 CKTOS 
 
 c'^dKis 
 
 7 
 
 cVrd 
 
 €'p8oK.os 
 
 cirTaKis 
 
 8 
 
 OKTCa 
 
 o"y8oos 
 
 OKTdlClS 
 
 9 
 
 Ivv^a 
 
 evaros 
 
 evdKis 
 
 10 
 
 S^Ka 
 
 8^KaTOs 
 
 8cKdKlS 
 
 11 
 
 evS€Ka 
 
 6v8€'KaTOS 
 
 Cv8€KdKlS 
 
 12 
 
 8(&8£Ka 
 
 8a)8eKaTOS 
 
 8(i)8cKdKis 
 
 18 
 
 Tpi(rKa(8€Ka 
 
 TpiTos Kttl 8eKaTOs 
 
 
 14 
 
 TeTTape(rKa(8eKa 
 
 Tc'rapTos Kttl 8€KaTos 
 
 
 15 
 
 'ir£VT€Ka£8€Ka 
 
 irefiiTTOs Kttl 8^KaTos 
 
 
 16 
 
 CKKal8£Ka 
 
 €KTOS Kttl 8€'KaT0S 
 
 
 17 
 
 €irTaKat8€Ka 
 
 £p8o}ios Kal ScKaros 
 
 
 18 
 
 OKT<«)Kai8€Ka 
 
 07800$ Kal 8£KaTos 
 
 
 19 
 
 evv€aKa£8EKa 
 
 4'vaTos Kal S^Karos 
 
 
 20 
 
 cI'koo-i 
 
 cIkoo-tos 
 
 clKOO-dKlS 
 
 21 
 
 els Kttl cCkoo-i or 
 ilKO<r\.v els 
 
 trpcoTOS Kal cIkoo'to's 
 
 
 30 
 
 TplttKOVTa 
 
 TpldKOO-To's 
 
 TpidKovraKis 
 
 40 
 
 TCTTapiSlKOVTa 
 
 T€TTapdKOO-To's 
 
 TCTTapdKOvrdKis 
 
 50 
 
 irevT'/JKOVTa 
 
 ir€VTTlKOO-To's 
 
 irCVTTlKOVTaKlS 
 
 60 
 
 €|T|KOVTa 
 
 €|tikoo-to's 
 
 t'ltJKOVTdKlS 
 
 70 
 
 €P8o|iiriKOVTa 
 
 €P8o|XT)KOO-To's 
 
 €p8o(JlTlKOVTdKlS 
 
 80 
 
 d'Y8o^KovTa 
 
 078011 KOO-TO'S 
 
 o-ySoTiKOvrdKis 
 
 90 
 
 €V€vf|KOVTa 
 
 €V€VTJK00-T0'S 
 
 €V£VT]KOVTdKlS 
 
 100 
 
 cKaro'v 
 
 CKaroo-To's 
 
 CKarovraKis 
 
 200 
 
 8idKO(rioi, at, a 
 
 8iaKoo-ioo-To's 
 
 8idKoo-idKis 
 
 300 
 
 TpidKoVtoi, ai, a 
 
 TpiaKoo-ioo-To's 
 
 
 400 
 
 TCTpoLKoVioi, at, a 
 
 TCTpaKOO-tOO-To's 
 
 
 500 
 
 ircvTaKoVioi, ai, a 
 
 xevraKoo-ioo-To's 
 
 
 600 
 
 c^dKoVioi, ai, a 
 
 cgaKoo-ioo-To's 
 
 
 700 
 
 eiTTdKoVioi, ai, a 
 
 € irraKoo- loo-To's 
 
 
APPENDIX 197 
 
 Cardinal Ordinal Adverb 
 
 800 oKTaKoVioi, ai, a oKTaKO<rio<rTos 
 
 900 cvoLKOo-ioi, ai, a cvaKoo-ioo-ros 
 
 1000 xtXioi, ai, a X^^''Oo"'''o's X'^'-o-'^'-s 
 
 2000 8«rxt\ioi, ai, a 8t<rxiXiocrTo's 
 
 3000 rpwrxtXioi, at, a Tpi<rxtXio<rTos 
 
 10000 (jLvpioi, ai, a (jivpioo-Tos ItvpiaKis 
 
 508. Declension of Numerals 
 
 N. €ls )iCa ev 
 
 G. 6v6s (iids €v6s N.A. 8vo 
 
 D. €VC (Ll^ 6vt G.D. SVOIV 
 
 A. 6va |tCav €V 
 
 N. Tp€tS 
 
 rpCa 
 
 
 WTTapes T^TTapa 
 
 G. Tpiwv 
 
 
 TCTTdpWV 
 
 
 D. Tpi<rC 
 
 
 T^TTttpO-l 
 
 
 A. Tp€is 
 
 TpCa 
 
 
 TCTTapas TCTTttpa 
 
 ^509. 
 
 
 THE AKTICLE 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 Plural 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. M. 
 
 F. N. 
 
 N. o tj 
 
 t6 (n.A.) (t(& t(& 
 
 T(&) N. Ot 
 
 al Td 
 
 G. Tov T-qs 
 
 TOV (G.D.) (tOIV TOIV 
 
 TOIV) G. T«V 
 
 T«V Tfl)V 
 
 D. Tip Tg 
 
 T<p 
 
 
 D. TOtS 
 
 TttlS TOIS 
 
 A. TOV Ti\V 
 
 t6 
 
 PRONOUNS 
 
 A. TOVS 
 
 Tas Td 
 
 ^510. 
 
 Personal and Intensive Pronouns 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 X. l-yci 
 
 o-ii 
 
 — 
 
 avTds avTifj 
 
 ailTO 
 
 G. C}I.OV, (JLOV 
 
 <rov 
 
 OlJ 
 
 avTov awTtis 
 
 avTov 
 
 D. l|loC, |JL0C 
 
 o-oC 
 
 ol 
 
 avTw avT^ 
 
 avrcp 
 
 A. M, ^ 
 
 o-€ 
 
 *Dual 
 
 ttVTOv avT-qv 
 
 avTo' 
 
 (N.A.) (V<&) 
 
 (o-<|>c&) 
 
 
 (a*T(& a{iTd 
 
 avToS) 
 
 (G.D.) (v.pv) 
 
 (o-<|><ov) 
 
 
 (avToiv awTttiv 
 
 avTOiv) 
 
198 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 N. 
 
 ,l>€ts 
 
 Vfl€lS 
 
 G. 
 
 TJJJLWV 
 
 VJJIWV 
 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 
 V|ilV 
 
 Plural 
 
 0-<})€lS 
 
 avToC 
 
 avral 
 
 a^ird 
 
 <r<}>d)v 
 
 awTwv 
 
 avTwv 
 
 avTwv 
 
 <r<j>i(ri 
 
 avTois 
 
 avrais 
 
 avTois 
 
 o-Acts 
 
 avTous 
 
 avrds 
 
 ttvrd 
 
 ^511. 
 
 Singular 
 
 M. F. 
 
 G. IjjiavTOv €|jiavTfis 
 
 D. €)jiavT(o ejjLavTTJ 
 
 A. IfxavTov IjjiavT'^v 
 
 Reflexive Pronouns 
 
 Plural 
 
 M. F. 
 
 r\\i.<av avTcov ijfiwv avTwv 
 ijjjtiv avTois iJiAiv avrais 
 T]|j.ds avTovs TJ}j,ds avTos 
 
 G. crcavTov or <rttVTov 
 D. o-cavTw or o-avTto 
 A. o-cavTOv or o-avrov 
 
 crcavTTJs or (ravTTis v\i&v avrwv v\i<av avrav 
 (ria.vTr\ or o-avrfj v|iiv avrois v|iiv avrais 
 or€avTTJv or oravT^iv v|Jids avrovs v\ias avrds 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 eavTOv 
 
 cavrfis 
 
 €aVTOV 
 
 eauTwv 
 
 cavTwv 
 
 eavrwv 
 
 D. 
 
 eavT^ 
 
 caurfi 
 
 iavTfS 
 
 cavTois 
 
 c avrais 
 
 e avrois 
 
 A. 
 
 eavTOV 
 
 eavTi^v 
 
 eavTO 
 
 cauTovs 
 
 eavrds 
 
 cavrd 
 
 
 
 
 contracted into 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 avTOv 
 
 avTfis 
 
 avTOv 
 
 avTwv 
 
 avrwv 
 
 avrwv 
 
 D. 
 
 avTiS 
 
 aVTTJ 
 
 avTCtt 
 
 avTOis 
 
 avrais 
 
 avrois 
 
 A. 
 
 avTOv 
 
 avri\v 
 
 aiJrd 
 
 avTovs 
 
 avras 
 
 avrd 
 
 512. 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 Reciprocal Pronoun 
 
 Plural 
 
 G. (dW'^Xoiv dWi^Xaiv dW-^iXoiv) 
 D. (dW-^Xoiv dXXiiXaiv ,dXX"/iXoiv) 
 A. (dXX'/jXb) dXX-ifiXa dXX'^Xci)) 
 
 aXX-^jXcav dXX-^Xwv dXX-^Xcov 
 dXX'fjXois dXXifjXais aXXi^Xois 
 dXX-fiXovs dXXriXds dXXrjXa 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 199 
 
 513. 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns 
 
 .Singular 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 owTos avTrj tovto 
 
 TOVTOV raVTTJS TOVTOU 
 TOVTO) TaVTTJ TOWTtp 
 TOVTOV TttVrqV TOVTO 
 
 N. 086 
 
 ^Z. 
 
 G. T0V86 
 
 T-qo-Sc 
 
 D. Tw8€ 
 
 T^SC 
 
 A. t6v8€ 
 
 T^V86 
 
 (n.A.) (T(Ji8€ 
 
 T&U 
 
 (g.d.) (toiv8€ 
 
 T0iv8€ 
 
 N. ot8€ 
 
 ai86 
 
 G. TWVSC 
 
 T(0V8€ 
 
 D. ToicrSc 
 
 TttlO-Sc 
 
 A. TovorSe 
 
 T»r8€ 
 
 *DuAL Plural 
 
 M. F. N. M. F. N. 
 
 (tOVTO) TOVTO) TOVTO)) OVTOl avTttl TttVTa 
 (tOVTOIV TOVTOIV TOVTOlv) TOVT0)V TOVT0)V TOVTO)V 
 TOVTOIS TttVTaiS TOVTOIS 
 TOVTOVS TaVTcis TttVTa 
 
 Singular 
 t686 CKCivos Ik€Cvt] Ikcivo 
 
 T0V8€ CKCCVOV €KC£VT]S IkcCvOV 
 
 Tw8€ €K€(V0) 6K£IVT] CKcCvO) 
 
 t68€ CKCivov CKcivqv CKCIVO 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 twSc) (IkcCvo) ckcCvo) IkcCvo)) 
 
 Toiv8€) (€KeCvoiv CKcCvoiv CKctvoiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 TttSc CK61V01 iKCtvai CKClVtt 
 
 TwvSc CKeCvo)v lKeCvo)v eK€Cvo>v 
 
 TOlO'Sc CKcCvois CKcCvttlS cKcCvois 
 
 Td8€ IkcCvovs CKcCvas cKciva 
 
 514. 
 
 N. 
 
 tCs Tl 
 
 G. 
 
 TivOS, TOV 
 
 D. 
 
 tCvi, TW 
 
 A. 
 
 TlVtt t( 
 
 Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns 
 
 Singular 
 
 *Dual 
 
 (n.A.) (tCvc) 
 (g.d.) (t(voiv) 
 
 tCv€S 
 
 Tio-i 
 
 Plural 
 
 TlVttS 
 
 rCva 
 
 TCvtt 
 
 rls 
 
 Tl 
 
 rivds, TOV 
 
 TIVC, T(p 
 
 
 rtvA 
 
 Tl 
 
 (TIVO 
 
 
 (tivoiv) 
 
 
 TIV^S 
 
 Tivd 
 
 TIVWV 
 
 
 TlO-t 
 
 
 Ttvds 
 
 Tivd 
 
200 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 
 515. 
 
 
 Relative Pronouns 
 
 
 
 SiNGU 
 
 LAR 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 N. 
 
 OS 
 
 A o 
 
 
 
 N. o'i a'i a 
 
 (}. 
 
 0^ 
 
 ,fs ov' 
 
 (n.A.) (w w 
 
 ") 
 
 G. <5v «v wv 
 
 D. 
 
 <? 
 
 Tl V 
 
 (g.D.) (oIv olv 
 
 olv) D. ols als ols 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A. 
 
 6v 
 
 •t{v 6 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 A. ovs as a 
 
 N. 
 
 
 OO-TIS 
 
 T|TIS 
 
 
 6'ti 
 
 
 
 7 O 
 
 T 
 
 
 T M 
 
 G. 
 
 
 OVTIVOS, OTOV 
 
 -qo-Tivos 
 
 
 OVTIVOS, OTOU 
 
 D. 
 
 
 CpTlVl, OTW 
 
 ifrivi 
 
 
 WTIVI, OTW 
 
 A. 
 
 
 ovTiva 
 
 il'vTtva 
 
 *DUAL 
 
 
 6' Tl 
 
 (^^ 
 
 .A.) 
 
 (<STtVc) 
 
 (.Srtv.) 
 
 
 (&TIV€) 
 
 (G.D.) 
 
 (otvTlVOlv) 
 
 (oIvTlVOlv) 
 
 
 (olvTlVOlv) 
 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 01TIV€S 
 
 aiTivcs 
 
 
 OLTlVa, OLTTtt 
 
 G. 
 
 
 tOVTlVWV, OT«V 
 
 cSvTtvwv 
 
 
 WVTIVWV, OT«V 
 
 D. 
 
 
 oIcTuri, oTOKTi alcTurt 
 
 
 ol<rTi<ri, oToio-i 
 
 A. 
 
 
 ovflTTivas 
 
 ao-Tivas 
 VERBS 
 
 
 aTkVa, OLTTtt 
 
 
 516. 
 
 Active Voice of Xica 
 
 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 
 
 
 PBESENT, IMPERFECT, 
 
 FUTURE, AORIST, 
 
 
 PERFECT, PLUPERFECT 
 
 
 Iloost 
 
 J, am 1 loosed. 
 
 I shall /loosed. 
 
 / A«t'e loosed. I had loosed. 
 
 
 loosing, was loosing. 
 
 loose. 
 
 
 
 
 v 
 
 used to loose. 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 . 1. XVO) €\V0V ' 
 
 Xvoro) cXvo-a 
 
 
 XeXvKtt cXcXvKT] 
 
 
 2. Xveis eXves 
 
 Xvo-cis eXvcras 
 
 
 X^XvKtts eXcXvKTis 
 
 
 3. \^^i av€ 
 
 Xv(r€i cXvo-c 
 
 
 Xe'XvKc IXeXvKci 
 
 *D. 2.(Xv€Tov) (cXveTOv) (Xv<r£TOv) (eXvo-ajov) (XtXvKaTOv) (€X€Xvk€tov) 
 
 3.(XV€T0V) (IXv^TT]v) (XvO-€TOv) (cXvO-aTTlv) (XeXvKttTOv) (€X€KVK€'tT]v) 
 
 p. 1. Xvo|i.6v €Xvo|Ji€v Xvcroficv cXvo-afjLCv XeXvKa(jL€v eXcXuKCfiev 
 
 2. Xi)€T€ k\viT€ XlJ(r£T€ €Xvo-aT6 XcXvKaTc cXcXvKeTE 
 
 3. Xvovori eXiJov Xvo-ouo-i 4'Xva-av XeXvKdo-L iXikvKicrav 
 

 
 APPENDIX 
 
 $ 
 
 
 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 FUTURE 
 
 AORIST 
 
 perfect 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 Xv(i) 
 
 
 Xvo-co 
 
 XeXvKO) 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 Xvxis 
 
 
 Xvo-T|s 
 Xvo-T) 
 
 XeXvKTis 
 XcXvKTi 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (XVT]T0V) 
 (XVTITOV) 
 
 
 (Xvo-qrov) 
 
 (XVO-TJTOV) 
 
 (XcXwKTlTOv) 
 (XcXvKTITOv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 Xva)p.ev 
 
 XvTJT6 
 
 Xvoxri 
 
 
 Xv<ra)|j.€v 
 
 XvOrT]T€ 
 
 Xvo-cao*!. 
 Optative 
 
 X6XliK<i)[Jl6V 
 
 XeXvK-qTC 
 
 XcXvKbXTk 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 
 Xvoifti 
 Xvois 
 
 Xv<roi}ii 
 Xv<rois 
 
 Xv(rai|jii 
 Xvo-ais, Xvo-€ia9 
 
 XeX-ukoi^jli 
 XeXvKois 
 
 3. 
 
 Xvoi 
 
 Xv<roi 
 
 Xv<rai,Xvo-€i€ 
 
 XcXvKOl 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (XVOITOV) 
 
 (Xvoirqv) 
 
 (XvtroiTOv^ 
 (Xvo-o(tt|v^ 
 
 (XtJcraiTov) 
 (Xvo-aiTqv) 
 
 (XeXvKoiTov) 
 
 (XcXvKOlTTJv) 
 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 
 XvOl|A€V 
 XvOlTC 
 
 Xiuo-oiji€v 
 Xv<roiT€ 
 
 Xvo-aipiev 
 Xv<ratT€ 
 
 XcXvKOlfJLCV 
 
 XeXvKoiTc 
 
 3. 
 
 Xvoicv 
 
 Xvo-oi6v 
 
 Xv(rai€v, Xv(r€iav 
 
 XeXvKoiEV 
 
 
 
 Imperative 
 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 Xv6, loose 
 
 thou 
 
 Xv<rov 
 
 [XcXvKC 
 
 3. 
 
 \viTia, let him loose 
 
 Xvo-oiTco 
 
 XcXvKCTO) 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (XV€T0V) 
 (Xv€'t»v) 
 
 
 (Xvo-ttTov) 
 (Xvo-dTcov) 
 
 (XcXvKCTOV) 
 
 (XcXvK^Twv) 
 
 P. 2. 
 
 Xv€T€, loose ye 
 
 Xi;o"aT€ 
 
 XcXvK€T6 
 
 3. 
 
 XvOVTWV; 
 
 let them loose 
 
 XvcrdvTCDV 
 
 Infinitive 
 to loose, etc. 
 
 X€XvK6'To»(rav] 
 
 
 XV€IV 
 
 Xvo-civ 
 
 Xvo'ai 
 
 Participle 
 
 loosing, etc. 
 
 XcXvK^vai. 
 
 
 XvCrtV 
 
 Xvtrwv 
 
 Xvords 
 
 XfiXvKcis 
 
 201 
 
202 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 517. 
 
 Middle Voice of Xuco 
 
 Indicative 
 
 PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE, 
 
 I ransom, I ransomed, I shall 
 am ransoming, was ransoming, ransom. 
 
 AORIST, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT 
 
 I ransomed. I have I had 
 
 ransomed. ransomed. 
 
 S. 1. Xvojiai IXvifiTjv Xvo-o|xai KKva-o.^-ryv X^Xvfiai IXcXvp.Tfv 
 
 2. Xv€i, XvT] IXvov Xvo-cijXvo-g k\vcr<a XcXvo-ai eXeXvcro 
 
 3. XiucTtti €Xv€TO Xvo-erai €Xv<raTo Xe'Xvrai IXcXvto 
 *D, 2. (Xv€o-9ov)(€Xv€<r0ov)(Xv(r€(reov)(€Xv(rao-0ov) (X4Xv<r9ov) (cX^XixrOov) 
 
 3. (Xvco-0ov) (6Xv^<r0T]v) (Xv(r6<r0ov) (€Xv(rd(r0i]v) (X^Xv(r0ov) (eXeXva-OTjv) 
 P. 1. Xv6(jLe0a €Xv6(i.e0a Xv(r6|ji€0a €Xvo-afJt€0a X€Xv|Ji€0a €X€Xv(j.€0a 
 
 2. Xv€<r0e IXve(r0€ Xv(reo-0e €Xvo-a(r0c XeXu(r0e eXeXv(r0€ 
 
 3. XvovTtti IXvovTO Xvo-ovTtti IXwavTO XcXvvrai IX^Xuvto 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 S. 1. Xv(i)|j,ai Xvorwfjiai, XcXv(j,^vos cS 
 
 2. Xv-g Xv<rT[j XeXvp-^vos -ns 
 
 3. XvTiTai Xv(rT]Tai XeXv^i^vos -i] 
 
 *D. 2. (XVT]O-0OV) (Xv<rT)<r0Ov) (X6Xv(J.€V(i> ifTOV) 
 
 3. (Xvii<r0ov) (Xv<rTi<r0ov) (X€Xv|jLCva) ifrov) 
 
 P. 1. Xv(O{i.€0a Xv(r(&|xe0a XcXv^icvol cSjicv 
 
 2. XvT)(r0€ Xv(rT]ar0€ X£Xv|i€voi ir]Te 
 
 3. Xvwvrai Xvo-iovrai XeXvfji^voi cmti 
 
 Optative 
 
 S. 1. XvoCi^-qv Xvcrotn-qv XvcraC(iT)v XcXvjji^vos cttjv 
 
 2. Xvoio Xvcroio Xvtraio XcXv|jLevos cI't]s 
 
 3. XvoiTo Xvo'oiTO XvcraiTO XeXvficvos cti) 
 
 *D. 2. (Xvoi<r0ov) (Xv<roi<r0ov)(Xv<raior0ov)(X€Xvn^va) ct-qrov or 
 
 cTtov) 
 3. (XvoC<r0iiv) (Xvo-oC(r0T]v)(Xv<raC0'0T]v)(X6Xv}i4va) di\Tx\v or 
 
 • el'-niv) 
 
 P. 1. XvoC)j.€0a XvoroC|JLC0a Xv(raC)j.£0a XeXv^tevoi ih\^iv or 
 
 etficv 
 
 2. Xvoi<r0€ Xv<roi(r0c Xv(rai(r0c XeXv^xevoi cI'tjtc or 
 
 €It€ 
 
 3. XvoivTO Xvtroivro Xvo-aivro XeXvjx^voi €ti](rav or 
 
 ctcv 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 203 
 
 Imperative 
 
 PRESENT FUTURE 
 
 S. 2. Xvov, ransom 
 
 3. Xv6(r06), let him ransom 
 *D. 2. (\v6o-eov) 
 
 3. (\ii€<r0wv) 
 P. 2. Xve<r06 
 
 3. Xveo-Ottv 
 
 AORIST PERFECT 
 
 Xv<rai X€Xv(ro 
 
 XvcdcOcD XcXvadci) 
 (Xv<ra<r0ov) (X^Xv<r8ov) 
 (XtJcrdorOwv) (XcXvo-Owv) 
 Xv(ra<r96 XcXvcrOe 
 Xvo-do-dctfv XeXvo-OttV 
 
 Xv€(r0ai 
 
 Xv6)A.6VOS 
 
 Xv<r€or0ai 
 
 Xvar6)i€vos 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 Xvo'a(r0ai 
 
 Participle 
 
 Xv(rd|jL€Vos 
 
 XeXv(r0ai 
 
 XcXv^Uvos 
 
 518. Passive Voice of Xi5(o 
 
 Present, Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, the same as the Middle, 517. 
 Indicative 
 
 AORIST 
 IXv0T)V 
 
 6Xw0Tis 
 {k\v^r\rov) 
 
 €Xv0T))J,CV 
 IXv0TlT€ 
 
 4Xv0Ti(rav 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 S. 1. X€Xv<ro|xai 
 
 2. XeXvo-ei, XeXvcrrj 
 
 3. XcXvo-crai 
 *D.2. (X€Xv<r€<r0ov) 
 
 3. (X€Xv<r€<r0ov) 
 
 P. 1. XeXv(r6|ic0a 
 
 2. XeXvo-eo-Oe 
 
 3. XcXvo-ovrai 
 
 Subjunctive 
 S. 1. Xv0« 
 
 2. Xv0^s 
 
 3. Xv0^ 
 *D.2. (Xv0iiTov) 
 
 3. (Xv0iiTov) 
 
 P. 1. Xv0W|Jl€V 
 
 2. XV0T1T€ 
 
 3. Xv0b)(ri 
 
 FUTURE 
 
 Xv0'^<rop,ai 
 Xv0'fjo-€i, Xv0'^O"'Jl 
 Xv0i^<r€Tat 
 
 (Xv0'q(r€ar0ov) 
 (Xv0i^o-£(r0ov) 
 
 Xv0T](r6p.e0a 
 
 Xv0^<r€<r0€ 
 
 Xv0^<rovTai 
 
204 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 
 
 
 Optative 
 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT 
 
 AORIST 
 
 FUTURE 
 
 S.l. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 XfiXvo-otjJL'qv 
 \i\v<roio 
 
 XfiXvO-OlTO 
 
 
 XV0€IT]V 
 Xv0£lT]S 
 
 \vQdr\ 
 
 Xv0Tio-oCniiv 
 
 Xv0^(roio 
 
 Xv0T|oroiTO 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 3. 
 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (X6Xv<roi<r0ov) 
 
 (X£Xv(ro((r0T]v) 
 
 X£Xv<roC(Jt£0a 
 
 X£Xv<roi<r0€ 
 
 XfiXvO-OlVTO 
 
 
 (Xv0€Ctitov, Xv0£iTov) (Xv0T|<roi(r0ov) 
 (Xv0£i'f|TT]v, Xv0£iTT]v) (Xv0T]<roi(r0T]v) 
 
 Xv0£Ct]|X£V, X'U0£ip,£V Xv0T]O-oC(JL£0a 
 Xv0€iTlT€, XV0£IT£ Xv0lfi<rOlO-0£ 
 
 XvOfCrjo-av, XvOfiwv Xv0^<roivTO 
 
 
 
 
 Imperative 
 
 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 3. 
 *D.2. 
 
 3. 
 P. 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 \vQr\Ti 
 
 Xv0TJTCl> 
 (XV0T1TOV) 
 
 (XvO^Twv) 
 
 Xv0T|T€ 
 
 Xv0evTa)v 
 
 
 
 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 
 
 XeXvo-eo-Oai 
 
 
 XvOfjvai 
 Participle 
 
 XvOirio-£(rOai 
 
 
 XeXiJo-Oficvos 
 
 
 Xv0££s 
 
 Xv0T](r6|X£vos 
 
 519. Second Aorist (Active and Middle) and Second 
 Perfect and Pluperfect of Xeiiro) 
 
 
 2 AOR. ACT. 
 
 2 AOR. MID. 
 
 2 PERFECT. 
 
 2 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 S.l. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 eXiirov 
 4'Xiirfs 
 4'Xiirfi 
 
 IXnr6ftT)v 
 
 IXCirov 
 
 €XC'rr£TO 
 
 XA.oiira 
 
 XcXoiiras 
 
 X^onre 
 
 IXfXoClTT) 
 
 4X£Xo('injs 
 
 €X£Xoiir£t 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 3. 
 
 P.l. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 (IX£ir£TOv) 
 
 (IXtir^TTiv) 
 
 €X£iro|Ji£V 
 
 IX{'rr£T6 
 
 eXi-irov 
 
 (IX£ir£o-0ov) 
 
 (€Xiir€(r0T]v) 
 
 €XMr6H.£0a 
 
 €Xlir£O-0€ 
 
 IXCirovTO 
 
 (XcXofirarov) 
 
 (X£Xo(iraTOv) 
 
 X£Xoiira)i£V 
 
 X£XoiiraT£ 
 
 XsXoiirdc-t 
 
 (IXcXoClTfiTOv) 
 (€X£Xonr€'TT]v) 
 €X£Xotir£|l£V 
 €X£Xoiir€T£ 
 
 €X£Xoiir£crav 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 205 
 
 
 
 Subjunctive 
 
 
 
 2 AOR. ACT. 
 
 2 AOR. MID. 
 
 2 PERFECT 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 X£ir» 
 
 Xfirwuai 
 
 XcXoCiro 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 XCiqiS 
 
 Xiin, 
 
 XCini 
 X£in]Tat 
 
 X€Xoiirr]s 
 XeXoCirr] 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (XiirrjTOv) 
 (XCirT|Tov) 
 
 (XCirrio-eov) 
 (X(inio-0ov) 
 
 (XcXoCirriTov) 
 (XeXoimjTov) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 X£ira)|i€V 
 
 X(irr|T€ 
 
 XCiroxri 
 
 Xnr«pi€0a 
 
 XCinio-ee 
 
 XCiruvrai 
 
 Optative 
 
 XcXoCirw^jiev 
 
 X€Xoi'TrTIT€ 
 
 XeXoC-ircixri. 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 
 X£iroi)jii 
 XCirois 
 
 XiiroC|i.-i]v 
 XCirolo 
 
 XeXoiiroifii 
 XeXoCirois 
 
 3. 
 
 XCiroi 
 
 XCiroiTo 
 
 XcXoCiroi 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 3. 
 
 (XCiroiTOv) 
 (XiitoCttiv) 
 
 (X£iroi<r0ov) 
 (Xiiroto-Gtiv) 
 
 (XcXofiroiTOv) 
 (XcXoiiroi-niv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 XCiroi|i.€v 
 XiiroiTC 
 
 XiiroCfieOa 
 X(iroi<r0€ 
 
 XeXoCiroiiJkCV 
 XeXoCiroiTc 
 
 3. 
 
 XCirokcv 
 
 XCiroiVTO 
 Imperative 
 
 X€XoCiroi€v 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 XCirc 
 
 Xiirov 
 
 XeXoiirc 
 
 3. 
 
 XiircTo) 
 
 XiTTCo-eo) 
 
 XcXoiTTCTW 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (XCircTov) 
 (Xnr€'T«v) 
 
 (XCirco-eov) 
 (Xiir^<re«v) 
 
 (XcXoCircTov) 
 (XeXoiir^Tcov) 
 
 P. 2. 
 
 XCircTc 
 
 XCir€o-e€ 
 
 XcXoCir€T€ 
 
 3. 
 
 Xtir6vTo»v 
 
 XiireVOuv 
 Infinitive 
 
 XcXoiir^Toxrav 
 
 
 Xiirciv 
 
 XiireVOai 
 
 XeXoiTT^vai 
 
 
 
 Participle 
 
 - 
 
 
 Xiircav, ov<raj 6v 
 
 Xkir6|x€vos, Tj, ov 
 
 XcXoiirc&S; via, 6s 
 
206 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 520. Liquid Forms of <t)aiV(o — Second Aorist 
 and Future Passive 
 
 Prill. Parts, ^aivia, <|>avw, €<|>T]va, ire4>a-YKa, irc(|>ao-(JLai, €({>dvT]v (2d aor.) 
 
 Indicative 
 
 
 FUTURE ACT 
 
 IVE FUT. MID. 1 AOR. ACT. 
 
 1 AOR. MID. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 4>ava) 
 
 <)>avov(jLai c<|>T]va 
 
 €<|)TlvdnTlV 
 
 2. 
 
 <|>av6is 
 
 <f>av€i, (|>avfj e'(}>T]vas 
 
 l^i^v^ 
 
 3. 
 
 <j>av£i 
 
 c|>aveiTak ecjx'qvc 
 
 €<}>irjvaTo 
 
 -D.2. 
 
 (<})av€iTov) 
 
 (<j>av£i<r9ov) (€<}>T|vaTov) 
 
 (I<i>^va<r0ov) 
 
 3. 
 
 (<j)aV€lTOv) 
 
 (<j>av£i(r6ov) (k^i]vaTr\v) 
 
 (€(J>T]vdo-01flv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 <j>avoii)i€v 
 
 <t>avov|X6&a e<{>T|va(j.ev 
 
 l<|)Tjvd|jL€0a 
 
 2. 
 
 4>aV€lT6 
 
 <|>aV6tO-9€ l<|)TJvaT€ 
 
 €<j)TJvao-0€ 
 
 3. 
 
 4>avov(ri. 
 
 (t>avovvTai €<))Tivav 
 Subjunctive 
 
 |(j>^vavTo 
 
 S. 1. ()>'^va> (f>TJvto(j,ai . 
 
 3. <t>i^vx| <|>^viiTai 
 
 *D. 2. (<|>i^v'iiTov) (<j>'^VTicr0ov) 
 
 3. (<j)^VTJTOv) (<|)'^VTJ<r0Ov) 
 
 P. 1. <}>^VC0p.6V ({>T]V(O)J.C0a 
 
 2. 4>1^VT1T€ 4>irivT]O-0€ 
 
 3. <}>i^v(d(ri <|>^v(0VTai 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 <f)avo£'t]v or 
 
 <(>avoi(iL 
 
 <}>avoCnt]v <j>^vai|xi 
 
 4>'nvaC|ATiv 
 
 2. 
 
 ({>avoCi]s or 
 
 ()>avois 
 
 <|>avoto <}>Tivais or 
 (t>T|V€ias 
 
 4>irjvaio 
 
 3. 
 
 ^avolt] or 
 
 <)>avoi 
 
 ({>avoiTo <})T|vai or 
 
 <j>ilvaiTo 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 (<|>avoiTov) 
 
 
 (<|)avoi<r0ov) (4>'<lvatTov) 
 
 (<j)ifjvaio-0ov) 
 
 3. 
 
 (<j)avoCTT,v) 
 
 
 (<|>avoCo-0iiv) (<|>iiva(TT]v) 
 
 (<|>Tivaio-0iiv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 <)>avoi(j,cv 
 
 
 ()>avo£p.€0a (|>T|vai|X€v 
 
 <}>T]va(n€0a 
 
 2. 
 
 <t>avoiT€ 
 
 
 <j>avoi<r0€ <j>V|vaiT6 
 
 <f>ifivaio-0€ 
 
 3. 
 
 <)>avoi€V 
 
 
 c|>avoiVTo <|>TJvai€v or 
 <)>T]vciav 
 
 <j>TlVaiVTO 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 207 
 
 
 
 Imperative 
 
 
 FUT. ACT, 
 
 FUT. MID 1 AOR. ACT. 
 
 1 AOR. MID. 
 
 
 
 S. 2. «|)f]vov 
 
 <|)fivai 
 
 
 
 3. <j)T|vdT« 
 
 <|)Tlvd{r9ft) 
 
 
 
 *D.2. (<|)^vaTov) 
 
 («t)^va<r0ov) 
 
 
 
 3. (<|)T]vdTCtfv) 
 
 (<()^vdo-ea)v) 
 
 
 
 P. 2. <t>i]vaT€ 
 
 ()>T]va(r6€ 
 
 
 
 3. <j>nvdvT«v 
 
 <|>iivd<rewv 
 
 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 
 ' 
 
 i|>av€iv 
 
 <|>av€i<r6ai «|>Tivai 
 
 Participle 
 
 4>Tjva<rOtti 
 
 <j)av«v 
 
 , oii<ra, ovv 
 
 <{>avov|ievo$, tj, ov ({>TJvds, d<ra, av 
 Second Aorist Passive 
 
 «j>Tivdn€vos, TJ, ov 
 
 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 subjunctive optative 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 4ct>AvT,v 
 
 <)>avw ()>av€CT)v 
 
 
 2. 
 
 l«|,dvT,S 
 
 <j)av^s «j)av€CTis 
 
 <}>dvT)ei 
 
 3. 
 
 l<|>dvti 
 
 <|>ttv^ <j)av€CTi 
 
 ^o.vi\T<a 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 (l4,dvT,T0v) 
 
 (<J>avnTov) (<})av6CTiTov or <)>av€iTov 
 
 ) («})dvTlTOv) 
 
 3. 
 
 (l4,av^TTiv) 
 
 (<j>avTiTov) (<})av£iifiTTivor 4>av€CTT)v) (4>av^Twv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 l^tdvrijj.cv 
 
 <|>avw|i.cv <)>avcC'q|iev or (|>av€ifj,€V 
 
 
 2. 
 
 l<t>dvT1T6 
 
 <|)avf)T€ ({>avcCT]T6 or <|>aveiT€ 
 
 <|>dvT]T€ 
 
 3. 
 
 4<|>dvT)(rav 
 
 <j>av«{rt <|>av€(Tjo-av or <|>av6i€v 
 
 <{>av^vTO)v 
 
 
 Infinitive Participle 
 
 
 4>avfivat <|>av6Cs, <|>av€t<ra, ^o.viv 
 
 
 
 Second Future Passive 
 
 
 
 indicative 
 
 OPTATIVE infinitive 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 <)>av^<ro}iai. 
 
 <}>avT)o-oC|Jii]v <j>av'^<rc<r6ai (}>avT](r6p,cvos, t], ov 
 
 2. 
 
 <|)av'^(r€i, ()>avifj(rQ <|)avTJo'oio 
 
 
 3. 
 
 <)>av^(reTai 
 
 <)>av'^(roiTO 
 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 (<|>av^cr€(r0ov) (<j)av^<roio-0ov) 
 
 
 3. 
 
 (<|>avi^or€<r0ov) (4)avTicro£or6'qv) 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 <j>avt]o-6)i£0a 
 
 <f>av'r]<roC|jie6a 
 
 
 2. 
 
 4>av'^(r€(r6e 
 
 <}>avi^(roi(r9E 
 
 
 3. 
 
 <{>av'^(rovTaL 
 
 ^ <|>av'^(roivTO 
 
 
208 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 521. Perfect and Pluperfect Passive of Verbs with 
 Consonant Stems. — See 488 
 
 
 a7« 
 
 ireniro) 
 
 dOpoCStt 
 
 
 PERF. PLUP. 
 
 PERF. PLUP. 
 
 PERF. PLUP. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 ij-yiiai ^'7K,riv 
 
 ir^ir6|JL(iai (7r€irc(j.|jLT]v 
 
 T|0pot(rjiai 'n0poi(r|iTiv 
 
 2. 
 
 Ti|ai T]go 
 
 ir€ir6p.\)/ai lir^irejjixlfo 
 
 T|0poi(rai TJ0poio'o 
 
 3. 
 
 rfKTai ifKTO 
 
 iriirm.iTTai lir^ircjtirTO 
 
 T|0poi<rTai T|0poi<rTO 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 (rixeov) (iixGov 
 
 ) (ir6ir€|i<j>0ov) (€ir€'ir€|x<j)0ov) (Ti0poi<r0ov) (T|Bpoi<r0ov) 
 
 3. 
 
 (tixOov) (ti'xOtiv) ('n"€'jr€jJi<j>0ov) (circircjJKJietiv) (T|0poia-eov) (ti0poi(r0Tiv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 'q'y|i60a T|'yn€0a 
 
 •ir€ire|x,p.€0a €'n"€'ire'|ifi€0a 
 
 i]0poC(r|i€0a i]0poio'|JLC0a 
 
 2. 
 
 T1X0€ TJX06 
 
 ir€ir€|Jt<|>0€ lir€'ir€n<j>06 
 
 TJ0poiO-06 T|0pOl(r06 
 
 3. 
 
 i]'Y|i^voi T]'y(ievok ir€ir6)j.^6voi ir€ir€(i|i€voi 
 
 •q0poi(r(t€voi TiOpoio-iicvoi 
 
 
 €l<ri ifo-av 
 
 €l<r( Tj<rav 
 Subjunctive 
 
 eltrC -qo-av 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 •HYU^vos (S 
 
 ir€irep.|x4vos co 
 
 •qOpoio-fUvos w 
 
 2. 
 
 il^H^vos lis 
 
 ircTTCiin^vos -flS 
 
 'n0poio-(t€vos lis 
 
 3. 
 
 ^7jt€'vos 1] 
 
 ■ir€ir€ji,|Jt€vos 1] 
 
 li0pOlO-(JL€VOS 13 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 Optative 
 
 etc. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 ^^(i^os cttjv 
 
 ireirennc'vos dr\v 
 
 i^0poi(r|j.^vos ctriv 
 
 2. 
 
 li-yii^vos dT]s 
 
 ir€ir€|Ji|xcvos dr\s 
 
 •il0poiorn€'vos dri^ 
 
 3. 
 
 riyiUvos dr\ 
 
 ireir6fi^^vos dt] 
 
 ■n0pOl(r)l^VOS €tT) 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 Imperative 
 
 etc. 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 tJSo 
 
 ir4ir€p,\|/o 
 
 i^Opoio-o 
 
 3. 
 
 T|X0« 
 
 'ir€ir6}i<t>0« 
 
 ii0poC(r0a> 
 
 *D. 2. 
 
 (tix0ov) 
 
 (•ireir6|x4>0ov) 
 
 (T|0potcr0ov) 
 
 3. 
 
 (i?IX0a)v) 
 
 (•ir€'ir6n<j>0a)v) 
 
 (T10po£(r0«v) 
 
 P. 2. 
 
 11X66 
 
 'ir6ir€|JL<|>0€ 
 
 T|0pOl<r0€ 
 
 3. 
 
 Vj'xOtov 
 
 ir6'ir4p.<|>0«v 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 rfipoLa-QoiV 
 
 
 TixOat 
 
 'ir€'ir€|i4>0ai 
 
 Participle 
 
 ■qOpoio-Oai 
 
 
 iTYn^vos, TJ, ov 
 
 ir€ir€|iji^vos, r\, ov 
 
 i^Opoitrii^vos. r\, ov 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 209 
 
 522. 
 
 Contract Verbs — iroico) 
 
 
 Active 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 Middle ane 
 indicative 
 
 ► Passive 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 
 (irow'cis) 
 
 troiw 
 iroiets 
 
 (iroi€onai) 
 (iroie'et, itoicti) 
 
 iroiovfJiak 
 
 3. 
 
 (iroic'ei) 
 
 iroici 
 
 (iroi€€Tai) 
 
 iroi€iTai 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (iroic'cTOv) 
 
 (•FTOl^CTOV) 
 
 (iroictTOv) 
 (iroieiTOv) 
 
 (iroi«'€<r6ov) 
 (•iroi€€<r0ov) 
 
 (iroieurOov) 
 (iroi€ur0ov) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (iroie'oiJLev) 
 
 (iroiccTc) 
 
 (iroieovo-t) 
 
 2 s 2 
 
 (iroi€6(jt€0a) 
 
 (iroU€<re€) 
 
 (iroieovrai) 
 
 Troiov(jL€0a 
 
 iroi€i<r0€ 
 
 iroiovvrai 
 
 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 («iroC€ov) 
 
 (€iroC€€s) 
 (liroUc) 
 
 eiroCovv 
 ItroUis 
 ciroCci 
 
 (liroieojjL'qv) 
 
 (liroUou) 
 
 (lirot€6To) 
 
 4iroiov)i.T|V 
 
 liroiov 
 
 liroiciTO 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (6iroie'€TOv) 
 (liroiecTTiv) 
 
 (ciroieiTov) 
 (eiroieCniv) 
 
 (liroi€€o-0ov) 
 (liroi€€V0T,v) 
 
 (6iroi€io-0ov) 
 (€iroicCo-0T]v) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (cirow'oiicv) 
 
 (4iroi€6Te) 
 
 (liroCeov) 
 
 €irOlOV|16V 
 €ir0l€lT€ 
 €110 Cow 
 
 (liroi€6(i,€0a) 
 
 (l7roUeo-0€) 
 
 (cirow'ovTo) 
 
 Hi 
 
 PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (iroUco) 
 (iroUxis) 
 (xote'T,) 
 
 iroiA 
 
 iroi^S 
 iroi^ 
 
 (iroi^wnai) 
 
 (iroUr,) 
 
 (iroU-HTai) 
 
 iroitofiai 
 
 iroifi 
 
 iroi-qTai 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (ir0l6'T]T0v) 
 (irOlCTJTOv) 
 
 (iroitjTOv) 
 (iroifiTov) 
 
 . (iroU'qo-0ov) 
 (irouTio-Oov) 
 
 ('iroi'$i<r0ov) 
 (iroifio-0ov) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (iroi^«(i6v) 
 
 (iroie'iiTc) 
 
 (iroi€a>o-i) 
 
 FIRST GR. 
 
 iroiwficv 
 iroiT^Te 
 iroiuo-i 
 BK.— 12 
 
 (iroicwiicOa) 
 
 ('irOl6T]O-0€) 
 
 (iroi^wVTai) 
 
 iroiw|jt€0a 
 
 iroiii<r06 
 
 iroiwvrai 
 
210 
 
 THE FIRST GEEEK BOOK 
 
 Active 
 
 PRESENT OPTATIVE 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 S. 1. (iroUoiiJii) 
 
 2. (iroUois) 
 
 3. (iroiwt) 
 
 [iroioijii 
 iroiois 
 iroioi] 
 
 (•iroi€oC|JiT]v) 
 
 (iroicoio) 
 
 (iroitoiTo) 
 
 iroioi|iT]v 
 
 iroioio 
 
 iroioiTO 
 
 *D.2. (iroicoiTov) 
 3. (iroi€o(Tt]v) 
 
 (ttoioitov) 
 (iroioiTiiv) 
 
 (irot€oi<r0ov) 
 (iroicoCo-Gtiv) 
 
 (iroioi<r9ov) 
 (iroioio-Oriv) 
 
 P. 1. (iroic'oiixcv) 
 
 2. (iroicoiTe) 
 
 3. (iroicoicv) 
 
 iroioincv 
 
 iroioiTC 
 
 iroioicv 
 
 (•jroi€o(fjt€0a) 
 
 (iroieoio-Ot) 
 
 (irouoivTo) 
 
 iroioi^eOa 
 iroioio-Gc 
 
 TTOIOIVTO 
 
 or 
 
 S. 1. (iroicodiv) 
 
 2. (iroi€o(iis) 
 
 3. (iroieoit]) 
 
 iroioCtiv 
 iroioCT)? 
 iroioiTj 
 
 • 
 
 
 *D.2. (irOl€OlTlTOv) 
 3. (1T01601^TT)V) 
 
 (•iroioCT]Tov) 
 (iroioi'^TTjv) 
 
 
 
 P. 1. (iroi€o£Ti[i€v) 
 
 2. (iroicotiiTe) 
 
 3. (iroieoC-qo-av) 
 
 [xoio£t]|i.6v 
 •iroio(T]T€ 
 iroioirio-av] 
 
 
 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 
 S. 2. (iroUc) 
 3. (iroic^Tw) 
 
 irofci 
 iroiciTw 
 
 (irot^ov) 
 (iroiceo-Oo)) 
 
 iroiov 
 iroi€i<r9« 
 
 *D.2. (iroi^€TOv) 
 3. (iroiccTwv) 
 
 (iroiciTOv) 
 (ttowCtwv) 
 
 (iroi€'eo-0ov) 
 (iroicc'crOwv) 
 
 (iroicio-Gov) 
 (iroieio-0a)v) 
 
 P. 2. (iroUcTc) 
 3. (iroi€6vTa)v) 
 
 irOl€lT€ 
 
 iroiovvTwv 
 
 (iroic'eo-Ot) 
 (iroie^crGwv) 
 
 iroicio-6€ 
 iroi€£o-0«v 
 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 
 (iroi^civ) 
 
 <iroi€tv 
 
 (iroUeo-Oai) 
 
 iroicio-Oai 
 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 
 M. (iroie'wv) 
 F. (iroi^ovo-tt) 
 N. (iroUov) 
 
 iroiwv 
 
 iroio{)(ra 
 
 irokovv 
 
 ('irOl€6(JL€VOs) 
 
 (iroicon^VT]) 
 (Troi66n€vov) 
 
 iroiovjicvos 
 
 •TrOlOV|l€VTl 
 
 iroiov)ji£vov 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 211 
 
 Contract Verbs — Ti|ida) 
 
 Active 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 S. 1. (Tl|ld») 
 
 2. (Tljjideis) 
 
 3. (Tind€i) 
 
 Tl|l.» 
 
 (Tijidojiai) 
 (rlfioUi, Tifjbdxi) 
 
 (TllXCWTttl) 
 
 Ttjia 
 Tifidrat 
 
 ^D. 2. (Tlftd€TOv) 
 
 3. (rijidcTOv) 
 
 (TlfittTOv) 
 (Ti|ldTOv) 
 
 (TincU<r0ov) 
 (rindeo-Oov) 
 
 (Tind<r9ov) 
 (Tifido-Oov) 
 
 P. 1. (Tlfld0|l€v) 
 
 2. (Tlfidcre) 
 
 3. (TijidovoT.) 
 
 Tijidrc 
 
 
 Tl|l«|X€0a 
 
 Tifjkdo-de 
 
 TlfJlWVTai 
 
 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 
 
 S. 1. (Irfnoov) 
 
 2. (Irinocs) 
 
 3. (^Tf}ia6) 
 
 irtykiav 
 iTtjids 
 
 IrtKLd 
 
 (lTi|xa6|itiv) 
 (ItijwCov) 
 
 (CTlfJlCUTo) 
 
 €TI)JI(0|1T)V 
 
 CTlfifti 
 
 €Tip.dTO 
 
 *D. 2. (iTindcTOv) 
 3. (erinacTiiv) 
 
 (iTllldTOv) 
 (6Ti|ldTTJv) 
 
 (€TlftOl€<r0Ov) 
 
 (€Tr|ia€<r0Tjv) 
 
 («Ti}i.d<r0ov) 
 (€Ti(iao-0Tiv) 
 
 P. 1. (iTifidoncv) 
 
 2. (€Tlnd€T€) 
 
 3. (Irtftaov) 
 
 €Tl(Jl«H€V 
 
 €TlndT€ 
 
 IrtlUAV 
 
 (€Tifj,a6fJt€0a) 
 
 (€Tl}Jtd€(r0€) 
 (iTifiOOVTO) 
 
 €Tl|JL(d|JLC0a 
 
 CTi)i.d(r0e 
 
 €Tl)l.»VTO 
 
 PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 s. 
 
 1. (Tl^Ldo,) 
 
 2. (TlHidTis) 
 
 3. (TiHtdr,) 
 
 Tl)J,«i) 
 
 (Ti(iaa)|j.ai) 
 
 (TijldTj) 
 
 (TiptdiiTai) 
 
 Ti)i»|iai 
 
 Ti|ia 
 
 Tifiarai 
 
 *D. 
 
 . 2. (Tiftd-qrov) 
 3. (TifidriTOv) 
 
 (Tifidrov) 
 
 (Tl|JtdTOv) 
 
 (Ti(idTi<r0ov) 
 (Ti(idTi<r0ov) 
 
 (Tind(r0ov) 
 (Ti|idcr0ov) 
 
 P. 
 
 1. (Tip,d»}i€v) 
 
 2. (TlJldTlTc) 
 
 3. (Ti(j.d«<ri) 
 
 rl\iare 
 Ti|iwari 
 
 (Tip,a«(ji€0a) 
 
 (Ti|xdT]<r0€) 
 
 (TindwvTai) 
 
 Ti(i,<tf|u0a 
 
 Ti)id(r0€ 
 
 TifiMvrai 
 
212 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 Active 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 
 
 present 
 
 OPTATIVE 
 
 
 s. 
 
 1. (rindoijit) 
 
 2. (ripidois) 
 
 3. (Tlndoi) 
 
 Tl|X(pS 
 Tin.?] 
 
 (rindoio) 
 (rijidoiTo) 
 
 TlflWO 
 TlJXCpTO 
 
 *D 
 
 2. (rifJidoiTOv) 
 
 3. (Ti}j,aoCTTjv) 
 
 (ti(jh^tov) 
 
 (Tl|ia)'TT]v) 
 
 (Ti|xdoi<r0ov) 
 (Tinao(o-0Tjv) 
 
 Ti|j.tp<r0ov 
 Ti(i({>cr0T)v 
 
 P. 
 
 1. (Tl}Jld0lfl.6v) 
 
 2. (TljJldotTC) 
 
 3. (Tijidoicv) 
 
 Ti(i(p}jiev 
 TinwTe 
 
 Tl|Jl(^€V 
 
 (rl\iaoL\LiQa) 
 (Tt|xdoi<r06) 
 
 (TijJtdoiVTO) 
 
 Tl)JLa>)Jie0a 
 
 Tl|AW(r0€ 
 Tl|XtpVTO 
 
 S. 
 
 1. (Tl(JLaOlT|v) 
 
 2. (Tijiaoiifjs) 
 
 3. (Ti|iao£T|) 
 
 2. (tiuqoititov) 
 
 3. (Ti|Ji.aOlll]TTlv) 
 
 TlJtWTlV 
 
 (tIh-wtitov) 
 (tijaw^ttiv) 
 
 
 
 P. 
 
 1. (Tl(JLao£TJfJl€v) 
 
 2. (rl\iaoir]r€) 
 
 3. (TijJi.aoiTj(rav) 
 
 [TlfAtpTllXCV 
 TlfiiOTlTC 
 
 Tijxft>T)<rav] 
 
 PRESENT ] 
 
 [MPERATIVE 
 
 
 S. 
 
 2. (rffiac) 
 
 3. (Tijiae'Tw) 
 
 Tip.aT(i) 
 
 (Tijtdou) 
 (Ti}jiae<r0«) 
 
 Ti}JLaor0ft> 
 
 *D 
 
 2. (TtfxdcTov) 
 
 3. (TinacTwv) 
 
 (TlfJldTOv) 
 
 (Ttjidrtov) 
 
 (Tip.d€o-0ov) 
 (Ti|ia€'cr0«v) 
 
 Tina<r0ov 
 Tlfjia<r0»v 
 
 P 
 
 2. (Ti|xdeT€) 
 
 3. (Tl(ia6vTwv) 
 
 Tl|xdT€ 
 Tl|li«VTa)V 
 
 (Tlfid€<r0€) 
 (Tt(jta€'<r0«v) 
 
 Tind<r0€ 
 Tifj.a(r0a)v 
 
 (rijidciv) 
 
 PRESENT INFINITIVE 
 
 tI|mIv (Ti|xoU(r0ai) ri^atrOai 
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
 
 M. (Tl|J,d<l)v) 
 
 Ti|i.tbv 
 
 (Tina6n€vos) 
 
 TlfJl(&H€VOS 
 
 F. (Ti|jLdov(ra) 
 
 Ti|iw<ra 
 
 (Tifiaojxe'vTi) 
 
 Tl|I.(i)(l.€VT] 
 
 N. (Tljldov) 
 
 TI|1WV 
 
 (Ti|i.a6|i€vov) 
 
 Tl|li(&)X€VOV 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 213 
 
 524. 
 
 Contract Verbs — Si^Xdco 
 
 Active 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (8T,X6a,) 
 
 (8tiX6€is) 
 
 (8t,X6«) 
 
 8tiX» 
 
 St^Xois 
 
 8t)Xoi 
 
 (8TiX6ojtai) 
 (8tiX6€i, 8tiX6ti) 
 (8T|X6€Tai) 
 
 8T]Xov(i.ai 
 
 8tiXoi 
 
 StjXovTai 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (8tiX66tov) 
 
 (8t|X6€TOv) 
 
 (8'nXovTov) 
 (8t]Xovtov) 
 
 (8tiX66(r0ov) 
 (8TiX66<r0ov) 
 
 (8tjXowo-0ov) 
 (8TiXov<r0ov) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (8t|X60(J16v) 
 (6tiX6€T€) 
 
 (8t]X6ov<rt) 
 
 8tjXov|wv 
 
 8t]X0VT€ 
 
 8TjXov<ri. 
 
 (8T)Xo6|ji60a) 
 
 (8TiX6€<r0€) 
 
 (8'riX6ovTai) 
 
 8T]Xov)L60a 
 
 8t]Xovo'0€ 
 8iiXoi)vTai 
 
 IMPEBFECT indicative 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (l8^Xoov) 
 (l8^Xo€s) 
 (€8^Xoe) 
 
 l8^Xovv 
 48^Xovs 
 IS^Xov 
 
 (l8TiXo6|i'qv) 
 
 (I8t,X6ov) 
 
 (I8tiX6€to) 
 
 l8T]X0V(l.t)V 
 
 €8iiXov 
 €8tjXovto 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (I8tiX6€tov) 
 (48tiXo6ttiv) 
 
 (18'nXovTov) 
 
 (l8T,X0VTtlv) 
 
 (€8T]X6€<r0ov) 
 (48TiXo€<r0T,v) 
 
 (l8TiXov<r0ov) 
 (€8i]Xovio-0'Hv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (€8T]X60(Jt€V) 
 
 (I8tiX6€T€) 
 (l8^Xoov) 
 
 I8t]XoV)1€V 
 €8tiX0VT€ 
 
 €8ViXovv 
 
 (68T)Xo6|xe0a) 
 
 (l8T,X6£<r0€) 
 
 (eS-nXoovTo) 
 
 e8T)Xovfie0a 
 
 €8'qXov(r0€ 
 
 €8tiXovvto 
 
 PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 S. 1. (8tjX6«) 
 
 2. (8T,X6t,s) 
 
 3. (8tiX6t|) 
 
 8t)X« 
 
 SrjXots 
 
 8t)Xoi 
 
 (8^X6«Hiai) 
 
 (8t,X6T,) 
 
 (8tiX6TiTai) 
 
 8T]Xco)jLai 
 
 8tiXoi 
 
 StlXfiTai 
 
 *D. 2. (8tiX6t,tov) 
 3. (8riX6T]Tov) 
 
 (8l]X«T0v) 
 
 (8t|X«tov) 
 
 (8tiX6t]o-0ov) 
 (8i]X6T)<r0ov) 
 
 (8TiX«<r0ov) 
 (8TiXM<r0ov) 
 
 P. 1. (8t|X6«h€v) 
 
 2. (8t,X6tit€) 
 
 3. (8TiX6a)o-i) 
 
 8iiXu|j.€v 
 
 8t]XwT€ 
 
 8T)Xc5(ri 
 
 (8iiXo«|x€0a) 
 
 (8TiX6Ti<r0€) 
 
 (8T]X6a>vTai) 
 
 8i]X(6fjL€0a 
 
 8TjX»or06 
 
 8T)Xo)VTai 
 
214 
 
 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 Active 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 
 
 
 PRESENT OPTATIVE 
 
 
 S.l. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (8T]X6oi(jti) 
 
 (8ti\6ois) 
 
 (8t,\6oi) 
 
 [8tiXoihi 
 8t)Xois 
 8tiXoi] 
 
 (8T}X00C(iTJv) 
 
 (8tiX6oio) 
 (8t|X6oito) 
 
 8t)Xo£|ii]v 
 
 8tiXoio 
 
 8t]Xoito 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (8t)\6oitov) 
 (8tj\ooitt)v) 
 
 (8tiXoiTov) 
 (8t]XoCttiv) 
 
 (8iiX6oi(r0ov) 
 (8TiXooC<r0iiv) 
 
 (8TiXoi(r0ov) 
 (8t)Xo£o-0tjv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (8TlX6ot|l€v) 
 (8TlX6otT€) 
 
 (8iiX6oi€v) 
 
 8t)X01)1€V 
 
 8tiXoit€ 
 
 8t)X01€V 
 
 (8T]XooC(ie9a) 
 
 (8TiX6oio-e€) 
 
 (StiXootvTo) 
 
 8iiXoin€0a 
 8tiXoio-0€ 
 
 8TjXoiVTO 
 
 S.l. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 or 
 
 (8'qXoo£i]v) 
 (8tjXooiiis) 
 (8T]XooiTi) 
 
 8t]XoCt]v 
 8T]Xoit]s 
 8t)XoCti 
 
 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (8riXooiTiTOv) 
 (8TiXooiifiTiiv) 
 
 (81^X0 Ctitov) 
 (8T]XoiiriTHv) 
 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 (8tiXooiiijj.6v) 
 
 (8tlXoOlT]T€) 
 
 (8TiXoo(Ti<rav) 
 
 [8t)XoCi]|J.€V 
 
 8t]Xo£'»it€ 
 8TiXo£ii<rav] 
 
 
 
 
 
 PRESENT IMPERATIVE 
 
 
 S. 2. 
 3. 
 
 (8i?,XoO 
 (8t|Xo4t«) 
 
 Si^Xov 
 StiXovto) 
 
 (8tiX6ov) 
 (8t]Xo€V0«) 
 
 StiXoO 
 8T)Xov(r0o) 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (8'qX6€TOv) 
 
 (8t]Xo€t«v) 
 
 (8TiXoi)TOv) 
 (8'qXovT«v) 
 
 (8riXd€o-0ov) 
 (8TiXo€(r0a)v) 
 
 (8tiXovo-0ov) 
 (8tjXovo-0«v) 
 
 P. 2. 
 3. 
 
 (8tiX6€T€) 
 (8T)Xo6vTa)v) 
 
 8tiXovt€ 
 StjXovvtwv 
 
 (8T|X6€(r0€) 
 (8TtXo€(r0a)v) 
 
 8T]Xov<r0€ 
 8iiXov(r0b)v 
 
 
 
 PRESENT INFINITIVE 
 
 
 
 (8tiX6€iv) 
 
 8t)Xovv 
 
 (8TiX6c(rOai) 
 
 8i]Xov(r0ai 
 
 
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 (8TiX6a)v) 
 
 (8TiX<5ov<ra) 
 
 (8t]X6ov) 
 
 8t]X«V 
 
 8T|Xo{)(ra 
 8t)Xovv 
 
 (8i]Xo6(icvos) 
 
 (8iiXoon€VTi) 
 
 (8i]Xod|i,cvov) 
 
 811X01) |i€VOS 
 
 8TlXoV|Jt€V'n 
 
 8T)X0Vp,€V0V 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 215 
 
 525. The Regular Mi Verbs, Principal Parts and 
 Synopsis 
 
 tcTTKJLi ((TTa-), set, (TTTJo-cD, (i<TTr\(Ta and €<TTr\Vf ccrTT|Ka, 
 €(rTa|J.ai, €0-Td6T|v. 2d peif. (caTaTov). 
 
 Ti0T|}jLL (6€-), put, Qr\(r<ii), €8T]Ka and (cSctov), TcO-qKa, 
 
 T€6€l|iaL, €T€6t|V. 
 
 8i8a)}JLi (80-), give, Scoco), eScoKa and (€8otov), 8€8(i>Ka, 
 8€8ofiai, €8d6T|v. 
 
 SciKvvfii (SciK-), show, 6€i|(o, €8€i|a, 8e8€ixa, 8€8€i'YfjLai, 
 
 As the second aorist middle of ictt^iii is wanting, cirpi- 
 a[Lr\Vf I bought, is given; and €8\jv, I entered, to take the 
 place of the second aorist active of 8€iKv\j|ii. No second 
 aorist middle in v^'x\v occurs. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 2Aor. 
 
 
 
 SYNOPSIS 
 
 
 
 
 
 Active 
 
 
 
 
 INDIC. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 OPT. 
 
 IMPER. 
 
 INFIX. 
 
 PARTIC. 
 
 tcmifjii 
 
 lo-Toi 
 
 lo-Ta^v 
 
 lOTTTl 
 
 [(TTdvai 
 
 ICTOS 
 
 T10T]HI 
 
 T10« 
 
 T10CIT1V 
 
 tC0€1 
 
 Ti0€'vat 
 
 T10€CS 
 
 8i8ci))jLi 
 
 8i8d> 
 
 8i8oiiiv 
 
 8C80V 
 
 8i86vai 
 
 8180VS 
 
 SciKVVfJLt 
 
 8£lKV'UCi> 
 
 8€lKVV0l|Jll 
 
 ScCkvv 
 
 8€iKVvvai 
 
 8ci,KVVS 
 
 {tfTT^y 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 €t(0T|V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I8180VV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 L €86CkVVV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f €<rTT]V 
 
 O-Tft) 
 
 trralr\v 
 
 (rTTi0i 
 
 crrfivat 
 
 O-TOS 
 
 (€0eTov) 
 
 0d> 
 
 0€Ctiv 
 
 0€S 
 
 0€ivai 
 
 0els 
 
 t (€80T0V) 
 
 8» 
 
 8oCt)v 
 
 86s 
 
 8ovvai 
 
 80VS 
 
 { 68vV 
 
 8va> 
 
 
 8v0i 
 
 8vvai 
 
 8^S 
 
216 
 
 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Middle and Passive 
 ' lO'Tafiai IcTTMp.ai i(rrai\i.r\v i<rra<ro 'ia-raa-Qai lo-Tajjievos 
 rLBt[Lai riOwfiai Ti6ei|iT]v rCdeoro riOecrOai Ti6e|JiEvos 
 8(8o|iai 8i8(0)iai 8i8oifiT]v 81800-0 8C8oo-6ai 8i86)ji€vos 
 SeCKyvfjiai 8ciKVVb>)jiai 8ei.KvvoC|iT]v 8e(kvvo-o 8€CKvva-6ai 8€ikvv(j.£Vos 
 
 f tcTTOLJlTJV 
 I ETl6c|JLT)V 
 
 ^' j e8i,86)jli]v 
 
 [ 68€tKVV(Jl'qV 
 
 2Aor. 
 Mid. 
 
 €irpidp.i]v irpCa>)Jiai irpiaC|iT)v irpCco 
 €6€(iT]v Gcofiai Qti\ir\v 6ov 
 
 €86|jii]v 8w(iaL 8o£(XT]v 8ov 
 
 irpCao-6ai. 7rpid|X€vos 
 0eo-6ai, 6€|i€vos 
 860-dai, 86)xcvos 
 
 526. The Regular Mi Verbs — Conjugation 
 
 t<rTt\^i tC6t))i.i 8C8(i))jLi ScCKVvpii 
 
 Active 
 
 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 indicative 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 Vo-TTJUl 
 
 tC0t|,ii 
 
 8£8(o|ii 
 
 8€CkVV|J.I 
 
 2. 
 
 l'o-T1]S 
 
 TC0r,s 
 
 8C8b)s 
 
 ScCkvvs 
 
 3. 
 
 Wttio-i 
 
 Tl8t]0-t 
 
 8C8(«)o-i 
 
 8€£KVtia-i 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 (to-TttTOv) 
 
 (tC06tov) 
 
 (8C80TOV) 
 
 (8€(kvvtov) 
 
 3. 
 
 (\LO-TaTOv) 
 
 (t(06TOv) 
 
 (8£8oTov) 
 
 (8€(kvvtov) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 to-Ta|J,€V 
 
 TC0€p.€V 
 
 8(8o(j.£v 
 
 8€lKVVfl,eV 
 
 2. 
 
 to-TaT€ 
 
 t£0€T£ 
 
 8£8oT€ 
 
 8€£kVWT6 
 
 3. 
 
 to-TOuri 
 
 Ti0^do-t 
 
 8i86da-k 
 
 SeiKvvdo-i 
 
 
 
 IMPERFECT 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 ^crTt]v 
 
 ItC0tiv 
 
 ^8£8ovv 
 
 I86Ckvvv 
 
 2. 
 
 ia-'n\s 
 
 lT(0as 
 
 I8180VS 
 
 c8€{kvv$ 
 
 3. 
 
 «0-T„ 
 
 ItC0ci 
 
 l8£8ov 
 
 I8€£kvv 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 (foPTarov) 
 
 (lT£0eTov) 
 
 (l8£8oTov) 
 
 (€8€{kVUT0v) 
 
 3. 
 
 (to-Tdrriv) 
 
 (€T10^TT]V) 
 
 (68i86ttjv) 
 
 (€8€IKVVTTJV) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 ifo-Ta(JL€V 
 
 ItC0£H€V 
 
 €8(8op,cv . 
 
 €8€iKVV|l€V 
 
 2. 
 
 ilo-Tare 
 
 lT£0€Te 
 
 kSiSore 
 
 iSdKVVT€ 
 
 3. 
 
 to-Ttto-av 
 
 €T(0co-av 
 
 khihoa-av 
 
 €8€(Kvvo-av 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 217 
 
 PRESEXT SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 S.l. 
 
 l<rr& 
 
 T10« 
 
 8i8» 
 
 SciKVVCD 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 lO-T-Q 
 
 Tie^s 
 TiGfi 
 
 SiSws 
 
 861KVVTJS 
 861KVVT1 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (to-TTlTOv) 
 (loTTflTOv) 
 
 (xiefiTov) 
 
 (TlGflTOv) 
 
 (5i8»Tov) 
 (8i8«Tov) 
 
 (8€IKVVT]T0V) 
 (8€IKVV11T0V) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 lo-T«|16V 
 
 l<rT»<ri 
 
 Tl0»fJ.6V 
 
 TiQr\rt 
 
 TiecSo-i 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 8l8u|X£V 
 8l8«T€ 
 
 8i8w(ri 
 
 OPTATIVE 
 
 8€lKVVa)|JL€V 
 86lKvi»11T6 
 
 8€iKvva)(ri 
 
 S.l. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 ia-raii]v 
 IcTTaCTis 
 toTTadi 
 
 Ti9tir\v 
 
 T10€IT]S 
 
 8i8oCt)v 
 81801T1S 
 8i8oCri 
 
 8€lKVV0l|l,l 
 
 SCIKVVOIS 
 
 861KVVOI 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (ia-raii\Tov) 
 
 (lO-Tttl'^TTlv) 
 
 (ti0€(t]TOv) 
 (t10€I^TTJv) 
 
 (8i8oCiiTov) 
 
 (8l8oiTJTT|v) 
 
 (8€lKVVOlTOv) 
 (8€lKVV0CT'r)v) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 lo-TaiTl|Jt€V 
 
 i<rTa£T|T€ 
 l<rTa(T]<rav 
 
 T106CtJ(JI€V 
 T10«£t]T6 
 
 Ti0€CTi(rav 
 
 8l8oiTJfJt€V 
 8l80lT]T€ 
 
 8i8o£T](rav 
 
 8eiKVV0l|l,€V 
 SeiKVVOlTC 
 
 8eiKvvoi€v 
 
 
 
 Commonly thus contracted : 
 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 3. 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 (tO-TttlTOv) 
 
 (lo-TaCrqv) 
 l<rTaiT€ 
 
 (ti0€itov) 
 (ti0€Cti]v) 
 
 Tl0€l(i€V 
 Tl06tT€ 
 
 (81801TOV) 
 
 (8i8o(tiiv) 
 
 8i8oi|i€v 
 
 8l8otT€ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 la-raUv 
 
 Ti0€iev 
 
 PRESENT ] 
 
 8i8oi€v 
 
 [MPERATIVE 
 
 
 S.2. 
 
 ta"n\ 
 
 TtOei 
 
 8£8ov 
 
 ScCkvv 
 
 3. 
 
 lOTTaTW 
 
 T10^T« 
 
 8i86ra> 
 
 8€i8vvTa) 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (Ito-TaTov) 
 
 (lo-TttTCDv) 
 
 (t(06TOv) 
 
 (ti0€'t«v) 
 
 (8C80TOV) 
 (8i86t«v) 
 
 (8€Ckvvtov) 
 (SeiKvvTwv) 
 
 P. 2. 
 
 i<rTaT€ 
 
 t(0€T€ 
 
 8C80T€ 
 
 861KVVT6 
 
 3. 
 
 l<rTdvT«v 
 
 TiQivrav 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 8186 VTWV 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 8€lKVt»VT«V 
 
 
 IcTTdvai 
 
 TlO^VCU 
 
 8i86vai 
 
 8ciKvvvai 
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
 
 Wras, oUra; dv riOcts, wra, iv 8k8ovs, ovo-a, 6v 8€ikvvS; vara, vv 
 
218 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 SECOND AORIST INDICATIVE 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 CO-TTJV 
 €OrTT|S 
 
 eo-TT] 
 
 
 s 
 
 I8vv 
 I8vs 
 I8v 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (4'o-niTov) 
 
 (CO-T^TTIV) 
 
 (€"0€TOV) 
 
 (4e.'rT,v) 
 
 (€'80T0V) 
 (ISOTTIV) 
 
 (?8iTOv) 
 (I8^TT1V) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 €<rT11|16V 
 €<rTtlT€ 
 
 €<rTTi<rav 
 
 €e€T€ 
 
 eOeo-av 
 
 SECOND AORIST 
 
 eSofjtev 
 
 €80T€ 
 
 eSocrav 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 e8tJT6 
 €8v<rav 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 O-TW 
 
 o-rfis 
 
 (TTTJ 
 
 6(0 
 
 efis 
 efi 
 
 8(3 
 
 Stps 
 
 8(0 
 
 8v» 
 
 8iitis 
 8*TI 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (o-T^TOV) 
 (O-TTITOV) 
 
 (GfJTOv) 
 
 (GtItov) 
 
 (8(Stov) 
 (8(5tov) 
 
 (SVTJTOV) 
 (8VT1T0V) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 OTTWO-l 
 
 0(S<rt 
 
 8(i}(l€V 
 
 8(3t6 
 8(3<ri 
 
 8t)«|JL€V 
 8VT1T€ 
 
 8va>(ri 
 
 
 
 SECOND AORIST OPTATIVE 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 o-Ta£T|v 
 <rTa(T]s 
 
 (TTaiT] 
 
 OeCt^v 
 
 0€£Tis 
 e€(T, 
 
 8oC'r)v 
 8o(tj 
 
 
 *D. 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 (<rTaiT]Tov) 
 
 (jTTailfJTTlv) 
 
 (GcCtitov) 
 
 (0€lViTTlv) 
 
 (8o(tjtov) 
 
 (SoilfjTTJv) 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 <rTa£Ti|i€V 
 
 o-raiTiTe 
 
 o-Ttti-qo-av 
 
 0€£t)(JL€V 
 
 Gcirio-av 
 
 8oCt))JI€V 
 
 SoCtitc 
 8oCT](rav 
 
 
 
 
 Commonly thus contracted : 
 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (o-raiTov) 
 (crTatTT^v) 
 
 (0€tTOv) 
 
 (0€£t,,v) 
 
 (8oiTov) 
 (8o(ttiv) 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 0-Tat}Jl€V 
 
 o-TaiT6 
 o-raiev 
 
 0ei(icv 
 
 0€tT€ 
 0€t6V 
 
 8oi)J.€V 
 
 8oiT€ 
 
 80l€V 
 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 219 
 
 
 
 SECOND AORIST 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 CTTT^yl 
 
 e^s 
 
 86« 
 
 SvOt 
 
 3. 
 
 aTi\T<a 
 
 e^T« 
 
 86x0) 
 
 Svr<a 
 
 *D.2. 
 
 (O-TIITOV) 
 
 (04tov) 
 
 (SOTOV) 
 
 (SvTOv) 
 
 3. 
 
 (o-TTJTCtfv) 
 
 (Qinav) 
 
 (86Tft)v) 
 
 (8VT«V) 
 
 P. 2. 
 
 O-TTITC 
 
 ecTC 
 
 86t6 
 
 8i)T6 
 
 3. 
 
 o-rdvTwv 
 
 devTwv 
 
 SOVTWV 
 
 8VVT«V 
 
 (TTiivat 
 
 SECOND AORIST INFINITIVE 
 
 Oeivai 8ovvai 
 
 Svvai 
 
 SECOND AORIST PARTICIPLE 
 
 trrojSj a-raxra, o-rdv Qds, Q^ltra, Ocv 8ovs, 8ov(ra, 86 v 8vS; 8v(ra, 8vv 
 
 Passive and Middle 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 ^<rTa|iai 
 
 T£0€|j,ai 
 
 8i8o)j,ai 
 
 8cCKW(i,ai 
 
 
 2. 
 
 iCTao-at 
 
 TiOecrab 
 
 8i8o(rai 
 
 86CKvv(rai 
 
 
 3. 
 
 lo-Tarai 
 
 TiOcrai 
 
 8i8oTai 
 
 SeiKwrai 
 
 *D. 
 
 2. 
 
 (lo-Tao-Oov) 
 
 (Tl0€Or0Ov) 
 
 (8(8o<r0ov) 
 
 (8€(kvvo-0ov) 
 
 
 3. 
 
 (icTTao-Oov) 
 
 (Ti0€o-0ov) 
 
 (8i8ocr0ov) 
 
 (86iKia>(r0ov) 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 l(rTd}i.eOa 
 
 Ti0€(i.e0a 
 
 8i86p.€0a 
 
 8€lKVV|XE0a 
 
 
 2. 
 
 'iorTa<r06 
 
 Ti0€(r0€ 
 
 8C8o(rO€ 
 
 8€lKVV(rO€ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 toTTavTat 
 
 TiOevrai 
 
 8i8ovTai 
 
 8€(KWVTai 
 
 
 
 
 IMPERFECT 
 
 
 S. 
 
 1. 
 
 t<rTd|i,T|v 
 
 IriO^litiv 
 
 ^8i86ri7iv 
 
 l8€lKVV}iT]V 
 
 
 2. 
 
 ia-raa-o 
 
 ItCOco-o 
 
 I81800-0 
 
 c8eiKvvo'o 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ilo-TttTO 
 
 €t(0€TO 
 
 I8C80TO 
 
 IScCkvvto 
 
 *D. 
 
 2. 
 
 (i!o-Tao-0ov) 
 
 (Iti0€O-0Ov) 
 
 (I8i8o(r0ov) 
 
 (€8€lKVV(r0Ov) 
 
 
 3. 
 
 (tarrdo-OTiv) 
 
 (€Tl0^<r0T]v) 
 
 (^8t86o-0T,v) 
 
 (€8€lKVV<r0'Hv) 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 to-TdiieOa 
 
 lTl0€H€0a 
 
 48i86Hi€0a 
 
 68€lKVV}l.€0a 
 
 
 2. 
 
 i!o-Tao-06 
 
 lTC06<r0€ 
 
 €8i8o(r0€ 
 
 l8£CKVV<r0€ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 iloTTaVTO 
 
 €Tt0€VTO 
 
 PRESENT 5 
 
 e8C8ovTO 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 I8€(kwvto 
 
 S. 
 
 1. 
 
 lo-TWfJLak 
 
 Ti0w(tai 
 
 81,8(0 p.ai 
 
 8ciKvv(i)p,ab 
 
 
 2. 
 
 lo-T^ 
 
 T10^ 
 
 8i8« 
 
 8€IKVVT] 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ItTT'qTai 
 
 Ti0fiTai 
 
 8i8«Tai 
 
 8€lKVVTJTai 
 
220 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 *D. 
 
 2. 
 
 (l(rTfi<r0ov) 
 
 (Ti0ti(r0ov) 
 
 (8i8a)<r0ov) 
 
 (8£tKVVT]O-0Ov) 
 
 
 S. 
 
 (t<rTTi(r0ov) 
 
 (Ti0Ti(r0ov) 
 
 (8i8»<r0ov) 
 
 (8€IKVVT]O-0OV) 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 i<rTwjj.€0a 
 
 Tl0W(l,€0a 
 
 8i8(G|i€0a 
 
 8€lKVV(6p.£0a 
 
 
 2. 
 
 io-Tfio-06 
 
 Tl0Tl<r0€ 
 
 8i8(o(r0c 
 
 8€lKVVT]O-0€ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 lo-Ttovrai 
 
 Tl0(ii)VTai. 
 PRESENT 
 
 8i8wvTau 
 
 OPTATIVE 
 
 8€lKVV«VTai 
 
 S. 
 
 1. 
 
 io'Ttt£|i.'nv 
 
 ri9d\i.y\v 
 
 8i8oC|iT)v 
 
 8€iKwo£}j[,'r)v 
 
 
 2. 
 
 to-TttlO 
 
 T10CIO 
 
 818010 
 
 861KVV010 
 
 
 3. 
 
 IcTTaiTO 
 
 T60€tTO 
 
 81801TO 
 
 8€lKVVOlTO 
 
 *D. 
 
 2. 
 
 (l<rTai<r0ov) 
 
 (Ti0€i<r0ov) 
 
 (8i8oio-0ov) 
 
 (861KVVOIO-0OV) 
 
 
 3. 
 
 (i<rTai(r0Tiv) 
 
 (Tl0€(<r0T]v) 
 
 (8i8oio-0Tiv) 
 
 (861KVVOCO-0T1V) 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 i(rTaip,€0a 
 
 Tl0€Cp,60a 
 
 8i8oC|X£0a 
 
 86lKVVOlH€0a 
 
 
 2. 
 
 i<rTai(r06 
 
 Tl06l{r0€ 
 
 8i8oio-0€ 
 
 8€lKVtioiO-06 
 
 
 3. 
 
 IcTTaiVTO 
 
 T1061VTO 
 PRESENT 
 
 81801VT0 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 8€lKVt)OlVTO 
 
 S. 
 
 2. 
 
 iVraoro 
 
 Tl0€(rO 
 
 8C8o(ro 
 
 8€(kwo-o 
 
 
 3. 
 
 t<rTd(r0« 
 
 Ti0^o-0a> 
 
 8i86o-0a> 
 
 8€lKVVO-0a) 
 
 *D. 
 
 2. 
 
 (i<rTao-0ov) 
 
 (T(0€<r0ov) 
 
 (8C8o<r0ov) 
 
 (8€Ckvuo-0ov) 
 
 
 3. 
 
 (t(rTd<r0«v) 
 
 (Ti06<r0«v) 
 
 (8i86o-0«v) 
 
 (8€iKvvo-0a)v) 
 
 P. 
 
 2. 
 
 l'(rTa<r0€ 
 
 TC06<r06 
 
 8£8oo-0€ 
 
 8eiKvvo-0e 
 
 
 3. 
 
 i<rTdo-0«v 
 
 Ti0^o-0a)v 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 8i86a-ea>v 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 8€IKVVO-0«V 
 
 
 {(rTa<rdai 
 
 rtOco-Oai. 
 
 8£8oar0ai 
 
 8€tKvvo-0ai 
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
 l<rTd|i€VOS, T), OV Tl0^p,£VOS, T], OV 8l86p,evOS, r\, OV 861KVV)JL€V0S, T), ov 
 
 *D. 
 
 
 SECO 
 
 •ND AORIST MIDDLE INDICATIVE 
 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 €irpidp,T)v 
 
 eirpiw 
 
 eirpCaro 
 
 ^0e>T,v 
 
 seov 
 
 C0€TO 
 
 c86p,T)v 
 €8ov 
 
 ?80T0 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 (lirpCa<r0ov) 
 (eirpioo-Oriv) 
 
 (?06O-0OV) 
 
 (c0£'<r0Tiv) 
 
 (€8o(r0ov) 
 (€86<r0Tiv) 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 €irpiG4Ji€0a 
 
 6irp£ao-0€ 
 
 6irp(avT0 
 
 €0£>e0a 
 e0€(r0e 
 
 60€VTO 
 
 €86|X£0a 
 
 •£8oo-0£ 
 €80VT0 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 221 
 
 
 SECOND 
 
 AORIST MIDDLE SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 irpi(d)JLai 
 
 •n-pitj 
 
 irpiT]Tai 
 
 6«i)p.ai 
 
 etiTtti 
 
 Scofiai 
 
 8«»T(U 
 
 *D. 2. 
 3. 
 
 (irpiTio-eov) 
 (irpiTj<r6ov) 
 
 (04^<reov) 
 (0fi<r0ov) 
 
 (8»(r0ov) 
 (8«<r0ov) 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 irpiwp.e6a 
 
 irpiTjo-Oc 
 
 irpiwvTai 
 
 0f\o-e€ 
 6wvTai 
 
 8(&|i€0a 
 
 8«(r0€ 
 
 8«vTat 
 
 
 SECOND AORIST MIDDLE OPTATIVE 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 irpiaCjtT|v 
 
 irpCaio 
 
 irpiaiTO 
 
 0€i,«lV 
 
 Oeio 
 
 0€ITO 
 
 8oC(ii]v 
 8oio 
 
 8oiTO 
 
 *D. 2. 
 3. 
 
 (irpiaio-Oov) 
 (irpiaio-Oiiv) 
 
 (0€i<r0ov) 
 (06£<r0Tiv) 
 
 (8oi(r0ov) 
 (8our0iiv) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 irptaiiicGa 
 
 irpiaio-Oe 
 
 irpiaivTO 
 
 0€((ie0a 
 
 0CIO-06 
 0€IVTO 
 
 8o(|i€0a 
 
 8ot(r0€ 
 
 801VT0 
 
 S. 2. 
 3. 
 
 SECOND 
 
 irpCo) 
 irpido-Ow 
 
 AORIST MIDDLE IMPERATIVE 
 0OV 
 
 0^00) 
 
 80V 
 860-00) 
 
 *D. 2. 
 3. 
 
 (irpicur9ov) 
 (irptdo-flcov) 
 
 (0^ov) 
 * (0^<r0»v) 
 
 (86(r0ov) 
 (86<r0«v) 
 
 P. 2. 
 3. 
 
 irpCaorGc 
 irpid(r6&)v 
 
 06(r0€ 
 0^<r0a)v 
 
 860-06 
 86O-0WV 
 
 SECOND AORIST MIDDLE INFINITIVE 
 
 irp(ao-0ai 0^o-0ai 
 
 86o-0ai 
 
 SECOND ^MIIST ] 
 
 irpidp-evos, t), ov IL 0€|uvos, t], 
 
 MIDDLE PARTICIPLE 
 OV 
 
 86|JICV0S, T), OV 
 
222 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 Second Perfect Active 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 
 la-T« 
 
 fu-Tair\v 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 
 €0-Tfis 
 
 €0-TaiT]S 
 
 
 Jlo-TdOi 
 
 
 3. 
 
 
 ttrrfi 
 
 co-TaCi] 
 
 
 CO-TaTO) 
 
 ^D. 
 
 2. 
 
 (itrrdTOv) 
 
 (CO-TTITOV) 
 
 (€<rTaiT]Tov or 
 
 -aiTOv) 
 
 (^CrTttTOv) 
 
 
 3. 
 
 (tarrarov) 
 
 (lo-TfJTOv) 
 
 (€(rTatT]TT]v or 
 
 -aiTt]v) 
 
 (loTTaTWv) 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 €<rTa|i,€v 
 
 lo-TWHtV 
 
 6<rTaiT]|i€v or 
 
 -aifjiev 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 2<rTaT€ 
 
 eo-TTiTC 
 
 lo-TaiT]T€ or 
 
 -aiT€ 
 
 ?<rTaT€ 
 
 
 3. 
 
 lo-T&o-t 
 
 «rT»(ri 
 
 €o-Ta£T]<rav or 
 
 -aicv 
 
 lo-rdvTWv 
 
 Infinitive, lorravai 
 
 Participle, Io-tws, wca, 6s or c&s 
 
 second pluperfect 
 
 *D. (KorraTOV, €<rTaTT]v) 
 
 P. '6o-Ta|X6v, 2<rTaT6, Sco-Taa-av 
 
 527. 
 
 Second Aorist Active System of 'yi'yvc&o-Kca 
 
 indicative 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 OPTATIVE 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 S. 1. €7V«V 
 
 ■yvw 
 
 YvoCt]v 
 
 
 2. c-yvcDs 
 
 7v«s 
 
 yvoir\9 
 
 7V»0l 
 
 3. €Yv« 
 
 7v» 
 
 ^voCtj 
 
 7VWTC1) 
 
 *D. 2. (€"yv«TOv) 
 
 (■yvwTOv) 
 
 (■yvoCrjTOv, -yvoiTOv) 
 
 (Yvwtov) 
 
 3. (Iyvwttjv) 
 
 (■yvwTOv) 
 
 (^voii^TTjv, yvoirriv) 
 
 (^VWTCOV) 
 
 P. 1. €"yV«H6V 
 
 yv&\i.iv 
 
 •yvoCTi(i€v, 7voi|xcv 
 
 
 2. CYVCOTC 
 
 ■yvtoTC 
 
 ■yvoiTjTc, "yvoiTC 
 
 •yv«T6 
 
 3. €"yv«<rav 
 
 •yvftio-i 
 
 -yvoC-ria-av, Yvoiev 
 
 ■YVOVTWV 
 
 Infinitive, yv&vai 
 
 Participle, ^vovs 
 
 (like 80VS, 50 
 
 528. 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 indicative 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 OPTATIVE 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 S. 1. €l)Jl( 
 
 & 
 
 iir]v 
 
 
 2. €t 
 
 B% 
 
 dr]s 
 
 to-Oi 
 
 3. lo-Tt 
 
 Tl 
 
 €tTl 
 
 «<rT<i) 
 
 *D. 2. (ICTTOV) 
 
 ■ (Vov) 
 
 (€1't]tov, cItov) 
 
 (cVtov) 
 
 3. (lo-Tdv) 
 
 (^TOV) 
 
 (CI^TTJV, etTTJv) 
 
 (60-T«v) 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 223 
 
 
 INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 optative 
 
 imperative 
 
 P. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 ka-ri 
 tia-L 
 
 W)Jl€V 
 
 cttjo-av, eUv 
 
 ia-rt 
 
 CO-TttfV, OVTWV 
 
 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 
 Pa 
 
 rticiple 
 
 
 
 ctvai 
 
 
 «v, 
 
 ovo-a, ov 
 
 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Future Indicative 
 
 Future Optative 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 TIV or TJ 
 ^o-0a 
 
 T 
 
 
 c(ro|Jiai 
 €0-61, eo-Tj 
 €<rTai 
 
 ItroiiiTiv 
 ecoio 
 
 €<rOlTO 
 
 P. 
 
 , 2. 
 3. 
 1. 
 2. 
 
 (■qO-TOV or TITOV) 
 (tJo-TTIV or TJTTJV) 
 
 ■qTc or ■qo-T6 
 
 (^'(r€<r0ov) 
 
 (€<r€<r0ov) 
 
 €o-6 (jLcOa 
 
 2o-€o-0€ 
 
 (€<rot<r0ov) 
 
 (l<roi<r0Tiv) 
 
 l(roi)ji€0a 
 
 eo-oi(r0e 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ■^o-av 
 
 
 eorovTai 
 
 etroivTO 
 
 
 Future Infiniti 
 
 VE, €Or€<r0ai 
 
 Future Participle, c(r6|i.€vos 
 
 529. 
 
 €t|il 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 s. 
 
 1. 
 
 €t|l,l 
 
 la 
 
 toifjii or loCi]v 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 cl 
 
 Hs 
 
 iois 
 
 
 t0l 
 
 
 3. 
 
 €t<rt 
 
 «T1 
 
 t:oi 
 
 
 tro) 
 
 *D. 
 
 2. 
 
 (I'TOV) 
 
 (triTOv) 
 
 (toiTOv) 
 
 
 (tTOv) 
 
 f 
 
 3. 
 
 (tTOv) 
 
 (triTOv) 
 
 (IoCttiv) 
 
 
 («Tft)v) 
 
 ' P. 
 
 1. 
 
 ilftCV 
 
 lanuv 
 
 toi[l€V 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 txe 
 
 Cl|TC 
 
 I'OITC 
 
 
 in 
 
 
 3. 
 
 tdo-i 
 
 Coxri 
 
 tot€V 
 
 
 loVTCOV 
 
 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 
 Participle 
 
 
 
 
 Uvat 
 
 
 i&v, iovo-a, lov, gen. 
 
 tovTos, lovo-iis, etc 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 } 
 
 1. 
 
 IQCiv or ija 
 
 
 *Btial 
 
 
 i^v 
 
 i 
 
 2. 
 
 ■g€is or ■g€i<r0a 
 
 
 (BTOV) 
 
 
 ^- 
 
 t 
 
 3. 
 
 la'ei OT-Qiiv 
 
 
 (^TTIV) 
 
 ■jjo-av or ■pco-av 
 
224 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 530. lx\^\, 
 
 Prin. Farts : t't^ixi, -no-w, ifKa, clKa, elfiai, etOi^v 
 
 
 
 
 ACTIVE 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 OPTATIVE 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 s. 
 
 1. t'tlJil 
 
 i& 
 
 ULr\v 
 
 
 
 2. t'ris 
 
 % 
 
 t€Cr,s 
 
 {€1 
 
 
 3. iltiort 
 
 t^ 
 
 t€lT) 
 
 Ut« 
 
 *D. 
 
 2. (ifcTov) 
 
 (tt^TOv) 
 
 (tciTOV, teiTiTov) 
 
 (t'€TOv) 
 
 
 3. (t'€TOv) 
 
 (tflTOv) 
 
 (teiTTjv, tei^TTjv) 
 
 (t€T«v) 
 
 P. 
 
 1. t'€|i€V 
 
 iufuv 
 
 t€l(l€V, t6(T](l€V 
 
 
 
 2. i:€T6 
 
 tflT6 
 
 t€lT€, t€£TlT€ 
 
 fc'£T€ 
 
 
 3. tao-i 
 
 t«(ri 
 
 t€t€V, t€iT]<rav 
 
 tc'vTWV 
 
 Infinitive, t^vai 
 
 Participle, teis, teio-a, Uv 
 
 Singula?' 
 
 1. fc'T]V 
 
 2. ilcis 
 
 3. U 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 *Dual 
 
 (ilcTov) 
 
 (Uttiv) 
 
 Plural 
 
 Cere 
 ifeo-av 
 
 Future First Aorist Perfect (in composition) 
 
 ■^o-o), etc., regular T]Ka, ifKas, ifKc, only in indie. elKa, etc., regular 
 
 Second Aorist (generally in composition) 
 
 INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 
 <S 
 
 cI'tjv 
 
 
 2. 
 
 
 tIs 
 
 €IT1S 
 
 fe 
 
 3. 
 
 
 11 
 
 €Vt, 
 
 2t« 
 
 *D. 2. 
 
 (cItov) 
 
 (t[tov) 
 
 (cItOV, €i't]TOv) 
 
 (?tov) 
 
 3. 
 
 (el'T^v) 
 
 (tItov) 
 
 (cI'tTIV, €l^TTlv) 
 
 (iE'TWV) 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 €l|MV 
 
 .5»..v 
 
 ctflCV, eiT)|X€V 
 
 
 2. 
 
 6tT6 
 
 tiT€ 
 
 €It€, €IT1T6 
 
 iTf 
 
 3. 
 
 6l(rav 
 
 <So-i 
 
 clev, ciT)<rav 
 
 ^'VTWV 
 
 Infinitive, €lvai 
 
 Participle, el's, clo-a, ilv 
 

 
 MIDDLE 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 
 INDIC. 
 
 8UBJ. 
 
 OPTAT. 
 
 imper. 
 
 INFIN. 
 
 S. 1. «€nat 
 
 tw|jiai 
 
 teCfiTiv 
 
 
 UtrBax 
 
 2. «€<rai 
 
 t^ 
 
 teto 
 
 U<ro 
 
 
 3. ilcrai 
 
 t-nrai 
 
 ieiTo 
 
 U(r0a> 
 
 
 D.2. (tWGov) 
 
 (ttio-eov) 
 
 (teto-Oov) 
 
 (tco-Oov) 
 
 PARTIC. 
 
 3. (t'eo-eov) 
 
 (tfjo-Oov) 
 
 (teio-eriv) 
 
 (t6'<r0«v) 
 
 t€'|l€VOS 
 
 P. 1. tcVeOa 
 
 UntcOa 
 
 teijieOa 
 
 
 
 2. twee 
 
 tfjo-Oe 
 
 tcio-Gc 
 
 «€<r0€ 
 
 
 3. HevTttt 
 
 twvrai 
 
 teivTO 
 
 t€(r0a)v 
 
 
 iSincMZar 
 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 1. Uhltiv 
 
 
 *Z)j<a/ 
 
 
 UiuQa 
 
 2. «€<ro 
 
 
 (tfccreov) 
 
 
 Ua-Q€ 
 
 3. «€TO 
 
 
 (Uo-0T,v) 
 
 
 iivro 
 
 Future (in composition) 
 
 First 
 
 AoRisT (in composition) 
 
 T|o-oii.ai, etc., 
 
 , regular 
 
 i]Kd)iT)v, only in 
 
 indie. 
 
 Perfect (in composition) 
 ctfiai (imper. €t<r0(i>; infin. da-Bai] partic. eljUvos) 
 
 Second Aorist (generally in composition) 
 
 
 INDIC. 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 OPTAT. 
 
 imper. 
 
 infin. 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 
 €l<ro 
 
 (tf|iai 
 
 6lo 
 
 ov* 
 
 €(r0ai 
 
 3. 
 
 etro 
 
 TJTttl 
 
 cIto 
 
 €'o-0a) 
 
 
 *D.2. 
 3. 
 
 (6lo-0ov) 
 (€t<r0T,v) 
 
 (V[<r0ov) 
 (ilV0ov) 
 
 («t<r0ov) 
 (6to-0,,v) 
 
 (4'<r0ov) 
 (4'(r0a>v) 
 
 PARTIC 
 
 4'jt€Vos 
 
 P. 1. 
 2. 
 
 €t(i60a 
 
 €lo-0£ 
 
 <SK.€0a 
 tfo-0€ 
 
 €i(ic0a 
 
 €10-06 
 
 6<r06 
 
 
 3. 
 
 CIVTO 
 
 cSvTai 
 
 clVTO 
 
 cVOmv 
 
 
 AoRisT Passive (in composition) 
 6t0T]v (subj. €0« ; partic. tOets) 
 
 Future Passive (in composition) 
 €0^(ro(iai 
 first gr. bk. — 15 
 
226 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 531. 
 
 <t)ll|U 
 
 Present 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 S. 1. «l,TijiC 
 
 €<|>T1V 
 
 2. 4>T]s or ^i\\ 
 
 5 4'4)Ti<r0a or €<|)t]s 
 
 3. <i>Tio-t 
 
 .^T, 
 
 ^D.2. (<})aT6v) 
 
 (€<|)aTov) 
 
 3. («j)aT6v) 
 
 (l4»dTT,v) 
 
 P. 1. «i>a|jL^v 
 
 €<l>a,16V 
 
 2. 4>aT€ 
 
 €<j)aT€ 
 
 3. 4>do-C 
 
 e<}>a(rav 
 
 Future 
 
 <)>^drw, <{>-^(reiv 
 
 , <f)^ora)v 6< 
 
 SUBJ. 
 
 Opt. 
 Imper. 
 Infin. 
 Partic. 
 
 <!>», 4»^s, <|)^, etc. 
 <})aCTiv, <|>aCT]s, <t>a£Ti, etc. 
 <)>a6£ or <)>d6i, <t>dT(i), etc. 
 <|>dvat 
 
 <j>ds, <}>d<ra, 4>a'V; in Attic 
 prose (|>d<rK(i>v is used. 
 
 Aorist 
 €(|>T)(ra, ({>'^o'<«>; <}>iq<rai|i.i, <)>f]arai, <)>'^ards 
 
 532. 
 
 indicative 
 S. 1. otSa 
 
 2. oto-0tt 
 
 3. otSc 
 *D.2. (I'o-Tov) 
 
 3. (I'o-Tov) 
 P. 1. to-ncv 
 
 2. VVts 
 
 3. I'o-do-i 
 
 >t8a 
 
 Second Perfect 
 
 optative 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 etc. 
 regular 
 
 €tSeCT]V 
 €l8eCT]s 
 
 etc. 
 regular 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 ttrOi 
 
 (to-TOv) 
 (to-TWv) 
 
 t<rT€ 
 
 tcTTWV 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 Singular 
 
 1. xliSt] or -qSciv 
 
 2. ff8i]o-0a or TJfScio-Oa 
 
 3. TTiSciev? 
 
 Participle 
 
 €l8(&s, elSvia, clSos, gen. etSdros, ctSvCds 
 
 Second Pluperfect 
 
 *Dual 
 
 (iJo-TOv) 
 dJo-njv) 
 
 Future 
 ctcrofiiai, etc., regular 
 
 Plural 
 lj<rfj.€v 
 
 ■no-av or 'Q'Sco-av 
 
533. RULES OF SYNTAX 
 
 1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case; the subject 
 of the infinitive is in the accusative, but is generally omitted when it 
 is the same as the subject or object of the leading verb. 
 
 2. A verb agrees with its subject nominative in person and 
 number ; but a neuter plural subject regularly takes a singular verb. 
 
 3. A noun in the predicate referring to the same person or thing as 
 the subject is put in the same case. 
 
 4. A noun used to describe another noun and referring to the 
 same person or thing agrees with it in case. Apposition. 
 
 5. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. 
 
 6. An attributive adjective qualifying a noun with the article 
 commonly stands between the article and noun ; a predicate adjective 
 precedes the article or follows the noun without taking an article. 
 
 7. A relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and 
 number, but its case depends on the construction of the clause in 
 which it stands. When a relative, however, would naturally be in 
 the accusative as the object of a verb, it is generally assimilated to the 
 case of its antecedent, if this is a genitive or dative. 
 
 8. The direct object of a transitive verb is put in the accusative. 
 
 9. Any verb whose meaning permits may take an accusative of 
 kindred signification. This cognate accusative repeats the idea 
 already contained in the verb. 
 
 10. The accusative of specification denotes that in respect to which 
 any statement is made. An accusative often has the force of an 
 adverb. 
 
 11. The accusative may denote extent of time or space. 
 
 12. The accusative is used with the adverbs of swearing Wj and 
 Hd, by. 
 
 227 
 
228 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 13. Verbs signifying to ask, demand, teach, remind, clothe or unclothe, 
 conceal, deprive, and take away, may take two object accusatives. Also 
 verbs signifying to do anything to or say anything of a person or thing. 
 
 14. Verbs signifying to name, choose or appoint, make, think or 
 regard, may take a predicate accusative besides tlie dii-ect object. 
 
 15. A noun used to define another noun and not referring to the 
 same person or thing is put in the genitive. 
 
 16. The attributive genitive may denote possession; the subject oy 
 object of an action or feeling ; material or contents ; measure of space, 
 time, or value ; cause or origin ; the whole after words denoting a part. 
 
 17. Verbs signifying to be or become may have a pre^^■c■a^e genitive 
 expressing any of the relations of the attributive genitive. 
 
 18. Any verb may take a genitive if its action afEects the object 
 only in part ; so verbs meaning to share. 
 
 19. The genitive follows verbs signifying to make trial of, begin, 
 take hold of, touch, claim, aim at, hit, miss, attain. 
 
 20. The genitive follows verbs signifying to taste, smell, hear, per- 
 ceive, comprehend, remember, forget, desire, care for, spare, neglect, wonder 
 at, admire, despise. 
 
 21. The genitive follows verbs signifying to rule, lead, or direct. 
 
 22. Verbs signifying /w7nes5 and want take the genitive of material. 
 
 23. The genitive may denote that from which anything is separated 
 or distinguished ; hence it follows verbs signifying to remove, restrain, 
 release, cease, fail, differ, and the like. 
 
 24. The genitive follows verbs signifying to surpass, be inferior, 
 and all others that imply comparison. 
 
 25. The genitive may denote the price or value of a thing. 
 
 26. The genitive may denote the time within which anything takes 
 place. 
 
 27. The genitive is used with many adjectives and adverbs kindred 
 in meaning or derivation to verbs that take the genitive. 
 
 28. Adjectives and adverbs of the comparative degree take the 
 genitive when t|, than, is omitted. 
 
 29. A noun and a participle not grammatically connected with the 
 main construction of the sentence may stand by themselves in the 
 genitive. Genitive Absolute. 
 
 30. The indirect object of a transitive verb is put in the dative. 
 
APPENDIX 229 
 
 31. Many verbs that are transitive in English are intransitive in 
 Greek and take the dative. Such are verbs meaning to serve, trust, 
 please, henejit, obey, and their opposites. 
 
 32. The dative follows many verbs compounded with Iv, orvv, lirC ; 
 and some compounded with irpos, Trapd, ircpf, vir6. 
 
 33. The dative with d^i, 'yC'yvo(i.ai, and the like, may denote the 
 possessor. 
 
 34. The person, or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage a 
 thing is done is put in the dative. 
 
 35. The dative is used with all words implying likeness, nearness, 
 or approach. 
 
 36. The dative is used to denote cause, manner, means or instrument. 
 
 37. The dative of manner is used with comparatives to denote the 
 degree of difference. 
 
 38. The dative without a preposition often denotes time when. 
 
 39. The dative follows adjectives and adverbs of kindred meaning 
 with verbs that take the dative. 
 
 40. Final clauses take the subjunctive after primary tenses and the 
 optative after secondary tenses ; sometimes, however, the subjunctive 
 is retained after secondary tenses after the analogy of indirect 
 discourse. 
 
 41. Clauses introduced by jt^ after verbs of fearing take the sub- 
 junctive after primary tenses, and the optative after secondary tenses. 
 But sometimes the subjunctive is found after a secondary tense. 
 
 42. Object clauses introduced by oirws depending on verbs of 
 striving or effecting take the future indicative after both primary and 
 secondary tenses. 
 
 43. Indirect quotations may take on or «5s with a finite verb, or the 
 infinitive, or sometimes the participle. Each tense of the infinitive or 
 participle in indirect discourse represents the tense of the finite verb 
 of the direct form, the present and perfect including the imperfect 
 
 If and pluperfect. 
 
 - 44. When an indirect quotation depends on a verb that is followed 
 by the infinitive or on one that is followed by the participle, the verb 
 of the direct discourse is changed to the same tense of the infinitive 
 or participle (an av of the original being retained) . 
 
 45. In an indirect quotation introduced by on or ws, after primary 
 
230 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 tenses a simple indicative is retained in its mood and tense ; after 
 secondary tenses the indicative is changed to the same tense of the 
 optative or it may be retained in the original mood and tense. 
 
 46. In a complex sentence thus indirectly quoted the leading verb 
 follows the above rule, but the dependent verbs after primary tenses 
 retain the original mood and tense ; after secondary tenses they may 
 change to the same tense of the optative or retain the original mood 
 and tense. Secondary tenses of the indicative and optatives are not 
 changed. 
 
 47. In a simple present or past condition implying nothing as to 
 fulfilment the tenses of the indicative are used. In a present or past 
 condition implying that the supposition is not fulfilled the secondary 
 tenses of the indicative are used, and the apodosis has the adverb av. 
 Here the imperfect refers to present time, the aorist (and rare plu- 
 perfect) refers to past time. 
 
 48. In a future condition distinctly and vividly stated the protasis 
 has kav (&v or i^v) with the subjunctive ; the apodosis, some fdrm 
 referring to future time. 
 
 49. In a future condition in a less distinct and vivid form the 
 protasis has the optative with cl, the apodosis the optative^with av. 
 
 50. In general suppositions referring to present time the protasis 
 has the subjunctive with lav; the apodosis, some form denoting repe- 
 tition in present time. Past general suppositions have the optative 
 with ct in the protasis; some form denoting past repetition in the 
 apodosis. 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 w^s^ 1^ 
 
 ^ .<^tT 
 
 lI® 
 
 til i:^ 
 
 ° ° ° " yL^g^^W 
 
 
 jUJ\J //kt'^rl^. 
 
 TO^^^ 
 
 
 «^ 
 
 
 •si \^\ / / 
 
 
 l^^^^\ 
 
 K/^^^i 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 
 
 IML^fwl 
 
 
 
 'rn^/y 
 
 
 (^^7-S 
 
 ,^Hl2 
 
 ^ 
 
 f/.W. 
 
 
 i^o 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 
 
 286. 
 
 HOW A WOMAN 
 
 AtoXCs, tSos, 17, Aeolis, in north- 
 western Asia Minor. 
 
 dvTi-Ti|ia«, Jionor in return. 
 
 d<|)-aip^a), take from, take away from. 
 
 SouriJkos, 6, tribute, tax. 
 
 Set, impers., SeiyVct, iBerjcre, it is 
 necessary, one must, one ought. 
 
 €fi6s, Tj, ov, poss. adj., my. 
 
 Ztjvis, t05, 6, Zenis. 
 
 Mavia, -^y Mania. 
 
 BECAME SATRAP 
 
 irapa-KoX^o), call to one's side, sum- 
 mon. 
 
 a-arpatrdoL, i^, office of satrap. 
 
 o-vfipovXos, 6, adviser, counselor. 
 Cf. ^ovXevu). 
 
 Tiixdw, T^croi, infX7)(Ta, etc., honor, 
 esteem. 
 
 vtrripirib), rjao), do service, serve. 
 
 #apvdpato$, 6, Pharnabazus, sa- 
 trap of Lesser Phrygia. 
 
 «S<rTc, conj., so that. 
 
 304 a. Hecuba's speech to her maidens 
 
 atipa and aipw, dpu), rjpa, rjpKa, rjp' 
 flat, TjpO-qv, lift; raise up, support. 
 
 dva<r<ra, 7;?, ^, queen, mistress. 
 
 ^fpaios, a, dv, adj. (yipinv), old, 
 aged. 
 
 86|ios, 6, house, home. Lat. domus. 
 Here = (TK-qvq. 
 
 d|jL68ov\os, 6, 17, fellow slave. 
 op06(i>, oxTin (6p66<;, straight), hold 
 
 upright, raise. Cf. 5'24. 
 irpocr-Xd^vjiai, /a^^e /^oW of (besides). 
 Tpwds, a8o9, 17, Trojan woman. 
 \iip, x^*po9, 17, Artnc/, arm. For 
 
 inflection, see 367. 
 
 ORATION ON THE OLIVE STUMP 
 
 'AvtikXtis, tovs (ov?), 6, Anticles. 
 'AiroXXoSojpos, 6, Apollodorus. 
 airpoLKTOS, ov, adj. (TrpdTTO)), doing 
 
 nothing; unworked, idle. 
 ^ov\i\, -7, Senate. 
 
 7€(i)p'y^ci), ^o-o) (ycwpyd?, farmer), 
 
 till, cultivate, work. 
 8t]|x€vci), CO) (8^/xos), declare public 
 
 property, confiscate. 
 Sf]|i,os7 6, people. 
 
 231 
 
232 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 Supedv, adv. (ace. sing, of Swpcd, 
 
 gift), as a gift. 
 iK-^ia-Qoa, u)(TO), let out for hire. 
 
 Cf. fJLLordo^. 
 eXaCd, 17, olive tree. 
 €v-€i|Jii, be in. 
 ItrtiZi], conj., when. 
 cp-yov, TO, loork, task. 
 €Tos, ovs, TO, year. 
 i;t\\L\.6ia, wao), c^r/jottoxra, etc., make 
 
 to suffer, punish. 
 KTaofiai, KTrjcrofULL, iKTrjadfXYjv, 
 
 KiKTrjixaL, get, acquire, come 
 
 into possession of. 
 Mc-yapevs, eto?, 6, citizen ofMegara, 
 
 Megarian. 
 
 (jivpCos, a, ovj adj., numberless, 
 
 countless. 
 vvvi, adv., stronger than vvv, now. 
 irdXai, adv., formerly, long ago. 
 IlcCo-avSpos, 6, Pisander. 
 iroppo), adv.,/ar aivay, at a distance. 
 (rv(jL(|>opd, -if, disaster. 
 T€'|iv«, re/xu), 2d aor. eTCfxov, tc- 
 
 Tfxy]Ka, TCTfirjiJiaL, irfMrjOr^v, cut; 
 
 ravage, pillage. 
 virep, prep. w. gen., over; for, in 
 
 return for. 
 Xpovos, 6, time. 
 (ov^o(iai, T^(TOfJLaLj i^vrjfiai, 2d aor. 
 
 iTrpLafXTjv, buy. 
 (OS, conj., that. 
 
 327. CYRUS' FIRST APPE 
 
 dvSpeCws, adv. (dvSpeios, manly, cf. 
 
 avrjp), vigorously, in a manly 
 
 fashion. 
 do-ird^onai, dcropxii, welcome kindly, 
 
 greet, salute. 
 'Ao-Tvd-ytjs, ovs, 6, A sty ages. 
 S^ptj, T^, neck. 
 €avTov, pron., of himself. 
 4)ii-p\^7r(i), ^ofmi, iv-e/SXeij/a, look 
 
 in the face, look at. 
 lo-G^S, rJTO^, ^, dress, clothing. 
 TjXil, t/cos, 6, rj, adj., of the same 
 
 age; as noun, comrade. 
 KocTfjL^w, rj(T<ii, order; adorn, 
 
 dress. 
 MavSdvtj, iy, Mandane. 
 (jie'vToi, adv., however. 
 fi^XPW ^'dv. and prep. w. gen., even 
 
 to, up to. 
 
 .4RANCE AT COURT 
 
 oVkoi, adv., at home. Cf. oiKi'd, 
 
 oi/caSe. 
 oo-os, -q, ov, adj., pi. as many as, 
 
 all who. 
 iraiScCd, rj, training, education. Qi. 
 
 TraiSevo). 
 irdiriros, 6, grandfather. 
 irop({>vpovs (eos), a (ca), ow (j^ov), 
 
 adj., crimson, purple. 
 iroTtpos, a, ov, adj., t^AicA 0/ twof 
 cTTpetTTos, 17, ov, adj., twisted; as 
 
 noun, 6, coZ/ar 0/ twisted metal, 
 
 chain. 
 <|)aCvw, sAow; mid., appear, seem. 
 vtos, 6, son. 
 
 <}>av\os, 77, ov, adj., 2?oc»r, simple. 
 XiTtiv, (UV05, 6, sAi7'/, tunic. 
 \|ie\iov, TO, bracelet. 
 ws, adv., ^oi«. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 
 
 23a 
 
 351. 
 
 dpxaioS; a, ov, adj., from of old ; 
 
 elder, former. 
 Aap€ios, 6, Darius. 
 8vva)jLiS; ecus, ^, ability; Kara. Svva- 
 
 fuv, according to ability, as loell 
 
 as one can. 
 KajiPvoTis, 6, Cambyses. 
 \ii^v(\<rK(a, ixin^(T(o, efivrjara, fiifivrf- 
 
 fxai, i/jLv^aOrjv, remind; mid., 
 
 recall, remember. 
 oIkca), rjCTiiy, wKrja-a, etc., have a 
 
 home; dwell, live. 
 otpioi, iiiterj. of grief. Oh dear! 
 
 THE TWO CYRUSES 
 
 0(10X07^0), T^o-o), (ofxoXoyrja-a, etc., 
 say the same; agree, admit. 
 
 ovKovv, interrog. adv. expecting 
 an affirmative answer, not there- 
 fore ? Lat. nonne. 
 
 Ilapvo-aTis, l8o<;, 17, Parysatis. 
 
 IIcpo-iKos, y, 6v, adj., Persian. 
 
 iroios, a, ov, adj., of what soi't? 
 tchat? 
 
 TTori, adv. enclit., at some time, 
 once. 
 
 a-xo\i\, rjj leisure. 
 
 »o-ir€p, rel. adv., just as, like. 
 
 365. 
 
 HERACLES AND ATHENA 
 
 'AOnvd, as, rj, Athena. 
 
 alrCa, rf, fault, cause, reason. 
 
 dudxilTos, ov, ^di]., not fought with, 
 unmeddled with. Cf. fxaxofjuii. 
 
 pXa^T], -^ (^XdirTio), hurt, harm. 
 
 St]\6ci), u}(T(x>, make BrjXov, show. 
 
 lm-\(ipi<a, rjcrtji, attempt, try. 
 
 'HpaKXfjs, ovs, 6, Heracles, Her- 
 cules. 
 
 |i€"y€0os, ovs, TO (fjiiya<:), greatness, 
 size. 
 
 p,Tj\ov, TO, apple. 
 
 oScvci), evaoj (680s), go, travel. 
 
 olScci), i^o-o), ^Brjaa, ^BrjKO, swell, 
 increase. 
 
 olos, d, ov, adj., such as. 
 
 ptiTTw, pti}/(j}, €pplij/a, eppl<f>a, ippifi- 
 fjuiLf ippL<f>r)v, throw, cast down. 
 
 p^TToXov, TO, club, cudgel. 
 
 <rvv-Tptp«, \j/(o, CTpi^-qv, rub to- 
 gether ; crush. 
 
 <)>iXovciK(d, 7), love of strife, conten- 
 tiousness. 
 
 <}>v<rd(o, ri<T(ji, blow up, distend. 
 
 371. 
 
 AN AMBITIOUS WOMAN 
 
 "A-yis, los, 6, Agis. 
 dv-aip4«, take up ; bear away, win. 
 apfxa, aros, to, chariot. 
 'ApxCSdnos, 6, Archidamus. 
 kvi^avi\s, c's, adj., coming to light; 
 remarkable, notable. 
 
 ijXiKCd, 17, time of life, age. 
 TJp<^ov, TO (t7/30)s, hero), temple, 
 
 chapel (of a hero). 
 KvvCo-Ka, ■^, Cynisca. 
 AaK€8a(|j,a)v, ovos; ^^ Lacedaemon^ 
 
 Sparta . 
 
234 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 AaK(dviK6s, 17, ov, adj., Laconian, 
 
 Spartan. 
 'OXvuiriKds, 77, ov, adj., Olympic. 
 irapa-XafiPdvo), receive from 
 
 (another), succeed to. 
 irXaTavio-Tds, ov, 6, grove 0/ plane 
 
 trees. 
 
 TcXcvrdo), -qcrw, end one's life; 
 
 die. 
 Tp€'<|>«, nourish ; breed, raise. 
 vfTTtpov, adv., later, afterwards. 
 <|»i\6ti}jlos, ov, adj. (Ti/XTy), loving 
 
 honor, ambitious. Adv. -^coSf 
 
 w. €X<«>, s^rt'ye eagerly. 
 
 378. 
 
 THE OLD MAN AND DEATH 
 
 aipa>,dpu),rjpa,rjpKa,ypfmL,'^p07]V, Kdiros, 6 (kotttw), striking; toil, 
 
 raise, lift. fatigue. 
 
 PaSC^Wj Lovfiai, e^aSwra, jSejSaBLKa, |v\ov, to, woo^, s/icA: 0/ ivood. 
 
 go slowly, ivalk. irvvOdvo|i.ai, ireixro/xaL, 7r€7ruo"/Mat, 
 
 eiri-KaX^w, call upon, invoke. i7rv66fXT)V, ask, inquire. 
 
 ©dvaros, 6, Death. <J>opTCov, to ((^epw), burden, pack. 
 
 384. 
 
 THE TRIAL OF ORONTAS, PART I 
 
 dKp6iroXis, ccos, 17, acropolis. Der- 
 ivation ? 
 
 Sc^id, 17, ri^Af Aani/ (as pledge). 
 
 €inpouX"/j, 17, p/oL 
 
 €iri<rToXi^, rj, letter. English deriv- 
 ative ? 
 
 KUKovovs (oo<s), ovv (oov) , adj., 
 ill-disposed, hostile. 
 
 *0p<5vTds, a (Doric gen.), Orontas. 
 
 ovToa-i, avTT]t, rovrt, strengthened 
 form of oiJtos, implying a ges- 
 ture, ^^«s man here, here present. 
 
 irpo-aio-Odvofjiai, -aL(T0T^(TopaL,-r)(T66- 
 firfv, -rjdOrjpuaiL, find out in ad- 
 vance. 
 
 SdpScis, ewi/, at, Sardis, in Lydia, 
 Asia Minor. 
 
 o-vy-KaX^o), call together, assemble. 
 
 408. 
 
 THE TRIAL OF ORONTAS, PART II 
 
 diro-<|>a(vo|iai, declare, express. 
 yiyvuxTKia, yvoicropuan, eyvwv, cyvo)- 
 
 Ktt, cyvoitr/xai, lyvtadOyjv, think. 
 ^vufii], "7, opinion. 
 etxa, adv., ^/ien, thereupon. 
 
 IkitoSwv, adv., ou/ o/^Ae tyay. 
 Ig-d'yw, lead out. 
 
 Oepdircdv, 0VT09, 6, servant, attendant. 
 irwiroTc, adv., a/ any time, ever yet, 
 ever. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULABIES 
 
 235 
 
 424. 
 
 INTRODUCTION TO A SPEECH OF LYSIAS 
 
 ay<avilo\iai, loiJ/xat, contend, Jight. 
 
 aSiKos, ovt adj., unjust, unprin- 
 cipled. 
 
 alrcw, lyoro), ask for; mid., entreat, 
 beseech. 
 
 dKpoou>|Jiai, daofUiL, riKpoaardiirfV, 
 ■^Kpodfxax, hearken to, listen. 
 
 dv6v, improp. prep., without; used 
 with gen. 
 
 diTEipCd, ri, inexperience, lack of 
 skill. 
 
 diro-Xo-ycofiai, ijcrofjuii, -eXoyrjcrdfJirjv, 
 -XeXoyrffuii, -eXoyrjO-qv, speak in 
 defense, defend one's self. 
 
 PoT|6^cD, -qao), go to the rescue, 
 help, aid. 
 
 8^05, ovs, To^fear, fright, alarm. 
 
 Sia^oX-^, ly, slander. 
 
 SiKoo-T'^is, ov, 6, he who decides; 
 judge, juror. 
 
 €Ik6s, otos, to, n. partic. of ctKa 
 (eoiKa), likely, probably, reason- 
 ably. 
 
 ev-6v|Jieo)iai, ri(TOfjua.L, -TeOufirj/ULi, 
 -eOvfXT^Orjv, lay to heart ; reflect, 
 consider. 
 
 I'oros, 7j, ov, adj., equal; i$ tcrov, 
 on an equality, impartially. 
 
 KaTT^-yopCd, rf, accusation, charge. 
 
 KaTT|70pos, 6, accuser. 
 
 6pyf\, rj, anger. 
 
 irapa<rK€vifi, ly, preparation. 
 
 irpoOiJjiCd, rj, eagerness, readiness. 
 
 (rnpioi, iqcroi and crrcp(5, ia-Teprjcraf 
 etc., deprive, rob. 
 
 <)>vci), cftvaro), e<l>vcra and €<f>vv, 
 TrecjivKa, l<f>vr)v, produce; perf . be. 
 
 Xap(top.ai, LovfULL, ixapLadfxrjv, etc., 
 say or do something agreeable ; 
 give cheerfully ov freely. 
 
 448. A PERSIAN LITTLE LORD FAUNTLEROY, PART I 
 
 dpa, interrog. particle, expecting 
 a negative answer. 
 
 -yeXws, cDTos, 6, laughter. 
 
 SaKTvXos, h, finger. 
 
 8ia-8C8(D|i.i, etc., distribute. 
 
 eKircDixa, arcs, to (e/c7riva>), drink- 
 ing cup, beaker. 
 
 €ir-^pop.ai, -epT/oro/xat, -rjpop.'qv, ask 
 besides or again. 
 
 liri-X^-yw, say in addition. 
 
 cv<rx'n|A<ivci)s, adv., with grace, like a 
 gentleman. 
 
 KO|jLY(f»s, adv., elegantly, daintily. 
 vi\, particle of affirmation, w. ace. 
 vq A£a, yes, indeed. 
 oivoyjaita, rjcrw, pour out wine for 
 
 drinking. 
 olvoxoos, 6, ivine-pourer, cup-bearer. 
 6\i<a,rja(o (exw), hold, raise, carry. 
 irpoOviicos, adv., luillingly, with good 
 
 will. 
 SaKds, ov, 6, a Sacian. 
 
 0-K»irT«, il/OfJUlL, i(TK(x){j/a, t(TK(iifXpja.l, 
 
 ia'K(i)<f>Orjv, joke, jest. 
 
236 
 
 THE FIRST QBEEK BOOK 
 
 456. A PERSIAN LITTLE LORD FAUNTLEROY, PART II 
 
 q[8« (detSo)), daofxai, y<ja, rycr/u,at, 
 
 -^(rOrjv, sing. 
 dva-iniSdft), T^cro/xai, leap up, start up. 
 Podb), rjcrojixxi, ijSorjara, call out, 
 
 cry, shout. 
 yikoi<as, adv., ridiculously. 
 •yevcOXia, o>i/, ra, birthday feast. 
 ■yovv, adv., a^ /eas< f^en, at any 
 
 rate. 
 8i>)/da), Tycro), Ihi^-qcra, SeSiij/rjKa, 
 
 thirst, he thirsty. 
 iK-pdXXcD, cast out, depose. 
 iK-^cXda), d(TOfJuxL, laugh out, laugh 
 
 loud. 
 lK-irtv«, drink out, quaff. 
 I'iri-Xav0dvo(j.ai, -XTJaojxaL, -eXaOo- 
 
 firjv, -XeX-qcTfiaL, forget. 
 eo-Tido), dao), d(TTid(Ta, etcrrtaKa, 
 
 entertain, feast, regale. 
 l<nTyop(d, rj, equal freedom of 
 I, equality. 
 
 KaTa-nav0dvw, observe well, notice. 
 Kpdriqp, rjpo<i, 6, mixing bowl, bowl. 
 (id, particle used in oaths ; ov fxa 
 
 Ata, no, indeed (no, by Zeus). 
 |i.€0v<rKa), vcrai, ifxeOvaa, i fxeOvcrOrjv, 
 
 make drunk, intoxicate. 
 (jki-yvviJii, ixL$<x), ifxl^a, fxifuy/MiL, ifU- 
 
 X^T^v, ifxiyrjv, mix, mingle. 
 |jLi|i€Ofiai, -^(TOfjxiL, imitate, mimic. 
 opx^'oH^O'i'; opXTjCTOixai, wpxqa-dfxrjv, 
 
 dance. 
 ov8€iroT€, adv., never. 
 iravTdirtt(ri(v), adv., all in all; 
 
 loholly, entirely. 
 irtvw, TTLo/jLaL, cTTtov, TTeTTWKa, drink. 
 o-i(i)irdb>, -^crofiaL, icnuiir-qcra, etc., 
 
 be silent, keep still. 
 (r(t>dXXo), (T(f>o.Xu>, €(T<f)rjXa, €acf>aX- 
 
 Ktt, ea-cfjoXfiai, ia-cfxiXrjv, trip up ; 
 
 pass., reel, stagger. 
 <j>dp}jkaKov, TO, drug. 
 
 465. 
 
 THE SONG OF THE SWALLOW 
 
 dv-ol-yvvfjii (o/yco), -ot^o), -cw^a (or 
 
 ■qv-oi^a), -€a)X«- and ewya, -cwy- 
 
 pjai or -(ZypjOLi, -€(oxOr)v, impf. 
 
 cwyov, wnt/o, oji>en. 
 dx-«e€'«, -wo-o), -ewo-a, ^Arws^ atoay ; 
 
 refuse, reject. 
 •yao-Tifjp, Tpo9, -fj, belly; declined 
 
 like TraTTJp. 
 S^irao-Tpov, to, dim. of 8e7ra?, cup, 
 
 goblet. 
 €<rw, for etcrw, adv., within; in the 
 
 house. 
 
 Kd6-i])i.ai, impf. iKaOyfxrjv, be seated, 
 sit. 
 
 Kawa-rpov, to, dim. of Kavovv, 
 basket. 
 
 XcKiOCrd, for XeKiOiTrj^, 6, pulse- 
 bread. 
 
 XevK6$, rj, ov, adj., white. 
 
 vwTov, TO, or vC>To^, 6 ; pi. voJTa, 
 TOL, back. 
 
 oIkos, 6, house, home. 
 
 iraXdOd, for TraXdOr}, rj, cake of pre- 
 servedfruit. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 
 
 2a7 
 
 irtwv, TTiOv, adj., gen. ttlovo's, fat ; 
 rich, wealthy. 
 
 TTOTepa, interrog. particle corre- 
 sponding to Lat. utrum. 
 
 TTpo-KVKXco), Tyo'ci), Toll forth. 
 
 483. 
 
 AN EPIGRAM 
 
 'A£5iis, for "Achrj';, ov, 6, Hades, 
 
 god of the lower world. 
 dKdXovOos, ov, adj., following, that 
 
 follows. 
 a\-yos, ovs, to, woe, grief. 
 7pajA(jiaTiK6s, 17, ov, adj., knowing 
 
 one's letters (ypdfxiJUiTa) ; to, 
 
 letters, literature. 
 eiros, OV9, TO, wore? 
 
 irvpvov, TO, whcaten bread. 
 Tovirc'pBupov, by crasis for to vrrip- 
 
 6vpov, lintel (Jdvpd). 
 Tvp6s, 6, cheese. 
 X€Xi8(&v, dvos, 17, swallow, 
 
 OF LUCILLIUS 
 
 eratpos, 6, companion, friend. 
 li^nfip, for lariyp = ta rpd?, 6, joAy- 
 
 sician, surgeon. 
 1J<j)0ip.os (77), ov, adj., stalwart, stout, 
 
 mighty. 
 (Liivis, to9, 17, wrath, anger. 
 irpo-idiTTw, ^0), -uL\f/a, send ahead ; 
 
 send before one's time. 
 
 484. 
 
 THE BATTLE OF CUNAXA 
 
 1 
 
 6.v-4\<a, hold up ; mid., stand firm 
 against, endure. 
 
 d|a)v, ovo<i, o, axle. 
 
 diro-Tctvft), stretch out, extend. 
 
 pXeiro), pX&pofXXLL, l/8Acj/ra, /oo^; 
 face, point. 
 
 Pp,a84(i)s, adv., slowly, leisurely. 
 
 Ycppo(|>6pos, 6 (yeppoVf ivicker shield 
 covered with ox-hide), one armed 
 with a wicker shield. 
 
 SeCXt^, 17, afternoon. 
 
 8ia-K6irTft>, cut through, cut to pieces. 
 
 8(<|)pos, 6, body (of a war chariot), 
 seat. 
 
 8peiravT]4>6pos, ov, adj., scythe-bear- 
 ing. 
 
 8p€iravov, to, scythe. 
 
 TJvCKa, adv., wheti. 
 
 ijo-ux-n, adv., quietly, in silence. 
 KaTa(|>av'^s, cs, adj., in plain sight. 
 Kovioprds, 6 (kovl^j dust, opvvfU, 
 
 stir up), cloud of dust. 
 Kpatry^, rj, shouting, uproar. 
 X€VKo9«pd|, aKO':, adj., iti white 
 
 breastplate. 
 Xd7xi' ^j spearhead, spear, lance. 
 vi^i\r\, Tj, cloud. 
 |vXivos, 77, ov, adj., made of wood, 
 
 wooden. 
 irXd-yios, a, ov, adj., sideways; 
 
 €15 irXdyiov, obliquely. 
 •iro8'/ipT]s, C9, adj., reaching to the 
 
 feet. 
 rtnyja., adv., quickly, soon, presently. 
 ^tvha, ao), ti(/€V(ra, €i{/€V(TfJLaL, 
 
 ixJ/cvcrOrjv, deceive. 
 
238 
 
 THE FIRST GBEEK BOOK 
 
 diro-pX^iTft), look away at; look in- 
 tently, gaze. 
 
 diro-o-iraw, draw off, withdraw, 
 
 €KaT6pb>6cv, adv., froin both direc- 
 tions, on both sides. 
 
 6KaT€'p«<re, adv., in loth directions. 
 
 Oopv^os, o, noise, 
 
 Upos, d, 6v, adj., sacred; neuter 
 pi. as noun, sacrifices, omens. 
 
 KaTa-6cao|i,ai, da-ofiai, look down 
 upon, survey, 
 
 kvkX6«, wo-o), encircle, surround. 
 
 (L^Xei, /McXTyo-ci, ifjiiXrja-ey fjLefxiXrjKCf 
 
 impers., it is a care, it concerns. 
 ofioiXws, adv., evenly, in even step, 
 irap-cXavvo), ride along, 
 irp6-€ini, go ahead, advance. 
 <rvv-avTd«, a-vv-T^vTrja-a, meet withy 
 
 meet. 
 a-vvQr\\ui, aros, to, thing agreed 
 
 upon, watchword. 
 o-vv-TttTTw, draio up, mid. form 
 
 into line, 
 a-<ar-{\p, ^pns, 6, savior, preserver. 
 •uir-eXovvw, ride up to. 
 
 dvrtos, a, ov, adj., opposite; w. levai, 
 
 go to meet, 
 8i-^X") ^old apart; he apart. 
 Souir^o), khovTr-qcra, make a din, strike 
 
 heavily. 
 lK-K\tv(i), bend out, give way. 
 €vioi, at, a, adj., some. 
 4g-d'Y(i>, lead out ; lead, induce. 
 €|-iKvco)iai, -L^OfiaL, -iKOfJirjv, -lyfAox, 
 
 reach, hit the mark. 
 €|«, adv., outside of, beyond. 
 
 Q(<a, OtvaofJuiL, run, charge, 
 K€v6s, rj, 6v, adj., empty, vacant. 
 Kpdros, ov?, roy strength; Kara 
 
 KpaTos, ivith all one's might. 
 iraia.vi%<a, CTratdncra (Tratdv, paean), 
 
 sing the paean or war song. 
 irpo<r-Kvvi<a, ij<T<x), bow down tOy 
 
 salute. 
 crv-(rireipdo)Jiai, <Tvv-€(nr€Lpa.fxaL, 
 
 (Tvv-ca-rrtLpdOrjV, be formed in 
 
 close order. 
 
 'ApTairdrt^s, ov, 6, Arfapates. 
 PiaCa>s, adv., hard, violently. 
 l}ji-Pd\Xa>, attack, assault.- 
 €|aKi<rxtXioi, at, a, adj., sia; thousand. 
 liri-KdfjLirTb), -if/o), bend towards, wheel. 
 evvoia, 71, good loill, affection. 
 
 KaTa-in]8d«, t^cto), leap down. 
 K€i(xai, K€ca-ofxai, lie, lie dead. 
 kvkXwo-is, CODS, 17, encircling; tus €ts 
 
 KVK\<t)(nv, as if to encircle. 
 oiri<r0€v, adv., behind, in the rear. 
 o<t>6aX|i6s, o, eye. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 
 
 239 
 
 ircpi-irtirTw, /aZZ on to protect, throw 
 the arms about, embrace. 
 
 irKTTirqs, r]Tos, rj, faithfulness, 
 fidelity. 
 
 it\i\v, prep.w. gen., except, save. 
 
 (TKiTirrovxos, 6 (ck^tttov, ivand ; 
 
 e;^a)), marshal, chamberlain. 
 xrripvov, ro, breast. 
 <rTi<}>os, ovs, TO, crowd, compact 
 
 mass. 
 
 485. 
 
 THE PEACE OF ANTALCIDAS 
 
 *A0^vat«, adv., to Athens. 
 
 Al-ytvT], 71, Aegina. 
 
 'AvToXKtSds, ov{a), b, Antalcidas. 
 
 diri<rT€«, -qaai, TqiridTyjKa {aTTLCTTOs, 
 fa ith less) , distrust . 
 
 'Ap-ycioi, ot, Ar gives. 
 
 av, adv., on the other hand. 
 
 clp^ivT), ri, peace. 
 
 Kar-d-yw, lead down; bring into 
 port, land. 
 
 Kara-irXctt, sail down; sail into 
 port. 
 
 KaTa-iro\.€)i^(i>, fight down; com- 
 pletely crush. 
 
 K6piv6os, i}, Corinth. 
 
 X-Tjo-T^s, ov, 6, pirate, rover. 
 
 (ji^v, adv., without doubt; at any 
 
 rate. 
 o-ySo'^KovTa, adj., eighty. 
 irap-^X"? ^o^d ^^^^^ / furnish^ cause, 
 
 give. 
 n6vTos, 6, the Pontus, or Black 
 
 Sea. 
 irp6T€pov, adv., formerly. 
 <|>povpa, ^, garrison; w. <|)au/0D, call 
 
 out a levy. 
 XaXcirws, adv., severely ; w. <f>€p(a, be 
 
 displeased. Lat. molests fero. 
 
 ava-yiyvdio-Kta, know well; read. 
 
 dpxatos, a, ov, adj., /rom the begin- 
 ning ; as adv., to dpxcuov, of 
 old, formerly. 
 
 avTov6|jLos, ov, adj., self -governed, 
 independent. 
 
 'EXXtivfs, tSos, fern, of "^AATyv, 
 Greek. 
 
 Kara-ir^lJi'ira), send down or out. 
 
 K\at<5|i6Vtti, at, Clazomenae^ 
 
 Kvirpos, ly, Cyprus. 
 
 v4io-os, rf, island. 
 
 dirdrepos, d, ov, adj., which (of 
 
 two) ; whoever, those who. 
 irapa-'yt'yvop.ai,, be present, assemble^ 
 
 report. 
 iretiJ, adv., on foot, by land. 
 (rr](iaiov, to, seal. 
 <rvv-if>\o\iai, come together, as- 
 
 semble. 
 Tiptpatos, 6, Tiribazus. 
 yrr-CLKOvu, listen to, comply with* 
 
240 
 
 ^HE '^RST Gmj:^K BOOK 
 
 i 
 
 d|i6«, <ii(Tio (a^tos), deem worthy; 
 demand, claim as one's right. 
 
 atras, OLTtda-a^ aTrav, 3b^j., .all. ^ 
 
 Boi<a<l4'nfioeotih. • ^ V 4i| 
 
 Boi(i)To£, ol, Boeotians. 
 
 •ypd|i.jjLa, aros, to, thing written, let- 
 ter, proclamation. 
 
 cla--^PXO|iai, go into, enter. 
 
 cK<rirov8os, ov, adj. {(nrov^rj^, out 
 of the treaty, excluded from the 
 treaty. 
 
 I|x-irc86(i>, wcrw, fx in (the earth), 
 establish, ratify, 
 
 lir-aijWXXw, proclaim, announce. 
 
 liry)-'n|XX(i>,c send to ; enjoin, com- 
 mand, imti^t. 
 
 6<t>opos, 6, ephor. 
 
 ex6pd, -Yj, enmity, hostility. 
 
 irpeVPvs, eoDs, 6, elder; ambassador, 
 envoy. 
 
 (r<|>cis, (T<j>u}v, (Tcfytcn, <r^a$, pi'on., 
 themselves. 
 
 T€74d, ^, Tegea. 
 
 AO-^vrjo-i, adv., at Athens. Cf. 
 *AO-t]va^€, 5. 
 
 d(jL({>6T6pos, a, ov, adj., each, both. 
 
 8ia-\v«, unloose; disband, break up. 
 
 iK-irc'inrw, send out or away. 
 
 iK-^ipa, bear out; w. ttoAc/xov, de- 
 clare, begin, 
 
 c|i-|i,^vo>, remain in, remain true to. 
 
 €g-^pXO|i.ai, go from, depart. 
 
 KaOaCpeo-is, ecos, rj, taking down, 
 destruction. 
 
 Kfi.rak-%i\o^ox, receive back, take 
 
 home again. 
 KopCvOiot, OL, Corinthians. 
 (icTaCrios, ov, adj., being partly the 
 
 cause, sharing in. 
 vavTiK6s, rj, ov, adj., naval ; w. (rr/oa- 
 
 T€Vfxa,Jleet. 
 iretiKds, rj, ov, adj., on foot; w. 
 
 cTTpdrevfrn, land force. 
 irpo-ciirov, say before, proclaim. 
 (r({>a'y6vs, cw9, 6, murderer. 
 
 dvTippdirus, adv., 50 as to counter- 
 balance. 
 
 avTovo(ji(d, rj, freedom, independ- 
 ence. 
 
 BoiwtCs, t8os, 17, adj., Boeotian. 
 
 ItriKvS^s, cs, adj., glorious, success- 
 ful. 
 
 oV-Trep, rj-7rep, o-irep, pron., the very 
 
 one which. Just what. 
 irdXai, adv., long ago, long before. 
 irpo(r-\a|jipdvcD, take in addition. 
 irpo<rTdTT|s, ov, 6, leader, champion. 
 <r<|>€T€p£$<i), aoi or ^co, make one's 
 
 own, usurp, annex. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 
 
 241 
 
 486. 
 
 GOBRYAS BEFORE CYRUS 
 
 10 
 
 airais, aiSo?, o, ^, adj., childless. 
 
 Derivation? 
 appT)v, evos, adj., male. 
 4ir-dpxcD; rule, command. 
 €x6i<rTos, 7], ov, adj., superl. of 
 
 €X^po?j hostile, unfriendly. 
 QipaTTiia, 71, service ; suite, retinue. 
 itrinKds, rj, ov, adj., cavalry, of 
 
 horsemen. 
 tinros, rj, cavalry. 
 I<rxvp6s, a, ov, adj., strong. 
 Kara-KaCci), hum up, destroy. 
 |v<rT6v, TO, polished staff; lance, 
 
 spear. 
 
 irapa-\a|i.pdv(i), take atvay, receive ; 
 
 op p. of Trapa-hihdifXL. 
 irpeo-pvrqs, ov, 6, ambassador, = 
 
 'irpo<r-'irtirT«, throw one's self before, 
 fall (as a suppliant). 
 
 Ti\L<ap6s, ov, adj., upholding honor ; 
 as noun, 6, avenger. 
 
 TpiaKdo-iok, cu, a, adj., three hun- 
 dred ; in sing. w. collective 
 noun, tTnros. 
 
 vinip€TT]s, ov, 6, attendant, servant. 
 
 xtXioi, ai, a, adj., one thousand; 
 in sing. w. collective noun. 
 
 11 
 
 o.i\y.i\, ff, spear-point ; spear. 
 djiapravM, dfrnpr-qa-ofxai, rjfjuip- 
 
 Tov, rjixaprrjKa, '^ixdpTrjfW.i,-qfULp- 
 
 rrjOrjV, miss, fail to hit. 
 dvido), do-o), i^vtao-a, etc., grieve, 
 
 vex. 
 dv-tT)p,i, permit, allow. 
 dv6(ri.os, ov, adj., unholy, impious. 
 dpa, adv., doubtless. 
 dpKTos, 17, &ear. 
 
 av0ts, adv., again, a second time. 
 ya\Lirr\^, ov, 6, husband. 
 5ti0€v, adv., stronger form of Bi^, 
 
 truly, in very truth. 
 his, adv., twice. 
 cKarcpdKis, adv. (cKarcpos), at each 
 
 time. 
 €<|>€5fis, adv., in succession. 
 
 FIRST GK. BK. — 16 
 
 Oavfiacrrds, ry, ov, adj. (^avfta^co), 
 loonderful, remarkable. 
 
 ^i\p, 6r}p6<s, 6, wild beast. 
 
 Qi\pa, rj, hunting, chase. 
 
 6T]pd(i>, d<T(i}, hunt. 
 
 Kara-pdWo), throw to the ground, 
 bring down. 
 
 KaT-ipy6X,0[Lai, dcropxii, -eLpyaadixrjv, 
 -ctpyacr/juii, make an end of, kill. 
 
 KaT-^X**> Ka6-e$o) and Kara-ax'^a-o), 
 KaT-i<j\ov, hold down ; restrain, 
 control, check. 
 
 KOkT-Lo-yja = Kar-^x**. 
 
 o<|>€lX(i>, 6<f)€L\rja-o}, w<f>€i\r)(ra, (o<f>€L- 
 \r]Ka, wfjiuXridrjv, 2 a. uxjitkov, 
 owe ; 2 a., in a wish, Oh that. 
 
 irapa-KoX^itf, call to one's side, sum- 
 mon. 
 
2A2 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 irapa-Tvyxo-vft), happen near, pre- 
 sent one's self. 
 (TKOTos, 6, darkness. See note. 
 <rvv-6T]pdw, hunt with. 
 
 TldT]|Jll = TTOUOi. 
 
 d^ainjTds, 17, 6v, verbal adj. (dya- 
 
 7ra(o), beloved. 
 dpri, adv.,yu.s% &m^ no?«. 
 PioTcvw, cro), Z^^;e. 
 'y€V£id(rKci>, ^ro?« a heard, rise into 
 
 manhood. 
 YTjpas, (OS, TO, oW a^^e. 
 8i-d'yci>^ drag out, spend. 
 8id-K€i)i,ai, be in a certain state or 
 
 plight. 
 €vvovs, ow, adj., well-disposed J 
 
 friendly ; w. yeveaOaif be recon- 
 ciled. 
 OdiTTw, 6a.{}/(Of tOaij/a, ridapi.pai, 
 
 irdcfirjv, bury. 
 Kd"y(&, by crasis for kolL iy<o. 
 Kara-KaCvo), -Kavtu, -€Kavov = Kara- 
 
 KT€LV(a, kill, slay. 
 ^eTa-)i4\o|i.ai, ricropjcxL, -epeXi^Orjv, 
 
 feel repentance, regret. 
 
 <j)06vos, 6, ill-ivill, envy, jealousy. 
 <}>pov€ci), T^cro), think; w. /xeya, Jc 
 elated. 
 
 12 
 
 vv(i.4)£os, 6, bridegroom. 
 |u|ji4>opa, ^, misfortune. 
 ir/vflos, ovs, TO, ^frie/, sadness, so7'- 
 
 row. 
 irepi-'^Kw, come round to one, fall 
 
 to. 
 irtJiTroTt, adv., cyer ?/e<. 
 <rvv-dxOo(Aai, -axOrjcroiJixtL, --qx^^i- 
 
 crOrjv, grieve with. 
 <rvv-oiKrilo), tw, have compassion 
 
 on. 
 rdXds, atva, av (like /xeAas), adj., 
 
 wretched. Cf. 214, a. 
 TTjXiKovTOs, avTTj, ovTOv, adj., 0/ 
 
 such an age. See note. 
 <{>ai8pws, adv., joyously, cheerfully. 
 <|>iXiK<Ss, tJ, 6v, ad]., friendly ; as 
 
 noun, Ta, marks of friendship. 
 <|)ov€vs, ecos, 6, murderer. 
 
 13 
 
 al<rxvv«, ai<rxvvo), rj(r)(vva, rj(TXvv- 
 
 drjv, disgrace; pass., &e ashamed, 
 
 feel shame before. 
 dv-T]Pdci), T/o-o), become young again. 
 84x<>H>'°'>'7 ^^^ofjtxLL, iSe^dfxrjv, SeBcy- 
 
 fULL, iSixOrjv, receive. 
 Ti'vTrep, strengthened for -ijv (eai/), 
 
 t/* indeed. 
 
 iqfvircp, from cxrirep. 
 iK^TTis, ov, 6, suppliant. 
 oo-oo-ircp, T/TTC/o, ovTrep, 
 
 much as. 
 Ti)jL(op4o), T^o-w, avenge. 
 TifjiupCd, y, vengeance. 
 
 adj., as 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 
 
 243 
 
 14 
 
 dir-ofo-o), from 
 
 iktro-^ipa, pay (what is due). 
 
 avX(5o|Jiai, r)v\Lardfxrjv, yjvXLtrO-qv 
 
 (avAiy, court-yard), pass the 
 
 night, lodge. 
 avpiov, adv., to-morrow. 
 ■ydfios, 6, marriage. 
 -yodo), ya-o/xai, iyorjaa, weep, lament. 
 Sc^io, 7}, right hand (as pledge). 
 cir-€po|Jiai, -eprjCTopxiL, -rjpofxrjv, ask 
 
 besides. 
 Ik€T6v«, (7(0, tK€TfV(Ta (iKCTiys), beg, 
 
 implore. 
 
 (idprvs, vpos, o, ly, witness. 
 oiroi, adv., whither, where. 
 irdp6cvos, ^, girl, maiden. 
 ir6<ros, rj, ov, adj., how great? hoto 
 
 long ? 
 irpcot, adv. early in the day, early. 
 rp^ifxD, Opi\p(j)f iOp€ij/a, T€Tpo<l>a, 
 
 riOpaixpuoii, Irpii^d-qv and crpcu 
 
 ^■qv, rear, bring up. 
 wp.'qv, from oLopM (ot/iat), <Am^. 
 (opatos, a, ov, adj., seasonable ; oj 
 
 suitable age. 
 cMravTcos, adv., ywsi so. 
 
 487. THE CHOICE OF HERACLES 
 
 15 
 
 alSws, ovs, 17, sense of shame; mod- ■qPr], 17, manhood, 
 esty. 
 
 dva-Tr6Tdvvv|ii (-Treraw), -7r€Td(T(ii, 
 spread ; open wide. 
 
 dTraX6TT)s, Tr)TO<i, 17, softness, tender- 
 ness. 
 
 oLTTopita, T^iTd), be in doubt, be at a 
 
 dp€T'^, 17, virtue. 
 
 avTOKpdrttp, opo<s, 6, 17, one's own 
 
 master. 
 pCos, 6, life, manner. 
 8ia-Xdp.ira>, i/'o), shine through, be 
 
 seen. 
 €X€v0€'pios, OV, adj., frank, open. 
 €iri-crKO'ir€«, -o-Kej/'o/>uxi, -€(TK€if/(xp.r)V, 
 
 -i(TK€p.pxxL, look at, observe. 
 IpvOpds, a, ov, adj., red, rosy. 
 €virp€iHis, €<?, adj., well-looking; 
 
 comely, fair, graceful. 
 
 'HpaxXiis, ov<i, 6, Heracles, Her- 
 cules. 
 
 TJorvxtd, 17, Stillness; solitude, lone- 
 ly place. 
 
 0a|id, adv. (a/m), of ten, frequently . 
 
 6edop.ai, dcropxu, i6ed(TdiX7]V, reOi- 
 dpjca, gaze at, observe. 
 
 Ka6ap<STi]s, Tr}To<:, -q, cleanness, 
 purity. 
 
 KaKCd, rj (KttKO?), vice. 
 
 KoiXXuirCtw, t(T(o (vMJf, face), make 
 the face beautiful, adorn, beau- 
 tify. 
 
 Kara-o-Koir^d), view, examine, observe 
 closely. 
 
 Koa-\U(a, rj<r(j}, adorn, equip, endow. 
 
 v^os, a, ov, adj., young ; ol veoi, the 
 young. 
 
 o)i(ia, aros, to, eye. 
 
244 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 opOds, rj, 6v, adj., straight. 
 iroXvo-apKCd, 17, plumpness. 
 np68iKOs, 6, Prodicus, 
 cKia, ^, shadow. 
 
 jTXT^Ha, aT09, TO (o-xctv, €XOi),formy 
 
 figure^ carriage, demeanor. 
 YjpSi^o., aros, to, skin, complexion. 
 '3pa, 17, youth, beauty. 
 
 16 
 
 aYCvcrros, ov, adj. (y€vo/x.at), i^^iVA- 
 
 ouf <rt5^e 0/. 
 aircipos, ov, adj., without trial of, 
 
 unacquainted with. 
 dirovwrara, adv., superl. of aTTOVios, 
 
 ivith the least trouble. 
 aiTTft), a«/'o>, r]\pa, ^fifiai, fasten; 
 
 mid., touch. 
 8ia-Pi6(i>, (jjcrofiaL, 2d aor. -e/8tW, 
 
 Z/ye through; spend one's whole 
 
 life. 
 8C-€i)ii, 6e through ; pass the time, live. 
 l|ov(rCd, 17 (c^eo-Tt), power, liberty. 
 Ip^d^ofJiai, da-oixaL, eipyaa<ifX7)v, elp- 
 
 ya(jpia.i, labor, gain by labor. 
 K€p8a£v(i), avoi, CKepSava (^K€pBo<s, 
 
 gain), gain, derive profit or 
 
 advantage. 
 liaXaKws, adv., softly. 
 o<r(j>paCvo(iai, oa^prfdopxiL, (0(r<f>p6- 
 
 ixrjv, smell. 
 iravTax606v, adv. (ttSs), froin all 
 
 quarters, i.e. from any source. 
 irX-qo-iaCrcpov, adv., compar. of 
 
 irXrjaLOVt near. 
 iroios, d, ov, adj., of what sort ? what ? 
 
 17 
 
 dX^Ocia, 17, truth. Cf . dXiy^Tis, dA.77- 
 
 Oevo). 
 ■ycvv/io-avTcs, ot (aor. partic. of 
 
 yewdo)), parents. 
 
 irovio), iq(To), toil, labor, suffer. 
 TTopCtft), toj, cTTopto-a, etc., carry; 
 
 mid., procure, provide. 
 TTords, 17, ov, adj.,^f/o7' drinking; 
 
 as noun, to, drink. 
 irpocr-Tp^Xw, run t/p /o. 
 pi]dci(rav, aor. pass, partic. of 
 
 CtTTOV. 
 
 o-irfov, TO (o-tTos), grain; food, 
 meat. 
 
 o-irdvis, €0)q, -7, scarcity, dearth^ 
 lack. 
 
 ToXaiirup^b), iya-(o, suffer. 
 
 T6pirv6s, iq, ov, adj. {ripirai), delight- 
 ful ; as noun, rd, delights, 
 pleasures. 
 
 ripiTb), if/o), €Tep{j/a, iripffiO-qv, sat- 
 isfy, delight, gladden. 
 
 Tpdiros, 6 (TpeVo)) turn; manner, 
 ID ay. 
 
 viroxl/Cd, Tf, suspicion. 
 
 ^povrLl<a, tw, i<f>p6vTLcra, Tre<f>p6v- 
 TiKtt, think, consider, take thought. 
 
 XapC^onai, lovfiaL, Kexapia-fxat, e'xa- 
 piaO-qv ix^pi-s), gratify, make 
 agreeable. 
 
 8iairp6ir^s, es, adj., illustrious, dis- 
 tinguished. 
 
 8ia-T(0Tifxi, arrange, dispose, ap- 
 point. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 
 
 245 
 
 8i-T)-yco|xai, set out in detail, de- 
 scribe in full. 
 clSvta, fem. of eiSo)?, from otSa. 
 
 (r6r]v, have hopes, expect. 
 ivrl\kos, ov, adj. (rZ/iry), in honor, 
 
 honorahle. 
 c|-aTraTda), r^croj, thoroughly deceive. 
 €irtjjL^X€ta, rj (e Trt/xeAeo/xai) , care. 
 tp-ydrTis, ov, 6, worker, doer. 
 
 18 
 
 d'yairdd), r^o-w, yya/mjcra, ^yaTrrjKa, 
 
 treat with affection, love. Cf. 
 
 dyaTTT/ro?. 
 d<rK6(i), i^<ra>, rjcrKrja-a, rjCKrjKa, 
 
 fashion ; practice. 
 av^dvo), av^»yo"w, -qv^-qa-a^ etc., in- 
 crease; pass., grow, become 
 
 stronger. 
 d<{>9ovos, ov, adj., without envy; 
 
 in plenty, abundant. 
 ^a-Kty^ay aros, to, <Aa< which is 
 
 fed; pi. fa«/e, herds. 
 'yv^vd^cD, a(T<ji, (yv/xvos), fra/n 
 
 naked; train, exercise. 
 «9£t«. ttu, dOio-a, etc. (I^os, custom), 
 
 accustom, use. 
 
 Ev8ai(iov(d, 17 (€v&ii)u.(uv), Happi- 
 ness. 
 
 j\Sovf], rj (rjSojxaL), pleasure. 
 
 |jLi(re(i), tJ(T(i), hate. 
 
 irpooCiiiov, TO, introduction; prom- 
 ise. 
 
 o-€)i.v6s, rj, ov, adj., noble, fine. 
 
 (r(t>68pa, adv., extremely, very. 
 
 viro-Kop(to)j,ai, i(Topxii, talk child^s 
 talk; nickname. 
 
 IXcvOepdo), wcro) (cAev^cpos), free, 
 
 set free. 
 €V€pY€T€w, lyo-o), (cucpycTiys, bene- 
 
 f actor), do good services or 
 
 show kindness, to. 
 OepaircvcD, cvo-(u (^OepdirciVf servant), 
 
 be an attendant; take care of, 
 
 cultivate. 
 iSpws; <ji)Tos, 6, sweat. 
 t'Xcctfs, (OV, adj., propitious. 
 Kapiros, 6, fruit. 
 irXovTila, to3 (ttXovtos, riches), 
 
 make wealthy, enrich. 
 
 Xcip<Sci), (joo-w (x^tp)? ^nn^r info f^e 
 hand; mid., overpower, subdue. 
 
 19 
 
 dva-}t^v«, wait for. 
 
 Ppaxvs, €tia, V, adj., short. 
 
 ((t-irCiiirXiiiii (ir(irXt|jii), ^/^ {quite 
 full).^ 
 
 f.v-voco), T/o-o), ^aye in mind; under- 
 stand, see. 
 
 eiri0v(itd, -^j desire, appetite. 
 
 cv({>po(rvvT], -^j cheerfulness. 
 
 Xr[ri<a, 7ja-<i), i^-qTrjaa, i^i^TriKa, 
 
 seek, hunt for. 
 Ocpos, ot;5, to, summer. 
 KaG-virvoo), io(T(o,fall asleep. 
 KXivq, 17 (kAivo)), couch, bed. 
 |iaXaK6s, ry, ov, adj., soft. 
 o\j/oiroi6s, 6 (TTOUd)), one who cooks 
 
 meat; cook. 
 
246 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 ireivdd), '^aroi, iireLvrjcra and iirec- 
 vda-a, TreTretvryKa, be hungry. 
 
 irepi-Oeo), $ev(TOfmL, run about. 
 
 iroXvTcX^s, c's, adj. {riXos, ex- 
 pense), very costly, expensive. 
 
 <rTpw|jiv^, ri, bed (spread on the 
 ground). 
 
 T\ifj|i,«v, ovos, 6, fj, adj., wretched, 
 
 miserable. 
 virvos, 6, sleep, slumber. 
 viroPaOpov, to, something put under; 
 
 rocker. 
 viro-Xajipdvo), take up ; interrupt. 
 <)>dYQS, see laBioi. 
 
 20 
 
 dSvvaros, ov, adj., unable; impo- 
 tent, weak. 
 
 dOdvaros, ov, adj., undying, immor- 
 tal. 
 
 dOe'dTos, ov, adj., not seeing; never 
 having seen, unacquainted with. 
 
 aKovo-fjia, aro5, to {aKovoi), thing 
 heard, sound. 
 
 dv^Koos, ov, adj., without hearing ; 
 never having heard, ignorant. 
 
 dvdtjTos, ov^ adj., not intelligent; 
 foolish, weak, impotent. 
 
 dir6va)s, adv., ivithout labor. 
 
 diro-ptirTw, cast forth, banish. 
 
 diro-TC0Tj|i.i, put away, store up. 
 
 <x.vwLr\p6%, a, ov,adj.,Jr?/; wretched, 
 miserable. 
 
 Papvvb), vvo), i/Sdpvva, i/SapvvOrjv, 
 (jSapvi), weigh down, oppress. 
 
 &,y6X\<a, dyaXio, -tjyrjXa, glorify; 
 
 pass., take delight. 
 d{ioxOos, ov, adj., free from toil; 
 
 not tired, idle. 
 dvOpwiTLvos, 7], ov, adj. (av^poMTOs), 
 
 of men, human. 
 d/ir6Xavaris, ccds, "ff, enjoyment. 
 diro-XcCiTft), leave behind; lose. 
 
 Sia-SpttfiovTcs, 2d aor. partic. of 
 hux-Tpi-xy), run through. 
 
 €iraivos, 6, approval, praise, com- 
 mendation. 
 
 lir-apK^o), i(T(si, -rjpKca-a, ward off; 
 assist, help. 
 
 Iirnrdvws, adv., loith toil, labori- 
 ously. 
 
 64d}i,a, aros, to (Oeaofxai), that 
 tvhich is seen, sight. 
 
 OCao-os, 6, band of revellers (often 
 of Bacchic revellers). 
 
 Xiirapds, d, ov, adj., sleek: easy, 
 comfortable, rich. 
 
 v€6ttjs, Tryros, -7 (veo?), youth. 
 
 irepdo), a(Tio, ^irepaaa, TrcTrepaKa, 
 pass or go through. 
 
 ToXfjido), T^cru), TeToXfirjKa, under- 
 take, venture, dare. 
 
 21 
 
 dirpa^fiuv, ov, adj. (jrpaypucL), free 
 from care; not troubled, unmo- ^ 
 lested. 
 
 dTi|jios, ov, adj., unhonored, in dis- 
 honor. 
 
 dxOofiai, dx^€0'o/xat and axOcirdri- 
 crofmL, rfxO^a-Orjv, be weighed 
 down, vexed, annoyed. 
 
SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 
 
 247 
 
 Pc'Paios, a, ov, adj. (^SatVcu), Jirm, 
 
 steadfast, constant. 
 ■yepaCTcpos, compar. of ycpaio?, a, 
 
 6v, adj. (ycpcov), oW. 
 8ia-irov^(i>, ^(;o?•^• ou?, perform. 
 6dW», ^aXw, iOrjXa, rWrfXa, 2d 
 
 aor. l^oAoi/, bloom, flourish. 
 0€ios, d, ov, adj. (^eos), 0/ r^e 
 
 ^ro^.s, divine. 
 Koivwvos, 6, -^ (koivo9, common), 
 
 companion, partner. 
 X^Ot], t) {XavOavdi), forgetting, ob- 
 livion. 
 [laKapio-Tos, rj, 6v, adj., deemed 
 
 happy ; enviable, glorious. 
 (jL€e-iii|ii, let go (for something 
 
 else), neglect. 
 HvirjuT], 7j, remembrance, memory. 
 olKerqs, 6 (oiK€(o), house servant. 
 iroXaios, a, 6v, adj. (TroAat, long 
 
 ago), former, early. 
 
 irapao-rdTis, 180?, rj, helper, assist- 
 ant. 
 
 irdpo), 2d aor. hropov, ireTrpiOfxaL, 
 give ; pass., be fated or destined. 
 
 irpd^is, ca>s, ri (jrpaTTOi), doing; 
 deed, act. 
 
 •irpo(r-ifiK«, come to; impers., it 
 belongs, concerns. 
 
 (rvW-^iTTpia, rf, partner, helper. 
 
 crvv€p"y6s, 6, fellow-workman, assist- 
 ant, helpmate. 
 
 riKos, ovq, to, fulfilment ; end. 
 
 T6XVITT1S, OV, 6, artisan, worhnan. 
 
 T0K6VS, £ws, 6, father, parent. 
 
 v[i.vi<a, rjcru), sing, celebrate with 
 songs. 
 
 XaCpo), ')(aipri<T(i), Kc^^apr/Ka, k€- 
 '^(ap-qpxxt, €-)(apy]V, rejoice, be 
 glad. 
 
 Xwp^s, adv., separately; as prep. 
 w. gen., apart from, without. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 d-yaOos, 77, 6v, good, brave, excellent. 
 d'Y'yeWd) (dyyeA-), ayyeKai., ijyyei\a, 
 
 ijyyeXKa, 1jyye\fiai, ■r\yy4\BT]v, bring 
 
 a message, announce. 
 a-y-yeXos, 6, messenger, envoy. 
 'A-yriorCXdos, 6, Agesildus, a king of 
 
 Sparta. 
 d'yopo, as, assembly, market-place, 
 
 market, {ayelpoo, collect.) 
 d-yopevo) (ayop€v-), ayop^vaw, etc., 
 
 harangue, speak. 
 d-ypios, d, ou, wild. 
 a7« (07-), ^u>, ijyayou, ^xa> ^Jf^ah 
 
 ^X^i". drive, lead, bring. 
 ayiav, wyos, 6, contest, games. 
 d-y<i)v(to|iak (^aywpid-'), aycov lovfiai, 
 
 rtywvKTdfirjv, ijywvia-fjLai, contend. 
 d8eX(}>6s, 6, voc. &de\<pe, brother. 
 d8iK€6) (a5i«6-), aSiKTjaw, etc., be un- 
 just, do lorong, harm. 
 ojtL, adv., always. 
 *A6tivai, uy, Athens. 
 'AGt^vatos, 0, an Athenian. 
 ddpoC^b) (d^poiS-), adpoiaw, ijdpotaa, 
 
 fldpoiKa, ijdpoifffxai, r]9poiadr)v. Collect; 
 
 mid. intrans., muster. 
 dOvfUo) {advn(-), advfir}au>, etc., be 
 
 discouraged. 
 
 a6v)ios, oy, imthout heart, depressed. 
 
 Al-yviTTios, d, ov, Egyptian. 
 
 aip€<i> {alpe-, eA-), alpriaw, fl\oy,7lprjKa, 
 
 ■pprj/nai, -ppfdriy, take, seize; mid., 
 
 choose. 
 alar6dvo)j,ai (aiV^-), aladr\<To^ai, ipa66- 
 
 ixy]v, riffdriixai, perceive, learn. 
 alo-xpos, a, 6v, shameful, base. 
 alor)(^vv« (ttiVxi"'-)? alaxvyw, riax^va, 
 
 rjaxvyQ-nv, shame; pass., be ashamed. 
 alrco) (otVe-), aiT-fiaco, etc., ask for, 
 
 demand. 
 ai\[i.6.\(aTOs, oy, captured, taken in 
 
 war. 
 aKOvrilu) (oKoi/TiS-) , aKovriw, iiK6yTi<ra, 
 
 hurl the javelin, hit. 
 dKOvci) (oLKOv-), aKovffOfiai, ^Kovaa, 
 
 oLKTiKoa, rjKovffdiqy, hear, listen to. 
 aKwv, oLKovaa, olkop (for a(Kuv), wn- 
 
 willing ; Kvpov S-kovtos, against 
 
 Cyrus'' will. 
 a\r\Qtxna (a\T]dev-) ,aXrjdevira>,ri\'f)6€va'af 
 
 speak the truth. 
 d\T)6i^s, €s, true. 
 aXC(rKO)j.ai (aA.-, a\o-), akwaofiai, 
 
 kd\(av or TiKwy, kaKwKa OV T^Aw/ca, 
 
 be captured, used as pass, to aipfw. 
 dXXd, conj., otherwise, but, still. 
 dXX^Xwv, reciprocal pron., of one 
 
 another. 
 
 249 
 
250 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 aWos, r], o, Other, another ; 6 &\\os, 
 
 the rest of. 
 &(j.a, adv., at the same time, together; 
 
 afia T^ 7]fji4pa, at daybreak. 
 a|ia|a, 77s, wagon., generally one of 
 
 four wheels, for baggage. 
 d}i6iv«v, oj/, comp. of ayaQ6s., better., 
 
 braver. 
 
 dfJLVvci) (d^uui/-), afJLvvu, 1]/j,vva, ward 
 
 off; mid. defend one'^s self. 
 
 dft<|)i, prep., on both sides of, about, 
 used with ace. and very rarely 
 with gen. 
 
 av, particle, used with the optative 
 in the apodosis of a less vivid 
 future condition ; in the apodosis 
 of a condition contrary to fact 
 with a secondary tense of the in- 
 dicative; also with relative and 
 temporal particles when they are 
 followed by the subjunctive, and 
 with €1 forming idu, av, or iji/, 
 in the protasis of a vivid future 
 condition introducing a subjunc- 
 tive. 
 
 av, contracted form of 4dv. 
 
 dvd, prep. w. ace, up, over, by ; ava 
 KpoLTos, at full speed. 
 
 dva-^aCvb), -^ijao/xai, -e^rju, -$€07}Ka, 
 -fffBajiiai, -€0d9Wf 90 up, march 
 up or inland, mount. 
 
 dva^Ka^o) {auajKad-) , avayKaaw, rjvdy- 
 Kacra, TjvdyKaKa, T]vdyKa<Tjxai, Tivay- 
 KaaQriv, force, compel. 
 
 dva-yKT), 7JS, force, necessity ; avdryKi] 
 iiTTi, it is necessary. 
 
 dva-x.wpc(i) (x^pe-), -x<^P'h<r<»i etc., 
 move back, retire. 
 
 dvSpdiroSov, t6, slave, especially one 
 
 taken in war and made the slave 
 of the conqueror. 
 
 av€v, improper prep. w. gen. , with- 
 out. 
 
 dvTJp, avlp6s, 6, man, opposed to 
 woman or child, Lat. vir; cf. 
 
 &v6pci)iros; &vdpes (TTpaTiuTai, fellOW- 
 
 soldiers. 
 
 dv6pa)iros, 0, i}, human being, op- 
 posed to a higher or lower order 
 of beings ; also used contemptu- 
 ously. Lat. homo. 
 
 dv-C<rTr][JLi ((tto-), ava-(TTT}(rw, av-i<r- 
 Tr\(Ta and av-farrjv, -eVrrj/f a, -earafiai, 
 -earde-nv, rouse up ; mid. w. perf . 
 and 2d aor. act., stand up, rise. 
 
 dvTi, prep. w. gen., instead of, for, 
 in return for. 
 
 dv«, adv., above, up. Comp. avu- 
 
 tepoo, SUperl. avundrw. 
 
 dvidOcv, adv., /rom above. 
 
 d^Los, d, ov, worthy of, worth; ttoA- 
 
 \ov 6.I10S, valuable. 
 d|io<rTpaTTi"yos, ov, worthy of being 
 
 general. 
 dir-a-yyeWa), -a77€Aaj, -iiyyeiXa, -iiy- 
 
 ye\Ka, -r}yye\fxai, -r}yy4\67]v, bring 
 
 back word, report. Lat. renuntio. 
 dir-a"y«»5 -a|co, -iiyayov, -^x«» -^7/'*«*> 
 
 ix^vv, lead off, lead back. 
 dir-€ijii (t-), go off, depart, return. 
 dir-€\avv(i) (eAa-), -e\6i or -e\daa), 
 
 -ifXaffa, -eArjAa/fa, -cAT^Aa^uat, -r}\d6riv, 
 
 drive away ; ride back. 
 dir-epxoiJLai {^pX'i e'Aw^-, cA0-), -eAeu- 
 
 (Tofxai, -T]\9ov^ -e\T]\v6a, go away, 
 
 depart, return. 
 dir-«x« ('^«X")» acp-e^co or otto-o-xt^o-w, 
 
 aiT'fffXoy, -faxvua, -eaxVM-'^h -^<^X^- 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCA B ULAR Y 
 
 251 
 
 driv, keep away, be distant, keep 
 
 away from; mid., abstain from. 
 dirXoos, 6r], 6ov, contr. aitKovs, rj, ovv, 
 
 simple, frank. 
 diro, prep. w. gen., from, away from. 
 
 anh "iritov, on horseback. 
 (x.Tto-hdKvv^x. (SetK-), -5ej|a), -eSei^a, 
 
 -SfSeixa, -5e56J7;uaJ,-e5eix07ji', point 
 
 out, make known; mid. w. yvu- 
 
 fi-qv, declare one^s views. 
 diro-8i8pd(rK(i> (5pa-), -Spdao/xai, 
 
 -eSpdv, -Se'SpoKa, run away, escape 
 
 by stealth. 
 diro-SC8ci>)ii (5o-), -^caaw, -eduKa and 
 
 -edoTou, -d45(t}Ka, -d^dofiai, -iSodrju, 
 
 give back, restore; X'^-P'-^ «^o- 
 hihovai, to return a favor. 
 
 /^diro-9vTJ<rKCi) {Qa.v-, Sua-), -davovfiat, 
 -(davuv, -T^OvTjKa, 2d perf. -redyaa, 
 die, be killed. 
 diro-KptvO|iai {Kpip-), -Kpivov/jiai, -enpl- 
 
 vdjuLTju, -iceKpifiai, answer. 
 
 dirO-KTcCvO) (kTCJ'-, KTtt-), -KTfVU), 
 
 -€KTciva and -fKTavov, -cKTOva, kill, 
 
 put to death. airo-evria-Kw is used 
 
 as passive of this verb. 
 dir-oWiJjJii (oA.-), -o\(v, -wXeaa, -oAc«S- 
 
 Ae/ca, 2d perf. -oKwKa, 2d aor. mid. 
 
 -(a\6/xr}y, destroy, lose; mid. w. 
 
 2d perf. act., perish, be ruined. 
 *Air6X.X<«)v, couos, 6, Apollo. 
 diro-ircp.iro) {ire/jLir-), -ire/xipo}, -eire/iypa, 
 
 'TTfirofAipa, -veve/JL/jLai, -eir€/jL<pdrjv, 
 
 send back, dismiss. 
 diropid, ay, lack of ways, difficulty, 
 
 want. 
 diro-T^jAVU) {refi-, t/xc-), -Tefiio, -ere- 
 
 fiov, -TiTfiT^Ka, -TfTfirtfiai, '(Tfiridrjv, 
 
 cut off. 
 
 apa, interrogative particle ; apa oit 
 is used when an affirmative an- 
 swer is expected ; apa ixi], when a 
 negative answer is expected. Cf. 
 Lat. nonne and num. 
 
 dp-yvpeos, a, ov, contr. apyvpovsj a, 
 ovv, of silver, silver. 
 
 dp-yvpiov, TO, silver, money. 
 
 dpcTTJ, ijs, virtue, valor. 
 
 'Apiaios, d, Ariaeus, lieutenant- 
 general of Cyrus. 
 
 dpio-rdb) (dpiOTTa-), dpi<TTT]<rci3, etc., 
 take breakfast. 
 
 dpio-Tcpos, d, 6u, left; iv apia-rfp^ 
 (x^ipi), on the left. 
 
 dpio-TOs, rj, ov, superl. of ayadSs, 
 bravest, noblest. 
 
 'ApKcCs, dSos, 6, an Arcadian. 
 
 apjia, aros, rS, chariot, either for 
 war or for racing. 
 
 dp}td}ia|a, tjs, closed carriage, for 
 women and children. 
 
 'Apfievios, 6, an Armenian. 
 
 opirdtd) (opTraS-), apirdaw, ?ipira<Ta, 
 ripiraKa, IfipTtaafxai, Tjpndadrjv, snatch, 
 
 seize, plunder. 
 ' Apra^ip^r\s, ov, Artaxerxes, a king 
 
 of Persia. 
 dpTos, o, loaf of bread, generally of 
 
 wheat. 
 dpx"^, ^y, beginning, rule, province, 
 
 kingdom. 
 dpxw (apX-)» ^Pl<^^ ^/o^a» ^py/J-ai, ijp- 
 
 X^vf, begin, be first, rule. 
 dpx<*>v, ovTos, 6, partic. of 6.px^i 
 
 leader, ruler. . 
 * Acrid, as, Asia. 
 
 do-irCs, Ibos, 7], shield, oval or round. 
 'Aco-vpios, a, ov, Assyrian. 
 
252 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 'Ao-Tvd'yTjs, ous, 0, Astyages, grand- 
 father of Cyrus the Elder. 
 
 d(r({>a\Vis, (s, safe, secure^ aa<pa\4- 
 (TrepoSf a(T(paAe<rTaTOs. 
 
 dTi|i,d^b) (dxi^aS-), aTifidau, riTifxaaa.) 
 7]Ti/jLaKa, ^rf/too-yuo/, riTl/j.da9T}v, dis- 
 honor. 
 
 avT6s, -f], 6, pron., self, intensive; 
 
 avTos, the same ; in the oblique 
 cases as pers. pron., him, her, it. 
 
 avTov, adv., in the very place, here. 
 d<j>-aipe(i> {alpc; lA-), -aipi}o-ca, -e7\op, 
 
 -rjpr}Ka, -■>jpt]}xai, -rjpedrjv, take away ,' 
 
 mid., rob. 
 d<{>-fT](ii (e-), --f}<T(i}, -TJKa and -eTrov, 
 
 -et/ca, -e?;ua/, -eidrju, send away, let 
 
 go, set free. 
 d({>-iKv4o(Lai (*«-)» -i^ofiai, -lK6p.'i)v, 
 
 -?7yuoj, arrive at, reach. 
 d<(>-C(rT'q(X.i (ffxa-), a.TTO-aT-i]<T<a, air- 
 
 icrtiaa and ctTT-eVrTji/, a^-€(rTT]Ka, 
 
 a(p-e(TTaiii.ai, air-eaToidrfy, separate, 
 
 make one revolt; intrans. mid. 
 and 2d aor. and perf . act., revolt, 
 withdraw. 
 
 B 
 
 pdWo) (j8a\-, )8Aa-), /SaAcD, e0a\ov, 
 /3e)3A7jKa, Be^K-q^iai, ifi\-f}er]v, throW, 
 hit. 
 
 PappapLKds, -i], 6v, not Greek, for- 
 eign, barbarian. 
 
 pdp^apos, ov, not Greek, foreign; 
 
 01 pdpffapot, the barbarians, espe- 
 cially applied to Persians. 
 
 Pa(r(X€ia, as, queen. 
 
 PaciXcvS) €«s, ^, king ; the article 
 is regularly omitted with the word 
 when thB king of Persia is meant. 
 
 Pao-iXcvb) (jSao-tAey-), ^Sao-tAeuo-o), 
 
 etc. , be king. 
 P^Xtio-tos, 7?, ou, superl. of ayadSs, 
 
 best, bravest. 
 ^\Ti<av, ov, comp. of ayadSs, better, 
 
 braver. 
 pcpXos, ^, book. 
 PovXevco (Bov\cv-), ^ovXevao), etc., 
 
 plan; mid., deliberate. 
 PovXofxai ($ov\-, jSouAe-), fiovKi\<To- 
 
 fjLai, fi€0ov\r)fjiai, i^ouArjdiju, pasS. 
 
 dep., wish, be willing. 
 Povs, fioSs, d,-Ti, ox, cow. 
 
 yap, postpositive conj., for. 
 yi, postpositive particle, emphasiz- 
 ing a preceding word, indeed. 
 yivos, yevovs, t6, race, birth. 
 yip<av, ovTos, 6, old man. 
 yiv<a (yeu-), yeixrcc, eyevrra, yeyeu/xai^ 
 
 give a taste of; mid., taste. 
 'ye<t>vpa, as, bridge. 
 •yq (7ea), yrjs, earth, land; Karayrjv, 
 
 by land. 
 ^("yvoiJiai (yev-), yeu-fjcrofxai, iyei/Sfirju, -' 
 
 yey€vr)iJ.ai and yeyova, become, be, 
 
 take place. 
 yiyvaxTKCi {ypo-), yvw<ro/j.ai, iyvcov, y 
 
 iyvwKa, €yu(o(TiJ.ai, iyvu>a$r]v, know, 
 
 perceive, think. 
 rXavKwv, couos, 6, Glaucon. 
 ■yXvKvs, €7a, V, sweet. 
 Yv«p,T], Tjy, opinion, judgment, mind. 
 yovv, aros, t6, knee. 
 Ypd4>A> (ypa<p-^, ypdypoo, (ypai^a, yi- 
 
 ypacpa, yeypafi/xai, iypdtprjv, write. 
 ■yvjiv^s, rtros, o, light-armed foot- 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 253 
 
 soldier, including javelin throwers, 
 
 bowmen, and slingers. 
 YV|Lv6$, ^, 6y, naked, lightly clad, 
 
 exposed, 
 yvvi], yvvainds, rj, woman, wife. 
 r«Ppvds, ov or a, Gobryas. 
 
 8a(|x(i)v, ovos, 0, divinity. 
 
 SgLkvci) (5o/c-), Sr}^oij.ai, fSuKOf, SfSrjy- 
 
 fiai, i8T}x0Vv^ bite. 
 SdpciKds, o, daric, a gold coin worth 
 
 about $5.40. 
 Adpcios, 0, Darius, king of Persia. 
 ZafTiLopJr;^ tribute, tax. 
 Si, ^ost-positive conjunction, but, 
 
 and ; jx^v . . . Se, on the one hand, 
 
 on the other. 
 (SeCSo) (5i-, 5ei-), Sei<ro/xat, eSeicra, 
 
 S4SoiKa and SeSia, fear; the pres. 
 
 is not found in Attic, the perf . has 
 
 the force of the pres. 
 
 8cCkvv|AI (SejK-), 5e{|w, eSei|a, SeSeixa, 
 SeS^iy/xat, 4SeixOr]v,poiJlt OUt, show. 
 
 SciXos, i], 6v, fearful, cowardly. 
 8€iv6s, Tj, 6v, terrible, dread, clever. 
 
 Sciirv^w (SetTTi/e-), Zeiirvrtaw, eSeiTTJ/rjo-a, 
 SeSeiTTi'Tj'fa, dine. 
 
 ScKa, indecl., ten. Lat. decern. 
 A6X<j)o(, 5>v, at, Delphi, a city in Pho- 
 
 cis where was the famous shrine 
 
 of Apollo. 
 SevSpov, t6, tree. 
 Sc^ios, d, 6y, right, right-hand side ; 
 
 eV 5e|ia (x^'p0 1 on the right. 
 8€<rir6TT|s, ov, master, lord. 
 8evpo, adv., hither, here. 
 ScvTcpos, a, ov, second ; adv., Sevnpov, 
 
 for the second time, again. 
 
 8cxo|J.ai (5eX")» Se^ofxai, ide^dfx-nv, 5/- 
 
 Seyfiai, ihexQr]v, receive. 
 hia (5e-), S-fjao), ebrjffa, Se5eKa, 5e5e/xai, 
 
 4hi6T]v, bind. 
 hiia (5e-), Si-{)ffu}, iSfrja-a, SeSeTj/co, Se- 
 
 S4r]fiat, iSffjdrjv, need; mid., wanty 
 
 lack, desire, ask; impersonal, 5e?, 
 
 it is necessary. 
 h-f\, post-positive particle, intensive, 
 
 indeed. 
 SfjXos, 77, ov, plain, evident. 
 8id, prep. w. gen., through, over; 
 
 w. ace, on account of, for the 
 
 sake of. 
 8ia-PaCv&) {^a-), -$-fi<Toij.ai, -e$r)v, -ySc- 
 
 firjKa, -^efiaiJL'xi, -efiddriv, go OVer, 
 
 cross. 
 8ia-'Y(YV0|i.ai (7€j^), -yev-fiaofjiai, -iye- 
 
 v6ixriv, -yeyevTjuai, -y4yova, pass 
 
 through, continue, remain, exist. 
 8ia-vo^o|iai (i/oe-), -vo-fjco/jLai, think 
 
 out, purpose, plan. 
 Sia-irpoTTW (irpdy-), Trpd^co, -eirpd^aj 
 
 -ircirpdxa, -ireTrpdyfiai, -iirpax^Wi 
 
 2d perf. -ireirpdya, work out, ac- 
 complish (generally mid.). 
 8ia-TC0T]jii (9e-), -97](Tw, -eOrfKa and 
 
 -ederov, -TedrjKa, -redeifxai, -ereOrju, 
 
 arrange, dispose. 
 8ia-4>evYCi) {<pvy-) , -cpfv^ofiai and -</>€w- 
 
 ^ovfiai, -€(puyov, -iretpevya, escape. 
 8i8d<rKaXos, 6, teacher. 
 8i8d(rK(i) (5i5ox-)» SiSd^w, eSiSafa, Se- 
 
 SiSaxa, SeUSayfiai, iSiSax^Vi teach^ 
 
 inform. 
 8i8(i)p,i (5o-), Zwaoo, (SuKa and ihorov^ 
 
 SeSwva, 5€5o;ua(, (36dr]v, give. Lat. 
 
 do. 
 8i-C<rTq|Jii (^ara-), Sia-arricrw, di-4<xrrt' 
 
254 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 v/ 
 
 (TO and Sj-eVrrjv, -fCTTTjKa, -earra- 
 
 fxai, -€(TTd97]u, set apart; intrans. 
 mid. and 2d aor. and perf. act., 
 separate, stand at intervals, open 
 ranks. 
 
 SCKttios, a, ov, right, just. 
 
 8iKai«s, adv., with justice, rightly. 
 
 SiKT], rjs, usage, right, justice; rijv 
 SiKTfu ex*/, he has his deserts; 
 SiK-nv im-Tidhai, to inflict punish- 
 ment; dUrfu diSovat, to pay the 
 penalty, be punished. 
 
 SiuKTCov, verbal of Biccku. 
 
 SiwKO) (5i&)/c-), 8ia>^(i), iSiw^a, Se5ta>xaj 
 iSicaxOVi pursue. 
 
 Skwpv^, vxos, 7), ditch, canal. 
 
 SoK£(i> (5o/c-), 86^(0, €5o|a, Sedoy/xai, 
 iUxOr\v, think; intrans., seem, 
 seem best. 
 
 86pv, aros, t6, spear. 
 
 SovXos, 6, slave. Lat. servus. 
 
 ApttKdvTios, 6, Draco7itius, a Spar- 
 tan exile. 
 
 8pd|ios, <5, a running, race-course; 
 5p6fia), on the run. 
 
 SvvajJiai (Suj'a-), Sw-fia-ofxai, SeSvvr]- 
 fxai, iSuvr}dr]v, be able, can. 
 
 8vva(jiis, eos, 7], ability, power, force, 
 troops. 
 
 8vvaT6s, ^, 6v, able, possible. 
 
 8vo, duo7i^, two, generally not de- 
 clined. Lat. duo. 
 
 8vcnr6p€VTOs, ov, hard to pass 
 through. 
 
 Sv<a (5u-), Svaw, eSun-a and (dvv, 
 SfdvKci, SeSu/ittt, iBii6r)v, enter. 
 
 8«8€Ka, indecl., twelve. Lat. duo- 
 decim. 
 
 Swpov, t6, gift. Lat. d5num. 
 
 kdv, contr. dv OTijv [el + &v'], conj., if, 
 used in protasis when the verb is 
 in the subjunctive. 
 
 lauTov, 7js, ov, contr. avrov, etc., re- 
 flexive pron., of himself, herself, 
 itself; ot eavTov, Jiis own men. 
 
 Ida) (ea-), iaffoo, iXaaa, e'la.Ka, etdfiat, 
 
 eiddrjv, allow, let. 
 ^yyvs, adv., near; comp. iyyvrepov 
 
 or iyyvrepw, SUperl. iyyvTaro) or 
 
 iyyvrara. 
 iydt, iixov or jxov, pers. pron., I. Lat. 
 
 ego. 
 i'-yw-yc, / for my part. 
 €8€i(ra, see (Se/Sco). 
 e8pap.ov, / ran, 2d aor. of rpexw. 
 e0c'X« or e^Kw (edeX-), ieeXrxru, ridf- 
 
 x-naa, i)de\r]Ka, be willing, tcish. 
 ii, conj., if, whether; el . . . ij, 
 
 whether . . . or. 
 €l8ov (IS-), I saw, 2d aor. of opdu. 
 ctKoo-i, indecl., twenty. 
 clfiC (eV-), ea-o/xai, be, belong; eo-rt, 
 
 it is possible ; eanp o" and 9,(rap oX, 
 
 some. Lat. sum. 
 €l|j.i (t-), go, march; the pres. ind. 
 
 has the force of a fut. and some- 
 times also the inf. and partic. 
 
 Lat. eo. 
 cl'ircp, conj., if in fact, inasmuch as. 
 
 eiircTO, see eiroixai. 
 
 ctirov (etV), I said, 2d aor., followed 
 by a clause with on in indirect dis- 
 course ; see Ktyo). 
 
 6l£pT]Ka, perl, I have said; see Xeyca. 
 
 els, prep. w. ace, into, against j 
 among ; at. Lat. in, w. ace. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 255 
 
 4ls, iiU^ ev, one. Lat. tinus. 
 
 €\:Te, conj., whether; elre . . . clfre, 
 
 whether . . . or. 
 cKao-Tos, 7?, ov, each, every. 
 €K€i, adv., there, in that place. Lat. 
 
 ibi. 
 €X€ivos, 77, 0, dem. pron,, that ; often 
 
 used as pers. pron., he, she, it. 
 
 Lat. ille. 
 Ikciotc, adv., thither, to that place. 
 
 Lat. illuc. 
 €K-irtirT« (Trer-, ttto-), -7r€(roi)/ua<, 
 
 -eVeaof , -TreirTuKa, fall OUt. 
 iK-TrXTJTTO) (TrA7j7-), -ttAtJIw, -4ir\7]^a, 
 
 -ireir\r)ya, •ir€ir\r}yiJ.ai, -€Tr\dyr]i/, 
 
 Strike out of one'' s senses, frighten. 
 4K-<|>a(vo> (^aj/-), -(pavw, -e(p7]va, -ire- 
 
 (pajKa and -ire^riva, -ve<pa<Tfiai, 
 
 -€(pdvdrjv and -€(t)du7]v, bring to 
 
 light; Tr6\fnov iK-cpaiveiv, to open 
 
 hostilities. 
 6K«v, ovaa, 6v, willing, of one^s own 
 
 accord, often best to be translated 
 
 by an adverb, willingly. 
 
 IXavvb) (e'Aa-), i\w Or i\d<ria, i]\a<Ta, 
 eATjAoKa, ikriKaixaL, T}KdQr]v, drive, 
 ride, march. 
 
 i\iy(\ia (^A67X*)i ^Xe7|&>, ^Aey^a, 
 
 iKriKeyfMai, v^^yx^Vi examine, 
 
 cross-question; convict. 
 IX€v0€pos, a, or, free. Lat. liber. 
 'EWds, ctSos, 7{, Greece. 
 "EXXtjv, t)vos, 6, inhabitant of Greece, 
 
 a Greek. 
 'EXXt^vikos, ^, 6v, Hellenic, Greek. 
 4Xiris, tSos, 7], hope. 
 4|i6s, 7j, 6v, poss. pron., my, mine, 
 
 preceded by the article when 
 
 something definite is referred to. 
 
 €v, prep. w. dat., in; iv oir\ois, under 
 arms. Lat. in, w. abl. 
 
 IvavrCos, a, ov, opposite, facing ; ol 
 ivavTioi, the enemy; rdi/avria, the 
 opposite; ck roO ivavTiou, on the 
 opposite side. 
 
 tv^Ko. or 'iviKiv, improper prep. w. 
 gen., by reason of, for the sake of, 
 generally follows its noun. 
 
 €v0a, adv., where, there, thereupon. 
 
 eviavTos, 6, year. 
 
 Iv-oiKccD (ot/ce-), -oiK-fjao}, etc., live in; 
 ot 4i/-oiKovvTes, the inhabitants. 
 
 €vTav6a, adv., there, thither, there- 
 upon. 
 
 €vT€v0€v, adv., from there, after- 
 wards. 
 
 ki,, or Ik (before a consonant), prep, 
 w. gen., out of, from; 4k tovtov, 
 after this, in consequence of this. 
 
 ^, indecl., six. Lat. sex. 
 
 l^-a-yycXXw (a77eA-), -ayy€\6i, -i)y- 
 yei\a, -nyye\Ka, -iiyyeXfiai, -r)yy4\- 
 e-fiv, report. Lat. enuntio. 
 
 I|-aip4a> (^alpe-, e\-), -aip-fja-u, -€7\oVj 
 •rjprjKa, -rjprjiuai, -rip4dr]v, take OUt; 
 mid., pick out, choose. 
 
 l^aKoo-ioi, ai, a, six hundred. 
 
 €|-€i|i.i, see c^-etTTi. 
 
 c^-cifii (e//*t), go out, march out, de- 
 part. 
 
 €|-€Xavva> (e'Ao-), -eAw or -eXdaco, 
 -■flKaaa, -eA^AoKo, -eA'^Ao/ioi, -TjAa- 
 
 Brjv, drive out; intrans., march 
 
 forth, proceed. 
 (^-€crr\., impers., it is possible, one 
 
 may. 
 i^iraa-is, ccos, rj, inspection, review. 
 €ira6ov, I suffered, see Trdaxw. 
 
256 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 €ir-aiv€a> (atVc-), -atvco-w, -pi/eo-a, -j^Ve- 
 Ka^ -TJvniJiai, -rivf9r]y, praise, com- 
 mend. 
 
 'Eira|i£iv<ov8ds, ov, Epaminondas. 
 
 lireC, conj., ivhen, after; since. 
 
 lirciSdv, conj., w. subj., when. 
 
 Iireira, adv., thereupon, then, fur- 
 ther. Lat. deinde. 
 
 €irC, prep., w. gen., on, upon; w. 
 dat., at, by, near, in the power of; 
 w. ace, to, on, against. i<}> €v6s, 
 in single file. 
 
 iiri-^ovkivci (j3ovA.6i»-), -fiovXevaoc, 
 etc., jyiot against, w. dat. 
 
 lirt-SeCKvviii (Scjk-), -5et|«, -eSci^a, 
 -SeSetxa^ -Sedfiy/xai, -edeix^-nv, 
 point out, make clear; mid., dis- 
 tinguish one^s self. 
 
 k^i-Qv[U<a (^dvfie-), -Ovfiiiau, etc., 
 desire, long for. 
 
 ^iri-\e£'irci> (Ajtt-), -Kelxpa}, -eXiirov, -Ae- 
 Xottra, -\€\et/x/Mai, -e\€l(f)6r]v, leave 
 
 behind; fail, give out. 
 liri-p.€X^o)iai and ^iri-fJi^o|j.ai (yueXe-), 
 
 -He\-^<TOfiai, -/xe^teAtjjuai, -iixeXi]dr)v, 
 
 take care of, look out. 
 liri-opK^(i> (opKe-), ■{]<Tc>}, etc., swear 
 
 falsely, commit perjury. 
 ^iriopKtd, OS, false swearing, perjury. 
 lir{(rTa(iai (^7rt<rTa-), iniaT-fjao/iai, 
 
 riiTi<rTri6r]u, understand, know, 
 
 know how. 
 .liriT'^Scios, o, ov, suitable, proper; 
 
 oi iiriTrjdeioi, friends ; Ta iiriT'Tideia, 
 
 provisions. 
 4iri-Ti6T)|ii (^e-), -d-na-u, -eOriKa and 
 
 -fderou, -TedrfKa, -Tfdeifxai, -sredr^v, 
 
 set wp; mid., attack, w. dat. ; d'lK-nv 
 
 im-Tidevai, to inflict punishment on. 
 
 eiri-TV-yxavw (revx-, rvx-), -Tfv^ofiatf 
 -(Tvxov, -T(Tvxr\Ka and -rereux'** 
 
 chance upon, meet with, find. 
 
 ^iro|xai (o-CTT-), 'i-^ojxai, eaTrSimrjv (eo-Trto- 
 
 fiai or (TTUfiai, etc.), follow, ac- 
 company, w. dat. 
 
 Iirrd, indecl,, seven. Lat. septem. 
 
 £p-yov, TO, work, deed. 
 
 cpT|)jios, oi/, lonely, deserted, bereft. 
 
 €pis, j5os, ^, strife. 
 
 kp\ii\v€vs, eus, 6, interpreter. 
 
 €pxo)J.ai {ipx-j iXv6-, cA^-), e'Aeuoro- 
 
 /tat, ^kOop, iK^\vda, come, go ; < : 
 Trai/ i\Be7p, to make every effort. 
 
 Ipcardo) (epwra-), ipwT-nara, etc., 2d 
 aor. vpSfxrjv, ask a question, in- 
 quire. 
 
 k(rQi<a {i5-, idea-), eSofiat, cSt^Soko, '' 
 i8r)8ea/jLai, ijSeadriv, 2d aor. ^<f>ayov 
 ((pay-), eat. 
 
 6<rT€, conj., lohile, until. 
 
 ^T€pos, d, 01/, the other, one oftwoy 
 the one. Lat. alter. 
 
 €Ti, adv., yet, still, again; w. neg., 
 no longer. 
 
 €5, adv., ivell, eS iroiiiv, to do well 
 by any one, e5 irpdrTeiv, to fare 
 well. 
 
 6v8aC(iwv, €ij8aiiJLov, happy, prosper- 
 ous, flourishing. 
 
 €vi]dr\s, evrjdes, silly, foolish. 
 
 fvQvs, adv. , immediately, at once. 
 
 €vjj.6v/|s, es, well disposed. 
 
 ewTrcTws, adv., easily. 
 
 €vpC(rK<i> (eyp-), eupriao}, eupop, eSpr}Ka, 
 ivprjiuLat, €vp46rip, also written i{vpop, 
 etc., ^n(?, discover. 
 
 cSpos, (Vpovs, t6, breadth, width. 
 
 Evclipd'rqs, ow, ^^e Euphrates river. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 257 
 
 cvxo|Jiai (eux-)> ^if^o/iai, eu|ojtt7ji/ (also 
 ■nv^d/jLujp), pray, offer prayers. 
 
 cvww|i.os, oj/, of good omen, applied 
 to the left, apiffTepds, as direct 
 mention of this was unlucky ! 
 
 i^ayov, late, see iadio). 
 
 i\Qp6s, d, 6v, hostile ; as noun, enemy, 
 personal, in contrast with iroK^fuos, 
 public enemy. Lat. inimicus. 
 
 ea-xv^o-j ^<^X'?/*"'» iffx^^V^ (^o'X^''? 
 ax», (TXoiWj <^X^s, <rxer>', cxw"), 
 have, possess, keep ; used w. advs. 
 when an adj. w. ^Ifii would be 
 expected : /caAcSs exei, it is loell. 
 
 ?ti)s, €cw, 7), dawn. 
 
 €0)$, conj., as long as, while, until. 
 
 lata {(a-), C-nffw, live, be alive, con- 
 tracted to ^s, Cfj, etc., instead of 
 
 Zcvs, AiSs, 6, Zeus, king and father 
 of the gods. Lat. Juppiter. 
 
 TJ, conj., or ; i] . . . ij, either . . . or. 
 r\, conj., than, after comparatives. 
 T]'ya'*Yov, / led, see &ya). 
 T|-y£p.(6v, 6vos, 6, guide, leader. 
 r\yio]ii.ai. (^rjye-), TjyfjaoiLiai, TjyrtadfjLTiv, 
 
 Tq-ynfiat, 7)y'n9r}i', guide, lead, w. 
 
 dat. ; be general, w. gen. or dat. ; 
 
 think, w. inf. 
 n'Sci, see oUa, knoxo. 
 TjScctfs, adv., gladly ; f}5toi/, ^Sktto. 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. 17 
 
 r\h7\, adv., already, now, at once. 
 
 Lat. iam. 
 ifSoiiai (^5-), T)<Tdi]aoixai, ^aB-qv, pass. 
 
 dep. , be pleased, delight in. 
 T|Svs, iia, V, sweet, pleasant, rjStuv, 
 
 TflSiaros. 
 
 TiKw (V-)> ^l«» pres. w. force of 
 perf., be come, have come. 
 
 T]X0ov, I came, see epxofiai. 
 
 T|(j.eis, plu. of ^7Ctf, we. 
 
 r\\iipo., as, day. &fia ttj rififpa, at 
 daybreak. 
 
 T||jk€Tcpos, a, ov, poss. pron., our. 
 
 T|vioxos, o, one icho holds the reins 
 {rjvia), driver. 
 
 TJp6)jLT)v, / asked, 2d aor. ipayrdw. 
 
 
 
 OdXarra, tjs, sea. Kara 6d\arrav, 
 
 by sea. 
 6dirr» (^Ta<l>-), dd^l/OD, eOaif/a, redafifiai, 
 
 ird<p-t)u, bury. 
 6av|idtci> {davij.ab-') , Qavfxdau}, idav- 
 
 iiatra, Tedav/xaKa, TedavfiatTfiai, i6av- 
 
 fidaOriv, wonder at, admire, be 
 amazed. 
 
 6av(ia(rT6s, i], 6v, wonderful, re- 
 markable. 
 
 Oed, as, goddess. 
 
 Geos, 6, ri, divinity, god, goddess. 
 
 0-i]Paios, 6, a Theban. 
 
 6T]pevci) (^r/peu-), 6r}pev<TU}, etc., hunt, 
 catch. 
 
 O-qpCov, r6, wild beast, animal. 
 
 Ov^o-KCi) (dav-, dva-), dapov/xai, edavov, 
 re6vr]Ka, die, be dead. 
 
 0p4|, &paK6s, 6, a Thracian. 
 
 Qvy&rrip, duyaTp6s, r], daughter. 
 
258 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 Ovpd, as^ door. iir\ toIs ^a<nK4a)S 
 dvpais, at the king''s court. 
 
 0^« (0y-)' dvcrw, eduaa, reduKa, reOv- 
 fxai, iTvO-np, sacHfice; mid., make 
 an offering. 
 
 ^r\\L\. (I-), 7)o-a>, i)Ka and iiTOv, -e7Ka, 
 
 -elfiat, -ei^rjj', send, throw; mid., 
 
 rush. 
 iKav6s, rj. Of, sufficient, able. 
 I'va, conj., ill order that. 
 iinrcvs, ecos, 6, horseman ; plu., 
 
 cavalry. Lat. eques. 
 tiriros, 0, horse. Lat. equus. 
 £(rTt)|Ai ((TTa-), (TTT^crctf, f(TT7]cra and 
 
 4(TTir}v, earrjKa and eWaTOv, eara- 
 
 /iot, ia-Tcidrjv, make stand, place; 
 
 intrans. in 2d aor. perf. and plu- 
 
 perf. act. and in the mid. except 
 
 the aor., stand, halt. 
 lo-xvpws, adv. of tVxCpc^s, strongly, 
 
 violently. 
 
 KaO-€v8a> (ewSe-), -euS^o-cw, sZeep, 
 ^ lie idle. 
 
 Ka6-£(rTT)p.i (o-to-), Kara-aT-fiffa), Kar- 
 fo-TTjtra and KaT-ea-rrju, Kad-e<TTr}Ka, 
 -4<rTafxai, -e<TTd6r]u, Station, appoint; 
 intrans., take one'' s place. 
 
 KaO-opaci) (^6pa-, ott-), -oxl/o/nai, -e7Sov, 
 -edpaKa Or -e6pdKa, -eupafiai or 
 -wfifiai, -u}(pdT]v, imperf. -ewp'jov, 
 
 look down on, observe. 
 
 KaC, conj., and; nai . . . Kai, both . . . 
 and. 
 
 Kaipds, 6, the fitting time, oppor- 
 tunity. 
 
 KaCo) and k6m (kuu-), Kavcrw, eKUvaa, 
 -KcKavKa, KCKav/j-ai, iKavdrfv, bum, 
 
 set fire to. 
 KUKos, Vi ^v, bad, cowardly, harm- 
 ful. KaKluV, KaKlCTTOS. 
 
 KaK&s, adv. of KaK6s, badly, ill; 
 
 KaKcos TToiilv, injure; kukus irpdr- 
 
 reiv, fare ill. 
 KoXiO) (/caAe-, fAe-), Ka\a>, iKciXecra, 
 
 K€K\r}Ka, KeKKrifxai, 4kKt]6i]v, call, 
 
 summon; 6 KaXovfievos, the so- 
 called. 
 KoXos, 7], 6v, beautiful, fair, noble. 
 
 KOiKXioiv, KaWiaros. 
 
 KoXws, adv. of Ka\6s, well, finely; 
 Ka\(a5 ^xeiv, be all right. Kdwiop, 
 Kd\\i(TTa. 
 
 Kara, prep. w. gen., down, down 
 along; v^r. ace, on, by, through- 
 out, according to. 
 
 Kara-Svco (5w-), -Sucrco, -4lv<ra and 
 -4hvv, -dedvKa, -StSy/tat, -eSvdriv, 
 
 make sink; intrans., sink. 
 KaTa-Koirrw (kott-), -kSxI/w, -€Ko\^a, 
 -KeKO(})a, -KiKOfxixai, -€/c(^7rrji/, CUt 
 
 down, slay. 
 Kara-XafiPavw (Aa)8-), -\i\y\ioixai, -4\a- 
 fiov, -el\ri<pa, -elXTj/uLfiai, -e\^(l>6r}v, 
 capture, seize, find. 
 
 Kara-XcClTb) (AtTr-), -Aeii/zw, -iKiirov, 
 -\e\onra, -AeAei^/xai, -e\€i<l>6r}v, 
 
 leave behind, leave, desert. 
 
 KaTa-CKCiTTOiJiaL (o-«:e7r-), -cr/ceil^o/xa/, 
 -€<rK€ypdiJ.r]P, -eaKefx/xai, view Closely. 
 
 KaTa-<j)cv'Y« (^I'T-)* -(pev^ofiai or -tp^v- 
 ^ov/jLui, -€<()vyov, -ire<i>evya, take ref- 
 uge, flee for help. 
 
 KaT-€i8ov, see naO-opdw, observe. 
 
 KttT-opvTTW (opvx~)» ~opv^u>, -wpv^a. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 269 
 
 -opwpvxo.-, -opwpiryfiai, -wpvxdv^y 
 
 bury. 
 KcXevci) (KfAeu-), KehetxTw, iK€\fV(ra., 
 
 KCKfKevKa, KeKeXeva/xai., iKeAevcdrfv, 
 
 order, command, urge. 
 Kc'pas, Kepdros or KepojSj t6, hom, 
 
 icing of an army. 
 K€({>aXTJ, ijs, head. 
 Kr\pv^, K-hpvKos, o, herald. 
 KivSvvciki) (tftj/SiJi/ev-), KtvSvviwra}, 
 
 etc., run a risk, encounter 
 danger. 
 
 KXcdvcop, opos, 6, Clednor, a Greek 
 general from Arcadia, com- 
 mander of the Arcadian hoplites. 
 
 KXc'apxos, 0, Clearchus, a Spartan, 
 one of the most trusted of Cyrus's 
 generals. 
 
 K\tv(l) (/cA.tJ/-), K\tV(0, ^KKiva, K€K\lfiCU, 
 
 cKKidriv and iK\iuT)v, bend, 
 KoXxoi, 01, the Colchians. 
 KO\i.V^oi (wOjUtS-), KOfxiS}, iKOfiiaa, kskS- 
 
 fUKa, KiKSfXKTficu, iK0fiiad7]v, take 
 
 charge of, bring, conduct. 
 KdlTTca (kott-), k6\I/(i}, eKo^^/a, -!C€KO<fm, 
 
 K€Ko/j./xai, e/coTTTji', cut, slaughter. 
 
 Kpareo) (^Kpar^-'), Kpar-qau, cKpaTTjaa, 
 KeKpaTrjKa, eKparifOriu, be Strong, be 
 master, rule, conquer. 
 
 KpdTWTTOS, ??, ou, superl. of ayad6s, 
 most excellent, best. 
 
 Kpdros, Kparovs, to, Strength, might, 
 ava Kpdros, at ftlll Speed; Kara 
 KpaTos, with all one''s might. 
 
 Kpcas, Kp4w5, r6, flesh; plu., meat. 
 
 KptiTTwv, ou, comp. of aya66s, better, 
 stronger. 
 
 Kprjs, KpTjTos, 6, a Cretan. 
 
 KT0LO{Jiai (^KTa-^, KT-f)(rofiai, iKrt](Ta[xr\v, 
 
 K€KTr]fiat, 4KTr}6r]u, acquire, gain ; 
 perf., jwssess. 
 Kva|(ipt]s, ovs, 6, Cyaxares, a king of 
 
 Media. 
 KvKX«4f, OTTOS, 6, Cyclops. 
 Kvpos, 6, Cyrus, the elder, founder 
 
 of the Persian monarchy. 
 Kvpos, o, Cyrus, the younger, the 
 
 hero of tlie Anabasis. 
 Kviav, Kvvos, 6, 7), dog. 
 K<a\vfa (/c«Av-), icwAuao}, etc., hinder, 
 ,' check. 
 
 ' Ka>fxcipxT)s, ov, village chief. 
 I Ku|JLti, 7)s, village. 
 
 XotOpa, adv., secretly. 
 AaKcSai(i6vios, 6, a Lacedaemonian. 
 Acucuv, wj/os, 6, a Lacedaemonian, 
 Spartan. 
 
 Xan^vta (\a$-), Kri^ofiai, e\a$ov, • 
 elKri<t>a, etX-rj/ULfxai, i\7]<pQT\v, take. 
 
 Xav6dv<i> (Aa0-), Arj(r&), eXaOov, \€\r]da, 
 XeKTiafiai, escape notice, used with 
 a participle, when it may often be 
 translated secretly. 
 
 Xe-yw (Ae7-), Ae|co, 6Ae|a, Keheyfiai, 
 
 eAex^Tji/, flpriKa is used as perf. 
 • act. and elirov as 2d aor., say, 
 speak. 
 
 Xilira (AtTT-), \(i}pcc, (KiTTOv, \4\onra, 
 
 AeA6i^/iaj, i\ei<p6-nu, leave, forsake. 
 Xectfv, \4ovTos, 6, lion. 
 X(6os, 6, stone. 
 Xi|i,^v, 4vos, 6, harbor. 
 Xi|i6s, 6, hunger. 
 
 Xo^yos, 6, icord, speech, discussion. 
 X6<|>os, o, hill. 
 
260 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 Xoxa-yos, o, captain^ commander of 
 
 a \6xos^ or company. 
 AvSios, a, or, Lydian. 
 AvKios, 6, Lycius^ a Syracusan. 
 \vw (Ak-), \6<tw, €\v(Ta, \e\vKa, AeAt- 
 
 juai, i\v6rju, loose, set free, destroy, 
 break. 
 
 M 
 jtd-yos, 6, a wise man, a priest. 
 
 (laKpos, a, o»', Z07l^. 
 
 }i.dXa, adv., very, exceedingly, much. 
 
 fxaWov, fx6.M(TTa. 
 
 MavSdvq, t/s, Mandane, mother of 
 
 Cyrus the Elder. 
 |iav6dva> (/xaB-), fxaO-fiffOfiai, efiaOoVt 
 
 jue/xo07jKa, learn, find out. 
 (id<rTi|, 4705, 7j, whip, lash,' vvh /xa- 
 
 ariyoiv, under the lash. 
 (jLao-Tos, 6, breast. 
 (idx.1i) 17s, battle. 
 (laxofiai (Atax-, /*«X«-)» /xoxoC/iot, 
 
 ifiax«TdiJ.r)v, fiefjidxVfJi-at, fight. 
 \iiya's, ficydK-n, fieya, great, powerful. 
 
 ix^i^cav, fji^yiaros. 
 ^4\ds, fi4\aiva, fxeAav, black. 
 \kfK\<a (yueAA-, fieWe-), fieW^aw, 
 
 ificWrjaa, be about to, be likely 
 
 to; delay; intend. 
 (liv, post-positive particle, used to 
 
 distinguish a word or clause from 
 
 one to follow, fieu . . . Se, on the 
 
 one hand, ... on the other. 
 fiivToi, adv., however, still. 
 |tevt0 (^ei/-), /xerw, e/j.eiva, fjL€[x4vr)Ka, 
 
 wait, remain. 
 Me'vwv, oivos, 6, Menon, a Thessalian, 
 
 a general of Cyrus' Greek troops. 
 )i.^<ros, rj. Of, middle; rh meaov, the 
 
 center ; to. iv fiea-cf, the parts be- 
 tween. 
 |i*Ta, prep. w. gen., among, together 
 with ; w. ace, after. 
 
 |JL6Ta-7r€}i.ir(i) (Tre/xir-), -ir4jx^(a, -eVe/t-i 
 y\iay -neiTOfX(pa, -7re7re,u/xat, -eirffKpdrjv, 
 send after ; commonly mid., send 
 for to come to one, summon. 
 
 y^ra-x<apiia (x«/>€-), -x<^P'h<^(^, etc., 
 change one's position, withdraw. 
 
 jjL^, adv., not, used instead of ov in 
 prohibitions, final and object 
 clauses, and protasis ; w. verbs of 
 fearing, lest; ov fi-f], w. subj. for 
 strong future. 
 
 (jLTiSeis, fjLvdefxia, [x-qbiv, not one, no- 
 body, no. [yuTjSe 4- els]. 
 
 MfiSoi, ol, the Medes. 
 
 ^■i\v, tiii]v6s, 6, month. Lat. mensis. 
 
 li-^iroTc, adv., never. 
 
 fjii^TTjp, fx7]Tp6s, Tj, mother. Lat. 
 mater. 
 
 (iTlXftvdojJiai (fi-nxava-), fiT^xo-vhaoixai, 
 €fji.r)xa'^V(^d,u7iv, ix(jxi\xd.v(\iJLai, con- 
 trive, devise. Lat. machinor. 
 
 Mi6pi8dTT)$, ov, Mithriddtes, a Per- 
 sian satrap. 
 
 (jilKpos, a, 6v, small, trifling. 
 
 MtXi^Tos, T}, Miletus, a city of Ionia. 
 
 p,i)AV'/j(rK(«) {jxva-), fjLvf}au}, e/uLvrfaa, 
 fif/j-vr^fiai, 4ixvT](Tdriv, remind; mid. 
 and pass., remember, perf. w. 
 force of pres. 
 
 |xi<r66s, 6, wages, pay. 
 
 \Lva., (fifda) /uLvas, mina, $18.00. 
 
 p,6vos, r?, ou, alone; ti6vov, as adv., 
 only. 
 
 Movcra, Mova-qs, Muse. 
 
 Mv(r6s, o, a Mysian. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 261 
 
 N 
 
 vavs, vedos, r}, ship. Lat, iiavis. 
 
 vedvCds, 01/, young man. 
 
 v€Kp6s, 6, dead body, corpse. 
 
 viKoCw {viKa-), vlKj^a-Q), etc., conquer, 
 surpass ; pres. often, he victorious, 
 have conquered. 
 
 viKT], T/y, victory. 
 
 V0|x(^ci> (j/o/itS-), vo/xiw, iv6^i(Ta, vey6- 
 fxiKa, vevofiKTfjLai, ivo/xiaOriu, con- 
 sider, believe, think. 
 
 vojios, 6, custom, practice. 
 
 vovs {v6os}, cow, 6, mind ^ iv v(f exf"'» 
 <o have in mind, intend. 
 
 vvv, adv., now, at present. 
 
 vvi^, vvKTos, ri, night. Lat. nox. 
 
 |€vos, 6, stranger, guest-friend; ol 
 
 ^euoi, mercenaries. 
 Q€vo<j)wv, aJvTos, 6, Xenophon, an 
 
 Athenian, leader of the Greeks in 
 
 their return to the coast after 
 
 Cyrus' death. 
 Scp|T]s, ov, Xerxes, king of Persia. 
 
 6, 7), t6, def . art., the. 6 fi4v . . . 6 84, 
 the one ... the other; 6 Se, and 
 he, but he. 
 
 oSe, iJSe, tSSc, dem. pron., this, re- 
 ferring to what is to follow. 
 
 686s, V, road, march, journey. 
 o0€v, adv., /rom which place, whence. 
 Lat. unde. 
 
 otSa, pSety, 2d pf. and pluperf. w. 
 
 force of pres. and imperf., I know. 
 otKaSc, adv., to one'^s home, home- 
 
 icard. 
 olKid, OS, house. Lat. domus. 
 otxoi, adv., at home. 
 ol\kai, see oiofiat, think. 
 olvos, o, wine. Lat. vinum. 
 oKofjiai or otnai (ol-, oU-), ol^aofiai, 
 
 a}T]dr]v, think, believe. 
 otxofiai, olxv(TOfiai, pres. w. force of 
 
 perf., be gone, have gone. 
 6kt«, indecl., eight. Lat. octo. 
 oXC-yos, r;, ov, little, short; 6\iyoi, a 
 
 few. Lat. pauci. 
 
 6|i.vv|Jii or 6(LVva) (6fx-, o/jlo-), o/xovfiat, 
 
 iofioaa, ofido/jLOKa, ojudfioa/xai, u}fi6dT\u 
 
 and wfjLoadtfv, swear, take an oath. 
 o|xoios, a, ov, like, of the same kind. 
 6^l.6a^t, adv., to the same spot, to 
 
 close quarters, hand to hand. 
 o|jL«s, adv., nevertheless, still, yet. 
 6vo|jLa, aros, t6, name. Lat. nomen. 
 ovofJLci^w (oyo/ta5-), ovofidact}, av6/j.a(ra, 
 
 uvSfiaKa, Q}v6fia<r/iat, wvoficurdr^v, 
 
 name. 
 6vo(j.a(rT6s, -fj, uv, famous. 
 6irXt'rr]s, ov, heavy-armed soldier, 
 
 hoplite. 
 SirXov, to', implement; oir\a, arms, 
 
 armor. 
 Sirov, conj., where, wherever. 
 oir«s, conj., how, that. 
 opdoi (Spa-, OTT-), uxpofiat, iopaKa or 
 
 fcipcLKa, eoopdfxai Or S>fi/j.at, iSxpdrjv, 
 
 2d aor. elZov, see. 
 opOios, o, ov, straight up, steep. 
 opKos, o, oath. 
 6p(i.cui> (dpfjLa-), dpfiiiaw, etc., start; 
 
262 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 pass, as dep., set out, start. Lat. 
 proficiscor. 
 
 opvis, opuWus, 6, 7], bird. 
 
 'Opovrds, a or ov, Orontas, a Persian. 
 
 opos, opovs, tJ, mountain. 
 
 opvTTCi) {opvx-)i opv^w, a>pv^a, opco- 
 pvx^i opcopuyfxat, wpuxdv^i dig. 
 
 OS, 7j, 0, rel. pron., who, which, what. 
 
 oo-os, 1?, ov, rel. adj., as great as, as 
 many as. 
 
 oo-Tis, '/jTis, Ti, indef. rel., whoever, 
 whichever, what. 
 
 oarriov, t6, contr. oo-towv, bone. 
 
 oTttv, conj. w. sub^^iohenever, when. 
 
 oT€, conj., when. 
 
 oTi, conj., that ; because, since. 
 
 oTi, adv. w. superl., as ... as pos- 
 sible ; on Tdxi(TTos, as quick as 
 possible. Lat. quam. 
 
 ov, ovK before a vowel, otix before 
 a rough breathing, adv., not; oH 
 (p-nai, he denies, refuses. oH at 
 the end of a sentence. 
 
 ov8a|xov, adv., in no place, nowhere. 
 
 ovhi, conj., and not, nor yet; adv., 
 not even. 
 
 ovScis, ovde/xla, ov8ev, not one, no- 
 body, 710 [ou5e + eh]. 
 
 ovK^Ti, adv., no longer. 
 
 ovKovv, interrog. part, expecting an 
 affirmative answer, not then 9 
 Lat. nonne. 
 
 ovv, post-positive part. , the7i, there- 
 fore, so, now. 
 
 ot)T€, conj., and not, neither. oijT€ 
 . . . ovTe, neither . . . nor. 
 
 ovTos, avTTi, TovTo, dcm. pron,, this, 
 referring to what precedes ; often 
 used as pers. pron., he, she, it. 
 
 ovT«s, or, before a consonant, ovtw, 
 thus, to such an extent, under 
 these circumstances. 
 
 iraiSeCd, as, training, bringing up. 
 iraiSevb) (TroiSeu-), 7rotSev<rw, etc., 
 
 train a child, educate. 
 iraiSCov, t6, little child. 
 irais, irail6s, 6, tj, child, boy, girl. 
 iraCo) (Trat-), iraiaoi, iirai<Ta, -irevaiKai 
 
 eiraiadi^v. Strike. 
 
 iroiXiv, adv., back, again. 
 iraXrov, t6, lance, javelin. 
 iravrax^ov, adv., everywhere. 
 iravToios, a, ov, of all sorts. 
 irdvv, adv., vei'y, altogether. 
 irapa, prep. w. gen., dat., ace. ; w. 
 
 gen., from beside, through; w. 
 
 dat., by the side of, at, near; 
 
 w. ace, to the side of, along, past'., 
 
 contrary to. 
 irap-a-y-y^XXw (ayyeX-'), -ayy eXSo, -777- 
 
 yeiXa, -rjyyeAKa, -'i]yye\fiai, -riyyeX- 
 
 Orfv, pass the word, command, 
 
 direct. 
 irapa-8C8(i))i,i (5o-), -Saxra), -eSwKa and 
 
 -eSoTov, -5eSa)/fa, -SeSoyuai, -edoOrjv, 
 
 give over, deliver, surrender. 
 
 irapa-KcXcvofiai (/ceXei;-), -KcKevaoixai, 
 etc. , exhort, urge, w. dat. 
 
 irapao-aY-yiis, ov, parasang, 30 stadia, 
 about 3t miles. 
 
 irapa-o-KCVoL^o) (trKeuaS-), -<TKevd(rw, 
 -ecrKeiJa(ra, -eo-Ksvacr/jiai, -€<TKevd,(T6r]v, 
 get ready ; mid., make one'' s prep- 
 arations, arrange, provide. 
 
 irapa-TaTTft) (T07-), -t6.^w, -era^ai 
 
GBEEK-ENGLISH VOCABULABY 
 
 263 
 
 -^(Taxo-t -TCTay/jLai, -€Tdx&il^i draw 
 up side by side, draw uj) in battle 
 array. 
 
 irapa-TiOT)|i.i (de-), -drjaw, -eOrjKd and 
 -49erov, -rcOrjKa, -Tedei/naij -CTedrjv, 
 put beside, set before. 
 
 •irap-ci|JLk (eV-), -eaofiai, irap-rjv., be be- 
 side, be present, arrive. 
 
 irap-^pXOliai (epX"> e'Au^-, e'A^-), -e\r- 
 
 Xvda, -rj\eov, pass by, pass. 
 'trap-i\<ti (crex"), -e|a> or trxvo'Oj 
 -eaxov, -eVx^/ca, -eaxv/^f'^h -co'X*" 
 er]v, hold beside, provide, furnish, 
 cause. 
 
 iras, iraaa, irav, all, every ; 4n\ irav 
 i\de7v, to make evei-y effort. 
 
 iroo^w {irad-, irevG-^, irei(TO/j.ai, ctto- 
 
 dou, TTiirovda, suffer, undergo; eu 
 iraQilv vvo rivos, receive benefits 
 from one. - 
 
 iraTTJp, Trarpos, 6, father. Lat. pater. 
 
 irarpis, i^os, rj, fatherland, country. 
 
 iravo) (ttci/-), Travaco, eiravaa, irerravKa, 
 ireiravixai, iiravOrfv, bring to an end, 
 Stop; raid., stop, cease, rest. 
 
 na<t>\a7wv, 6vos, 6, a Paphlagonian. 
 
 ireSiov, TO, plain. 
 
 ire^os, -h-, ov, on foot; subs., foot- 
 soldier, pi., infantry. Lat. pedes. 
 
 veireia-fiai, (ireia-dfju, persuade, W. 
 acc. ; 2d perf . ireiroida, I trust ; 
 pass., be persuaded, obey, w. 
 dat. 
 
 'mipdx}\i.ai (ireipa-), trupaaoixai, itrei- 
 pa<rdiJLr)v, imreipafiai, iireipddrjv, try, 
 attempt. 
 
 IleXX^vi], 7JS, Pellene, a city of 
 Achaia. 
 
 IIcXoirovvTjo-os, 7], Peloponnesus, the 
 southern half of Greece. 
 
 ircXTtto-T^s, ov, peltast, targeteer. 
 
 ir€'p.ir« (7re^7r-),7re/n//w, cire/j.\l/a, Treiro/x- 
 (pa, ir4ir€fx/xai, iireficpdriu, send. Lat. 
 mitto. 
 
 ircvTc, indecl.,^ye, 
 
 ir€VT€Kai8€Ka, indecl., fifteen. 
 
 ircpi, prep. w. gen. and acc. (rarely 
 w. dat.); w. gen., about, concern- 
 ing ; w. acc, about, around. 
 
 irepf-pXciTTos, Vi op, admired. 
 
 ircpi-PXeiro) (;8A€ir-) , 0\4\po/j.ai, e)3Aet^a, 
 gaze at, admire. 
 
 irepi-'yi'Yvop.ai (_yeu-), -yevqaojxai, -676- 
 vofxriv, y^y^tnjtxat, be supeHor to. 
 
 •ir€pi-6)(^a)(o-ex-)> "*'!'*' or (rxr/ffoj, -eaxop, 
 -iax^ii^i -^<^xvM-0'h -eo'xe'^Tjj/, sur- 
 round. 
 
 n^po-Tjs, ov, a Persian. 
 
 iri^xvs, e«s, 6, cubit. 
 
 irCiAirXtlfii (TrAa-), Tr\-f)<Tw, iirXriaa, -ire- 
 TrATj/ca, -ireir\r]<T/j.ai, iv\rj(T0T]v, fill. 
 
 trivia (irt-, tto-), iriojbi.ai, imov, 7r€7ra>KO, 
 -Triirofxai, -iirSdrjv, drink. 
 
 irtiTTft) (TreT-, ttxo-), irea-ovfiai, eireffov, 
 ireTTTMKa, fall, be slain. 
 
 iriOTTevo) (ffio-Teu-), in<mv(ra}y.€iTi<mv(Ta, 
 irfrriarTevfiai, cTriffTevOrju, put faith 
 in, trust, have confidence in, w. dat. 
 
 irio-To's, "fi, 6v, trusty, faithful, to 
 TTto-Tci, pledges. 
 
 irX^Opov, r6, plethrum, about 97 ft. 
 
 irX^ov, see iroXv. 
 
 tekiia (ttAi;-), irAeiKro/xai or irXevffovfiai, 
 iirXevaa, ireTrAevKa, imrXevafiai, sail. 
 
 irXt^orKx^o) (7rArj(rm5-),7rAr;(ria<rft>, €7rArj- 
 alaaa, itcirXfiaiaKa, Tr€ir\i]aia<T[xaL^ 
 iir\ri<ndadrjv, approach, draw near. 
 
264 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 'ir\-{\rT<a (7rAi77-), irKrj^o), -€7rA7j|a, ttc- 
 
 ir\r}ya, 7re7rArj7^ai, iirXTJynv, Strike. 
 irXoiov, TO, boat. 
 
 irXdos, 6, ttXovs, a sailing, voyage. 
 irXovcrios, a, ov, rich. 
 iroi€Ci) (TTOte-), 7roirf<ra), etc., make, 
 
 do, accomplish; eS irojerj/, do ioeZZ 
 
 &?/ o)ie. 
 iroXc|JLC(iD (iroAffie-), TroAe^TjVcw, etc., 
 
 ?9^rt^•e war, fight. 
 iroXi|jiios, a, oj/, belonging to war; 
 
 01 noXeixLoi, the enemy. Lat. hostes. 
 iroXcfjLos, 6, war. Lat. bellum. 
 iroXiopK^b) (TToAiop/ce-), iroMopKi)(TU), 
 
 i-KoXi6pKT](Ta, -ireTro\i6pKr}jLiai, ino\i- 
 
 opKrj0r}v, besiege. 
 iro'Xis, ir6\ews, v, City. Lat. urbs. 
 -iroXtr-qs, ov, citizen. 
 iroXXaKis, adv., often. Lat. saepe. 
 TToXv, adv. of TToXvs, much. 
 TToXvs, ttoAAtj, ttoAu, much, many, 
 
 great. irXeiuv, irX^Taros. 
 iro'vos, 0, hard work, toil, hardship. 
 iropeid, as, journey. 
 iropevofxai (Trope v-), iropeva-ofxat, iiro- 
 
 p€vdr]v, irevSpevfiai, pass, dep., pro- 
 ceed, march, go. 
 iro'pos, 0, ford, means of passing. 
 TroTttfjios, 6, river. Lat. flumen. 
 iroTc, adv. enclitic, at any time, ever, 
 
 once. 
 TTOTcpos, a, ov, interrog. ^von., which 
 
 of two? vSrepov . . . ij, lohether . . . 
 
 or. 
 irovs, iroSSs, 6, foot. Lat. pes. 
 irpa'YiJLa, aros, t6, thing done, deed, 
 
 affair. Trpdyfiara vap-ex^iu, to Cause 
 
 trouble. 
 irpaTTO) (irpdy-^, 7rpa|«, ^irpa^a, ird- 
 
 irpdxa, Trerrpdynai, iirpaxdv^} per- 
 form, do. eu Trparreiv, tO be suc- 
 cessful. 
 
 irpia<rdai, see aveofxai, buy. 
 
 irpiv, conj., before, until. 
 
 irpo, prep. \v. gen., before, for the 
 sake of. 
 
 irpo-8i8(i>)ii (bo-), -Scotrco, -edcaKa and 
 -edoTov, -deSooKa, -dedofiai, -ib6Qr)v, 
 betray, desert. Lat. prodo. 
 
 irpoOvfios, ov, eager, zealous. 
 
 irpoOv|x«s, adv. of irpodufios, zeal- 
 
 rEpo^evos, o, Proxenus, a Theban, 
 
 one of Cyrus' generals. 
 irpo-ir€p.irft) (^ire/jLir-), -ire/jLypo}, -evrefi^pa, 
 
 -TTiTTO^Kpa, -ireneiuLfj.aL, -€Tre/j,<p6r)P, 
 
 send forward, despatch. 
 irpos, prep. vf. gen., dat., ace. ; w. 
 
 gen., from, in the sight of, towards ; 
 
 w. dat., near, at, in addition to; 
 
 w. ace, to, towards, about. 
 Trpotr-d-ya) (07-), -o|«i>, -^yayov, -rjxa* 
 
 -TJyfxaL, -'hx'^Wt l^ad to. 
 
 irpocr-etui (t-), come to, advance. 
 irpoo-Ocv, adv., before. irpSadev . . . 
 
 irpiv, before. 
 irpoo'-t'qjii (e-), -ii(T(a, -iJKa and -htov, 
 
 -eiKa, -€7fxai, -eidr)v, let come to, 
 
 admit. 
 irpoo'-TdTTa) (^ray-) , -Ta|a', -era^a, 
 
 -reraxa, -rerayfiai, -erctx^Tjf, give 
 
 an order to. 
 irpo-TaTTO) (Ta7-), -Ta|ci>, -cra^a, -re- 
 
 TttXa? -Terayfiai, -eTdxOrjv, place in 
 
 front. 
 irpdrcpos, d, ov, former, prior, sooner. 
 
 TrpSrepov . . . irpiv, before. 
 
 irpo()>vXa|, aKos, 6, picket, sentinel. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 266 
 
 trpwTov, adv. of irpSoTos, in the first 
 
 place. 
 irpwTos, 77, 01/, first. Lat. primus. 
 iruv6dvo}iai (iru^-), irevaofiai, iirvOo- 
 
 luLTju, TreVvo-juoj, inquire^ learn by 
 
 inquiry, find out. 
 irvp, TTvpos, t6, fire j plu. tci irvpd, 
 
 icatchfires. 
 irws, adv., how ? 
 
 paSios, d, 01', easy, pdav., pacrros. 
 
 paStws, adv. of pdSios, easily. 
 
 ptiTTft) {pi(p-) , pt^a>, eppl'^a, ^pplcpa, fpplfi- 
 
 fiai^ €ppi<pdr)v and ippi<priv, throw, 
 hurl down. 
 pi^Tup, opos, 6, orator. 
 
 crarpaircCd, as, the office of satrap. 
 
 o-aTpdmis, ou, satrap, a governor of 
 a Persian province. 
 
 o-cavTov, i)s, reflex, pron., of your- 
 self your own. 
 
 ScvOtis, ou, 6, Seuthes, a king of 
 Thrace. 
 
 cqiiaCvo) (o'Tj/xai'-), <Ty]fiavS>, iarj/xrjva, 
 (rea-fj/xaafiai., icnjfidudriVy give a sign, 
 give the signal, signify, declare. 
 
 a-lyf\, Tjs, silence. 
 
 o-iTos, 6, grain, food. 
 
 (TKcirTcos, a, ou, verbal of aKetrToixai, 
 consider. 
 
 o-K^irTop,ai (o-K€7r-), aKe^ofiai, i(TK€- 
 yf/d/jL-nv, e<TK€ixiJ.ai, look around, 
 search, consider; for pres. o-zcoTreo 
 is used. 
 
 (rK€vo()>6pos, ov, baggage carrying; 
 
 01 <TK€vo(p6poi, porters; to. ckcvo- 
 
 (popa, the baggage train. 
 oTK-qvil], ijs, tent. 
 arKoiFio, only pres. and imperf., 
 
 icatch, learn, consider. 
 (ro4>6s, r?, 6u, wise. 
 SirdpTTi, -qs, Sparta. 
 (Tirda) (cTra-), -(Tirdaui, e<rira<ra, -ca"jraKa, 
 
 -iairaafiai, c(Tird<Tdr)v, draw. 
 (rir€v8(i) (o-7r€u5-), airevau), €0-irev<raf 
 
 hurry. 
 o-'irovS'^, rjs, libation; airovhai^ a 
 
 truce, alliance. 
 o-rdSiov, TO, pi. (TTo^ioi and o-rciSfa, 
 
 stadium, 6 ir\46pa. 
 <rTa0|i,6s, 0, stopping place, day^s 
 
 march, stage. 
 <rT€XX« ((TTeA-), o-reAo), ea-reiKa, 
 
 -iaraKKa, iffraXfxai, etrTctATji/, ar- 
 range, equip, dress. 
 cTTcvos, -h, 6v, narrow. a-TcvdiTepos or 
 
 ffTeuoTfpjs. 
 <rT€'<j>avos, 0, crown, chaplet. 
 o-Tpdrcvp-a, aros, r6, army, division. 
 
 0"TpaT€V« ((TTpOTeu-), (TTpaTeiKTCOy 
 
 iarpdrevaa, iarpdrevfiai, make an 
 
 expedition; mid., take the field, 
 
 march. 
 o-Tpanryos, 6, general: 
 <rrparid, as, army. 
 <rTpaTt«TT)s, ov, soldier, private. 
 (TTpaToircSov, t6, camp. Lat. castra. 
 <rv, aov, pers. pron., thou, you. 
 o-vy-KaXc'ti) (koAc-, kAc-), -Ka\&, avv- 
 
 cKdXcaa, -KCKXrfKa, -KCKhrj/xai, -iKX-fj- 
 
 6tju, call together. 
 (rvX-Xap.pdvci) (Aa)8-), -A^»|/o/xat, -4\a- 
 
 fiov, -€i\ri(pa, -eiXrififiai, -eA^^^Tji/, 
 
 seize, arrest. Lat. comprehendo. 
 
266 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 o-uX-Xc'-yo) (A67-), -A.e|&>, -eAe^a, -el- 
 Ao^a, -eikcy/xai and '\4\eynai., 
 
 -eKeyrjv, Collect, assemble. Lat. 
 
 colligo. 
 orv)i-Pov\€Vb> (iSouAeu-), -BovXeva-u., 
 
 etc., advise; mid., consult, w. 
 
 dat. 
 orvjifjiaxos, 6, aZZy. 
 <rvfJL-Tr€'(Ji'irft) (TreyUTr-), -Tre/ii/zw, (tw- 
 
 4ire(j.^a, -Tr€nofi(f)a, -Tr^Tre/j./j.ai, -eTre/u.- 
 
 (p0r}v, send with. 
 (rv|i-irop€VO)i,ai (Tropeu-), -Tropetxrofiat, 
 avv-eiropevd-qVj -ireirSpevfiai, march 
 
 with, accompany. 
 orvv, prep. w. dat., t/;iY/i, together 
 
 with. Lat. cum. 
 <rvv-€ifti (eV-) , he with, associate with. 
 <rvv-TC0T]ni (^e-), -G-})(T(t), -edrjKa and 
 
 -ederou, -TedrjKa, -Tedei/xai, -erfdrjv, 
 
 put together; mid., maA;e ag'ree- 
 wen^, contract. 
 
 SvpdKoo-ios, 6, a Syracusan. 
 
 (r(|>ev8ovda> (^rnpevdova.-^ , ea-peuSSvrfaa, 
 use the sling, sling. 
 
 (TXoXaios, a, ov, slow. 
 
 cr\o\i\, ri?, leisure; axoXri, slowly. 
 
 <r<atfa (trcoS-), aoixTta, eacocra, aeawKa, 
 (TecrWjuat and crecrcaafxai, ^crcodrjv, save, 
 rescue. 
 
 2a)KpdTTis, ovs, 6, Socrates, an Athe- 
 nian philosopher. 
 
 <rw(jta, arcs, t6, body. Lat. corpus. 
 
 <r«s, (Tci, aS>v, defective, safe and 
 sound, alive. 
 
 <r«Tifjp, Tjpos, 6, saviour. 
 
 (ra)Ti]pid, as, safety, welfare. Lat. 
 salus. 
 
 <r«<j)po(rvv'r], 77s, discretion, sound- 
 ness of mind. 
 
 TttXavTov, t6, talent, a weight and 
 
 sum of money, $1080.00. 
 Ta|£apxos, 6, commander of a rd^is, 
 
 taxiarch. 
 rd^is, Ta|€ws, rj, arrangement, line 
 
 of battle, corps; iv Ta|e<, in the 
 
 ranks. 
 TdxTft) (T07-), To^oj, 6Ta|a, Teraxa, 
 
 Terayfiai, iraxdw, arrange, draw 
 
 up, marshal. 
 Tttx^ws, adv. of Taxvs, quickly, dar- 
 
 Tov, ToixiiJ'Ta. 
 Tax.vs, 6ia, V, quick. OdrTuv, rdx^rTos. 
 T€, conj. enclitic, and. t4 . . . Kai, 
 
 both . . . and. 
 
 Ttivat (rer-), T€va>, eretva, reraKa, ri- 
 Tafj.ai, irddfiv, stretch. 
 
 Tcixos, T^ixovs, t6, wall,- fortifica- 
 tion. 
 
 Wrrapes, a, four. Lat. quatuor. 
 
 T-^pi^s, ovs, 6, Teres, a Thracian. 
 
 Ti9T)fjLi (0€-), di]<Tu, idriKa and fderop, 
 redfjKa, redei/JLui, ireOT^v, put, place ; 
 
 mid., arrange, deffdai to ottAo, 
 order arms, ground arms, or take 
 up a position. 
 
 TtOpavo-TTis, ov, Tithraustes, a Per- 
 sian. 
 
 Tifjidd) (ri/za-), TifjLrja-w, etc., honor. 
 
 Tip.^, ^s, honor. 
 
 tIs, t1, Tty(^s, indef. pron. enclitic, 
 any, some, a certain. 
 
 tLs, ri, tIvos, inter, pron., who f 
 which ? what 9 lohat kind of? ri, 
 ichy ? 
 
 Ti<r<ra<l>e'pv'r]s, ovs, 6, Tissaphernes, 
 a Persian satrap. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 267 
 
 TiTp«<rK<i) (rpo-)^ rpwaw, erpftjcro, re- 
 
 rpwjxai, irpcidrfv, wound. 
 Toivvv, adv. post-positive, therefore. 
 TOiovTOS, TOiavrr], toiovto or toiovtov, 
 
 such, of such a kind. 
 To^cvfAa, aros, r6, arroio. 
 TO^cvo) (To|et;-), To|ei;<r£u, etc, shoot 
 
 icith a how, shoot, hit. 
 To^onis, ov, bowman, archer. 
 t6t€, adv., then, at that time. 
 Tpair€$a, ijs, table. 
 Tpcis, rpia, three. Lat. tres. 
 Tpe'iro) (rpeiT-), rpeypw, ^rpeypa, r^rpocpa 
 
 and Terpacpa, t4t pa/ufxai, eTp^cpdrfP 
 
 and iTpa.Try)v, turn j els <pvy)]v rpl- 
 
 ireiu, rout. 
 Tp€(f>a) (rpe^-), Opexpu, ^dpeipa, rdrpocpa, 
 
 rddpafifiai, €dp4(pdr\u and irpd(pT]v, 
 
 nourish. 
 Tpe\« (rp^X'i 5p«y^")i Spafiovfiai, (8pa- 
 
 fxoy, -didpdfxriKa, -SeSpa/xrj/iot, ?*WM. 
 TpiaKovxa, indecl., thirty. 
 rpicrxtXioi, ai, a, three thousand. 
 rpiros, rj, ov, third. 
 rvy\av<a (tux-, "^^"X')^ rev^o/nai, irv- 
 
 Xoy, TeTvxnKa and Te'reuxa^ ^^V, 
 
 reach; happen, w. participle. 
 
 vScop, uSaros, t(J, water. 
 
 vtos, 0, sow. 
 
 v|x€is, plu. of <7i/, thou. 
 
 v-ir-d-yw (ay-), -a|w, -i77a7oi', -rjxai 
 
 -7}y/xai, -^x^Wi iea4 under, lead 
 
 slowly. 
 virip, prep. w. gen. and ace. : w. gen., 
 
 over, in behalf of; w. ace. , over. 
 vircpPoX-^, 7]s, crossing, pass. 
 
 vir^Koos, ov, obedient, subject to. 
 
 virqpeTeo) (uTrTjpere-), virrfpeTriaa), utttj- 
 
 piTTjaa, vnrjpeTTiKa, virr]p€Trjfiat., 
 
 serve, help. 
 •uir-i<rx.vcO(Jiai, VTro-(TxV(J'o/J.ai, vir-cax^' 
 
 ix7}v, vir-eaxvi^ah promise. 
 viro, prep. w. gen., dat., ace. : w. 
 
 gen., under, from, by (of agent) ; 
 
 w. dat., at the foot of; w. ace, 
 
 under, vf. verb of motion. 
 virotvYtov, TO, beast under the yoke, 
 
 beast of burden. Lat. iumentum. 
 tixo-jicvo) {jbLev-), -piivu), -efieiva, -fiefie- 
 
 vr}Ka, Stay behind, wait a little, 
 
 stop. 
 viroo-TpaTTi-Yos, 6, lieutenant general. 
 vcrT€pa£os, a, ov, later, following; 
 
 rrt uffTepaia, next day. 
 v<rT€pos, a, ov, latter, later, var^pov., 
 
 afterwards. 
 
 <)>aCv(i} (^av-), (pavw, ^(prjva^ -wecpayKa 
 and ir4cpr]va, itecpaaixai, i<p6.v6r]v and 
 ecjxlvrjv, show; pass., be shoicn, 
 appear, seem. <ppovpav (paiveiv, 
 to call out a levy. 
 
 <{>d\a-Y|, (pdAayyos, rj, line of battle. 
 
 (f>av€p6s, a, 6v, in plain sight, evident. 
 
 «l»apvdpatos, 6, Pharnabazus, satrap 
 of Phrygia. 
 
 <|>epci) {(pep-, ol-, 4v€K-, eVeyK-), otaw, 
 ¥iveyKa and ijveyKov, evqvoxo.-, evil-* 
 veyfxai, Tjvexdv^i bear, bring. 
 
 ^6vy(a ((pvy-), (pev^ofiai and (pev^ov- 
 fxai, ecpvyov, irecpevya, flee. 
 
 <)>T]fl( (^a-)i <pr](TW, ((prjaa. Say. 
 
 <{>9dvci) {(pda-), <pd-fi<rofiai, e<pdrjv and 
 
268 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 icpBaaa, get before^ anticipate^ 
 
 used w. participle. 
 4>i,({Xt], 17 s, c\ip. 
 
 <}>iXe'(o {(pi\e-), (piX-f^a-w, etc., love. 
 4>iXos, >7, ov, friendly ; subst., friend. 
 <})\€\}/, (pKe^os, 71, vein. 
 <j>oP€p6s, a, (^j/, fearful, formidable. 
 <f)oPea) ((po0e-),<i>o&r]a(o, etc., frighten ; 
 
 pass., 6e frightened, fear. 
 ^oPos, o, /ear. 
 (t>P'fjv, (ppevSs, f}, mind. 
 <j>v'Yas, ctSos, (5, exi7e. 
 ^vyr\, rjs, flight. 
 (t>vXa|, oKos, 6, guard. 
 c|>v\aTTa> (^vAoK-), <{)v\d^(o, €<f>6\a^a, 
 
 -irecpvXaxa, iretpvAaynai, icpvXdx^V^i 
 
 keep watch; mid., be on one's 
 
 guard against. 
 «i>vcris, ^vaecos, 17, nature. 
 
 XaXcir6s, ^, (^i^, feare?, severe. 
 
 XapCcis, i€(T<ra, lev, pleasing. 
 
 Xapis, iTos, 7], favor, thanks; x^ptv 
 exfiv, to be grateful; airo-di56vai, 
 to return a favor. 
 
 X6ip, x^'P<^5? ^1 hand. Lat. manus. 
 
 X€ipi(ro({>os, b, Chirisophus, a Spar- 
 tan. 
 
 Xiwv, 6pos, Tj, snow. Lat. nix. 
 
 Xpoojiai (xpa-)? XPVf^ofxai, ixpv(rdij.r}v, 
 Kcxp'ni^o-h ^XP^^^''^^-) ^^^5 employ; 
 w. dat. 
 
 XP^» XP^x^^h -^XPVf^^i it is necessary, 
 one ought. 
 
 Xpfii^a, aTos, t6, thing (used) ; plu., 
 possessions, goods, money. 
 
 Xpo'vos, 0, time. 
 
 Xpvo-avTds, ov, Chrysantas, a Per- 
 sian noble. 
 
 Xpv<r€os, d, ov, contr. to xp^^'^^^i 
 xpva-rj, xp^o-ovp, golden, gold. 
 
 X^pa, ay, place, land, country. 
 
 XwpCov, t6, spot, place. 
 
 a 
 
 «, exclamation 0, but commonly 
 
 not translated ; regularly used w. 
 
 voc. in Greek. 
 coSe, adv. of oSe, thus, as follows. 
 wv^Ofiai ((wve-), uvnaofiai, iiourj/jLaij 
 
 iavftOrfv, 2d aor. iirpidixTiv, buy. 
 wpd, as, season, right time. 
 «s, rel. adv., as, as if, frequently 
 
 used w. par tic. ; w. superl., as 
 
 . . . as possible. 
 «s, conj., as, when, since, that. 
 wrn, conj., so that. 
 <a^iKi<a, uxpeK-fiffw, etc., help, aid; 
 
 pass., derive profit. 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY 
 
 Able, iKav6s ; be able, Sfupufiai. 
 
 ably, LKavCss. 
 
 about, afKpi, ire pi. 
 
 above, ivw ; inrep. 
 
 accompany, ovfi-iropfvofiai. 
 
 accomplisli, Sia-irpdrrofiai. 
 
 according to, Kara. 
 
 accordingly, ovp. 
 
 account of (on), 5ia. 
 
 admiration (worthy of), Qavna<rT6s. 
 
 advance, iropevo/jLai. 
 
 afraid (be), 5e5oi/ca, <po0ovfiai. 
 
 after, /jLerd ; conj., iird. 
 
 against, eVt, TrpSs ; against one's 
 
 will, aKCtiV. 
 Agesilaus, 'AyrjaiKaos. 
 agreement (make an), avv-Tide/xai. 
 aid, u(pe\e(a. 
 alive, C'i''' ; be alive, Co«- 
 
 all, iras. 
 
 allow, idu). 
 
 ally, (Tvfifiaxos. 
 
 alone, /j.6vos. 
 
 always, act. 
 
 am, clfii. 
 
 and, Kai, T€. * 
 
 animal, dr^piov. 
 
 announce, dir-a77cAA,». 
 
 answer, airo-Kpivoixai. 
 
 anything, w. neg., ouSeV, /iriSev, 
 
 appear, (paivo/xai. 
 
 appoint, KaO-'KTTrjfii. 
 
 arms, oirka. 
 
 army, aTpdrevfia, arparid. 
 
 arrive, d<p-iKv4ofiai (at) ets. 
 
 Artaxerxes, 'ApTa|e/>|r;s. 
 
 as, U3S ; as ... as possible, us or on 
 
 w. superl. ; as many as, o<roi. 
 ask, ipurmw. 
 
 assemble, ddpoi^u, ddpoi^ofiai. 
 assured (be), o?So. 
 at daybreak, ajua rp ij/i4p<f. 
 at once, cvdvs, 
 at present, vvu, 
 at that time, r6Te. 
 at the foot of, vvS. 
 attack, im-TiQefiai. 
 
 baggage, aKcvoipSpa. 
 
 barbarian, 0dpBapos ; — force, t6 fiap- 
 
 ^apinS 
 base, alaxp^s, KaK6s. 
 battle, ixdxV' 
 be, ilfxi ; w. adv., €;^« 
 
 be able, diva/xai. 
 be assured, oISo. 
 
270 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 be victorious, viKaw. 
 
 beast, dr\piov. 
 
 beautiful, Ka\6s. 
 
 because, otl ; — of, epcKa. 
 
 become, ylyvofMai. 
 
 before, irporepos ; adv. irpSadep, irpo- 
 
 repov . . . wpiv. 
 begin, &pxo. 
 bereft, epr}/j,os. 
 beside, irapd. 
 besiege, iroXiopKco). 
 best, &pi<TTos ; adv. &piara ; seem 
 
 best, ^oKel. 
 betray, irpo-bihoopn. 
 bid, K^Kevw. 
 bird, vpvis. 
 birth, yeuos. 
 bitter, x^^^ctc^s. 
 black, /ueAas. 
 boat, TrAoIoy. 
 body, (Tufxa. 
 bowman, To^Srrfs. 
 brave, ayaOos; bravest, Hpiffros. 
 break, Auw. 
 breast, fiacrrSs. 
 bridge, y4<pvpa. 
 bring, o.y(a. 
 brother, a5i\<p6s. 
 bury, KaT-opvTTO). 
 but, dA.Ao, 5e. 
 
 buy, uueo/uLaii 2d aor. etrpidfiriv. 
 by, /coxa ; napd ; of agent, virS ; by 
 
 the shortest road, ttjv raxio-rrju 
 
 6S6v. 
 
 call, Ka\4a>. 
 camp, a-TparSvfSov. 
 camp fires, irvpd. 
 
 can, Si)i/a/j.ai. 
 
 canal, 8iwpv^. 
 
 captured (be), aAi<TKo/xai. 
 
 care (take), iirL-ixeAo/xai. 
 
 carry, a7a). 
 
 catch, XauBdvco. 
 
 cavalry, linreTs. 
 
 cease, iravo/xai. 
 
 chief (village-), Kwfx.dpxn^' 
 
 child, iraibiov, irais. 
 
 choose, alpeofjLai. 
 
 citizen, ttoaIttjs. 
 
 city, TToAiy. 
 
 Clearchus, K\4apxos. 
 
 clever, deiu6s. 
 
 collect, adpoi^u, avX-Xiyu). 
 
 come, 7^wft>, a^-iKviofiai ; — upon, 
 
 iiri-Tvyxdvw, 
 command, be in command of, apxu. 
 commander, &px(ov, 7)yep.(av. 
 compel, avayKa^ca. 
 confidence in, put, iricrTevu). 
 conquer, vlKaw. 
 
 consider, o-zcoTrew; (think), vojxl^a). 
 country, x^P^^- 
 court (at), eVl rais 66pais. 
 cowardly, KaK6s. 
 cross, 5ia-Paiva. 
 crown, arecpavos. 
 cubit, irrjx^s. 
 
 cup, (pLtxKT]. 
 
 custom, vSfxos. 
 
 cut to pieces, k aTo-K(i7rTw. 
 
 Cyrus, Kvpos. 
 
 danger (incur), Kivbiivivu. 
 daric, 5dpeiK6s. 
 day, Ti/xepd. 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCAB ULAB Y 
 
 271 
 
 daybreak, at, afia tt) rijxipt^. 
 
 defeat, viKata. 
 
 defend, aixvvu). 
 
 delay, fxevo). 
 
 deliberate, 0ov\€vofxat- 
 
 desert, a^-Zo-Tajitett.. ^ 
 
 deserts, Sikij. 
 
 desire, fiovKofiaii ideKu, iiri'dOfiew. 
 
 destroy, \vw. 
 
 die, avo-Qv^aKw. 
 
 difficulty, irpay/xa. 
 
 direct, iceAevcc. 
 
 discouraged, SlSv/jlos ; be discour- 
 aged, adv/x^w. 
 
 dishonor, aTifidCu. 
 
 division, rd^is. 
 
 do, TToteoj, vpaTTco ; — harm, kukSv 
 or KaKws TroUw ; — wrong, abiKiu. 
 
 dreadful, ^oB€p6s. 
 
 drive away, air-i\aiv<ja. 
 
 each, %Ka(TTos. 
 
 ear, oZs. 
 
 easily, pc^Uoas. 
 
 educate, vaiZeioi. 
 
 eight, oKT(t). 
 
 enemy, iroXefxios, ix^p^s. 
 
 escape, avo-<p evyco ; — by stealth, 
 
 airo-Si^pdcTKci}, 
 Euphrates, Eixppdrrfs. 
 ever, Trore. 
 
 every, iras ; n. pi., everything, 
 evident, drjXos., <pav(p6s. 
 evil, KaK6s ; as noun, KaKbv. 
 except, ioLv (el) n-fj. 
 exile, 1/705. 
 expedition (make an), (rrpar^voixai. 
 
 P 
 
 faithful, 7rt(rT(^s. 
 
 father, irar-fip. 
 
 favor, x"/"^' 
 
 fear, <p6&os; be afraid, ^o&4ofiai, 
 
 dcdoiKa. 
 fellow, dvdpwiros ', — soldiers, dvbpesr 
 
 (TTpariuTai. 
 field (take the), ffTparevofxai. 
 fiiteen, vevreKaiSfKa. 
 fight, ndxofiat, TToAe/xeft). 
 fill, hold, ex&J. 
 find, evpi<TK(a ; — OUt, TvyOdvofiat, 
 
 fiavddvu. 
 fine, KaK6s. 
 fire, TTVp. 
 
 first, irpcoTos ', be first, <p6dv<a. 
 fitting (be), xpi^- 
 five, irei/re. 
 flee, (pevyu. 
 flourishing, eu5a£/i«i/. 
 follow, eiTOfxai. 
 food, o-Tros. 
 
 foot, at the foot of, inS. 
 for, conj., 7a/); — the sake of, 
 
 eVe/fo ; — what reason, 5to ri ; 
 former, TrpSrepos. 
 fortification, TeTxos. 
 free, free from, set free, \v<a. 
 friend, friendly, (pi\os. 
 friend (guest-), ^evos. 
 frighten, <po04w; — out of one's 
 
 wits, eK-TrA.TjTTcw. 
 from, an6 (away from), i^ (out of), 
 
 irapd (from beside), 
 from there, ipTeOdev. 
 front of (in), Trp6. 
 furnish, irap-e'xw. 
 
272 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 G 
 
 games, d7ciSv. 
 
 general, (rrpaTT^ySs. 
 
 get across, 5ia-fiaipu. 
 
 get under arms, to ottAo TiBefiai. 
 
 gift, bwpov. ^ 
 
 give, SiSw/ii ; — a signal, (r-qfialva) ; 
 
 — up, irapa-^idco/ii. 
 gladly, r]8eu)S. 
 
 go, el/ij, epxofJ-ai ; — back, ^.TT-eini ', 
 
 — on, TTopevofxat ; — over (to), 
 a(p-laTa/xai ; — to, irpoa-epxofiai. 
 
 god, 0€6s. 
 
 goddess, ded. 
 
 golden, xp^<^ovs. 
 
 good, aya96s. 
 
 grain, (t7tos. 
 
 great, fieyas ; of great value, ttoA- 
 
 kov 6.^10$. 
 Greek, "EWriv ; adj., 'E\\rjpiK6s. 
 ground arms, ride/jLai to. ottAo. 
 guard, (f)ij\a^; be on one's guard, 
 
 cpvAaTTOfiai. 
 guest-friend, ^evos. 
 guide, Tjyefiwy. 
 
 halt, XffrrifjLi, Xarafiai. 
 
 hand, x^'P* 
 
 happen, Tvyx°-vfi»' 
 
 harbor, Xifx-i]v. 
 
 hard to pass, Sv<rir6pfxrros. 
 
 harm (do), kukSv or kukcos troUw. 
 
 have, ix^' 
 
 hear, aKovw. 
 
 heed, aKovw. 
 
 help, w<p€\ew. 
 
 herald, Kijpv^. 
 
 here, aifrov ; from here, 4vTev0ev. 
 
 hill, \6(pos. 
 
 hinder, kuKvo}, 
 
 his, avTov, eavToiif but more often 
 
 merely the article. 
 hold, ex« ; hold, think, vofiiCw. 
 home (ward), oUade. 
 honor, rlfxaui, 
 hope, ihiris. 
 hoplite, oTTAtTTjs. 
 horse, Xinros. 
 host, aTpdrcv/na. 
 hostile, TroKe/xiKOS. 
 
 however, fx^vroi. 
 hunger, Klp.65. 
 hunt, drjpevd). 
 
 I, eyco. 
 
 if, el, idv. 
 
 immediately, evdvs, 
 
 in, iv ; — front of, '7rp6 ; — place 
 
 of, upri ; — the power of, eVt. 
 incur danger, KivSOvevu. 
 inhabitants, o'lKovvres, 4v-oikovvt€s. 
 instead of, avrL 
 interpreter, ep/xTjpevs. 
 into, ets. 
 
 J 
 
 just, diKaios. 
 justly, SiKaiws. 
 
 keep, exw. 
 
 kill, aTTO-KTeiVftj, KaTa-KSirrw. 
 
 king, fiaaiXevs ; be king, &a(T(,\ev(t. 
 
 knee, 7^1/0. 
 
 know, oTSa, itritTTafiai. 
 
ENGLISH-GEEEE VOCABULARY 
 
 273 
 
 lack, airopid. 
 
 large, fxdyas. 
 
 lead, Syco, riycofxai. 
 
 leader, -rjyefiwv, &px(»v. 
 
 leave, \eiirw ; — behind, /cara-AetTra;. 
 
 left, apiarepSs, evwuvixos. 
 
 lest, /U7J. 
 
 let, idea ; — go, trj/ij. 
 
 light-armed soldier, yvfiv^s. 
 
 like, ojxoios. 
 
 line, (pdhay^f rd^is. 
 
 listen to, aKovco. 
 
 long as (so), ews. 
 
 longer (no), omeri. 
 
 M 
 
 make, Troteo ; — an agreement, aw- 
 ride/xai ; — an expedition, arpa- 
 revofiai ; — knowi^, airo-^aivu ; — 
 war, TToAe/tew. 
 
 man, auOpwiros (Lat, homo), avfip 
 (Lat. fir). 
 
 manifest, S^os, pavepSs. 
 
 many, -n-oWoi ; as many as, ^troj. 
 
 march, ^l-eAauro?, iropeuo^at ; — up, 
 
 market-place, ayopd. 
 
 marshal, raTTca. 
 
 Medes, Mrj^oi. 
 
 Menon, Mevwv. 
 
 mercenaries, ^eVat. 
 
 messenger, dyyeXos. 
 
 middle (of), midst, fxecros ; as noun, 
 
 Miletus, MfXTjTos. 
 mind, vovs. 
 
 FIRST GR. BK. 18 
 
 money, apyvpiov, xpVH-^t^' 
 
 more, irAiicav. 
 
 morning, ews. 
 
 most, ir\€7aTos ; adv., fidKiara, TrAeT- 
 
 ara. 
 mountain, upos. 
 much, iro\v5 ; adv., iroXv. 
 must, 5u ; often expressed by the 
 
 verbal. 
 muster, aOpoi^a^ adpol^ofiau 
 
 N 
 name, ovofia. 
 nature, <(>v(ns. 
 near, iyyvs. 
 
 necessary (it is), 5e7, avdyKt\ iffri. 
 next, ixxT^poLos. 
 
 no, ovSels, fiTjdeis ', — longer, ovk4ti. 
 not, ov, fXT] ; interrog. ovkovv. 
 nothing, ovScv, firiScv. 
 now, vvv. 
 
 O, oh, &. 
 
 O that 1 (We, (I ydp. 
 
 oath, opKos ; take oath, 6fivvixi, 
 
 obey, ireido/xai. 
 occupy, Kara-^-afifidfO). 
 often, TToWdKis. 
 old man, yipwv. 
 
 on, ^TTJ, eV ; — account of, 5id ; — 
 the run, 5/3<J/*y; — our side, <rvv 
 
 7}fUV. 
 
 one, eh. 
 
 once (at), evdis. 
 only, ix6vos. 
 opinion, yvdfJirj, 
 or, ij. 
 orator, p-f}Twp. 
 
274 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 order, fccAeifw. 
 
 other, &K\os. 
 
 ought, xp-h- 
 
 our, v/iieTepos, but often merely the 
 
 article ; — selves, rjfxels. 
 out of, i^. 
 
 over (go), acp-iffTafxat. 
 own (his), eavTov. 
 
 ox, 0OV5. 
 
 pack animal, viroC^yiop. 
 
 Paphlagonian, UacpXaydtv. 
 
 parasang, irapaadyyrfs. 
 
 pass (hard to), dvairSpfuros. 
 
 pay, fii.(Td6s. 
 
 peltast, TreATaCT^s. 
 
 peril (be in), Kivbiivivw. 
 
 permit, idw. 
 
 Persian, u4p(n\s. 
 
 persuade, irfldoD. 
 
 place, xajpiov ; in place of, auri ; 
 
 take one's place, KaO-iarafiai. 
 plain, irediov. 
 plan, ^ovXcioa. 
 pleasant, pleasing, xap»€ts. 
 pleased (be), '-n^opiai. 
 pledges, TO. iriard. 
 plot against, i-jri-fiovKfio). 
 plunder, apirdCo). 
 possession, Kx^/to. 
 possible, buvaTos ; it is possible," €|- 
 
 eo-Ti, ^(TTi ; as ... as possible, ws 
 
 or oTi w. superl. 
 power of (in the), M w. dat. 
 praise, iir-aiveu. 
 pray, evxofiai. 
 present, irap-dou ; ■ be present, wdp- 
 
 etfit, irapa-yiyvofia.i. 
 
 proceed, iropevofiai. 
 
 promise, vn-nrxv^ofxai. 
 
 province, apx-h' 
 
 provisions, to. eTrtr^Seta. 
 
 pursue, Siuj/co). 
 
 put, Tidiiixi; — confidence in, tti- 
 
 arevw. 
 
 Q 
 
 quick, raxvs. 
 
 quickly, rax^os ; as ... as possible, 
 ws TdxKTTa. 
 
 R 
 
 rank, rd^is. 
 ransom, Xvofiai. 
 rather, fxaAXov, 1^8iop. 
 reach, a(p- iKveofiat (ety). 
 reason (for this), tovtov evcKa, Sick 
 ravra ; for what — , St^ ri ', 
 
 receive, Xaix^dvw- 
 
 remain, ii^vw. 
 
 report, air-ayyeWa. 
 
 rest, Ti9r]iJ.i ; — of (the), 6 &\Xos. 
 
 retreat, (pevyco. 
 
 return, iir-eifii, t^kod ; — a favor, xd- 
 
 piv airo-diSci>iJ.i. 
 review, eleratrts. 
 revolt, a<p-iaTafxai, 
 right, 56|t<^s. 
 river, norafiSs. 
 road, 6865. 
 
 rob, Si-apird^tt)f acp-aipfofiai. 
 rule, &PX0O- 
 ruler, &pxoop. 
 run, dpdfjLos. 
 rush, l€ij,ai. 
 
 sacrifice, Ovu). 
 safe, a<T<pa\'fis. 
 
 S 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY 
 
 275 
 
 safely, afxtpaXoos. 
 sail, irXew. 
 
 sake of (for the), evcKu. 
 
 same, avros, w. article. 
 
 satrap, a-arpdirris. 
 
 save, adj^o). 
 
 say, Ae7a>, ^rjju(, iJtrov (said). 
 
 sea, 6d\aTTa. 
 
 second, Sevrepos. 
 
 see, opdu. 
 
 seem, SoKew, (palvofiai ; — best, Bokc?. 
 
 seize, Kara-Kafiddva). 
 
 self-restraint, (Tuxppoavpt). 
 
 send, Tre/xTTCo, trifii ; — back, avo-irefi- 
 vw; — for, ficTa-trifiirofiai ; — for- 
 ward, Trpo-Trefiiro). 
 
 separate, hi-iarr^fju. 
 
 serve, vnr)p€Tea). 
 
 set, IcTT-nfii ; — out, Spfidofiai. 
 
 seven, errrd. 
 
 shield, offnis. 
 
 ship, vavs. 
 
 shoot (with a bow), ro^fiw. 
 
 short, iJ.lKp6s ; by the shortest road, 
 Tr]u TaxicTTfju oSou. 
 
 show, SeiKvvfii, <paivw. 
 
 signal (give a), a-niJ-alvw. 
 
 silver, apyvpovs. 
 
 slave, Sov\os» 
 
 slowly, (txoAtj. 
 
 small, ixiKp6s. 
 
 so, ovv (post-positive), oStcbs; — as, 
 o5<7T6 ; — long as, Uus. 
 
 Socrates, "SwKpdTrjs. 
 
 soldier, (TTpaTid)T-qs. 
 
 some, some one, rh. 
 
 soon as possible (as), ws rdxurra. 
 
 speak, \eyca ; — the truth, aK-qdeiu. 
 
 spear, Upv, 
 
 spot, xwptoi'. 
 stage, aradixQS. 
 stand, "(rTa/xai. 
 stay, fxepco. f 
 
 steal, /cAeTTTOJ, apird^Wo 
 stir up, av-i(rTr)fii. 
 stone, \ldos. 
 stop, TTOuw, Travo/xai. 
 stream, iroTaiJ.6s. 
 strife, €pi.s. 
 strike, iraio). 
 such, ToiovTos. 
 suffer, 7ra<rx«' 
 summon, jxeTa-ir4fnrofxai. 
 surpass, trepi-yiyvofiai. 
 surround, vepi-fx^^- 
 
 take, \afi0dva>; — care, ivi-fieXofiai. ; 
 — oath, u/j.t/v/j.1 ; — one's place, 
 Kad-lcTafiaL ', — the field, crrpaTeva. 
 
 talk, \6yos. 
 
 targeteer, TreArao-T^s. 
 
 taxiarch, ra^iapxos. 
 
 teach, diddiTKu. 
 
 teacher, StSacr/coAos. 
 
 tell, Aeytw. 
 
 ten, Sewa. 
 
 tent, aKT}VT]. 
 
 terrible, <f>o0ep6s. 
 
 than, ij. 
 
 that, 4k€7vos ; those who, ot, w. par- 
 tic. ; conj., oDSi 'iva, 8itws. 
 
 the, d, 7], r6. 
 
 Theban, ©rjjSatos. 
 
 their (own), kavrSiv. 
 
 then, TOT€, iireiTa ; oZv. 
 
 there, e/cej, evravQa; from — , ^vr^vdev. 
 
276 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 thereupon, ivravda. 
 
 thing, TrpayfjLa. 
 
 think, otofxai, vofiiCo}. 
 
 thirty-five, TreVre Kal TpiaKovra. 
 
 this, ouTOSf oSe. 
 
 Thracian, 0pa|. 
 
 three, rpels ; — thousand, rpiay^kioi. 
 
 through, Sia. 
 
 throw, )8aAAco, l-qfii. 
 
 thus, ovTftJS,' a?5e. 
 
 time, xp^^os^ &pd ; at that time, T6Te. 
 
 to, 6ts, eVi, TTopct, Trpos. 
 
 training, iraideld. 
 
 troops, fTTpaTiaiTai ; (light armed) 
 
 truce, (TTTOj'Sat. 
 
 true, aAr]9r}S. 
 
 trust, TTio-Tewctf. 
 
 truth (speak the), oArjffetJco. 
 
 try, Tceipdofxai. 
 
 twenty, eXKoai. 
 
 two, 5uo. 
 
 U 
 
 under arms (get), to otrXa rtdefiai. 
 understand (how), eTTiVr a/tot. 
 unless, et (ea;/) firj. 
 until, ewy, TTDij/. 
 
 V 
 
 valuable, of value, &^ios. 
 victorious (be), vlKau. 
 victory, v^ktj. 
 village, KWfjL-n. 
 village chief, Kwixdpxris. 
 violently, laxvpois. 
 
 W 
 
 wagon, afia^a. 
 
 wait, fievu). 
 
 wall, T€7xos. 
 
 war, irSAcfios ; make war on, TroAejuew. 
 
 was, ^u. 
 
 water, vSup. 
 
 we, rinels. 
 
 well, /caAws, e5. 
 
 what? Ti; 
 
 when, fTret, ineiS'fi, ore, 
 
 whenever, ure (Jirav). 
 
 where, ottou. 
 
 wherever, ottov (&v}. 
 
 whether, el, e^re. 
 
 which, OS, ^, 0. 
 
 why ? Tt ; 5ta tI ; 
 
 wicked, naKos. 
 
 wild, 6.ypios ; — animal, d-npiov. 
 
 will (against one's), aKuv. 
 
 willing (be), iO^Ku), )8ouAo/*oi. 
 
 willingly, eKdv. 
 
 wing, Kfpas. 
 
 wise, ao(p6s. 
 
 wish, e'^eAw, &ov\ofxai. 
 
 with, avp ; often €x<av. 
 
 withdraw, dva-xop^o- 
 
 without, 6.viv. 
 
 wonder, wonder at, davfxd^a). 
 
 word, \6yos. 
 
 worthy, &^ios ; — of admiration, 
 
 davfiaa-Tos. 
 write, ypdcpb). 
 wrong, do wrong, adiKcu. 
 
 X 
 
 Xenophon, s,€vo<f>wv. 
 Xerxes, aep^-qs. 
 
 Y 
 young man, vedvids. 
 
 Z 
 
 zealous, irp6dvnos. 
 zealously, Trpoddfiws. 
 Zeus, Ziis. 
 
GRAMMATICAL INDEX 
 
 A declension of nouns, feminine, 
 12, masculine, 14. 
 
 ability, adjectives expressing, 132. 
 
 absolute, accusative, 155 ; genitive, 
 81. 
 
 accent, 4 ; place of accent, 5 ; reces- 
 sive, 5, 6 ; summary of accents, 
 5 ; accent of gen. and dat. of oxy- 
 tones, 11, 12 ; monosyllables of the 
 consonant declension, 31 ; parti- 
 ciples, 80 ; contracted words, 84 ; 
 second aorists, 57 ; compound 
 verbs, 128, n. ; rii and rh, 122. 
 
 accusative of extent, 15 ; specifica- 
 tion, 23 ; two accusatives, 74 ; 
 accusative absolute, 155 ; of inner 
 object, 159, n. 
 
 action, formation of nouns express- 
 ing, 130. 
 
 adjectives, agreement, 11; in os^ 
 7? (d), oy, 12, 13, 190 ; OS, 01/, 32, n. ; 
 consonant declension, 47, 190 ; 
 consonant and A declensions, 60, 
 191-2; irregular, 61, 192; con- 
 tracted, 88, 192-3 ; verbals, 143 ; 
 comparison, 63 ; formation, 132. 
 
 adverbs, 67. 
 
 agent, 28 ; formation of nouns ex- 
 pressing agent, 130. 
 
 alphabet, 1. 
 
 aorist, 7; stem, 22; second aorist, 
 
 56. 
 apodosis, 37. 
 appendix, 183. 
 article, 11, 197 ; w. poss. pronouns, 
 
 135, n. ; w. proper names, 15, n. 
 attributive position, 15, n. 
 augment, 8 ; in compound verbs, 25. 
 
 belonging to, adjectives expressing, 
 
 132. 
 breathings, 3 ; place of, 4. 
 
 case, 9 ; endings of consonant de- 
 clension, 30, 
 
 circumstantial participle, 81. 
 
 classification of mutes, 3. 
 
 cognates, 3. 
 
 commands and prohibitions, 70. 
 
 comparatives without ^, 65. 
 
 comparison, of adjectives, 63 ; irreg- 
 ular, 64 ; of adverbs, 67, 68. 
 
 comparison implied, 65. 
 
 compound verbs w. dat., 69. 
 
 conditions, particular, 37 ; vivid 
 future, 41 ; vague, 45 ; contrary 
 to fact, 57; general, 116; review, 
 126. 
 
 277 
 
278 
 
 THE FIBST GREEK BOOK 
 
 conjugation, 200-226. 
 
 consonants, 3 ; consonant declen- 
 sion, 186-188 ; palatal and labial 
 stems, 30, lingual stems, 34, liquid 
 and syncopated stems, 47, stems 
 in s, 50, in i, u, eu, 73, digarama 
 nouns, 91 ; review and rules for 
 gender, 110. 
 
 contract nouns and adjectives, 88 ; 
 contract verbs in ow, 101, 211, in 
 ecc, 84, 209, in 6a}, 213. 
 
 contraction, 84, 88, 101; accent of 
 contracted words, 84. 
 
 coordinate mutes, 3. 
 
 coronis, 69, n. 
 
 crasis, 69, n. 
 
 dative of agent, 28 ; cause, manner, 
 means or instrument, 92 ; degree 
 of difference, 92 ; resemblance, 
 68 ; time, 89 ; with adjectives 
 and adverbs, 62 ; with compound 
 verbs, 69. 
 
 declension, 9, 184-200. 
 
 demonstrative pronouns, 199. 
 
 denominatives, 130 ; denominative 
 nouns, 131, verbs, 132. 
 
 deponent verbs, 56, 108. 
 
 dialogues : Qufias koI 5 MadrjT-fis, 16 ; 
 Avo IToiSia, 26 ; rwij Koi X7)v 
 (Aesop), 33 ; Mepiinros koI 'Epfiijs 
 (Lucian) , 39 ; Uepl rov Mevoovos, 
 49 ; Tepcav Kal ^u>KpdTT)s (Aristoph- 
 anes), 52 ; Work and Play, 72 ; 
 The Two Cyruses, 111. 
 
 digamma nouns of the consonant 
 declension, 91. 
 
 diminutives, 131. 
 
 diphthongs, 2. 
 
 division of syllables, 4. 
 double consonants, 3. 
 double negatives, 162. 
 
 enclitics, 16 ; accent, 17. 
 entreaties and exhortations, 41, 71. 
 euphony, rules for, 183. 
 extent of time or space, 15. 
 
 fables (Aesop) : "Ittttos KaVOvos, 23 ; 
 ''Avdpwiros Kal Afcov ^vvodevovreSf 
 59 ; ripwv Kai ©dvaros, 125. 
 
 fearing, construction after verbs of, 
 54. 
 
 final clauses, 45. 
 
 fitness, adjectives expressing, 132. 
 
 formation of words, 129 ; primitive 
 nouns, 130 ; denominative nouns, 
 .131 ; adjectives, 132 ; denomina- 
 tive verbs, 132 ; inseparable pre- 
 fixes, 133 ; prepositions in com- 
 position, 133. 
 
 future conditions : vivid, 41, vague, 
 45. 
 
 future stem, 21 ; in liquid verbs, 
 113. 
 
 future perfect middle and passive 
 stem, 27. 
 
 gender, 9 ; of O declension, 10 ; 
 A declension, 12 ; consonant de- 
 clension, 110, 
 
 general suppositions, 116. 
 
 genitive of agent, 28; comparison 
 and implied comparison, 65 ; ful- 
 ness and want, 127, n. ; measure 
 and material, 32 ; subjective and 
 objective, 32 ; separation, 35 ; 
 time, 89 ; with verbs, 51 ; genitive 
 absolute, 81. 
 
GRAMMATICAL INDEX 
 
 279 
 
 historical present, 65, n. 
 
 imperative, 70 ; ladks first person, 8; 
 personal endings, 70. 
 
 imperfect stem, 21. 
 
 indefinite pronoun tJs, 122, 199 ; in- 
 def. relative, Ha-ns, 122, 200. 
 
 indirect discourse, 95 (model simple 
 sentences, 96, complex, 98) ; par- 
 ticipial, 159. 
 
 indirect questions, 123. 
 
 infinitive, 76 ; with the article, 77, 
 78 ; in indirect discourse, 95. 
 
 inseparable prefixes, 133. 
 
 instrumental dative, 92. 
 
 intensive pronoun, 85, 197. 
 
 interrogative ris, 122, 199. 
 
 iota subscript, 2. 
 
 irregular adjectives, 61, 192; nouns, 
 119 ; MI verbs : e<>i', 222, dfii, 223, 
 tr]fj.i, 224, oUa, 226, <p-nfjLi, 226. 
 
 labials, 3 ; labial stems of the con- 
 sonant declension, 30. 
 
 lingual stems, 34. 
 
 liquids, 3 ; liquid stems of the con- 
 sonant declension, 47. 
 
 liquid verbs, 113. 
 
 manner, means, etc., 92. 
 measure and material, 32. 
 middle voice, 7, 24. 
 mood, 7. 
 mutes, 3. 
 
 negatives in conditions, 37 ; exhor- 
 tations, 41 ; final clauses, 45 ; ob- 
 ject clauses, 54 ; w. the infinitive, 
 127, n, ; double negatives, 162. 
 
 neuter plural subject, 18, n. 
 
 nouns, 9 ; O declension, 10, 184 ; 
 A declension, feminine, 12, 185 ; 
 masculine, 14, 185 ; consonant 
 declension, see consonants ; con- 
 tracted, 88, 189; irregular, 119; 
 formation : primitives, 130, de- 
 nominatives, 131. 
 
 number : nouns, 9 ; verbs, 7. 
 
 numerals, table of, 196. 
 
 O declension of nouns, 10. 
 
 object clauses, 54, 
 
 objective genitive, 32. 
 
 optative active, 44; middle and pas- 
 sive, 53 ; in vague future condi- 
 tions, 45 ; final clauses, 45 ; w. 
 verbs of fearing, 54 ; potential, 102. 
 
 orders of mutes, 3. 
 
 oxytones, 5. 
 
 palatals, 3 ; palatal stems, 30. 
 
 participles, 80 ; declension : n verbs, 
 194; MI verbs, 195; accent, 80; 
 circumstantial, 81 ; in indirect dis- 
 course, 159. 
 
 particular suppositions, 37, 38. 
 
 passive voice, 24; second passive 
 system, 115, 207. 
 
 perfect and pluperfect active stem, 
 22 ; second perfect and pluper- 
 fect, 22; middle and passive, 
 27, 208. 
 
 person, 8. 
 
 person concerned, nouns expressing, 
 131. 
 
 personal endings : indicative, sub- 
 junctive, and optative, 24 ; imper- 
 ative, 70; infinitive, 76. 
 
280 
 
 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
 
 personal pronouns, 197 ; review, 143; 
 position, 146, n. 
 
 potential optative, 102. 
 
 prefixes, inseparable, 133. 
 
 prepositions in composition, 133. 
 
 present stem, 21 ; historical present, 
 65. 
 
 primitives, 130; nouns, 130. 
 
 privative, a, 133. 
 
 proclitics, 16, 18. 
 
 pronouns, personal and intensive, 
 197 ; reflexive, 198 ; reciprocal, 
 198 ; demonstrative, 199 ; inter- 
 rogative and indefinite, 122, 199; 
 relative, 122, 200 ; position of pos- 
 sessive and reflexive, 146, n. 
 
 pronunciation of vowels, 2 ; conso- 
 nants, 3. 
 
 protasis, 37. 
 
 punctuation, 6. 
 
 quality, nouns expressing, 131. 
 quantity of syllables, 4. 
 questions, 122, 123. 
 
 reading exercises : Menon's Speech 
 to his Men (Anabasis), 43 ; How a 
 Woman became Satrap (Hellen- 
 ica), 87; From Hecuba's Speech 
 to her Maidens (Euripides), 93 ; 
 Uepl Tov 2rj«ou (Lysias), 93 ; Cy- 
 rus' First Appearance at Court 
 (Cy ropaedia) , 104; 'HpaKXijs Koi 
 'A6ijm (Aesop), 118; ^iXoTifios 
 rvv-n (Pausanias), 121 ; The Trial 
 of Orontas (Anabasis), 129, 136; 
 Introduction to a Speech of Ly- 
 sias, 142 ; A Persian Little Lord 
 Fauntleroy (Cyropaedia), 150, 153 ; 
 
 The Song of the Swallow, 157 ; 
 An Epigram of Lucillius, 164. 
 
 recessive accent, 6. 
 
 reduplication, 19. 
 
 reflexive pronouns, 198 ; position, 
 146, n. 
 
 relative and temporal clauses, 138. 
 
 resemblance, union, and approach, 
 68. 
 
 result, formation of nouns of, 131. 
 
 review of nouns and verbs, 21 ; pro- 
 nouns, 143 ; the active verb, 105 ; 
 middle and passive, 107 ; conso- 
 nant declension, 110 ; conditions, 
 126 ; w-TrjjUt and Tid-n/uLt., 140 ; review 
 exercise, 'Aprjp Kal a4uu, 6Q. 
 
 rules of syntax, 227. 
 
 second aorist, 56 ; of the MI form in 
 n verbs, 151 ; second passive sys- 
 tem, 115, 207 ; second perfect and 
 pluperfect, 22. 
 
 selections for reading: The Battle 
 of Cunaxa (Anabasis), 165 ; the 
 Peace of Antalcidas (Hellenica), 
 169; Gobryas before Cyrus (Cy- 
 ropaedia), 172 ; The Choice of 
 Heracles (Memorabilia), 176. 
 
 semivowels, 3. 
 
 separation, 35. 
 
 servus, 10. 
 
 sibilant, 3. 
 
 specification, 23. 
 
 subjective genitive, 32. 
 
 subjunctive, 41 ; in vivid future con- 
 ditions, 41 ; present general sup- 
 positions, 116; exhortations, 41; 
 final clauses, 45 ; used vividly for 
 optative, 54, n. 
 
GRAMMATICAL INDEX 
 
 281 
 
 subscript iota, 2. 
 syllabic augment, 8. 
 syllables, 4. 
 syncopated nouns, 47. 
 
 table of conditions, 126, 127 ; of nu- 
 merals, 196 ; of personal endings, 
 24, 70, 76. 
 
 temporal augment, 8. 
 
 temporal clauses, 138. 
 
 tense, 7 ; in conditions contrary to 
 fact, 58. 
 
 time, constructions of, 89. 
 
 verbal adjectives, 143, 144. 
 
 verbs, 7, 8 ; contracted, 84, 101 ; 
 liquid, 113 ; review of the active 
 verb, 105 ; middle and passive, 
 107 ; MI verbs, 134, 137, 140, 145, 
 148, 151, 155, 158, 161 ; conjuga- 
 tion, 200-226 ; formation — de- 
 nominatives, 132. 
 
 vocative of A-declension mascu- 
 line nouns, 14 ; lingual stems, 
 34. 
 
 voice, 7. 
 
 vowels, 1. 
 
 wishes, 113, 114. 
 
GREEK INDEX 
 
 a, privative, 133. 
 
 d"ya06s, 190 ; comparison, 64. 
 
 ay (a, perfect passive system, 208. 
 
 depoCto), perfect passive system, 208. 
 
 altrxpos, comparison, 63. 
 
 (IKUV, 60. 
 
 dX-qOTis, 50, 190 ; comparison, 63. 
 
 dW^Xft), 198. 
 
 dv with temporal particles, 139, n. 
 
 dv^p, 48, 187. 
 
 dvGpwiros, 10, 184. 
 
 dv«, comparison, 68. 
 
 dirXoos, 193. 
 
 dp-yvpeos, 192. 
 
 aa-rv, 188. 
 
 avTos, 197 ; use, 85. 
 
 avTov, 198. 
 
 dxpi, 146. 
 
 Pa(riX€vs,73,188 
 Povs, 91, 188. 
 
 without article, 75 
 
 -ye'vos, 50, 187. 
 
 ^^4)vpa, 12, 185. 
 
 ^11, 88, 189. 
 
 ■yi-yvwo-KO), 2d aor. e-y*'"^}^^^- 
 
 -yXvKvs, 61, 191. 
 
 'ypavs, 91, 188. 
 
 yvvi], 119. 
 
 8€iKvvp,i, 148 ; synopsis, 215 ; inflec- 
 tion, 216. 
 
 SciKvvs, declension, 195. 
 
 SriXos €l|xt, construction, 159. 
 
 StjXow, 213. 
 I 8180VS, declension, 195. 
 
 8i8a)(j.i, 145 ; synopsis, 215 ; conju- 
 gation, 216. 
 
 8iKaios, comparison, 63. 
 
 8iKa£(i>s, 67. 
 
 8i(Spv|, 30, 186. 
 
 8oKea), construction, 96. 
 
 86pv, 119. 
 
 8ovXos, 10, 184. 
 
 8vo, declension, 197. 
 
 8vft), 2d aor. €8vv, 216. 
 
 8»pov, 10, 184. 
 
 lavTOv, 198. 
 e-y-yvs, comparison, 68. 
 c-yvwv, 222. 
 iy6, 197. 
 %Siv, 148, 218. 
 €t0€, in wishes, 114. 
 dill, 222. 
 6t|jLi, 223. 
 dire, 71. 
 
 ctirov, constraction, 95. 
 «ls, declension, 197. 
 283 
 
284 
 
 TH. 
 
 TiTfll 
 
 IBST GREEK BOOK 
 
 €K»V, 60, 191. 
 
 4\9€, 71. 
 
 cXiris, 34, 186. 
 
 cfjtavTOv, 198. 
 
 lirpia)Ji'r]v, 220. 
 
 'Epjifis, 189. 
 
 eo-TC, 146. 
 
 €o-Ti, omitted, 65. 
 
 cVti, 18. 
 
 cvSaC^wv, 47, 190; comparison, 64. 
 
 6VVOVS, comparison, 64. 
 
 €Vp6, 71. 
 
 €x0pos, comparison, 63. 
 €(os, while, 146. 
 2a)s, morning, 119. 
 
 ^ouo, contraction, 124, n. 
 Zcvs, 119. 
 
 T]'y€)jk(ov, 47, 187. 
 T|7^onai, construction, 95. 
 TiSews, 67. 
 flSvs, comparison, 63. 
 
 186, 71. 
 ifti^i, 224. 
 I'va, 45. 
 
 lo-ras, declensiojjj^^^n^. 
 lo-TTiiit, 134; synopsis," 216 ; inflec- 
 tion, 216. 
 IxeiJs, 188. 
 
 KaK6s, comparison, 64 ; kukus, 67. 
 
 KaXos, comparison, 64. 
 
 KcXcvd), perfect middle, 29 ; aor. 
 
 Kiipv|, 30, 186 
 Kpc'as, 50, 187. 
 
 KVCOV, 119. 
 
 XaPc, 71. 
 
 XavOdvft), construction, 152. 
 
 X^-yo), construction, 95. 
 
 XeCiTb), 2d aor. and 2d perf. and 
 pluperf. act., 204. 
 
 X670S, 184. 
 
 Xvw, active, 200 ; middle, 202 ; pas- 
 sive, 203 ; Xv»v, Xvo-ds, XvOeis, Xe- 
 XvKws, declension, 194. 
 
 fjiaXa, comparison, 68. 
 
 (xc-yas, 61, 192 ; comparison, 64 ; ^i- 
 
 ■ya, (JLC-yciXa, 67. 
 (j,A.ds, 61, 191 ; comparison, 63. 
 H^v . . . Se, 51. 
 K16XPI, 146. 
 
 |i^, 37, 41, 45, 54, 127, n. 
 [jL^v, 47, 187. 
 H^TT]p, 47, 187. 
 Ml verbs : io-tt]|ii, 134 ; t(0ii(jli, 137 ; 
 
 review of iottt^jh and t(0t](ii, 140 ; 
 
 8£8(i)|j.i, 145 ; 8ciKvvp.i and c8vv, 
 
 148 ; second aorists of the Mi 
 
 form in i2 verbs, 151. 
 fiiKpos, comparison, 64. 
 |jiva, 88, 189. 
 )jl6vov, 67. 
 Mov<ra, 12, 185. 
 
 V movable, 13. 
 
 vavs, 91, 188. 
 
 vcdvCds, 14, 185. 
 
 vo|it5«? construction, 95. 
 
 vovs, 88, 189. 
 
 VT, v8, v0, dropped before <r, 35, 183. 
 
 vv|, 34, 186. 
 
 '6U, 199. 
 
 ol8a, 226 ; construction, 169. 
 
 oto|j,ai, construction, 96. 
 
GBEEK INDEX 
 
 285 
 
 oirws, 45, 54 ; oirws |i^, 54. 
 
 opvis, 34, 186. 
 
 OS, oo-Tis, 200. 
 
 oo-Touv, 88, 189. 
 
 ovs, 119. 
 
 ov, 197. 
 
 ovTos, 199. 
 
 irais, 119. 
 
 xavTws, 67. 
 
 iras, 00, 191. 
 
 iraTTJp, 47, 187. 
 
 ircXTao-T-^S, 14, 185. 
 
 ire'niTft), perfect passive system, 208 
 
 irfixvs, 73, 188. 
 
 irXovs, 88. 
 
 iroi^o), 209. 
 
 iroioiv, declension, 195. 
 
 iroXis, 73, 188. 
 
 iroXtn^s, 14, 185. 
 
 iroXv, TToXXa, 67. 
 
 iroXvs, 61, 192; comparison, 64. 
 
 irpCv, 152. 
 
 irvp, 119. 
 
 pglSios, comparison, 64. 
 pVJTwp, 47, 187. 
 
 craTpdin]s, 14, 185. 
 o-avTov, 198. 
 o-KTiv^, 12, 185. 
 
 <ro<t>6s, 10 ; comparison, 63 ; (ro()>Ms, 
 67. 
 
 o-Tparrj-yos, 184. 
 o-v, 197. 
 
 2«KpaTT]s, 50, 187. 
 <r«(ia, 34, 186. 
 
 TciXds, 61. 
 
 Taxvs, comparison, 63. 
 T^TTap€s, declension, 197. 
 t(6t||j,i, 137 ; synopsis, 215 ; inflec- 
 tion, 216. 
 
 TlfJkCUi), 211. 
 
 Tin»v, declension, 195. 
 t£s, tIs, 122, 199. 
 Tvyxavo), construction, 152. 
 
 «8«p, 119. 
 
 <{>aCva), liquid forms, 206. 
 <f>av€p6s elfit, construction, 159. 
 <t)T)p,C, 226 ; construction, 95. 
 ((>6ava), construction, 152. 
 <|>£Xtos, 190. 
 «|»X€'i|/, 30, 186. 
 «j)i>Xa^, 30, 186. 
 
 XapCeis, 60, 191 ; comparison, 64. 
 
 X«tp, 119. 
 X<&pd, 12, 185. 
 
 eUv, declension, 195. 
 
 «s, 45 ; w. participle, 82. 
 
 «o-T€, 148. 
 
 NorinootJ ^ress 
 
 J. S. Ciuhing & Co. - Berwick & Smith 
 Norwood Mass. U.S.A. 
 
v3^ 
 
14 DAY USE 
 
 RBTUSN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 REC'D LD 
 
 •J UN 8 t96o 
 
 pgT-?'* 
 
 o r»# 
 
 29SP't- 
 
 ■, p , v &\^^ 
 
 M 7^9^^ 
 
 N B7APK8 
 
 ^4ia!\'^'^'^'^ 
 
 S EP 1 S li J61 
 
 •~i 
 
 
 REC'D LD 
 
 Am 11 1963 
 
 f-tB 11962 
 
 «&^ 
 
 REC 
 
 r r> 
 
 . ^^Feb'g^tft^ 
 
 FE B 1 fm -2 
 
 ■PW 
 
 ^N . STACKQ 
 
 26Feb'6riKW 
 
 ^£fr 
 
 rtff 
 
 e:c'D LP 
 
 JUN5 '6R-11AM 
 
 KD 21A-50m-4,'60 
 (A9562sl0)476B 
 
 General Llbraty 
 
 Univenity of Californis 
 
 Berkeley 
 
ID U^b / i 
 
 — - 
 
 ^^ 
 
 \^ '\ 
 
 ^ ■". 
 
 
 
 ■ (J' 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 «. V,'